Panasonic Mobile Communications 208014A UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID User Manual 000 P 07A

Panasonic Mobile Communications Development of Europe Ltd UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID 000 P 07A

UserManual.wiki >

Panasonic Mobile Communications >

208014A User Manual >

User Manual Part 2 HTML Version

User Manual Part 2

271

Music

1Music&Video Channel displaySet program

Follow the instructions on the display.

You can check or cancel the set program. For details, refer to “Mobile Phone

User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version”.

pYou cannot copy or save the obtained program to the microSD card.

pTo set programs, you need to register the site which offers Music&Video Channel

programs to your My Menu. (See page 195)

pIf you have not subscribed to Music&Video Channel, select “About this service” to see

the Music&Video Channel introduction page.

pWhen the programs could not be obtained due to “power off” or “low battery” at the

start time of program obtaining, re-obtaining is performed at night of the following day.

pIt may take a time to obtain programs, so fully charge the battery and operate in the

good radio wave conditions.

pYou cannot perform the setting operation and automatic obtaining of the program

selected on the Music&Video Channel display or the program in use.

pWhen you cancel Music&Video Channel, the programs other than those moved by

“Move program” are deleted.

pIf you insert a UIM which is different from the one you used to set programs, programs

cannot be automatically obtained. Set the programs again from the Music&Video

Channel display.

pWhen you select a service menu for Music&Video Channel, the message “Confirm

set up information?” appears. If you select “YES”, the programs that have been

distributed might be deleted. However, they will not be deleted while the distribution is

set to be halted.

pIf you insert the UIM of the FOMA terminal that you have been set for programs into

another Music&Video Channel compatible FOMA terminal, the programs cannot be

obtained automatically. Select “Set program” again from the Music&Video Channel

display to automatically update the program setting on the FOMA terminal, then the

programs can be obtained automatically.

Check/Cancel the Set Program

Information

pEven if the setting of a program is canceled, My Menu is not deleted.

“ ” appears on the desktop when the automatic program acquisition

fails or the program is not updated even after the program distribution

date. When the automatic acquisition fails, you can manually obtain the

program.

1Music&Video Channel displaySelect a programYES

pFor a partially obtained program, select “Play” to play it back.

pFor a program which has not been updated, select “Play” to play it back.

pSee page 210 when data files are stored to the maximum.

Obtain a Program Manually

Information

pWhen obtaining of a program is suspended, the part of the program obtained up to

that point is saved. To obtain remaining part, you can manually obtain it except in

some time zones. When a program has been updated or switched to another

program, obtaining starts not from the suspended point but from the beginning.

pYou cannot re-obtain the program whose playable deadline has expired. Such a

program cannot be updated until the next distribution date.

pYou may not be able to manually obtain programs depending on the time zone.

272

Music

pYou can enjoy playing back programs in stereo sound by connecting to the Stereo

Earphone Set (option). Also, you can enjoy playing back programs wirelessly by using

a commercial Bluetooth device. (See page 424)

1mMUSICMusic&Video Channel

Select a program.

“ ” is displayed while Music&Video Channel is

activated, and “ ” is displayed when the program

shifts to pause state during Play Background.

pWhen a program is highlighted, the next distribution

date is displayed under the program name. It is not

displayed when the program distribution is suspended.

It might not be displayed when the automatic program

obtaining fails.

pWhen information of the previously played program

exists, playback starts from the position and/or in the

mode accordingly.

pHighlight a program and press l( ); then the

Chapter list is displayed.

pHighlight a program and press m( ) to connect to the URL of the

program URL information.

pThe images on the right are displayed

when you cannot display a preview

image:

pWhen you press and hold p for at least one second or press h during

playback or pause, playing back program ends.

Playing/Operating Programs

Music&Video

Channel display

Unplayable

image

No preview

images

Obtaining

program

You can play back programs also from Data Box. From Data Box, you can

play back currently distributed programs as well as the programs that

have been distributed in the past and moved to the “Saved program”.

1mData boxMusic&Video Channel

Downloaded program or Saved program

Select a program.

pYou can switch display

format each time you press

c( ) from the

Program list.

■About Music&Video Channel Playback display

…Program image or program video

(When no images are stored, an animation

appears.)

…Chapter number/Number of chapters

…Chapter name/Artist name

…Program name

…Playback state

…Playback time/Total playback time

…Play mode (No indication for “Normal”)

: Repeat

…Equalizer

: Normal : H.BASS1

: H.BASS2 : Train

…Stereo/Monaural

: Stereo : Monaural

Operate Music&Video Channel from Data Box

Program Folder list Program list











   





273

Music

…Listening (No indication for “OFF”)

: Surround : Natur1 : Natur2

…Remaster (No indication for “OFF”)

: ON

…Icon of Bluetooth connection (No indication for not connected)

: Being connected

…Sound volume

■Operation while playing back a Music&Video Channel program

Operation Key operation

Halt l()

Pause Oo() or p

pOo() or p to play back

Sound volume

adjustment

Bo or </>

Replay next chapter

Vo or >(for at least one second)

Replay previous

chapter

Co or <(for at least one second)

pWhen playback time is over three seconds or no previous

chapter is found, you go back to the beginning of the file.

(fast forward)※

Press and hold Vo.

(fast rewind)※

Press and hold Co.

Connect to site m()

Switch vertical

display/horizontal

display

c()

pEach time of pressing switches in order of playback on the

vertical display → playback on the horizontal display fitted to

the display size → playback on the enlarged full display.

Display next image 3

Display previous image

Remaster 9

pEach time of pressing switches between “ON” and “OFF”.

Listening 8

pEach time of pressing switches in order of “OFF” → “Surround”

→ “Natur1” → “Natur2”.

※You cannot operate during pause.

From the Music&Video Channel Playback display, you can do the following

operations by using the switch of an earphone/microphone (option):

■Icons on the Music&Video Channel display/the Program list

The icons on the Music&Video Channel display indicate the download status.

p“ ” is added to the newly obtained program.

pSome programs have restrictions on the number of playbacks, playable deadline, or

playback period. “ ” is added to the icon of the program with playback restrictions and

“ ” is added to the icon of the program with restrictions expired. You can check the

playback restrictions for the program by “Program info”.

pSome programs have restrictions on operation. “ ” is added to the icon of the

program with operation restrictions.

pDepending on the program, its playable time zone is fixed. “ ” is added to the icon of

the program with time zone restrictions. The time follows the time information obtained

from the network.

pWhen obtaining a periodically-updated program fails, “ ” appears to tell the program

has not been updated. “ ” disappears when obtaining the program starts.

pThe file restriction is set to all the Music&Video Channel programs. See page 244 for

the file restrictions.

Equalizer 7

pEach time of pressing switches in order of “Normal” →

“H.BASS1” → “H.BASS2” → “Train”.

Operation Key operation

Operation Switch operation

Pause Press once.

pTo play back, press again.

Replay next

chapter

Press twice in succession.

Replay previous

chapter

Press three times in succession.

pWhen playback time is over three seconds or no previous

chapter is found, you go back to the beginning of the file.

Icon Description

Successfully obtained program

Broken program

Partially obtained program or unsuccessfully obtained program

274

Music

Information

pThe information of the previously played program is erased if you do the following

operations:

･When you turn on/off the FOMA terminal

･When you update the program

･When you delete or move the previously played program

pIf you try to play back a program with a low battery, the confirmation display appears

asking whether to play it back. The battery alert tone sounds regardless of the setting

of “Keypad sound”. When the battery becomes low during playback (including during

Play Background), the playback pauses, and the confirmation display appears asking

whether to end the playback.

pIn the following cases, playback pauses and resumes after you finish each operation:

･When you make/receive a voice call, videophone call, or PushTalk call

･When you receive a mail message or Message R/F while “Receiving display” is set

to “Alarm preferred” or the Stand-by display is shown

･When an alarm of “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “TV timer” or “Timer recording”

sounds

Depending on the function which occurred, the confirmation display might appear

asking whether to end the Music&Video Channel program.

pIf a black display appears after you play back a program with time zone restrictions,

playback starts at the next playable time zone.

pIf you playback a program in countries other than Japan, the playable deadline might

expire before or after the displayed deadline.

pOn the full display, you cannot play back the audio-only music programs and video

programs of QCIF (176 x 144) or smaller.

Function Menu of Music&Video Channel Display/Program

Folder List/Program List

Chapter list You can display the list of chapters set for the program. Select

a chapter to play back the selected chapter and afterward.

pPress i() and select “Chapter info” to display the

information about the chapter title, playback time, etc.

Play mode setting Normal or Repeat

Normal . . .Plays back the program once in the order of the

chapters.

Repeat. . . . Plays back the program repeatedly in the order of

the chapters.

Program info You can display the program title, distribution source,

playback restrictions, etc.

Move program Programs currently distributed are updated to new programs

on the next distribution date. You can save the current

programs by moving them to the “Saved program” folder

before the distributed program is updated. You can check

“Memory info” for unused memory space you can save to.

You can save up to 10 programs sharing the memory space

with other data files, however, the number of programs you

can save decreases depending on the data volume. (See

page 534)

YES

pSee page 210 when programs are stored to the maximum.

Set desktop/ key

Add desktop icon See page 32.

long press set. See page 410.

Edit title Enter a title.

pYou can enter up to 31 full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters.

Reset title You can reset the title to the default.

YES

Multiple-choice You can select and delete multiple programs stored in “Saved

program” folder.

Put a check mark for programs to be deleted

i()DeleteYES

Connect to URL

You can access the URL when the program has the URL

information.

YES

Display image You can display the program images stored in the program.

pPress r to return to the list.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate).

pYou can display them also by pressing c().

275

Music

Delete/Delete this You can delete the program.

YES

Delete all You can delete all the programs stored in the “Saved

program” folder.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Information

pThe playable mode setting is invalid for the programs having the time zone

restrictions.

pEven if you set to “Repeat”, the program is not played back repeatedly if it has no time

zone restrictions but has restrictions on the number of playbacks.

pYou cannot move the program when its obtaining is not completed, or the move

restriction or time zone restriction is set for the program.

pWhen the next program is delivered, the edited title is overwritten by the new title.

<Multiple-choice> <Delete/Delete this> <Delete all>

pEven when you delete the program, the program setting is not released.

Function Menu during Playback/Pause

Chapter list See page 274.

Play mode setting See page 274.

Sound effect

Remaster You can bring the sound from an earphone or Bluetooth

device to the original sound by complementing high-pitch

range lost at data compression.

ON or OFF

Listening You can set the effect of the sound from an earphone or

Bluetooth device.

Select an item.

Surround . . . .Makes the sound natural and stereophonic.

Natur 1/2 . . . .Complements the cooped-up feeling specific to

earphones and plays back natural sound.

Select 1 or 2 according to your taste.

OFF . . . . . . . .Sets Listening to “OFF”.

Equalizer You can change the quality of the sound from an earphone or

Bluetooth device.

Select an item.

Normal . . . . . Reproduces normal sound quality.

H.BASS1 . . . Enhances bass sound.

H.BASS2 . . . Enhances bass sound more deeply than

H.BASS1.

Train. . . . . . . Minimizes abnormal sound that causes sound

leakage.

Program info See page 274.

Chapter info You can display the title, play time, etc. of the chapter currently

played back.

Connect to URL See page 274.

Previous image You can display a previous image.

Next image You can display a next image.

Information

pEven if an earphone or Bluetooth device is not connected, the respective setting

contents are displayed on the display.

pYou can display up to three images, however, you may not be able to display them

depending on the program.

276

Music

You can play back music files on your FOMA terminal by using MUSIC

Player or i-motion player.

■MUSIC Player (See page 278)

By “MUSIC Player” of “MUSIC”, you can play back Chaku-uta Full® music files or music

files saved from music CDs to the microSD card via a personal computer.

pYou can display mail, i-mode sites, and so on, while listening to music by MUSIC

Player (Play Background).

See page 505 for the combination patterns that can be started.

■i-motion Player (See page 348)

From the “imotion” folder in “Data box”, you can play back the voice-only i-motion file

(including music data of AAC format) or AAC format files stored on the microSD card.

You can download Chaku-uta Full® music files from sites. You can save

up to 250 Mbytes of files including other data files. (See page 530)

1Call up a Chaku-uta Full® music file downloadable site

Select a Chaku-uta Full® music fileSaveYES

pSelect “Play” to play back the Chaku-uta Full® music file. See page 281 for

operations while a Chaku-uta Full® music file is being played back.

pSelect “Property” to display the Chaku-uta Full® music file information. (See

“Music info” on page 284)

pSee page 210 when Chaku-uta Full® music files are stored to the maximum.

2Select a destination folder.

pPress l( ) to display folders at the second-tier level or lower, if they

exist. Press r to return to the upper level.

Playing Music

Saving Music Files

Download Chaku-uta Full® Music Files

When you press l( ) to suspend downloading or when the downloading is

suspended by an incoming call, the confirmation display appears asking whether to

resume downloading. Select “YES” to resume downloading the remaining part. Select

“NO” to show the data acquisition completion display. Select “Save pt.” to save it to a

folder in “i-mode” folder in “MUSIC” in “Data box”.

You can re-download the rest of the partially saved file from “Data box”.

pThe title name of the partially saved Chaku-uta Full® music file takes the date and time

when it is downloaded.

pWhen the playable period or playable deadline of the partially saved Chaku-uta Full®

music file has expired, you cannot download the remaining segments of the file.

Further, the partially saved file is deleted when you save re-obtained data.

Uta-hodai files are the Chaku-uta Full® music files you can play back just for a period of

the contract with a content provider. The playable deadline is specified in the license

information that is downloaded together with the music file.

Even when the playable deadline has expired, you can play back the music file by

updating the license.

pWhen a music file (Chaku-uta Full® music file downloaded on the membership service

basis) whose playable deadline has expired is found at the start of MUSIC Player, the

confirmation display appears asking whether to update the playable deadline. Select

“YES” to update the file (Packet communication fee is charged). Select “NO” not to use

the music file. See page 279 for starting MUSIC Player.

pSome Uta-hodai music files are applied with surplus playable days even after the

playable deadline has passed. During this period, you can play back files without

updating the playable deadline information. When the surplus playable days are over,

you cannot play back the files. Also if you download a music file with playable period

not updated, you cannot play it back before it is saved.

pWhen the upper limit of the (membership) music services you can register is exceeded,

the confirmation display appears asking whether to overwrite them. Select “YES” to

overwrite a music service whose playable deadline is the oldest. You can no longer

play back the music files downloaded from the overwritten service.

pPacket communication fee for updating the playable deadline during international

roaming is not supported by Pake-hodai, Pake-hodai full, and Pake-hodai double.

When downloading Chaku-uta Full® music file is suspended

About Uta-hodai

277

Music

You can use Windows Media Player 10/11 to save Windows Media®

Audio (WMA) files from a personal computer to the microSD card.

You can save up to 1000 WMA files.

pAs well as music files, you can save playlists, jacket images, and license keys.

First, prepare the devices required for saving WMA files.

pP-07A

pmicroSD card

pFOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option)

pPersonal computer with Windows Media Player 10 (10.00.00.3802 or later)/11 installed

･

When you use Windows Media Player 10/11 in Windows XP, use Windows XP

Service Pack 2 or later. When you use Windows Vista, use Windows Media Player 11.

pBefore connecting the FOMA terminal to a personal computer, you need to check the

version of Windows Media Player.

Set “USB mode setting” to “MTP mode”. (See page 376)

Information

pYou can save up to 5 Mbytes per Chaku-uta Full® music file.

pWhen the Uta-hodai music file set for the ring tone or alarm tone needs to be updated

because the playable deadline has expired, the default tone sounds when a call

comes in, or an alarm sounds/vibrates.

pFor a Chaku-uta Full® music file that has restrictions on the number of playbacks,

playable period, or playable deadline, “ ” is displayed at the head of the title. If you

remove the battery and keep it aside for a long time, the date/time information in the

FOMA terminal might be reset. In that case, you cannot play back the Chaku-uta Full®

music file that has restrictions on the playable period or playable deadline. See “Music

info” for checking the playback restrictions.

pPartially saved Chaku-uta Full® music files cannot be played back from Data Box.

Save WMA Files

Prepare devices required for saving WMA files

Use the FOMA terminal as reader/writer

Start Windows Media Player 10/11 and save WMA files to the microSD

card.

pYou cannot save WMA files to the FOMA terminal.

pFor how to operate Windows Media Player 10/11, refer to Help for Windows Media

Player 10/11.

pWhen you finish saving, remove the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02

from the FOMA terminal.

When you remove the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02, remove it after

finishing the software in use.

You have the ability to save music files using the Napster® application.

pPlease download the Napster® application from the following website (in Japanese

only):

http://www.napster.jp/

pIf you have any questions about the Napster® application, refer to the following website

(in Japanese only):

http://www.napster.jp/support/

Save music files to the microSD card

About the Napster® Application

Information

pDo not remove the microSD card during saving a file. You may lose the file.

pMusic files and jacket images are saved to /PRIVATE/DOCOMO/MMFILE/WM/ on

the microSD card.

pThe WMA files saved to the microSD card using another FOMA terminal might not be

recognized by the P-07A. Further, the files might not be recognized by the P-07A

even when it is connected to the personal computer with “USB mode setting” set to

“MTP mode”.

In that case, delete “WM” folder and “WM_SYSTEM” folder on the microSD card by

using your personal computer, or format the microSD card (see page 375). Note that

not only music files but also all the other files are deleted when the microSD card is

formatted.

pWhen unused memory space on the microSD card becomes less than 300 Kbytes,

the card might not be recognized by a personal computer. Check the unused memory

space on the microSD card and delete unnecessary data files if unused memory

space is 300 Kbytes or less. Then connect to the personal computer after setting

“USB mode setting” to “MTP mode” again.

278

Music

By using SD-Jukebox (commercial item), you can save the music files on

the music CDs to the microSD card as AAC format data.

pBy using the microSD card adapter (option), you can save music files to the microSD

card directly from a personal computer as well.

※The following steps are an example for when the FOMA terminal is used as a

microSD reader/writer for saving music files.

You can purchase SD-Jukebox from the following website (in Japanese only):

http://club.panasonic.jp/mall/sense/

pFor details about operating environments, refer to the following website (in Japanese

only):

http://panasonic.jp/support/software/sdjb/

First, prepare the devices required for saving music files.

pP-07A

pmicroSD card

pFOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option)

pPersonal computer (Windows XP, Windows 2000, or Windows Vista)

pSD-Jukebox (commercial item)

pMusic CD you want to save

Install SD-Jukebox on the personal computer.

Set “USB mode setting” to “microSD mode”. (See page 376)

Save Music Files by Using SD-Audio

About SD-Jukebox

Prepare devices required for saving music files

Install SD-Jukebox

Use the FOMA terminal as reader/writer

Start SD-Jukebox and set a music CD on the personal computer. Then

use SD-Jukebox to save music files to the microSD card.

pFor how to operate SD-Jukebox, refer to Help for SD-Jukebox.

pWhen you finish saving, remove the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02

from the FOMA terminal.

You can play back Chaku-uta Full® music files obtained from sites or

music files saved to the microSD card.

To play back music files, select “MUSIC Player” from “MUSIC” on Main

Menu. Play Background is available so that you can use mail functions,

display sites, and so on, while listening to music.

To manage folders or data files, select “MUSIC” from “Data box” on Main

Menu.

pNote that battery consumption will be faster when you use MUSIC Player.

pYou can enjoy playing back music in stereo sound by connecting to the Stereo

Earphone Set (option). Also, you can enjoy listening to music wirelessly by using a

commercial Bluetooth device. (See page 424)

pIf the number of stored files increases, it may take long to start MUSIC Player.

pFor details on MUSIC Player, refer to the DOCOMO website.

Save music files to the microSD card

Using MUSIC Player

279

Music

1Press and hold p for at least one

second.

The Player Menu display appears.

pWhen the information of the previously played music file

remains, the playback starts at the position and in the

mode according to the information. You can play back also by pressing and

holding p for at least one second with the FOMA terminal closed.

2Select an item.

All tracks. . . Displays all the music files saved on the FOMA terminal and

microSD card.

Artist . . . . . . Displays all the artist names.

Highlight the name of the artist you want to listen to and press

Oo( ), then all the album names of the selected artist are

displayed. (Go to Album)

Album . . . . . Displays all the albums.

Highlight the name of the album you want to listen to and press

Oo().

Genre. . . . . . Displays all the genres.

Highlight the genre you want to listen to and press Oo().

Playlist. . . . . Displays all the playlists created by the FOMA terminal and personal

computer.

See page 287 for the playback of playlists.

Play Back Music Files

Player Menu display

pThe “★” mark is added to the

playlist which is being played

back or was previously played

back.

pWhen you select “Artist”,

“Album”, or “Genre”, and press

l( ) from the Type list,

all the music files stored in the

selected item are played back.

pYou can switch display format

each time you press

c( ) from the Music

list.

pWhen “ ” is displayed on

the Type list or the Music list,

you can display the playback display of previously played back music file or

music file in-play by pressing m().

pYou might not be able to display all the stored music files depending on their file

size.

pThe images on the right are displayed

when you cannot display a preview

image:

3Select a music file.

Playback starts from the selected music file in the order listed on the Type list or

playlist. “ ” is displayed while MUSIC Player is activated, and “ ” is

displayed when the music shifts to pause state during Play Background.

pThe “★” mark is added to the music file which is currently played back or was

previously played back.

pPress and hold p for at least one second during playback, pause, or halt, or

press h to end MUSIC Player.

pWhen you press m() or r during playback, the former Music list is

displayed.

Type list

(For Artist)

Music list

Cannot be

displayed

Incomplete

download

No image,

etc.

280

Music

1mData boxMUSIC

2Select an item.

MUSIC Player. . . MUSIC Player starts. (See page 279)

i-mode. . . . . . . . . Displays the i-mode (Chaku-uta Full®) Folder list. Select a folder.

WMA . . . . . . . . . . Displays the WMA list.

pEach time you press m

from the i-mode (Chaku-uta

Full®) Folder list, you can

switch between the folders

in the FOMA terminal and

the microSD card.

pYou can switch display

format each time you press

c( ) from the

Chaku-uta Full® Music list

and WMA list.

pSee page 279 when you

cannot display a preview

image.

pSee page 209 when you

select “Search by i-mode”.

pSome WMA files have playable license (number/period/

deadline).

Manage Folders or Music Files

Music Folder list

i-mode (Chaku-uta

Full®) Folder list

Chaku-uta Full®

Music list

WMA list

3Select a Chaku-uta Full® music file or WMA file.

Only the selected music file is played back as a demo.

pWhen you close the FOMA terminal during playback, the playback stops.

pPress and hold p for at least one second or press h during playback or pause

to end playback.

pYou might be able to play back a Chaku-uta Full® music file by pressing

l( ) or selecting “Play” from the Function menu while selecting it on

another function.

pChaku-uta Full® music files are shown by titles for control (“Music title - Artist

name” in default title) when you display them from the “i-mode” folder. When you

operate them from “MUSIC Player”, they are shown by titles.

■About playback display during using MUSIC Player

…The jacket image which is stored in the music file

(When no images are stored, an animation

appears.)

…Track number/Number of total music files

…Title

…Artist name

…Playback state

…Playback time/Total playback time

…Play mode (No indication for “Normal”)

: Play only one : Repeat one

: Repeat all : Random

: Random play & repeat

: Demo (Displayed only in demo playbacks.)

…Equalizer

: Normal : H.BASS1 : H.BASS2

: Train

…Stereo/Monaural

: Stereo : Monaural

…Listening (No indication for “OFF”)

: Surround : Natur1 : Natur2

…Remaster (No indication for “OFF”)

: ON

…Icon of Bluetooth connection (No indication for not connected)

: Being connected

…Sound volume















281

Music

■Operations of MUSIC Player in use

※You cannot operate during halt or pause.

pYou cannot use some operations during playback of a demo.

Operation Key operation

Halt l()

pOo() or p to play back

Pause Oo() or p

pOo() or p to play back

Sound volume

adjustment

Bo or </>

Replay next file Vo or > (for at least one second)

Replay previous file Co or < (for at least one second)

pWhen playback time is over three seconds, no previous

music file is found, and “Random” or “Random play&repeat”

is set, you go back to the beginning of the file.

Search (fast forward)

※Press and hold Vo.

Search (fast rewind)※Press and hold Co.

Display list m()

Play background c()

Display image/

Display lyric/Player

pEach time of pressing switches displays in order of “Playback

display (Jacket image)” → “Full display lyric image” → “Full

display jacket image”.

Display next image 3

Display previous image

Remaster 9

pEach time of pressing switches between “ON” and “OFF”.

Listening 8

pEach time of pressing switches in order of “OFF” →

“Surround” → “Natur1” → “Natur2”.

Equalizer 7

pEach time of pressing switches in order of “Normal” →

“H.BASS1” → “H.BASS2” → “Train”.

From the playback display during use of MUSIC Player, you can do the

following operations by using the switch of an earphone/microphone

(option):

■Playback specifications of Chaku-uta Full® music files

■Playback specifications of SD-Audio files and number of storable files

※Except “All tracks”.

■Playback specifications of WMA files and number of storable files

Operation Switch operation

Pause Press once.

pTo play back, press again.

Replay next file Press twice in succession.

Replay previous file Press three times in succession.

pWhen playback time is over three seconds, no previous

music file is found, and “Random” or “Random play&repeat”

is set, you go back to the beginning of the file.

File format MP4

Codec MPEG-4 AAC

MPEG-4 AAC+ (HE-AAC)

Enhanced aacPlus

Bit rate 8 to 128 kbps

Extension 3gp

File format MPEG-2 AAC, MPEG-2 AAC+SBR

Bit rate 32 to 256 kbps

Maximum number of

storable files

999 files

Maximum number of

playlist

99 files (Up to 99 files can be stored in a single playlist.)※

File format WMA (Windows Media Audio 9 Standard)

Bit rate 32 to 192 kbps

Maximum number of

storable files

Maximum 1000 files

Maximum number of

playlist

100 files (Up to 250 files can be stored in a single playlist.)

282

Music

■Icons on the Music list

When you select a music file from “MUSIC→MUSIC Player”, the following icons are

displayed:

■Icons on the Chaku-uta Full® Music list

When you select a Chaku-uta Full® music file from “Data box→MUSIC”,

the following icons are displayed:

pSome Chaku-uta Full® music files and Uta-hodai music files have restrictions on the

number of playbacks, playable deadline, or playable period. The following icons are

added.

･File with playback restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “ ”

･File with playback restrictions expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “ ”

･Playable Uta-hodai music file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “ ”

･Uta-hodai music file which needs to be updated because the playable

deadline has expired. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “ ”

･Unplayable Chaku-uta Full® music file or Uta-hodai music file. . . . . . . . . . . “ ”

You can check the playback restrictions for the file by “Music info”.

Icon Description

Stored in the FOMA terminal

Stored on the microSD card

SD-Audio file format

Chaku-uta Full® file format

WMA file format

UIM security function

Chaku-uta Full® music file with playback restrictions

Chaku-uta Full® music file with expired playback restrictions

Playable Uta-hodai music file

Uta-hodai music file which needs to be updated because the

playable deadline has expired

Unplayable Uta-hodai music file

File with file restrictions

Icon Audio format Type

AAC, AAC+(HE-AAC),

Enhanced aacPlus MP4 file

— Partially saved Chaku-uta Full® music files

pAll Chaku-uta Full® music files are set with file restrictions. See page 244 for file

restrictions.

※For the copyrighted file movable to the microSD card, “ ” is displayed.

Icon Acquired source

※Sites

Information

pRegardless of the number of stored music files, MUSIC Player can recognize up to

1,500 music files in the display order on the All tracks list. However, the number of

recognizable music files decreases depending on the data size of music files.

pEven when the file format is supported, you might not be able to play back some files.

pThe information of the previously played music file is erased if you do the following

operations:

･When you remove/insert the microSD card

･When you turn on/off the FOMA terminal

･When you execute “Reset settings” or “Initialize”

･When you delete the previously played music file

･When you delete the previously played playlist

･When you do not insert the microSD card on which the previously played music file

is stored

･When you set “USB mode setting” to “microSD mode” or “MTP mode” and connect

to a personal computer

･When you played back a music file from other than a playlist last time, and then

when you perform “Edit music info” or “Reset music info”, or you newly download,

save or delete a Chaku-uta Full® music file

･When the music file previously played is an Uta-hodai music file which needs to be

updated because the playable deadline has expired

･When the previously played music file is a WMA file and the WMA license becomes

invalid

pPartially saved Chaku-uta Full® music files are not displayed when you operate from

MUSIC Player.

pIf you try to play back a music file with a low battery, the confirmation display appears

asking whether to play it back. The battery alert tone sounds regardless of the setting

of “Keypad sound”. When the battery becomes low during playback (including during

Play Background), the playback pauses, and the confirmation display appears asking

whether to end the playback.

pNote that the battery is consumed sooner if you perform the fast-forward and other

similar operations frequently.

283

Music

pIn the following cases, the playback pauses and resumes after you finish each

operation:

･When you make/receive a voice call, videophone call, or PushTalk call

･When you receive a mail message or Message R/F while “Receiving display” is set

to “Alarm preferred” or the Stand-by display is shown

･When an alarm of “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “TV timer” or “Timer recording”

sounds

Depending on the event which occurred, the confirmation display might appear

asking whether to end MUSIC Player.

pWhen a music file is switched to the previous or next one, the music file whose

playable deadline or playable period has expired, or WMA file whose WMA license

becomes invalid is skipped. When the Chaku-uta Full® music file has restrictions on

the number of playbacks, the confirmation display appears asking whether to play it

back regardless of the remaining number of playbacks. However, the music file

whose number of playbacks has finished is skipped.

pWhen unused memory space on the microSD card becomes less than 300 Kbytes,

you can no longer play back WMA files. To play back WMA files, check the unused

memory space on the microSD card and delete unnecessary data files if unused

memory space is 300 Kbytes or less.

Information

Function Menu of the Music Folder List/i-mode (Chaku-uta

Full®) Folder List/Player Menu Display

Play mode setting Select a play mode.

Normal . . . . . . . . . Plays back the music files sorted by type or

in the playlist in order as listed.

Finishes after the last music file is played

back.

Play only one . . . Plays back the selected music file once.

Repeat one . . . . . Plays back the selected music file

repeatedly.

Repeat all . . . . . . Plays back the music files sorted by type or

in the playlist in order as listed repeatedly.

Random. . . . . . . . Plays back the music files sorted by type or

in the playlist at random. Finishes after all

the music files are played back.

Random play&repeat

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plays back the music files sorted by type or

in the playlist at random repeatedly.

Add folder Enter a folder name.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.

pYou can create a total of 25 folders at each level up to the

second-tier level in the FOMA terminal. You can create

folders at each level up to the seventh-tier level on the

microSD card.

Edit folder name Enter a folder name.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.

Delete folder

Delete this You can delete a highlighted user folder.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Delete selected Put a check mark for user folders to be deleted

l()Enter your Terminal Security Code

YES

Delete all You can delete all user folders at the same level.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

284

Music

Select storage You can set the destination folder for when you move the

Chaku-uta Full® music file to the microSD card. You can set it

for up to seventh-tier-level folders.

YES

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of

stored items.

pYou can display them also by pressing c().

Information

pYou cannot create a user folder in the WMA folder.

pAll the data files in the folder are deleted.

pThis function works as “Delete this” on the microSD card.

pIf you delete the Chaku-uta Full® music file set for another function, the setting returns

to the default.

p“ ” is displayed for the folder set as a destination.

pWhen you execute Check microSD, or create or edit a folder by using a personal

computer, the destination folder on the microSD card might be changed. When the

setting is changed, set the destination folder again.

Function Menu of the Chaku-uta Full® Music List/Type List/

Music List/WMA List

Player menu You can show the Player Menu display from the Type list or

Music list.

Play mode setting See page 283.

Set as ring tone

Fullsong ring tone You can set a full piece of Chaku-uta Full® music file as a ring

tone.

Select an item.

pFor a Chaku-uta Full® music file on the microSD card, the

confirmation display appears asking whether to move it to

the FOMA terminal. (See page 372)

Point ring tone You can set a part of Chaku-uta Full® music file as a ring tone.

Select a range to be setSelect an item.

pYou can check the range to be set by pressing

l().

pFor a Chaku-uta Full® music file on the microSD card, the

confirmation display appears asking whether to move it to

the FOMA terminal. (See page 372)

Music info You can display the title, artist name, playback time, etc.

pPress i( ) with the music information of Chaku-uta

Full® music file displayed and select “Edit music info”; then

you can edit the information contents. Select a desired item

and then edit it. To return the edited information to the

unedited one, select “Reset music info”. Select a desired

item and select “YES”.

Add to playlist Select a storing method.

Add one . . . . You can store the music file.

Add some . . . Select the music files to be stored, and press

l().

pThe music files are stored in the displayed order.

Select a playlist you store music files to.

pWhen you create a new playlist to store music files to, select

“New playlist” and enter a playlist name. When 30 playlists

are already stored, the confirmation display appears asking

whether to delete them to save a new one.

Move You can move the Chaku-uta Full® music file in the FOMA

terminal to another folder inside it, or can move the Chaku-uta

Full® music file on the microSD card to another folder inside it.

Select a destination folder.

pPress l( ) to display folders at the second-tier level

or lower, if they exist. Press r to return to the upper level.

Move to microSD You can move the Chaku-uta Full® music file to the microSD

card. (See page 372)

285

Music

Move to phone You can move the Chaku-uta Full® music file on the microSD

card to the FOMA terminal. (See page 372)

Edit title You can edit the title of Chaku-uta Full® music file.

Enter a title.

pFor a Chaku-uta Full® music file in the FOMA terminal, you

can enter up to 9 full-pitch/18 half-pitch characters.

pFor a Chaku-uta Full® music file on the microSD card, you

can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.

Reset title You can reset the title of a Chaku-uta Full® music file to “Music

title - Artist name”.

YES

Add folder See page 283.

Edit folder name See page 283.

Delete folder

Delete this See page 283.

Delete selected See page 283.

Delete all See page 283.

Multiple-choice You can select multiple Chaku-uta Full® music files and

operate them.

Put a check mark for Chaku-uta Full® music files to be

operatedi()Select an item.

Delete. . . .See “Delete this” on page 285.

Move . . . .See page 284.

Connect to URL You can access the URL when the Chaku-uta Full® music file

has the URL information.

YES

Display image You can display jacket images stored in the music file.

pWhen multiple jacket images are stored, press No to

display a previous or next jacket image.

pWhen the image is storable, press Oo( ) and select

“YES”, then select any destination folder to save it.

Display lyric You can display lyric images stored in the Chaku-uta Full®

music file.

pWhen multiple lyric images are stored, press No to display

a previous or next lyric image. You can display up to seven

lyric images.

pWhen the image is storable, press Oo( ) and select

“YES”, then select any destination folder to save it.

Select storage See page 284.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of

stored items.

Delete this YES

Delete all You can delete all Chaku-uta Full® music files or WMA files in

the folder.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

pIf there is a user folder in a folder, you cannot delete the user

folder or Chaku-uta Full® music files in the user folder.

Information

pWhen an Uta-hodai music file set for a ring tone cannot be played back or needs to be

updated because playable deadline is expired or the UIM security function is set, the

default ring tone returns.

pSee “Music info” for checking whether to be set as ring tone.

pYou cannot add music files to the playlist created using a personal computer.

pIf there is no music title or artist name, it is displayed as “Unknown” for each.

pSome images may not be displayed correctly.

pIf you delete the Chaku-uta Full® music file set for another function, the setting returns

to the default.

pIf you delete the WMA file stored in the WMA playlist, it is released from WMA playlist.

pWhen the last WMA file is deleted or all the WMA files are deleted, the licensed file is

deleted at the same time.

286

Music

Function Menu during Playback/Pause/Halt

Player menu You can show the Player Menu display from the playback

display during using MUSIC Player.

pPlayback state continues even when you show the Player

Menu display.

Play mode setting See page 283.

Sound effect

Remaster You can bring the sound from an earphone or Bluetooth

device to the original sound by complementing high-pitch

range lost at data compression.

ON or OFF

Listening You can set the effect of the sound from an earphone or

Bluetooth device.

Select an item.

Surround . . . .Makes the sound natural and stereophonic.

Natur 1/2 . . . . .Complements the cooped-up feeling specific

to earphones and plays back natural sound.

Select 1 or 2 according to your taste.

OFF . . . . . . . . .Sets Listening to “OFF”.

Equalizer You can change the quality of the sound from an earphone or

Bluetooth device.

Select an item.

Normal . . . . .Reproduces normal sound quality.

H.BASS1. . . .Enhances bass sound.

H.BASS2. . . .Enhances bass sound more deeply than

H.BASS1.

Train . . . . . . .Minimizes abnormal sound that causes sound

leakage.

Music info See page 284.

Connect to URL See page 285.

Display image/

Display lyric/Player

You can change the playback display.

Display image . . . Shows the jacket image on the full display.

Display lyric . . . . . Shows the lyric image on the full display.

Player . . . . . . . . . . Shows the playback display.

Previous image/

Previous lyric

You can display a previous jacket image or lyric image.

Next image/Next lyric You can display a next jacket image or lyric image.

Information

pEven if an earphone or Bluetooth device is not connected, the respective setting

contents are displayed on the display.

pFor Chaku-uta Full® music files, you can display up to 3 jacket images and up to 7

lyric images.

For SD-Audio files saved by SD-Jukebox, you can display up to 20 jacket images, and

for WMA file, you can display up to 2 image buried in a file. When you use the

Napster® application program, you can display 1 image stored as a jacket image.

There are no lyric images for them.

287

Music

You can create the list of music files you want to listen to, and play them

back in the order you like.

You can play back using the playlists created by the FOMA terminal or

Windows Media Player, or the SD-Audio playlists created by SD-Jukebox.

pThe maximum number of playlists that can be created and the number of music files

that can be stored per playlist are as follows:

pWhen you create a playlist on the FOMA terminal, you can store the Chaku-uta Full®

music files saved on the FOMA terminal or microSD card, the WMA files saved by

Windows Media Player, and the SD-Audio files saved by SD-Jukebox into the same

playlist.

■Icons on the Playlist list

Using Playlist

Creating source Number of playlist Number of music files that

can be stored per playlist

Playlists created by FOMA

terminal

Maximum 30

(Except “All tracks”) 100

Playlists created by

Windows Media Player Maximum 100 250

SD-Audio playlists created

by SD-Jukebox

Maximum 99

(Except “All tracks”) 99

Icon Type

All tracks

All tracks for SD-Audio

FOMA playlist

SD-Audio playlist

WMA playlist

1Player Menu displayPlaylist

2i()Create playlist

Select a type and display the Music list

Put a check mark for music files to be stored

l()

pThe music files are stored in the displayed order.

3Enter a playlist name.

pYou can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.

1Playlist listSelect a playlist

Select a music file.

pPress l( ) from the Playlist list to play back the

music files from the top one in the selected playlist.

pYou cannot play back a playlist from “MUSIC” of Data

Box.

Create Playlist

Playlist list

Information

pIn a playlist, you cannot store partially saved Chaku-uta Full® music files or files with

playback restrictions expired.

Play Back Playlist

Music list of a Playlist

288

Music

Function Menu of the Playlist List

Player menu You can show the Player Menu display.

Play mode setting See page 283.

Create playlist See page 287.

Copy playlist Enter a playlist name.

pYou can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.

pWhen you copy the SD-Audio playlist or WMA playlist, it is

copied to the FOMA terminal as the FOMA playlist.

Edit playlist name You can edit the name of the FOMA playlist.

Edit the playlist name.

pYou can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.

Add You can add the music files to the FOMA playlist.

Select a type and display the Music list

Put a check mark for the music files to be added

l()

pThe music files are stored at the end of the list in the displayed

order.

Delete playlist You can delete the FOMA playlist.

Select a deleting method.

Delete this . . . . . . . You can delete the playlist.

Delete selected . . . Select the playlists to be deleted, and press

l().

Delete all . . . . . . . . Enter your Terminal Security Code.

YES

Information

pYou cannot copy the WMA playlist with no music file stored in.

Function Menu of the Music List of a Playlist

Player menu You can display the Player Menu display.

pPlayback state continues even when you show the Player Menu

display.

Play mode setting See page 283.

Music info See page 284.

Add See page 288.

DEL from playlist You can release the music files from the FOMA playlist.

Select a deleting method.

DEL one from list . . . . . . You can release the music file.

DEL some from list. . . . . Select the music files to be released,

and press l().

DEL all from list. . . . . . . . You can delete the whole playlist.

YES

Order to play You can change the order of playlist created on the FOMA

terminal.

Select a music fileUse Bo to change the order to play

Oo()

pTo change the order in succession, repeat the above steps.

l()

Add to playlist See page 284.

Display image See page 285.

Display lyric See page 285.

Information

pYou cannot release music files from the playlists created on a personal computer.

289

i-αppli/i-Widget

i-αppli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Downloading i-αppli from Sites . . . . . . . . .<i-αppli Download> 290

Starting i-αppli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<i-αppli Run> 291

Setting i-αppli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <iαppli Settings> 306

Starting i-αppli Automatically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Using i-αppli Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Setting i-αppli Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Operating i-αppli Stand-by Display

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<i-αppli Stand-by Display> 309

Displaying i-αppli Data Files on the microSD Card

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <iαppli Data> 310

i-Widget. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Using i-Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Setting i-Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Starting Widget αppli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Start Widget αppli> 313

290

i-αppli/i-Widget

“i-αppli” is a software program for i-mode mobile phones. You can use

your FOMA terminal more conveniently by downloading※ various

software programs from the i-mode site. For example, you can

automatically update the stock price information or weather information,

and enjoy games without accessing network.

It also supports i-αppli online which enables the online communication

among multiple parties using real time communication and i-αppli call

(see page 307), so you can enjoy versus games and chat applications.

Also, some i-αppli programs are compatible with i-Widget (see page 311).

※You are separately charged a packet communication fee.

pThe packet communication fee for the overseas use differs from the one for the

domestic use. For details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International Services]”

or the DOCOMO Global Service website.

pFor details on i-αppli, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version”.

You can download software programs from sites to the FOMA terminal.

You can save up to 100 files (up to about 2 Mbytes per file), however, the

number of files you can save decreases depending on the data volume

because the memory space is shared with other data files. (See page 534)

1Call up an i-αppli downloadable site

Select a software program.

2Select “OK” when downloading ends.

pSee page 210 when i-αppli programs are stored to the maximum.

pWhen downloading ends, the display for Software Setting (Network Set, Stand-by

Set, Location Usage, Program Guide Key, or iαppli call) might appear. These

settings can be done also from the Software list.

3YES or NO

YES . . . . Starts i-αppli.

NO . . . . . Returns to the site display.

i-αppli

<i-αppli Download>

Downloading i-αppli from Sites

When you press r or h to suspend downloading an i-αppli program of 100 Kbytes

or more, or when downloading is suspended by the radio wave conditions, the

confirmation display appears asking whether to resume downloading. Select “YES” to

resume downloading the remaining part. Select “NO” to show the confirmation display

asking whether to save the file downloaded halfway. Select “YES” to partially save the

file.

You can re-download the rest of the partially saved i-αppli program from the Software list.

An i-αppli mail folder is created automatically each in the Inbox/Outbox Folder list, and

the title of the downloaded mail-linked i-αppli becomes the name of the folder.

pYou can save up to five mail-linked i-αppli programs.

pYou cannot download the software program if the mail-linked i-αppli using the same

folder is already in the Software list.

pYou cannot download mail-linked i-αppli while Mail Security is set.

pYou cannot download mail-linked i-αppli if the Inbox/Outbox Folder list contains five

i-αppli mail folders.

pWhen re-downloading mail-linked i-αppli whose folder only remains, the confirmation

display appears asking whether to use the existing i-αppli mail folder. If you select

“YES”, the existing folder is used. If you select “NO” because you do not use it, the

confirmation display appears asking whether to delete an existing folder and create a

new one. You cannot download mail-linked i-αppli without creating a new folder.

When downloading is suspended

When you downloaded mail-linked i-αppli

Information

pYou can download pre-installed i-αppli programs from the

“P-SQUARE” site (in Japanese only).

iMenu→メニューリスト (Menu List)

→ケータイ電話メーカー (Mobile Phone Maker)→P-SQUARE

pDownloading is not available from some accessed sites.

pSome i-αppli programs can automatically connect to the i-mode Center after they are

downloaded. However, to use this service, you need to set it in advance in “Network

set” of “Software setting”.

QR code for

accessing the site

291

i-αppli/i-Widget

You can display software information when downloading i-αppli.

1mi-αppliiαppli settingsDisp. software info

Display or Not display

p“ ” appears at the top of the display while software information or a software program

is being downloaded from SSL/TLS pages.

pAt downloading, the confirmation display might appear asking whether to send the

“Phone/Terminal and UIM ID”. Select “YES” to start downloading. In this case, the

“Phone/Terminal and UIM ID” is sent to the IP (Information Provider) over the Internet,

so could be deciphered by third parties. However, your phone number, address, age,

and gender are not notified to the IP (Information Provider) or others by this operation.

pIf you attempt to re-download the software program that was downloaded using a

different UIM, the confirmation display appears asking whether to overwrite the

software program. With the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli, the confirmation display

appears telling that the data on the IC card is to be deleted. Select “YES” to start

downloading. When downloading ends, the software program that was downloaded

using a different UIM and the data on the IC card are deleted.

pYou cannot download some software programs while the IC card function is working

or IC Card Lock is activated.

pSome software programs that start immediately after downloading cannot be saved.

pDepending on the data volume on the IC card, you might not be able to download

Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli even if there is still available space for software

storage. Delete the displayed software programs following the confirmation display,

and then download it again. (Some software programs might not be targeted for

deletion, depending on the software type to be downloaded.)

Depending on the software program, you need to start it and delete the files on the IC

card before deleting the software program itself.

p“i-αppli mail” is the mail sent and saved by mail-linked i-αppli and mail received as

mail-linked i-αppli. i-αppli mail is automatically saved to the i-αppli mail folder.

Display Software Info

Information

1i(for at least one second)

Select a software program to be started.

pOn the Software list, the icons show the types of i-αppli

programs and supported functions.

: GPS compatible i-αppli

: Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli

: Management information i-αppli

: microSD card compatible i-αppli

: Vertical full display compatible i-αppli

: Horizontal display compatible i-αppli (incompatible

with full display)

: Horizontal full display compatible i-αppli

: i-αppli DX

: Mail-linked i-αppli

: Partially saved i-αppli

: Set for Auto Start

: Set for the i-αppli Stand-by display

: Set for both Auto Start and the i-αppli Stand-by display

: Can set for the i-αppli Stand-by display

: Downloaded from an SSL/TLS page

: Not set for IC application

: Downloaded or upgraded by using a different UIM

pYou can display the Software list on the microSD card by

mi-αppliiαppli(microSD)Software list.

pEach time you press c( ) from the Software list in the FOMA terminal,

the display format changes.

pWhen you start an i-αppli DX program or while it is running, the confirmation

display might appear asking whether to permit the i-αppli DX program to use the

FOMA terminal’s information and functions.

pWhen you start the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli program for the first time, the

confirmation display appears asking whether to make the UIM and IC card

compatible. The UIM information that has been made compatible is saved on the

IC card as IC owner information.

<i-αppli Run>

Starting i-αppli

Software list

292

i-αppli/i-Widget

pWhen you select a partially saved i-αppli program, you can download the

remaining part of it.

p“ ” or “ ” is displayed while an i-αppli program is running.

pTo end i-αppli, press and hold r for at least one second or press h; then

select “YES”.

pThe software program you started last time comes at the top of the list. You

cannot manually change the order of software programs.

pSee page 209 when you select “Search by i-mode”.

Information

pWhen a software program can be started from another program, the confirmation

display appears. When a software program to be started is not specified, select a

software program.

pTo start up i-αppli DX, set the data and time by “Set time” beforehand.

pWhen a software program is running, melodies are played back at the volume set for

“Phone” of “Ring volume”. However, melodies are not played back during a call.

pYou may need to set the communication setting while a software program is running.

pWhen communicating frequency is extremely high in a certain period of time while an

i-αppli program is running, the confirmation display appears asking whether to

continue communicating.

pWith some software programs, you can use the Web To function and the Phone To/

AV Phone To function from i-αppli. However, you cannot use them while the software

program is running as the i-αppli Stand-by display.

pIf you start the camera from i-αppli, the shot images are not saved with ordinary

images, but are saved as part of i-αppli for its usage.

pIf you start the camera from i-αppli, you can specify the image size or image quality for

some i-αppli programs.

pImages※ that are used by i-αppli and data you have entered might be sent over the

Internet to the server automatically.

※i-αppli uses the following types of images:

・Images shot by the camera after it is started from a camera-linked application

program

・Images obtained by the infrared communication function of i-αppli

・Images downloaded from sites or Internet websites

・Images obtained from Data Box by i-αppli

pi-αppli mail running under mail-linked i-αppli might not be displayed correctly.

pSome i-αppli programs save the various information used on the i-αppli programs

when you end them. However, the information might not be saved if the low battery

alarm sounds or the battery pack is removed while the i-αppli program is running. If

the battery level indicates “ ”, either press -h or end the i-αppli program in

accordance with the operation of each software program.

pYou can save the data files of some software programs to the microSD card, but you

might not be able to use them for another model. You can check “iαppli data” for the

software programs that use the microSD card.

pSome IPs (Information Providers) may access the software program stored in your

mobile phone and have it directly halted, depending on the software program. In that

case, you will not be able to start or upgrade the software program, or use it for the

Stand-by display. You can delete it or display the software information. To resume

running the software program, you need to receive the communication to cancel the

software halting state. Contact the IP (Information Provider) to inquire about that.

pSome IPs (Information Providers) might send data to the software program stored in

your mobile phone depending on the software program.

pWhen the IP (Information Provider) requests to halt or re-open the software program

or sends data to it, the mobile phone communicates and “ ” is displayed. In this

case, you are not charged a communication fee.

pWith some software programs, you can perform registering or deleting My Menu on

the i-αppli program.

pWith some software programs, you can download Chaku-uta Full® music files via

i-αppli program. You can save the obtained Chaku-uta Full® music files to the same

storage location as the ordinary Chaku-uta Full® music files.

pTo creators of i-αppli

If you encounter an error while creating a software program, the Trace Information

display might help identify the problem.

For how to check the trace information, see “Trace Information” on page 293.

pYou can show the information of i-αppli by -mi-αppliAbout iαppli.

Information

293

i-αppli/i-Widget

You can use the camera to scan JAN codes, QR codes, and CODE 128 depending on

the software program.

When you start Bar Code Reader while an i-αppli program is running, the camera (Bar

Code Reader) starts up. Put the code to be scanned within the guide frame and shoot.

pYou need to download CODE 128 compatible i-αppli program to scan CODE 128.

pThe scanned data file is used/saved by the i-αppli program.

The FOMA terminal supports “Motion Tracking” which enables you to operate i-αppli

programs (by inclining or swinging the FOMA terminal) through the recognition

technology of the inside camera.

pMotion Tracking might not work in the following cases:

・When the lens of the inside camera is dirty

・When the clothes you wear are similar to the background

・When the background is not stable such as when you are moving

・When you are in a dark or too bright place

With software programs that enable you to play a match via Bluetooth communications,

you can easily connect via Bluetooth by placing the f mark over that of another FOMA

terminal equipped with i-αppli Touch.

pWhen you start the program from the i-αppli Stand-by display or you are using the IC

card, you cannot use the program.

Use Bar Code Reader

Motion tracking

■Warning

The motion tracking compatible application program is the game to play by inclining or

swinging the FOMA terminal. If you excessively swing your FOMA terminal, it might

happen that it hits against persons or objects, resulting in accidents or damage. When

playing the game, securely take hold of your FOMA terminal, do not swing to an extent

more than necessitated, and check around you for safety.

Use i-αppli Touch

You can check the details when a software program malfunctions.

1mi-αppliiαppli infoTrace info

pWhen the memory space for Trace Info becomes full, the information is

overwritten from the oldest one.

pWhen “ ” is displayed on the Trace information display, press

i( ), and select “Copy info” to copy the information. Select “Delete info”,

and select “YES” to delete the information.

Select “Store in microSD”, and select “YES” to store in the microSD card.

You can check the details when an i-αppli program ends because of a

security error.

1mi-αppliiαppli infoSecurity error history

pWhen “ ” is displayed on the Security error history display, press

i( ), and select “Copy info” to copy the information. Select “Delete info”,

and select “YES” to delete the information.

pYou can display the security error history also by selecting “ ” from the

desktop.

Trace Information

Security Error History

Function Menu of the Software List

Set iαppli To You can set whether to permit the i-αppli program to start from

a link on site or mail message. You can set also for when you

place the FOMA terminal over an IC card compatible scanning

device. You can set this for each software program.

Put a check mark for items to be setl()

pSome items might not be set depending on the software

program.

Auto start time See page 307.

Software setting

294

i-αppli/i-Widget

Stand-by set See page 309.

Network set You can set whether to communicate while an i-αppli program

is running.

ON or OFFl()

Stand-by net See page 310.

Icon info You can set whether to permit the i-αppli program to use

information of icons indicating i-mode mail, SMS messages,

Messages R/F, battery level, Manner Mode, and within/out-of

service area.

ON or OFFl()

Change mld./img. You can set whether to permit the i-αppli program to change

the setting for the ring tones, Stand-by display, etc. This

function is available only for i-αppli DX programs.

ON, OFF or Check every changel()

pIf you select “Check every change”, the confirmation display

appears each time the i-αppli program tries to change the

setting for the ring tones, Stand-by display, etc.

View P. book/hist. You can set whether to permit the i-αppli program to refer to

the Phonebook, Redial, and Received Calls. This function is

available only for i-αppli DX programs.

ON or OFFl()

View ToruCa You can set whether to permit the i-αppli program to refer to

ToruCa files. This function is available only for i-αppli DX

programs.

ON or OFFl()

Location usage You can set whether to permit the i-αppli program to use

location information. This function is available only for i-αppli

DX programs.

ON or OFFl()

Program guide key You can set the software program for the i-αppli Program

Guide that starts up from 1Seg. You can set this only for the

i-αppli DX program that links to 1Seg.

ON or OFFl()

Map setting You can set the software program used on the GPS function.

ON or OFFl()

iαppli call See page 308.

Software info You can display the software name, version, and others of the

i-αppli program.

Upgrade YES

Set desktop/ key

Add desktop icon See page 32.

long press set. See page 410.

Delete

Delete this YES

Delete selected Put a check mark for software programs to be deleted

l()YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Move to microSD See page 373.

Move to phone See page 373.

Power saver You can set whether to validate Power Saver Mode for each

i-αppli program for when “αPower saver” is set to “ON”.

ON or OFF

Information

pWhen you set “Icon info” to “ON” for the i-αppli Stand-by display, the icon information

for unread mail/message, battery level, Manner Mode, radio wave strength and

out-of-service area can be sent to the IP (Information Provider) over the Internet in the

same way as the Phone/Terminal and UIM ID, and can be deciphered by third parties.

pWhen the software program needs “Icon info”, the software program might not run if

“OFF” is selected.

295

i-αppli/i-Widget

The confirmation display appears asking whether to delete the i-αppli mail folder as well.

If you do not delete it, you can check the text of mail from the Outbox/Inbox list.

YES . . . . . . Deletes both the software program and the i-αppli mail folder.

NO. . . . . . . Deletes the software program only and the i-αppli mail folder is left.

Cancel . . . . Does not delete both the software program and i-αppli mail folder; the former

display returns.

pYou can delete neither the i-αppli program nor the i-αppli mail folder even if you select

“YES”, in the following cases:

・While Mail Security is set ・While the folder is set with security

・While displaying details of the folder ・When the folder contains protected mail

The confirmation display appears asking whether to delete files on the microSD card as

well.

YES . . . . . . Deletes both the software program and files on the microSD card. Press

“YES” again on the confirmation display. You need to enter your Terminal

Security Code to execute “Delete” or “Delete selected”.

NO. . . . . . . Deletes the software program only and the files on the microSD card are left.

Cancel. . . . Does not delete both the software program and files on the microSD card,

and the former display returns.

pDepending on the software program, you can upgrade it at start.

pAt upgrading, the confirmation display might appear asking whether to send the

“Phone/Terminal and UIM ID”. Select “YES” to start upgrading. In this case, the

“Phone/Terminal and UIM ID” is sent to the IP (Information Provider) over the Internet,

so could be deciphered by third parties. However, your phone number, address, age,

and gender are not notified to the IP (Information Provider) or others by this operation.

pYou cannot upgrade the mail-linked i-αppli in the following cases:

・While details of the corresponding i-αppli mail folder are displayed

・While Mail Security is set

・When Mail Security is set for the corresponding i-αppli mail folder

When you delete mail-linked i-αppli

When you delete an i-αppli program whose files are on the

microSD card

Information

The confirmation display appears telling that the files on the IC card will be deleted.

pYou cannot delete the “iD 設定アプリ (iD appli)”.

pYou might not be able to delete the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli while the IC card

function is working or IC Card Lock is set.

The following i-αppli programs are pre-installed:

pYou can delete the pre-installed i-αppli programs. You can re-download them from the

“P-SQUARE” site (see page 209). When you use a UIM other than the one used for

downloading, the UIM security function (see page 39) is set for them.

pDeadlines for re-download services

・“機動戦士ガンダムオンライン (MOBILE SUIT GUNDAM ONLINE)”:

the end of April, 2013

・“レイトン教授と悪魔の箱 (Professor Layton and Pandora’s Box)”:

the end of April, 2013

・“ケータイTOOL＜辞書＞ (KEITAI TOOL <Dictionary>)”: the end of March, 2013

・“日英版／日中版しゃべって翻訳 for P (J-E/J-C Speech Translation for P)”:

the end of March, 2013

・“ファミリー伝言板 (Family Message Board)”: the end of April, 2010

・“時刻表ウィジェット (Timetable Widget)”: the end of May, 2012

・“P-SQUARE INFO”: the end of April, 2013

・“付箋 (Sticky)”: the end of April, 2013

pThe re-download service might be halted or closed without notice even in the service

period.

pDeadlines for downloading i-αppli additional data

・“機動戦士ガンダムオンライン (MOBILE SUIT GUNDAM ONLINE)”:

the end of April, 2013

(The online match is the service of up to the end of April, 2010.)

・“レイトン教授と悪魔の箱 (Professor Layton and Pandora’s Box)”:

the end of April, 2013

・“ケータイTOOL＜辞書＞ (KEITAI TOOL <Dictionary>)”: the end of April, 2013

・“日英版／日中版しゃべって翻訳 for P (J-E/J-C Speech Translation for P)”:

the end of April, 2013

・“ファミリー伝言板 (Family Message Board)”: the end of April, 2010

・“時刻表ウィジェット (Timetable Widget)”: the end of June, 2012

・“P-SQUARE INFO”: the end of April, 2013

When you delete Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli

Pre-installed i-αppli Programs

296

i-αppli/i-Widget

You can play a match online with the other

party in the world of MOBILE SUIT GUNDAM.

By making full use of the i-αppli online

function, you can play the match online

between the E. F. S. F. and Zeon. The

number of available mobile suits is going to

increase depending on the playing results or

by time release.

1Software listガンダムオンライン (GUNDAM ONLINE)

Oo

When you activate this i-αppli program in Normal Style, the display appears

advising you to play the game in Horizontal Open Style.

2Select a menu.

TIME ATTACK . . . . . . . . . You can play in time attack mode offline.

SURVIVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . You can play in survival mode offline.

RECORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displays the game record.

HELP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displays how to operate the game.

UPGRADE . . . . . . . . . . . . Accesses the site and upgrades the program to the

network battle version.

OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sets a key operation type, volume level, and vibration.

QUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ends the application program.

pWhen you upgrade to the network battle version, the items of “NETWORK

BATTLE” are added.

pYou are charged a packet communication fee for when you access the site.

pThe network battle version data is saved to the microSD card.

pAs upgrading the program requires the download of bulky data, you need to

subscribe to Pake-hodai, Pake-hodai full, or Pake hodai double.

機動戦士ガンダムオンラインプロローグ版

(MOBILE SUIT GUNDAM ONLINE PROLOGUE)

This is a fantasy adventure game. You

challenge various puzzles to solve a mystery

of “Pandora’s Box” that those who open the lid

shall die without fail.

With the complete version, you can enjoy

whole story and mini games with animation

and voice of characters.

1Software listレイトン教授と悪魔の箱 (Professor

Layton and Pandora’s Box)OoOo

When you start this program in Normal Style, the display appears advising you to

play the game in Horizontal Open Style.

pWith this game, you can select items and proceed operations also by pressing

0 instead of Oo.

2Select a menu.

はじめから (From the beginning) . . . Starts the game from the beginning.

オプション (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sets the volume level and vibration.

アップグレード (Upgrade) . . . . . . . . . Upgrades the program to the complete

version.

pYou are charged a packet communication fee for accessing the site.

pThe complete version data is saved to the microSD card.

pAs upgrading the program requires the download of bulky data, you need to

subscribe to Pake-hodai, Pake-hodai full, or Pake-hodai double.

レイトン教授と悪魔の箱

(Professor Layton and Pandora’s Box)

297

i-αppli/i-Widget

With the Spur-of-the-moment English conversation dictionary,

you can check the English expressions used in your daily life or

for overseas travel. Further, this is a comprehensive dictionary

that comes with “English-Japanese/Japanese-English

dictionary of Gakken JISUPA” and “Japanese dictionary of

Gakken” that enables you to check Japanese/English words

and phrases.

You can also perform cross-reference between dictionaries.

pAs the size of audio data of “Spur-of-the-moment English

conversation dictionary” and dictionary data of

“English-Japanese/Japanese-English dictionary of Gakken

JISUPA” and “Japanese dictionary of Gakken” are bulky, you need to subscribe to

Pake-hodai, Pake-hodai full, or Pake-hodai double for downloading.

pThe voice data of the “Spur-of-the-moment English conversation dictionary” and

dictionary data of “English-Japanese/Japanese-English dictionary of Gakken JISUPA”

and “Japanese dictionary of Gakken” are saved to the microSD card. While accessing

the microSD card, wait without operating the keys. According to the number of audio

data files on the microSD card, it may take long to finish accessing.

pThe installed e-dictionary uses “Spur-of-the-moment English conversation dictionary”

and “English-Japanese/Japanese-English/Japanese dictionaries of Gakken Co., Ltd.”.

1Software list

ケータイTOOL＜辞書＞ (KEITAI TOOL <Dictionary>)

Read “免責 (Exemption clause)” thoroughlyOK

pIf you remove a check mark for “アプリ起動時に常に表示する。 (Always shows

this display at the start of this application program.)”, “免責 (Exemption clause)”

does not appear when you start the program next time.

2Select a dictionary to be used.

英会話とっさのひとこと辞典

(Spur-of-the-moment English conversation dictionary)

. . .The Spur-of-the-moment English conversation dictionary starts. Check the

English expressions by specifying a scene or keyword you encounter or use in

your daily life. Further, you can confirm those English expressions with voice.

学研辞スパ英和／和英／国語

(English-Japanese/Japanese-English/Japanese dictionary of Gakken JISUPA)

. . .The English-Japanese/Japanese-English dictionary starts. Enter the

Japanese/English word or phrase into the input box for searching.

英会話とっさのひとことクイズ

(Spur-of-the-moment English conversation quiz)

. . .You can enjoy quizzes made from the title expressions.

ケータイTOOL＜辞書＞ (KEITAI TOOL <Dictionary>)

Just by speaking a phrase to be translated into your FOMA

terminal, this application program translates it from Japanese

to English or Chinese and vice versa.

pYou can use all the functions charge free for 60 days from

when you start using this application program. Some phrases

available for translation are restricted on and after the 61st

day. To use all the services, you need to register in My Menu

(charged) from the “しゃべって翻訳 (Speech Translation)”

site by ATR-Trek Co., Ltd. (in Japanese only)

[How to access: iMenu→メニューリスト (Menu List)

→辞書／学習／便利ツール (Dictionary/Study/

Convenient Tool)→辞書／翻訳 (Dictionary/Translation)

→しゃべって翻訳 (Speech Translation)]

pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.

1Software list

日英しゃべって翻訳_P (J-E Speech Translation_P) or

日中しゃべって翻訳_P (J-C Speech Translation_P)

SKIP

pSelect “日英しゃべって翻訳_P (J-E Speech Translation_P)” for using J-E

version, or select “日中しゃべって翻訳_P (J-C Speech Translation_P)” for using

J-C version.

2Read “しゃべって翻訳とは (What is Speech

Translation?)” and “ご利用規約 (Usage rules)”

thoroughly同意する (Agree)

pYou need to agree with “ご利用規約 (Usage rules)” when you use the program

for the first time.

3Read “ご利用注意事項 (Cautions in use)” thoroughly

OKはい (YES)

pIf you select “いいえ (NO)”, “しゃべって翻訳とは (What is Speech

Translation?)”, “ご利用規約 (Usage rules)”, and “ご利用注意事項 (Cautions in

use)” do not appear when you start the program next time.

4はい (YES)OK

p“アプリの使い方 (How to use application)” appears at the first startup.

日英版／日中版しゃべって翻訳 for P

(J-E/J-C Speech Translation for P)

The display is for

J-E version.

298

i-αppli/i-Widget

5Select a menu item.

日→英翻訳 (Translate Japanese to English)

. . . Starts translation from Japanese to English.

英→日翻訳 (Translate English to Japanese)

. . . Starts translation from English to Japanese.

日→中翻訳 (Translate Japanese to Chinese)

. . . Starts translation from Japanese to Chinese.

中→日翻訳 (Translate Chinese to Japanese)

. . . Starts translation from Chinese to Japanese.

シーンを変更 (Change scene)

. . . Select a scene suitable for words to be translated.

pPress i to switch between Japanese and English or Chinese.

This is a convenient i-

ppli program that bundles the TV

program list and AV remote control function and the

monthly charge is free.

Anytime and anywhere you are, you can easily obtain the

terrestrial digital, terrestrial analog or BS digital TV

program information for the desired time zone. You can

know about titles, contents, and start/end times of TV

programs. Further, you can start a 1Seg program from the

program list and vice versa.

If there is any program you want to watch, you can set

timer recordings of the program on a DVD recorder, etc.

over the Internet. (You need to have a DVD recorder, etc.

that supports the remote timer recording function. And you

need to perform initial settings of this application

program.) Further, you can search for the program

information by keywords such as program genres or

celebrities you like, or pickup keywords on the top of the

display. You can also remote-control a TV, video recorder,

and DVD player. (Some models are not supported.)

You can browse and operate the program guide even on

the horizontal display. (Some functions are not supported

on the horizontal display.)

pSee page 384 for details on the infrared remote control.

pYou need to make the initial settings and to agree with the usage rules for the first time.

pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.

To use this application program overseas, set the FOMA terminal’s clock to Japan time.

pFor details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version”.

ガイド番組表リモコン

(G Guide Program List Remote Control)

※

The display is for

reference. The actual one

may differ. Local programs

according to your region

appear on your display.

You can set 1Seg TV Timer for programs you want to watch by selecting from the

program list of this application program.

How to set TV Timer

1. Software listGガイド番組表リモコン (G Guide Program List Remote Control)

Highlight a program you want set TV Timer for and press i()

視聴予約 (TV Timer)予約実行 (Execute booking)

Operate following the instructions on the display.

You can select a program you want to record and set a timer recording from the program

list of this application program.

How to set a timer recording

1. Software listGガイド番組表リモコン (G Guide Program List Remote Control)

Highlight a program to be set for a timer recording and press i()

♯ワンセグ録画予約 (1Seg timer recording)予約実行 (Execute booking)

Operate following the instructions on the display.

(You can set a timer recording also by highlighting a program and pressing s.)

If you have a DVD recorder, etc. that supports the remote timer recording function, you

can set timer recordings from the program list of this application program over the

Internet even if you are away.

For remote timer recording, you need to make initial settings of this application program.

How to make initial settings

1. Set the Internet connection for the DVD recorder, etc.

(Refer to the instruction manual of the DVD recorder, etc. you use.)

2. Software listGガイド番組表リモコン (G Guide Program List Remote Control)

i()リモート録画予約 (Remote timer recording)

Operate following the guidance.

How to set timer recordings

After the initial settings, specify your desired program and select “リモート録画予約

(Remote timer recording)”. Then, the DVD recorder, etc. specified on this application

program is connected via the Internet, and you can set timer recordings.

pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.

About TV timer function

About timer recording function

About remote timer recording function

299

i-αppli/i-Widget

“iD” denotes convenient electronic money that makes use of

the credit settlement system. You can easily do shopping by

placing your Osaifu-Keitai with your credit card information set

or your credit card which supports “iD” over a scanning device

at shops. You can set up to two kinds of credit card information

on Osaifu-Keitai and can use it by shops according to specific

benefit. Depending on the card publishing company, cashing is

also supported.

pFor using “iD” on Osaifu-Keitai, you need to subscribe to a

card publishing company that supports “iD” and to set with “iD

設定アプリ(iD appli)” or card application provided by the card publishing company.

Depending on the card you use, you need to set with “iD 設定アプリ (iD appli)” and

then set the card application.

pThe expense (annual fees, etc.) charged for the iD service differs depending on the

card publishing company.

pYou cannot delete “iD 設定アプリ (iD appli)”. Before you initialize iC owner, perform “iD

アプリ初期化 (Initialize iD Application)” from “設定メニュー (Setting M)” of “iD 設定ア

プリ (iD appli)”.

pFor the information about “iD”, refer to the i-mode site of “iD” (in

Japanese only).

i-mode site: iMenu→メニューリスト (Menu List)→「iD」

iD 設定アプリ (iD appli)

※

The display is for reference.

The actual one may differ.

QR code for

accessing the site

“DCMX” is a credit service that supports “iD” and offered by

NTT DOCOMO, INC. DCMX provides DCMX mini that enables

you to use up to ¥10,000 per month and respective DCMX/

DCMX GOLD services that enable you to use more amount

and save up DOCOMO points.

With “DCMX mini”, you can easily make a subscription from

this application program and immediately use Mobile Phone

Credit.

※1 The online screening is conducted at your subscription for DCMX mini. For

subscribing to a service other than “DCMX mini”, you are connected to the

subscription page for i-mode.

※2 You might be required to enter your pin number under certain conditions.

※3 Available for DCMX mini only.

DCMXクレジットアプリ (DCMX credit appli)

※

The display is for reference.

The actual one may differ.

Subscribing for membership/Screening ※1

Use

No troublesome deposit is required!

Just by placing the mobile phone with the

card information setting completed, at a

shop where the following iD mark is put

up, you can enjoy shopping without

signing※2.

Check

You can check, on the application

program, the service contents of DCMX,

the balance for this month※3, and

detailed account!

Change

You can perform setting from the

application program when changing

models or updating your validity period.

Setting card information

300

i-αppli/i-Widget

pFor service contents and details of subscriptions, refer to the

i-mode site of DCMX (in Japanese only).

・i-mode site: iMenu→DCMX iD

QR code for

accessing the site

Information

p“未設定 (Unset)” or is displayed on the Software list until the card information

setting is completed.

pTo start this application program for the first time, you need to agree with “ご利用上の

注意 (Cautions in use)”.

pYou are charged a packet communication fee for settings and operations.

■Cautions on Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli

Note that we take no responsibility for any information set on your IC card.

On the map, you can easily find out area information, shop

information, and the contents created by users. You can switch

to the aerial photo mode or view the map by Street View. You

can also check the transportation to the destination by the line

search and navigate yourself to the destination.

■About the Map display

l: Displays the menu.

i: Searches. (Searches shops in the area, service information, and other places to

show on the map.)

Mo: Moves the cursor.

Oo: Context menu [現在地の住所 (Postal address of current location),

ここまでの経路 (Route up to here), ここからの経路 (Route from here),

ストリートビュー (Street view), お気に入りに保存 (Bookmark),

付近を検索 (Search the vicinity)]

1: Zoom out

2: Switches map/aerial photo.

3: Zoom in

0: Shows the current location.

a: Saves to/Displays from bookmark.

pYou need to agree to the usage rules when you use it for the first time.

pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee. You are advised to subscribe

to Pake-hodai, Pake-hodai full or Pake-hodai double for using this software program.

pFor details, refer to “ヘルプ (Help)” in the menu.

モバイルGoogleマップ (Google Map for Mobile)

301

i-αppli/i-Widget

“モバイルSuica登録用ｉアプリ (Mobile Suica Setup i-αppli)”

is the i-αppli program NTT DOCOMO provides for making

initial settings required before you use the Osaifu-Keitai

compatible service, “Mobile Suica”, offered by JR East. Make

the initial settings on this application program, and follow the

online instructions to download the Suica application from the

JR East site and subscribe to it.

pYou need to agree with “ご注意事項（必読） [Cautions (Must

read)]” when you use this program for the first time.

pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.

pYou can delete this application program after completing initial settings, but the area

within the IC card you set remains occupied. To use the occupied area for other

services, you need to initialize all the data in the IC card (full format, hereafter).

pYou need to visit a docomo shop to perform a full format.

pAll the data files on the IC card are deleted by the full format.

pWhen you use Mobile Suica Service after a full format, you need to make initial settings

again using this i-αppli program.

pFor the information about Mobile Suica, refer to the i-mode site (in Japanese only).

i-mode site:iMenu →メニューリスト (Menu List)

→ おサイフケータイ (Osaifu-Keitai)

→ 対応サービス (Compatible services) → モバイルSuica (Mobile Suica)

p“Mobile Suica” is a registered trademark of East Japan Railway Company.

モバイルSuica登録用ｉアプリ (Mobile Suica Setup i-αppli)

※

The display is for reference.

The actual one may differ.

What you can do with i-Avatar Maker

■Create avatars

You can easily create avatars by using various parts prepared

by i-Avatar Maker. You can create avatars viewing the images

shot by the camera or stored in Data Box, or can create

avatars based on the prepared samples.

■Use avatars

You can use the created avatars by converting to the materials

for Deco-mail, Deco-mail pictograms, Decome-Anime, or the

Machi-chara images which support i-concier.

By registering the created avatars on the i-avatar site, you can

change their clothes and publicize them on the competition

site.

pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee for

converting avatars to Decome-Anime templates or

Machi-chara images.

pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee for

registering avatars on the i-avatar sites.

pYou might need to purchase items for changing their clothes on the i-avatar site.

pi-avatar is a trademark of D2 COMMUNICATIONS.

p“Avatar Maker” is a trademark of ACRODEA, Inc.

This is the i-αppli touch (see page 293) compatible application

that enables you, just by placing f mark of your FOMA

terminal over that of the other party, to decorate a still image

you and he or she shot together, by pasting stamps, drawing

lines, or writing letters on it.

pYou can save the decorated image to the folder in “My

picture”.

pFor details, refer to the “ヘルプ (Help)” on the Menu.

ｉアバターメーカー (i-Avatar Maker)

いっしょにデコ (Deco Together)

※

The display is for reference.

The actual one may differ.

※

The display is for reference.

The actual one may differ.

302

i-αppli/i-Widget

Family Message Board is an application program that enables

you to share memos and schedule events among your family

or friends. After registering to join a group, you can share the

memos and schedule events with other members of the group.

Further, you can check the memos and schedule events by

using compatible TV.

pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.

pFor details, press m[説明(Explanation)] from each display

to show them.

pFor the compatible TV sets and how to access on the TVs,

refer to the information of the Function menu.

Software list

ファミリー伝言板

(Family Message Board)



Read “

利用規約

(Usage rules)” thoroughly



“

同意のうえ利用する

(Agree with Exemption Clause)”

pIf you put a check mark for “次回から表示しない (Does not show from the next

time)”, “利用規約 (Usage rules)” does not appear when you start the program

next time.

2Register yourself.

You need to register yourself at the first startup. Select “ユーザーの登録 (User's

registration)” and register yourself following the instructions on the display.

3Set your group.

You need to set a group you join at the first startup.

新しいグループを作る (Make a new group)

. . . . You can make a new group as a manager. Make a new group following the

instructions on the display.

グループに参加 (Join a group)

. . . . You can join a group already created. Join the group following the instructions

on the display.

pEvery user can join only one group.

ファミリー伝言板 (Family Message Board)

With this Widget application, you can download the timetable

and check the countdown of minutes/seconds until the train’s

departure. The schedule registration function is also provided

to notify you of the departure time by sounding an alarm. You

can update the timetable from the menu, and search for the

nearest station using the GPS function.

pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.

pFor details, refer to “ヘルプ (Help)” in the menu.

1Software list時刻表ウィジェット (Timetable Widget)

2Read “免責事項 (Exemption clause)” thoroughly

i()

3Select an item.

駅名入力／時刻表登録 (Enter station name/Store timetable)

. . . Stores the timetable of the station you want to use.

全体設定／ヘルプ／免責事項 (Whole setting/Help/Exemption clause)

. . . Sets a font size, and displays “ヘルプ (Help)” and “免責事項 (Exemption

clause)”.

アプリ終了 (End application)

. . . Ends this application.

時刻表ウィジェット (Timetable Widget)

303

i-αppli/i-Widget

“楽オク☆アプリ (Rakuoku ☆ Application)” enables you to

easily exhibit your goods on Rakuoku whenever you want

wherever you are. The instruction guides you through

exhibition procedures, and you can make “体験出品 (trial

entries)”, so you can use it easily even if you are a beginner.

As the “かんたん入力 (Easy entering)” function and the

convenient functions such as shooting/editing photos and

saving records are available, you can exhibit your goods in a

shorter time than you do on sites.

pYou need to agree with “利用規約 (Usage rules)” when you

use this program for the first time.

pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.

pFor details on Rakuoku, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version”.

pTo exhibit on Rakuoku, you need to subscribe to the Rakuten membership and register

on My menu.

pFor the information about Rakuoku, refer to i-mode site (in Japanese only).

i-mode site: iMenu→オークション (Auction)

■Widget αppli Supported (see page 311)

The information of the goods recommended by Rakuoku or the

goods you exhibit/bid for is displayed, so you can easily check

the auction state.

楽オク☆アプリ (Rakuoku ☆ Application)

※

The display is for reference.

The actual one may differ.

QR code for

accessing the site

This is a convenient i-αppli program that enables you to read the map of the place you

are currently in or you specify, check area information, or navigate yourself to the

destination by using the location information. You can search for information of facilities

which are useful in a time of disaster. Further, using Chizu Talk function, you can

exchange messages with your friends on the map.

pSee page 329 for details on operations.

i-αppli Banking is an i-αppli program that enables you to

conveniently use mobile banking (check your account balance

and deposit/withdrawal details, and transfer/shift money, etc.)

from your FOMA terminal. You can use up to two financial

institutions by entering your specified password at the startup

of the i-αppli program. You can pay bills/payment notices also

by Pay-easy.

pTo use mobile banking on i-αppli Banking, you need to have

the bank account and subscribe to the Internet banking

service of each bank.

pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.

pFor details on i-αppli Banking, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA

version”.

pFor the information about i-αppli Banking, refer to i-mode site (in Japanese only).

i-mode site: iMenu→メニューリスト (Menu List)

→モバイルバンキング (Mobile Banking)

→ ｉアプリバンキング (i-αppli Banking)

■Widget αppli Supported (see page 311)

With i-αppli Banking Widget, you can easily start i-αppli

Banking by entering your password on the Widget display, and

can use your registered financial institutions and optional

functions more conveniently.

地図アプリ (Map Application)

ｉアプリバンキング (i-αppli Banking)

※

The display is for reference.

The actual one may differ.

QR code for

accessing the site

304

i-αppli/i-Widget

“Start! ｉウィジェット (Start! i-Widget)” is an application

program that enables you to watch how to use i-Widget

through a moving picture.

Further, you can access and display the i-mode site where you

can download application programs other than the ones stored

in the FOMA terminal.

pYou are charged a packet communication fee when you

select “ダウンロード (Download)” and access i-mode.

You can quickly check the attractive information such as

McDonald’s new products. You can download “かざすクーポ

ン (Coupon for scanning)”, the discount coupon usable in

McDonald’s shops.

Before using “かざすクーポン (Coupon for scanning)”, you

need to subscribe on “トクするケータイサイト (TOKUSURU

KEITAI site)”. Then, select/set your favorite coupon from the

application, and place it over a scanning device at a

McDonald’s shop.

pFor the information about “マクドナルドトクするアプリ

(McDonald’s TOKUSURU KEITAI application)”, refer to

“トクするケータイサイト (TOKUSURU KEITAI site)”, the McDonald’s official site (in

Japanese only).

i-mode site:iMenu → メニューリスト (Menu List) → グルメ／レシピ (Gourmet/

Recipe) → マクドナルドトクする (McDonald TOKUSURU)

p“かざすクーポン (Coupon for scanning)” is not available at the shops in some area. In

those areas, “見せるクーポン (Coupon for showing)” is available.

pEven if you have not subscribed to “トクするケータイサイト (TOKUSURU KEITAI

site)”, you can browse “おすすめ情報 (Recommendation news)”.

pThe functions and service contents of “マクドナルドトクするアプリ (McDonald’s

TOKUSURU KEITAI application)” are subject to change.

pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.

Start! ｉウィジェット (Start! i-Widget)

マクドナルドトクするアプリ

(McDonald’s TOKUSURU KEITAI application)

※

The display is for reference.

The actual one may differ.

※

The display is for reference.

The actual one may differ.

■Widget αppli Supported (See page 311)

When McDonald’s “おすすめ情報 (Recommendation news)” is

updated, the McDonald’s signboard of Widget αppli turns

around to tell you the update.

When you select the signboard, “おすすめ情報

(Recommendation news)” is displayed.

You can read more detailed information by pressing

“もっと詳しく (More detail)” in “おすすめ情報

(Recommendation news)”.

“iWウォッチ (iW Watch)” application enables you to check a

watch or battery level on a graphical i-Widget.

You can change the designs and colors according to your

taste.

iWウォッチ (iW Watch)

Start the application

Select a coupon and the number of sheets you use

Press “決定 (OK)” to complete the setting of coupon information

Order by placing the coupon over a scanning device at a shop.

<How to use “

かざすクーポン

(Coupon for scanning)”>

※

The display is for reference.

The actual one may differ.

305

i-αppli/i-Widget

“P-SQUARE INFO” is a Widget application that periodically

distributes the updated information and recommendable

content of maker’s site P-SQUARE.

If you select displayed information, the i-mode browser starts

and then P-SQUARE opens.

pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.

Sticky is a Widget application that enables you to easily create,

edit, and browse sticky notes. You can store up to 300

characters, up to 50 items. You can change colors and display

positions of sticky notes.

“ROID Widget” is a Widget application with which a cartoon

character called Mr. ROID lets you know of updated

information (informtaion of traial version, moving pictures, site

updates, etc.) about the mobile site “ROID”.

Actions and comments of Mr. ROID vary according to updated

information of the mobile site “ROID”. You can view details of

updated information by moving from “ROID Widget” to the

mobile site “ROID”.

pYou need to agree with “利用規約 (Usage rules)” when you

use this program for the first time.

pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.

P-SQUARE INFO

付箋 (Sticky)

ROID ウィジェット (ROID Widget)

※

The display is for reference.

The actual one may differ.

“株価アプリ (Stock Prices Application)”

enables you to easily check stock prices

on i-Widget.

The stock prices index you can check

are: Nikkei225, TOPIX, and Hercules

index.

You can check the present index value

and its up/down from the day before.

You can switch the charts among “日中足

(intraday)”, “日足 (daily)”, “週足 (weekly)”,

and “月足 (monthly)”.

pYou need to agree with “利用規約 (Usage rules)” when you use this program for the

first time.

pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.

pThe present index value is the information with a delay of about 20 minutes.

pThe information from this application program is not for buying/selling stocks nor for

supporting them.

pWe take all possible measures to ensure the contents of information of this application

program, but this does not provide guarantees to the contents. Note that we at

DOCOMO and the Information Provider cannot be held responsible for the loss due to

the information from this application program.

“Googleモバイル (Google Mobile)” is a useful application

program that enables you to use the mobile web search

function. You can easily enter the trendy words and keywords

you entered in the past. You can easily call up the helpful

Google services such as Mail Service (Gmail) and Train Route

Search.

pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.

株価アプリ (Stock Prices Application)

Googleモバイル (Google Mobile)

※

The display is for reference.

The actual one may differ.

Type of index

(Nikkei225/TOPIX/

Hercules index)

Chart

Present index

value

Change of index

※

The display is for reference.

The actual one may differ.

306

i-αppli/i-Widget

“FOMA 通信環境確認アプリ (FOMA Communication

Environment Check Application)” enables you to check

whether the FOMA terminal is available at the FOMA

High-Speed Area.

pUse “FOMA 通信環境確認アプリ (FOMA Communication

Environment Check Application)” with your consent to “ご利

用の注意 (Cautions in use)”.

pDepending on the communication environment (such as

weather, radio wave conditions, network congestion state) at

communication environment check, the different result or “out

of service” might appear even in the same area or at the

same period of time.

pYou might not be able to check correctly if you use another function while using this

application program.

1mi-αppliiαppli settings

Do the following operations.

FOMA 通信環境確認アプリ

(FOMA Communication Environment Check Application)

<iαppli Settings>

Setting i-αppli

※

The display is for reference.

The actual one may differ.

Auto start setting See page 307.

Disp. software info See page 291.

i-Widget roaming set. See page 312.

i-Widget sound effect See page 312.

iαppli call settings

iαppli call DL set. See page 309.

iαppli call sound See page 309.

Preferred tone You can set which sound to be output preferentially, from

MUSIC/1Seg or i-αppli program, for when you start an i-αppli

program during music playback or use of 1Seg.

MUSIC/1Seg or iαppli

αBacklight You can set the backlight operation for when an i-αppli

program is running.

Select an item.

Depend on system . . . . .Follows the setting of “Backlight”.

Depend on software . . . .Follows the setting of each

software program.

Constant light . . . . . . . . .Lights constantly.

αPower saver You can set to Power Saver Mode to decrease battery

consumption by temporarily suspending the i-αppli program

for when you close the FOMA terminal while i-αppli is running.

ON or OFF

pThis setting is valid from when you start an i-αppli program to

when you exit it.

pEven when this function is set to “ON”, Power Saver Mode

becomes invalid if “Power saver” that can be set for each

i-αppli program is set to “OFF”.

αVibrator You can set the vibrator operation for when an i-αppli program

is running.

Depend on system or Depend on software

Depend on system . . . . .Does not work regardless of the

setting of “Vibrator”. With some

software programs, the vibrator

works.

Depend on software . . . .Follows the setting of each

software program.

Check settings You can check each of “iαppli settings”.

Information

<αBacklight> <αVibrator>

pWith some software programs, the backlight and vibrator settings are “OFF”.

Consequently, if you set “Depend on software”, the backlight and vibrator will not

work; if you want them to work, set “Depend on system”.

307

i-αppli/i-Widget

You can make an i-αppli program start automatically at the set date and

time. Set the date and time for automatic start using Auto Start Time.

You can set whether to enable automatic start of i-αppli programs.

1mi-αppliiαppli settingsAuto start setting

ON or OFF

You can set the date and time for automatic start. You can set for up to

three software programs.

1Software listi()Auto start time

2Put a check mark for an item to be setl()

Time interval set . . . . Starts at an interval specified by the software program. The

setting is completed.

Start time set . . . . . . .Starts at the set start time automatically.

3Select start timeEnter the date and time to be set.

41 timeSelect a type of repeat.

pIf you select “Weekly”, put a check mark for days of the week to be set and press

l().

5Press l().

Starting i-αppli Automatically

Auto Start Setting

Auto Start Time

You can check whether a software program has started automatically

and properly. Also, you can check the information of start failure from IC

card. Up to three records of automatic start, a record of automatic start

set by i-αppli, and a record of start failure from IC card are stored.

1mi-αppliiαppli infoAuto start info

StartO . . . . Started automatically and properly.

StartX. . . . . Did not start automatically.

When “ ” is displayed, you can press Oo( ) to start the

software program.

Start– . . . . . Has not started yet.

With the i-αppli call function, you can call up your friends on the i-αppli

program to have online matches and to share the information with them.

pWith i-αppli calls, you are called up in two ways; directly by your friend or by the IP

(Information Service Providers).

pRejecting all i-αppli calls is also available.

For details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version”.

Auto Start Info

Information

pSoftware programs do not start automatically in the following cases:

・When the FOMA terminal is turned off

・When the date and time are not set

・When another function is working

・During Lock All

・During Personal Data Lock

・During playback of animations/Flash movies

・When the time set for automatic start is identical to the reserved time set for

“Software update”, or the time set for an alarm of “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “TV

timer”, or “Timer recording”

・When a start time has been specified to the same software program within 10

minutes from the previous auto-start

pIf automatic start fails, “ ” appears on the desktop. Select the icon to show the

Auto Start Info.

Using i-αppli Call

308

i-αppli/i-Widget

1While an i-αppli program which supports i-αppli call is

runningMake an i-αppli callYES

pThe operation differs depending on the i-αppli program.

When an i-αppli call comes in, the i-αppli call ring tone sounds and the

confirmation display appears asking whether to answer it.

1The i-αppli call confirmation display appears

Select an item.

Accept . . . . . . .Answers the i-αppli call. The target i-αppli program starts.

Reject . . . . . . . .Rejects the i-αppli call.

Hold. . . . . . . . . .Holds the i-αppli call. “ ” appears at the top of the display, and

“ ” appears on the desktop. Press Oo, highlight “ ” and

press Oo to show the i-αppli call logs.

pSome i-αppli calls activate the i-αppli program without showing the confirmation

display.

pWhen you answer an i-αppli call, you might be charged a packet communication

fee.

pWhile a display other than the Stand-by display is shown, only “ ” tells you

the arrival of i-αppli calls.

pWhen the target i-αppli program is already running, the operation varies

depending on the i-αppli program.

The confirmation display might appear asking whether to download the target i-αppli

program or to access a site. Select “YES” to download it or to access the site. Select

“NO” to return to the Stand-by display. In this case, “Accept” is recorded on the i-αppli call

log.

Send i-αppli Calls to Call up Members

Receive i-αppli Calls

When the target i-αppli program is not found on the FOMA

terminal when you select “Accept”

Up to 30 received i-αppli calls are recorded in i-αppli call logs, and you

can check how they were replied.

pAfter 30 i-αppli calls are received, the older log is automatically deleted from the oldest

one, but the logs for the held i-αppli calls are not deleted. (If 30 logs are all for the held

calls, they are deleted.)

1mi-αppliiαppli call logs

: Held i-αppli calls (not replied)

: Answered i-αppli calls

: Rejected i-αppli calls

: Expired i-αppli calls

pHighlight a log for a held i-αppli call and press

Oo( ) to show again the confirmation display for

the i-αppli call. (See “Receive i-αppli Calls” on page 308)

pTo delete i-αppli call logs, press i( ), select “Delete this” or “Delete all”,

and then select “YES”. When you select “Delete all”, you need to enter your

Terminal Security Code.

You can set whether to allow each i-αppli program to start from i-αppli

calls. When you set to “OFF”, you cannot receive i-αppli calls for the set

i-αppli program.

1Software listi()Software setting

iαppli callSelect an iteml()

ON . . . . . . . . . . Allows to start i-αppli programs from i-αppli calls.

OFF . . . . . . . . . Does not start i-αppli programs from i-αppli calls.

pEven if you set to “OFF”, it might not become valid depending on the i-αppli

program.

Check i-αppli Call Logs

Setting i-αppli Call

Software Setting (i-αppli Call)

309

i-αppli/i-Widget

You can set whether to reject the i-αppli download notice for when a

target i-αppli program for i-αppli calls is not found.

1mi-αppliiαppli settingsiαppli call settings

iαppli call DL set.Rejector Not reject

You can set the operation for when an i-αppli call is received.

1mi-αppliiαppli settingsiαppli call settings

iαppli call soundDo the following operations.

i-αppli Call Download Setting

i-αppli Call Sound

Select ring tone Select a folderSelect a ring tone.

pWhile selecting a ring tone, you can check the selected tone.

Ring time setting You can set a ring time for i-αppli call ring tone.

Enter a ring time (seconds).

pEnter two digits from “00” through “15”.

Select vibrator Select a vibration pattern.

pIf you select “Melody linkage”, the FOMA terminal vibrates in

time with ring tone.

pWhile selecting a vibration pattern, you can check the selected

vibration.

Select illumination Select an item.

pWhile selecting an item, you can check the lighting/flickering of

the Call/Charging indicator.

You can set an i-αppli program for the Stand-by display. Once set, the

i-αppli Stand-by display automatically appears each time you show the

Stand-by display.

1Software listi()Software setting

Stand-by setON or OFFl()

“ ” is displayed for the software program set as the Stand-by display.

“ ” or “ ” is displayed while an i-αppli Stand-by display is running.

From the i-αppli Stand-by display, press <.

“ ” or “ ” changes to a blinking “ ” or “ ” and then you can operate the i-αppli

program as a normal one.

pTo return to the i-αppli Stand-by display, press and hold r for at least one second or

press h; then select “Ended”. To release the i-αppli Stand-by display, select

“Terminated”, and select “YES”.

<i-αppli Stand-by Display>

Operating i-αppli Stand-by Display

Software Setting (Stand-by Set)

To operate an i-αppli program as a normal i-αppli program

when an i-αppli Stand-by display is running

Information

pIf you turn off the FOMA terminal while the i-αppli Stand-by display is running, the

confirmation display appears asking whether to start the i-αppli program when you

turn on the power again.

pYou can set only one software program for the i-αppli Stand-by display.

pSome i-αppli programs cannot be set for the Stand-by display.

pWith some software programs set as the i-αppli Stand-by display, you can press a key

to go from the normal i-αppli status to the i-αppli Stand-by display status. However,

you cannot return to the i-αppli Stand-by display if another menu function is running.

pNote that you might not be able to receive timely information if you have set “Stand-by

net” of “Software setting” to “OFF”.

pYou cannot use the Web To function and the Phone To/AV Phone To function from

the i-αppli Stand-by display.

pIf the software program which connects to the network is set for the i-αppli Stand-by

display, it might not operate successfully because of radio wave conditions or other

factors.

310

i-αppli/i-Widget

You can set whether to permit communication for when the i-αppli

Stand-by display is running.

1Software listi()Software setting

Stand-by netON or OFFl()

You can temporarily end the running i-αppli Stand-by display. Also, you

can release the i-αppli Stand-by display.

1mSet./ServiceDisplayDisplay setting

Stand-by displayEnd iαppli display

End or Terminate

pWhen you select “Terminate”, select “YES”.

pWhen you show the Stand-by display while a menu function is operating, the image

set for “Stand-by display” of “Display setting” is displayed, even when the i-αppli

Stand-by display is set.

pWhen the communication is extremely frequent in a certain period of time while an

i-αppli program is running as the i-αppli Stand-by display, the confirmation display

appears. When you press .<, the confirmation display appears asking whether to

continue communication.

pWhen you close the FOMA terminal, the display shifts to the pause state regardless of

“αPower saver” or “Power saver” of the Function menu.

pIf you set Lock All or Personal Data Lock when the i-αppli Stand-by display is shown,

the i-αppli Stand-by display ends. If you set Lock All, the image set for “Stand-by

display” of “Display setting” is displayed and if you set Personal Data Lock, the default

Stand-by display is displayed. The i-αppli Stand-by display returns when you release

each lock. However, when “Display setting” is set to “Accept” for “Customize” of

Personal Data Lock, the Stand-by display you had set before you set the i-αppli

Stand-by display is displayed during Personal Data Lock.

Software Setting (Stand-by Net)

Information

End Stand-by Display

When the i-αppli Stand-by display does not end successfully, you can

check the date/time and its reason.

1mi-αppliiαppli infoEnd stand-by info

pWhen “ ” is displayed on the End Stand-by Info display, press

i( ), and select “Copy info” to copy the information. Select “Delete info”,

and select “YES” to delete the information.

Depending on the i-αppli program, you can save its data files on the

microSD card.

You can display the i-αppli data files saved on the microSD card.

1mi-αppliiαppli(microSD)iαppli data

End Stand-by Info

<iαppli Data>

Displaying i-αppli Data Files on the

microSD Card

Function Menu while i-αppli Data File is Displayed

Folder info You can display the information of the software program that uses

the selected folder, available/unavailable for folder usage, and the

reason if unavailable.

Delete folder You can delete the selected folder and files in the folder.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

311

i-αppli/i-Widget

i-Widget is a useful function that enables you to access the

frequently-used contents such as the calculator, clock, and stock price

information (Widget αppli) by pressing the i-Widget key (r).

You can add Widget αppli programs by downloading from sites offered

by IPs (Information Providers). (See page 290)

Also, you can paste multiple (up to eight) Widget αppli programs to the

i-Widget display to customize it to your taste.

pMultiple Widget αppli programs might communicate when you show the i-Widget

display.

pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee for downloading Widget αppli

programs or showing the i-Widget display.

pAs for overseas use, you are charged a packet communication fee each time a Widget

αppli program communicates.

pFor details on i-Widget, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version”.

■Widget αppli list

i-Widget

ファミリー伝言板 (Family Message Board) See page 302

時刻表ウィジェット (Timetable Widget) See page 302

楽オク☆アプリ (Rakuoku ☆ Application) See page 303

地図アプリ (Map Application) See page 303

ｉアプリバンキング (i-αppli Banking) See page 303

Start! ｉウィジェット (Start! i-Widget) See page 304

マクドナルドトクするアプリ

(McDonald’s TOKUSURU KEITAI application)

See page 304

iWウォッチ (iW Watch) See page 304

P-SQUARE INFO See page 305

付箋 (Sticky) See page 305

ROID ウィジェット (ROID Widget) See page 305

株価アプリ (Stock Prices Application) See page 305

Googleモバイル (Google Mobile) See page 305

After starting i-Widget, you can simultaneously start multiple Widget

αppli programs. You can show the multiple running Widget αppli

programs on the i-Widget display.

1Press r.

i-Widget starts.

When any Widget αppli program is running, the i-Widget

display is displayed. When no Widget αppli program is

running, the Widget αppli list is displayed.

pYou can start i-Widget also by selecting a Widget αppli

program from the Software list.

pYou cannot start i-Widget from the horizontal Stand-by

display even by pressing r.

Using i-Widget

Start i-Widget

i-Widget display

Information

pWith i-Widget, you can simultaneously start and show up to eight Widget αppli

programs. When you switch Widget αppli programs to be displayed while eight

Widget αppli programs are running, end an unwanted Widget αppli program and then

start another one from the Widget αppli list. See page 313 for ending a Widget αppli

program.

pIf you have not operated for three minutes from the Widget αppli list or i-Widget

display, the Stand-by display automatically returns. The Stand-by display does not

automatically return from the Widget αppli operation display.

pEven if you end i-Widget while a pre-installed Widget αppli program is running and

change the UIM or initialize the FOMA terminal, the Widget αppli program does not

end and remains running as launched from i-Widget.

312

i-αppli/i-Widget

■About i-Widget display

Widget αppli display

On the Widget αppli list, all Widget αppli programs are displayed and “ACTIVE” is

displayed for the running Widget αppli program.

On the i-Widget display/Widget αppli operation display, each application program is

shown in running state.

: Widget αppli

:i-αppli DX compatible Widget αppli

: Widget αppli for communication

: GPS compatible Widget αppli

: Osaifu-Keitai compatible Widget αppli

: Downloaded from an SSL/TLS page

Navigation display

Navigation that corresponds to the key operation is displayed.

You can change the position of Widget αppli programs on the i-Widget

display. You cannot specify each position as it is automatically changed.

1i-Widget displayi[シャッフル (Shuffle)]

Shuffle i-Widget

Widget αppli list i-Widget display Widget αppli operation

display





You can end i-Widget to return to the Stand-by display.

1Widget αppli list/i-Widget display/Widget αppli operation

displayh

pYou can return to the Stand-by display also by pressing r or

m[戻る (Return)] from the i-Widget display.

pFor the Widget αppli operation display, the confirmation display appears asking

whether to finish it.

You can set whether to communicate via i-Widget overseas.

1mi-αppliiαppli settingsi-Widget roaming set.

ON or OFF

You can set whether to sound an effect tone at the start of i-Widget.

1mi-αppliiαppli settingsi-Widget sound effect

ON or OFF

End i-Widget

Setting i-Widget

i-Widget Roaming Setting

Information

pWhen you arrive at a destination overseas, the setting changes to “OFF” and the

confirmation display appears when you start i-Widget.

i-Widget Sound Effect

Information

pThe effect tone at the start of i-Widget sounds at the volume set for “Phone” of “Ring

volume”. It sounds at Level 2 when “Step” is set.

313

i-αppli/i-Widget

1Widget αppli list

Select a Widget αppli program to be started.

You can show the Widget αppli operation display.

pYou can start a Widget αppli program also by selecting it from the Software list.

pYou can show the Widget αppli operation display also by selecting a running

Widget αppli program.

pYou can show the i-Widget display by pressing r or m[戻る (Return)] from

the Widget αppli operation display.

1i-Widget display/Widget αppli operation display

Highlight a Widget αppli program to be ended and

press c[アプリ終了 (END Widget αppli)]YES

When a Widget αppli program does not end successfully, you can check

the date/time and its reason.

1mi-αppliiαppli infoEnd Widget appli inf

pWhen “ ” is displayed on the End Widget αppli Inf display, press

i( ), and select “Copy info” to copy the information. Select “Delete info”,

and select “YES” to delete the information.

Starting Widget αppli

End Widget αppli

End Widget Appli Inf

314

315

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

Osaifu-Keitai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

iC Transfer Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Starting Osaifu-Keitai Compatible i-αppli

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <IC Card Content> 317

Locking IC Card Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <IC Card Lock> 318

Checking Owner Information of IC Card

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Check IC Owner> 318

ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<ToruCa> 318

Receiving ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Receive ToruCa Files> 319

Displaying ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <ToruCa Viewer> 320

How to See ToruCa File List/Detailed ToruCa File Display . . . 322

Setting ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <ToruCa Settings> 325

316

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

Osaifu-Keitai mounts the IC card, so you can make payment and others

just by placing the FOMA terminal over the scanning device in a shop.

Further, you can use communications to deposit electronic money or to

check your account for balance or usage histories. Security is fully

secure※1 so that you can make use with a sense of security.

For details on Osaifu-Keitai, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode]

FOMA version”.

pTo use the Osaifu-Keitai compatible service, you need to download the Osaifu-Keitai

compatible i-αppli program from the Osaifu-Keitai compatible site※2 (in Japanese only)

to make the settings.

※1 You can use Omakase Lock and IC Card Lock. (See page 127 and page 318)

※2iMenu→メニューリスト (Menu List)→おサイフケータイ (Osaifu-Keitai)

pData on the IC card (including electronic money, reward points, etc.) might be lost or

deformed owing to the malfunction of the FOMA terminal. (When we keep your FOMA

terminal for repair, we cannot keep it with data files left, so the data files shall be

deleted beforehand by yourself as a rule.) For supports such as reissue, restoration,

temporary storage, or transfer of data files, consult the service provider which supports

Osaifu-Keitai, except for the data transfer by iC transfer service. For your important

data files, be sure to use the service with backup support.

pIn any case including malfunction or model change, we cannot be held responsible for

the loss or deformation of data on the IC card or other losses caused regarding

Osaifu-Keitai compatible services.

pIf your FOMA terminal is stolen or lost, inquire of the provider for Osaifu-Keitai

compatible service you use about ways of dealing with the trouble, immediately.

Osaifu-Keitai

iC transfer service※1 is the service for moving※2 a package of data

files※3 on the IC card of your Osaifu-Keitai to your new Osaifu-Keitai

when you replace your Osaifu-Keitai such as at the time of phone model

change or malfunction.

After moving data files on the IC card, just download※4 an Osaifu-Keitai

compatible i-αppli program, and then you can use the Osaifu-Keitai

services continuously. iC transfer service is available at the service

counters such as a nearby docomo shop.

For details on iC transfer service, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide

[i-mode] FOMA version”.

※1 Both the transferring end and transferred end have to be the FOMA terminal that

supports iC transfer service. Visit a nearby counter such as a docomo shop to use

iC transfer service.

※2 This service is not for “copying” but for “moving” data files, so no data files on the IC

card remain in the FOMA terminal at the transferring end. iC transfer services is not

available for some cases, so use backup services for Osaifu-Keitai compatible

services.

※3 Some Osaifu-Keitai compatible services do not cover iC transfer service, and you

can move only the files on the IC card of the Osaifu-Keitai compatible service that

covers iC transfer service.

※4 You are charged a packet communication fee for downloading i-αppli programs and

respective settings.

iC Transfer Service

317

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

You can start the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli from the Software list.

By using Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli, you can read/write the data

inside the IC card and use convenient functions such as depositing

electronic money or checking your account for the balance and usage

details on the mobile phone.

pTake care of your Terminal Security Code and password used for each service not to

reveal to anyone.

pWhen you start or download the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli program for the first

time, the message “Use IC card for current UIM?” appears. When you select “YES”,

you cannot use the IC card function afterward unless you insert the same UIM.

To use the IC card function with another UIM, delete all the information of the IC card

by “Change IC owner”, and then delete all the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli

programs other than “iD 設定アプリ (iD appli)”. Otherwise, you cannot use it.

pReading and writing data from the software program and to the IC card is suspended in

the following cases:

In that case, the read or written data is discarded. The operation after the

communication ends differs depending on the service you use.

・When a call comes in while an i-αppli program is running

・When the battery goes flat

1mOsaifu-KeitaiIC card content

The list of the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli programs is displayed. When you

select an i-αppli program, it starts up.

pSee page 291 for the Software list.

Starting Osaifu-Keitai Compatible i-αppli

Read and Write Data inside the IC Card

Place the f mark of the FOMA terminal over the scanning device, and

you can use the FOMA terminal as electronic money to pay for shopping

or to use it as a traffic ticket. This function is available without starting

the software program.

pEven during a call or i-mode access, you can use Osaifu-Keitai by placing the f

mark over the scanning device.

1Place the f mark of the FOMA terminal over the

scanning device to use the target service.

pThe Call/Charging indicator lights when you bring your FOMA terminal close to a

scanning device and communication becomes ready.

Use Osaifu-Keitai

Place the f mark of the FOMA

terminal over the scanning device.

Information

pMount the battery pack to use Osaifu-Keitai. Even when the power is turned off or

when the battery has gone flat, you can use Osaifu-Keitai by placing the f mark

over the scanning device, however, you cannot start the Osaifu-Keitai compatible

i-αppli. You might not be able to use Osaifu-Keitai if you have left the battery unused

for a long period or not charged it after the low battery alarm sounds. Charge the

battery.

pWhen the f mark of the FOMA terminal placed over the scanning device is not

identified, slightly move the mark forwards, backwards, to left, or to right.

pOsaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli might start when you place the FOMA terminal over

the scanning device.

318

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

To prevent the IC card function from being used by others, you can set

the Osaifu-Keitai, received ToruCa, or iC communication disabled.

pIf the battery runs out while IC Card Lock is set, the IC card stays locked.

1Press and hold m for at least one second.

“ ” appears and IC Card Lock is set.

pTo release IC Card Lock, perform the same operation and enter your Terminal

Security Code. When Timer Lock ON At Close is set and “Lock OFF at open” is

set to “ON”, the display for releasing IC Card Lock appears also by opening the

FOMA terminal.

When “PIM/IC security mode” is set to “Face reader”, follow the operation of “Use

Face Reader to Release Lock” on page 133.

When it is set to “Double security”, enter your Terminal Security Code after the

operation on page 133.

You can set whether to lock the IC card function while the power is

turned off.

1mSet./ServiceLock/SecurityLock setting

mOsaifu-KeitaiIC card lock set.

2IC lock (power-off)

Enter your Terminal Security CodeSelect an item.

Setting before OFF . . . . Follows the setting just before turning off the power.

Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sets IC Card Lock.

Locking IC Card Function

IC Lock (Power-off)

You can check whether IC owner information required for using the IC

card is consistent with the information of the currently inserted UIM.

1mOsaifu-KeitaiCheck IC owner

pWhen the UIM differs from the stored one, select “Change” and reset the data on

the IC card, and then you can newly store the UIM information.

You can reset the IC owner information by deleting data on the IC card.

After resetting, you can newly register information of currently inserted

UIM.

pWhen you initialize the IC owner information, the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli

programs except “iD 設定アプリ (iD appli)” are deleted. However, they might not be

deleted depending on your usage state, so you need to delete them separately.

1mOsaifu-KeitaiChange IC ownerResetYES

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

ToruCa is an electronic card that you can receive with Osaifu-Keitai for

use as fliers, restaurant cards, and coupon tickets.

You can receive ToruCa files from scanning devices or sites and can

easily exchange them using mail, infrared ray, or a microSD card.

The received ToruCa files are saved to “ToruCa” of “Osaifu-Keitai”.

pFor details on ToruCa, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version”.

Checking Owner Information of IC Card

Change IC Owner

ToruCa

319

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

■Flow for using ToruCa

■Sources of ToruCa files

Place your Osaifu-Keitai over a scanning

device to receive a ToruCa file.

You can view more detailed information by using “詳細 (Details)” key.

Scanning device

Exchanges ToruCa

files between

i-mode terminals.

Update/Save

ToruCa files to Data

Storage Center.

Data Storage Center

microSD card

Data broadcasting

QR code

Site

i-αppli

Mail, infrared

communication,

iC communication

You can receive the ToruCa file from a scanning device using the IC card

function. By receiving detailed information, a ToruCa file becomes a

ToruCa file (details) which has more pieces of information.

pFor a ToruCa file before receiving the details, you can download up to 1 Kbyte per file,

and for a ToruCa file (details), you can download up to 100 Kbytes per file.

1Place the f mark of the FOMA terminal over the

scanning device.

A ToruCa-received tone sounds, the Call/Charging indicator lights.

pWhen “Recv. ToruCa display” is set to “ON”, detailed display of received ToruCa file

appears.

pFor a ToruCa file before receiving detailed information, the confirmation display

appears asking whether to connect to a site to download detailed information. Select

“YES” to display a ToruCa file (details) with detailed information received. Select “NO”

to display a ToruCa file without detailed information.

pIf no keys are pressed for about 15 seconds or “Recv. ToruCa display” is set to “OFF”,

“ ” appears on the desktop.

Press Oo, highlight “ ”, and press Oo( ); then the ToruCa File list appears.

Receiving ToruCa

Receive from Scanning Device

When a ToruCa file is received

320

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

If you set “Auto reading ToruCa” to “Accept” to use the ToruCa files by placing the FOMA

terminal over the scanning device, the available ToruCa files are automatically

recognized. The used ToruCa files are converted into “Used” and then moved to the

“Used ToruCa” folder. Up to 20 used ToruCa files are saved, and when the number of

the files exceeds 20, the files are deleted from the one downloaded at the oldest date.

pEven if “Auto reading ToruCa” is set to “Reject”, the confirmation display might appear

asking whether to use “Auto reading ToruCa” when you place the FOMA terminal over

the scanning device. To use ToruCa files, select “YES”, and then set “Auto reading

ToruCa” to “Accept”.

You can display ToruCa file received by the IC card function or from sites

or mail.

1mOsaifu-KeitaiToruCa

Select a folder.

pEach time you press m from the ToruCa Folder list,

you can switch folders between the FOMA terminal and

the microSD card.

pWhen the folder contains unread ToruCa files, “ ” appears.

2Select a ToruCa file.

About Auto-reading Function of ToruCa

Information

pWhen you fail to receive a ToruCa file, the ToruCa failed-to-received tone sounds,

and the Call/Charging indicator lights.

pA ToruCa-received tone and a ToruCa failed-to-receive tone sound at the volume set

for “Phone” of “Ring volume”.

pDepending on the settings by IPs (Information Providers), you might not be able to

update ToruCa files or send them by mail or infrared rays.

Displaying ToruCa

ToruCa Folder list

A ToruCa file before receiving detailed information itself does not show the detailed

information. Select “詳細 (Details)” on the ToruCa file display and select “YES” to

connect to the site to receive more detailed information.

After receiving the detailed information, the ToruCa file is overwritten and saved.

When receiving detailed information from a ToruCa file

Information

pYou are charged the ordinary packet fee for receiving.

Function Menu of the ToruCa Folder List

Operate folder

Add folder You can create a user folder. You can create up to 20 folders.

Enter a folder name.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters for

the FOMA terminal.

pYou can enter up to 31 full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters for

the microSD card.

Edit folder name You can edit the folder name for the user folder.

Enter a folder name.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters for

the FOMA terminal.

pYou can enter up to 31 full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters for

the microSD card.

Delete folder All ToruCa files in the folder are deleted.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

321

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

Search all folders You can search through all ToruCa files in the FOMA terminal

(except ToruCa files stored in the “Used ToruCa” folder) by

specifying a search condition.

Select a search condition.

Genre. . . .Select a genre.

Press l( ) to display a list of category

icons belonging to the genre.

Title . . . . .Enter characters to be searched for, from those in

the title.

Index . . . .Enter characters to be searched for, from those in

location data.

pYou can enter up to 20 full-pitch/40 half-pitch characters for

the Title search, and up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch

characters for the Index search.

Auto-sort You can set to automatically sort and save the ToruCa files

that satisfy the conditions set to the folder for when you

receive them from a scanning device or automatically receive

them from data broadcasting while watching a 1Seg program.

Select a sorting condition.

Genre. . . . . Put a check mark for the genre to sort into and

press l( ). You can put it for multiple

genres.

Title . . . . . . Enter characters from those in the title, to be a

sorting condition.

Index . . . . . Enter characters from those in the location data,

to be a sorting condition.

Release . . . Select “YES” to release the sorting condition you

specified.

pYou can enter up to 20 full-pitch/40 half-pitch characters for

the Title sort, and up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters

for the Index sort.

pWhen a sorting condition is already specified for the folder, it

is displayed. Press i( ) to set a sorting condition

again.

Copy

Copy to microSD You can copy the ToruCa files together with the folder from

the FOMA terminal to the microSD card.

CPY all to microSD You can copy all the ToruCa files together with the folder from

the FOMA terminal to the microSD card.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Copy to phone You can copy the ToruCa files together with the folder from

the microSD card to the FOMA terminal.

Copy all to phone You can copy all the ToruCa files together with the folder from

the microSD card to the FOMA terminal.

Add or OverwriteEnter your Terminal Security Code

YES

pWhen you select “Overwrite”, the confirmation display

appears telling that the ToruCa files in the FOMA terminal

will be deleted.

Connect to Center See page 139.

All ToruCa disp. You can display all the ToruCa files stored in the FOMA

terminal.

pYou can display them also by pressing c().

Ir/ transmission

Send all Ir data See page 384.

All transmission See page 385.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/the

number of saved files.

Delete all You can delete all the ToruCa files stored in the FOMA

terminal.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Select storage You can set a destination folder for when copying from the

FOMA terminal to the microSD card.

YES

322

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

Information

<Auto-sort>

p“ ” is displayed when the Genre sort is set, “ ” is displayed when the Title sort is

set, and “ ” is displayed when the Index sort is set.

pWhen a file satisfies multiple conditions, it is sorted into the top of the folder in the

ToruCa Folder list.

pThe ToruCa file (details) is copied as a ToruCa file before receiving details if it

contains the data file with the UIM security or whose output from the FOMA terminal is

prohibited.

pThe ToruCa files in the “ToruCa” folder within the FOMA terminal are saved to “SD

ToruCa” on the microSD card.

pThe ToruCa files in “SD ToruCa” on the microSD card are added or overwritten and

then saved to the “ToruCa” folder in the FOMA terminal.

p“ ” is displayed for the folder set as a destination.

pWhen you execute Check microSD, or create or edit a folder by using a personal

computer, the destination folder on the microSD card might be changed. When the

setting is changed, set the destination folder again.

State of ToruCa file

※1 Does not apply to the ToruCa file downloaded from a site.

※2 Appears for only the ToruCa file on the microSD card.

p“ ” is added to the expired ToruCa file.

p“ ” is added to the ToruCa file whose output from the FOMA terminal is prohibited.

Category

Displays a category icon that matches the contents of the ToruCa file.

Index file

Displays the location data of the publisher of the ToruCa file information.

Title

Date and time the ToruCa file was received

ToruCa information

Summary and the “詳細 (Details)” key are displayed for a ToruCa file. Publisher

information is displayed for a ToruCa file (details).

How to See ToruCa File List/Detailed

ToruCa File Display















ToruCa File list

Detailed ToruCa File display

(for ToruCa file)

Detailed ToruCa File display

[for ToruCa file (details)]







 

※1Unread ToruCa file

Read ToruCa file

Used ToruCa file

※2FOMA terminal incompatible ToruCa file

323

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

Function Menu of the ToruCa File List/Detailed ToruCa File

Display

Attach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the ToruCa

file attached.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can compose it also by pressing l().

Move Select a destination folder.

pYou cannot select the “Used ToruCa” folder.

Search/sort

[List only]

You can search through ToruCa file in the folder by specifying

a search condition.

Select a search condition.

Genre. . . .Select a genre.

Press l( ) to display a list of category

icons belonging to the genre.

Title . . . . .Enter characters to be searched for, from those in

the title.

Index . . . .Enter characters to be searched for, from those in

location data.

pYou can enter up to 20 full-pitch/40 half-pitch characters for

the Title search, and up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch

characters for the Index search.

Sort

[List only]

You can change the order of displayed files.

Select an order.

Copy

Copy You can copy the displayed or highlighted ToruCa file to

another folder.

Select a destination folder.

pYou cannot select the “Used ToruCa” folder.

Copy to microSD The files are copied to the folder as specified by “Select

storage” on page 321.

Copy to phone You can copy the ToruCa file from the microSD card to the

ToruCa folder in the FOMA terminal.

Connect to Center

[List only]

See page 139.

ToruCa folders

[List only]

You can display the ToruCa folder list.

pYou can display it also by pressing c().

Multiple-choice

[List only]

You can select multiple ToruCa files and operate them.

Put a check mark for ToruCa files to be selected

i()Select an item.

Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . See page 323.

Copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . See page 323.

Copy to microSD . . . See page 323.

Copy to phone . . . . . See page 323.

Send Ir data. . . . . . . . See page 383.

Select all . . . . . . . . . . Selects all files.

Release all. . . . . . . . . Releases all selections.

Update ToruCa

[Detailed display only]

You can re-receive the information about the ToruCa file. The

re-received ToruCa file (details) is automatically overwritten

and then saved.

YES

pYou cannot update some ToruCa files.

pSee page 210 when ToruCa files are stored to the

maximum.

Operate image

Save one image

[Detailed display only]

You can save an image displayed on the ToruCa file.

Select an image

Go to step 2 on page 208.

Save some images

[Detailed display only]

You can save multiple images displayed on the ToruCa file.

Put a check mark for images to be savedl()

Go to step 2 on page 208.

Save all images

[Detailed display only]

Among the images displayed on the ToruCa file, you can save

all the images that can be saved at one time.

Go to step 2 on page 208.

Save BG image

[Detailed display only]

You can save the background image of the ToruCa file and

set it for the Stand-by display or Wake-up display.

Go to step 2 on page 208.

324

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

Retry

[Detailed display only]

You can play back an animation image or Flash movie in the

ToruCa file from the beginning.

pWhen a part of the Flash movie is outside the display area,

the Flash movie might not be played back.

Add to phonebook

[Detailed display only]

See page 94.

Add desktop icon See page 32.

Ir/ transmission

Send Ir data See page 383.

transmission See page 385.

Memory info

[List only]

You can display the used memory space (estimate)/the

number of saved files.

Delete

Delete this

[List only]

YES

Delete selected

[List only]

Put a check mark for ToruCa files to be deleted

l()YES

Delete all

[List only]

You can delete all ToruCa files in the folder.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Delete

[Detailed display only]

YES

Information

pThe ToruCa file (details) that contains data whose output from the FOMA terminal is

prohibited is attached as a ToruCa file before receiving details.

pYou might not be able to attach the ToruCa file to i-mode mail depending on its file

size.

<Copy>

pYou cannot copy ToruCa files whose output from the FOMA terminal is prohibited.

pThe ToruCa file (details) is copied as a ToruCa file before receiving details if it

contains the data file with the UIM security or whose output from the FOMA terminal is

prohibited.

pWhen the number of files in the destination folder on the microSD card is full, a new

folder is automatically created and ToruCa files are saved to that folder.

When copying is completed, the message “Storage is changed to XXXXXXXX”

(XXXXXXXX denotes a folder name) appears.

pThe name of copied ToruCa file is TORUCXXX (XXX denotes a numeral).

pWhen no folder is set as a destination folder on the microSD card, a new folder is

created automatically and the file is saved to the folder. After saving, the newly

created folder is set as the destination folder.

pYou might not be able to execute “Copy to microSD” for the ToruCa file depending on

its file size.

pYou might not be able to execute “Copy to phone” for the ToruCa file depending on its

file size.

pTransparent GIF file (except animation GIF file) whose file extension is “ifm” is saved

as a frame or stamp.

Information

325

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

1mOsaifu-KeitaiSettings

Do the following operations.

Setting ToruCa

Receive ToruCa You can set whether to receive ToruCa file from a scanning

device using the IC card function or from another FOMA terminal

via iC transmission.

Accept or Reject

Auto reading

ToruCa

You can set whether to have the available ToruCa files

automatically recognized for when you place the FOMA terminal

over the scanning device.

Accept or Reject

Recv. ToruCa

display

You can set whether to display the detailed ToruCa File display

when you receive a ToruCa file while the Stand-by display is

shown.

ON or OFF

ToruCa from

dataBC

You can set whether to receive ToruCa files automatically from

data broadcasting while watching a 1Seg program.

Auto receive ON or Auto receive OFF

Check same

ToruCa

You can set whether to check the same ToruCa file is already

received before receiving a ToruCa file from a scanning device or

receiving a ToruCa file automatically from data broadcasting

while watching a 1Seg program.

ON or OFF

ON . . . . Checks and does not receive a new ToruCa file if the

same ToruCa file is already received.

OFF . . . Does not check. Receives even the same ToruCa file.

Information

pIf “Auto reading ToruCa” is set to “Reject”, you might not be able to use ToruCa files.

pThe ToruCa files stored in the “Used ToruCa” folder or expired ToruCa files are not

included in target files.

326

327

Map/GPS Function

Using GPS Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Checking Your Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Position Location> 328

Using Map/GPS Compatible i-αppli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Providing Location Information on Request

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Provide Location> 330

Notifying Location Information. . . . . . . . .<Notify of Location> 331

Displaying History of Checked Location Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Location History> 332

Setting GPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<GPS Settings> 332

328

Map/GPS Function

pGPS is operated by the United States Department of Defense, so the GPS radio wave

conditions might be controlled (accuracy deterioration, radio wave supply suspension,

etc.) depending on the defense strategy of the United States Department of Defense.

pNote that we do not take any responsibility for a loss such as pure economic loss

resulting from the facts that you have missed the chance to check the measurement

(communication) results, which have been caused by external factors such as

malfunctions, erroneous operations, troubles, or power failure (including battery

shortage) on the FOMA terminal.

pYou cannot use the FOMA terminal as a navigating system for aircraft, vehicles, and

people. Therefore, note that we are not held responsible for any damage resulting from

the use of the location information for navigation.

pYou cannot use GPS as a high-accuracy measuring device. Note that we do not take

any responsibility for the damage caused by an error in the location information.

pYou cannot use the GPS function when the FOMA terminal is out of the service area

(or overseas).

Using GPS Function

Information

pYou cannot use the GPS function in the following cases:

・During Lock All※・During Self Mode ・During Omakase Lock※

・While the UIM is not inserted

※Provide Location is available.

pAs GPS uses radio waves transmitted from the satellites, note that you cannot or

might have difficulty to receive radio waves in the following conditions:

・In a building or right under it

・In the basement, tunnel, ground, water

・In a bag or case

・In densely crowded areas with buildings and houses

・In densely crowded trees and right under them

・Close to high-tension wires

・In a car or train

・In bad weather such as heavy rain and snow

・When there are obstacles (persons and articles) around the FOMA terminal.

・When you cover the displays, keys, microphone, or speakers of the FOMA terminal

with your hand.

In these cases, an error in the obtained location information might become

300 meters or more.

pBefore you use Provide Location or Notify of Location, refer to the notice by GPS

service providers or on the DOCOMO website. Further, you might be charged a fee

for using these functions.

You can measure your current location and display it.

You can display a map and send your location information by mail as well.

1mLifeKitMap/GPSPosition location

The current location is displayed by the latitude and longitude.

…Measurement date …Latitude …Longitude …Geographic datum

…Accuracy

★★★: Almost accurate location information (Error is about less than

50 meters)

★★☆: Relatively accurate location information (Error is less than about

300 meters)

★☆☆: Approximate location information (Error is about 300 meters or more)

The accuracy is an estimate. It might differ from actual one depending on the radio

wave conditions in the surrounding area.

pPress l( ) to measure again in “Quality mode” (see “Positioning mode”

on page 333).

pWhen “ ” is displayed at bottom right of the display during measuring,

press i and select “OK” to display the location using the information during

measuring.

pYou can measure your location also by pressing and holding 1 for at least one

second from the vertical Stand-by display. After measuring, the “Function Menu

while Current Location is Displayed” on page 329 is performed following the

setting of “GPS button setting” on page 333.

Checking Your Location

Blinks during measuring







329

Map/GPS Function

You can start GPS compatible i-αppli program set by “Select map”.

At purchase, “地図アプリ (Map Application)” is set and you can read a

map of current or specified location.

1mLifeKitMap/GPSMap

pWhen “Select map” is not set, select a GPS compatible i-αppli program you use

for displaying a map.

Function Menu while Current Location is Displayed

Read map You can display a map by starting GPS compatible i-αppli

program set by “Select map”.

Map/GPS αppli You can use the location information on a GPS compatible i-αppli

program.

Select an i-αppli program.

Paste to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the URL of the

location information pasted to the text.

YES

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pThe URL of the location information to be sent is displayed on

i-mode compatible phones only.

Add to phonebook You can store the location information in the Phonebook.

YES

Go to step 2 on page 94.

Attach to image You can store the location information in the image.

Select a folderSelect an imagel()

YES or NO

YES . . . . Overwrites and saves.

NO . . . . . Saves as a separate file.

Using Map/GPS Compatible i-αppli

Display a Map

You can select an i-αppli program from the GPS compatible i-αppli list to

start it.

1mLifeKitMap/GPSMap/GPS αppli

Select an i-αppli program.

pSee page 291 for the Software list.

“地図アプリ (Map Application)” is a useful i-αppli program that enables

you to show the map of your current or specified location, check area

information, or navigate yourself to the destination by using location

information. You can search for information of useful facilities in a time of

disaster. Further, using Chizu Talk function, you can exchange

messages with your friends on the map.

Start GPS Compatible i-αppli

Information

pWhen you use a GPS compatible i-αppli program, the location information is sent to

the information provider of the i-αppli program you use.

pYou need to set “Location usage” of “Software setting” to “ON” when you use the GPS

function of a GPS compatible i-αppli program.

Using “地図アプリ (Map Application)”

330

Map/GPS Function

■About Service Charge

The services provided by this application are classified as follows:

Charge-free functions

pMap viewing and area information search are available. Gourmet-coupon search is

also available.

pOn the map, you can color the places for which you previously measured by using

GPS, by the unit of city, ward, town, village, or prefecture. This function shows the

visited places at a glance.

pIn addition to the ordinary map, you can change the mode to show the various types of

maps such as the 3D map, train-route accentuated map, and day/night mode map, etc.

Charged functions

You can use these functions charge free except traffic information for up to 60 days from

when you start Map Application for the first time. After this charge-free period, you need

to register yourself to My Menu at “ゼンリン地図＋ナビ (ZENRIN map+navi)”

(charged) provided by ZENRIN DataCom CO., LTD.

pYou can navigate yourself to the destination by the comprehensive search including

cars, trains, and on foot. Root search considering traffic snarls is also available.

pYou can show the train transfer information and timetables.

pYou can show the locations of your friends on the map and exchange messages with

them.

pYou can search for facilities which are useful in a time of disaster. You can also use the

disaster map application, the i-αppli program which does not require communications.

If you previously download the disaster map of your neighborhood, you will be helped

in case of emergency.

Information

pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee. You are advised to

subscribe to Pake-hodai, Pake-hodai full or Pake-hodai double for using this software

program.

pIf you delete this software program, download it from “ｉエリア−周辺情報− (i-area

-Area Information-)”.

pNote that we are not held responsible for the accuracy and promptness of the map

and route information.

pWhile driving, ensure that a person other than the driver operates this software

program.

pThis software program supports motion tracking.

pThe displays are for reference, so the actual ones might differ.

You can provide your location information on the request from others.

Depending on the service you use, you need to set GPS service settings

beforehand. (See page 333) Also, you need to set “Location request set.”

to the setting to permit the location provision beforehand.

1When a location provision request

arrivesYES or NO

YES . . . . Measures the current location and sends the

location information.

NO . . . . . Rejects to provide the location information.

pIf no keys are pressed for about 20 seconds, the former

display returns without providing your current location.

1When a location provision request

arrivesOK

pWhen you select “OK” or about three seconds elapse,

the current location provision starts.

pThe information about where to provide might not be

displayed.

pPress r to stop providing information. However, your

location information might be sent depending on the

timing.

Providing Location Information on Request

Information

pIf no keys are pressed for about 15 seconds from the Position Location Result display

or the Failure display, the former display returns.

pTo use “imadoco search”, you need to trace from iMenu → “お客様サポート (User

Support)” → “各種設定（確認・変更・利用） [Respective settings (Confirmation/

Change/Use)]” → “その他サービス設定・確認 (Other Service Settings/

Confirmation)” → to set “位置情報利用設定（イマドコサーチ設定） [Location

Information Usage Setting (imadoco search Setting)]”.

When “Location request set.” is set to other than “OFF”, your location information might

be sent and known to the searchers, even if you do not operate the FOMA terminal.

331

Map/GPS Function

pEven when you send your location information, it might not be delivered to the service

provider depending on the radio wave conditions.

pIn the following cases, the display of location provision request is not shown but the

request is rejected:

・When “Location request set.” is set to “OFF”.

・When you receive a location provision request from a party not stored in the

Phonebook while “Location request set.” is set to “Reject numbers unset”.

・When you receive a location provision request outside the validity period set by

“Location request set.”.

pWhen you set, by GPS service settings, the location provision request to be checked

every time, the location information is not provided on the location provision request

during Public mode (Drive mode).

pWhen you set, by GPS service settings, the location provision request to be accepted,

the location information is provided with a display during Public mode (Drive mode)

but the positioning ring tone, vibrator, and illumination do not work.

pWhen you are requested to provide your location information from the party using

“imadoco kantan search”, the confirmation display appears asking whether to send

the current location information each time you receive a request. Select “YES” to

immediately send the rough position location result. After selecting “YES”, the GPS

Measuring display appears and the precise position location result is notified after

GPS measuring. The rough position location result is notified even if you suspend the

location provision during GPS measuring. In this case, it is recorded in Location

History but the location information is not displayed.

pRegardless of the mode of 2in1, the location information can be searched for Number

A only.

When the other party searches you by your Number B, your current location is not

provided and the searcher is notified that the search has failed.

pA fee is not charged for using the Provide Location function.

pFor using the service, refer to the information on your service provider or the

DOCOMO website.

Information

You can notify a service provider of your current location.

1mLifeKitMap/GPSNotify of location

Direct inputEnter a party to be notifiedYES

pYou can enter up to 12

digits by using numerals, #

and :.

pIf you have stored LCS

clients by “Reg. LCS client”

beforehand, you can select

an LCS client from “View

service clients”.

pYou can press

l() to stop

measuring, but your current

location might be notified

depending on the timing.

2OK

Notifying Location Information

Information

pEven when you send your location information, it might not be delivered to the service

provider depending on the radio wave conditions.

pYou are charged a fee for using the function to notify your current location.

pTo use Notify of Location, you might need to subscribe to a service provider that

supports Notify of Location. Further, you might be charged a fee for using the service.

pYou cannot enter any digits during Keypad Dial Lock.

pRegardless of the mode of 2in1, your location information is notified by Number A.

332

Map/GPS Function

Up to 50 histories of Position Location, Notify of Location, and Provide

Location are stored.

1mLifeKitMap/GPS

Location history

Select a location history.

: Position location

: Provide location

: Notify of location

p“ ” is displayed for the records of successful positioning.

Displaying History of Checked Location

Information

pWhen the location histories exceed 50, they are automatically overwritten from the

oldest one.

pThe location information and accuracy stored in Location History may differ from the

ones sent to the location provision requester or LCS client depending on the radio

wave conditions, and others.

pWhen you cancel Position Location midway, fail to measure your location, or reject a

location provision request by the setting of “Location request set.”, the history is not

recorded.

pEven when the histories of Provide Location or Notify of Location are stored, they

might not have been delivered to your service providers.

pYou cannot use the measuring-failed histories of Provide Location or Notify of

Location for the operations other than “Add to phonebook (except “Store loc. info.”)”,

“Compose message”, “Dialing”, and “Delete”.

When Provide Location was used, the name of the location provision requester is checked

against the Phonebook entries which appear in each mode of 2in1 and then shown.

If the phone number of the location provision requester is the one you added in your

“Own number”, the name of the location provision requester is not displayed on

Location History.

Function Menu while Location History is Displayed

Read map See page 329.

Map/GPS αppli See page 329.

Paste to mail See page 329.

1mLifeKitMap/GPSGPS settings

Do the following operations.

Add to phonebook You can store the location information, phone number, or mail

address in the Phonebook.

Store loc. info., Store phone number, or Store mail

addressYES

Go to step 2 on page 94.

Attach to image See page 329.

Compose message You can compose an i-mode mail message to your location

provision requester.

Go to step 3 on page 146.

Dialing See page 247.

Delete

Delete this YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Setting GPS

Map setting

Select map You can select a GPS compatible i-αppli program to use when

displaying a map from “Map” or location information.

Select an i-αppli program.

pSee page 209 when you select “Search by i-mode”.

Map activate setting You can set whether to start the GPS compatible i-αppli

program after measuring your current location when

displaying a map.

Start after locating or Start without locating

333

Map/GPS Function

GPS button setting You can set a function which is performed after measuring

your location by pressing and holding 1 for at least one

second from the vertical Stand-by display. You can select a

function from the “Function Menu while Current Location is

Displayed” on page 329.

Select a function.

pIf you set to “Confirm every session”, you can select a

function each time you measure the location.

Posit. tone/illum. See page 333.

Positioning mode You can select a mode for measuring the current location from

either “Standard mode” or “Quality mode”.

When you select “Quality mode”, it takes a longer time to

measure, but the measuring accuracy might be improved as a

result.

You can set a positioning mode for Position Location, Notify of

Location, and Provide Location respectively.

Select an operation to be set

Standard mode or Quality mode

Reg. LCS client See page 334.

Location request set. See page 334.

Service settings By accessing GPS service settings (a host set by “Host

selection”), you can configure the settings for the Provide

Location service such as the password and search permission

for location information.

pSee page 197 for operations while a site is displayed.

However, you cannot use the Bookmark or Screen Memo

function.

pWhen you access from overseas, the error display appears

and you cannot use this function. However, you are charged

a packet communication fee.

Host selection See page 336.

You can select a tone to sound for when you check your current location

or when you are requested to provide location information. You can set a

color of the Call/Charging indicator and the vibration pattern as well.

1mLifeKitMap/GPSGPS settings

Posit. tone/illum.Select an operation to be set

Do the following operations.

Positioning Tone/Illumination

Select posit. ring

tone

Select a folderSelect a ring tone.

pWhile selecting a ring tone, you can check the selected tone.

Ring time setting You can set a ring time for positioning ring tone.

Enter a ring time (seconds).

pEnter two digits from “00” through “30”. For “Location req./

Confirm”, however, enter two digits from “00” through “20”.

If you set to 0 seconds, the tone does not sound.

Select vibrator Select a vibration pattern.

pIf you select “Melody linkage”, the FOMA terminal vibrates in

time with ring tone.

pWhile selecting a vibration pattern, you can check the selected

vibration.

Select illumination Select an item.

pWhile selecting an item, you can check the lighting/flickering of

the Call/Charging indicator.

334

Map/GPS Function

If you have stored LCS clients, you can select an LCS client when you

notify of your current location. Further, you can automatically notify of

your current location when you make a call to the stored phone number.

You can store up to five LCS clients.

1mLifeKitMap/GPSGPS settings

Reg. LCS clientHighlight <Not stored> and press

l() or Oo()

Do the following operations.

pIf you select a stored LCS client, you can confirm the stored contents.

2Press l().

Service client name Enter a service client name.

pYou can enter up to 16 full-pitch/32 half-pitch characters.

Service client ID Enter a service client ID.

pYou can enter up to 12 digits by using numerals, # and :.

pEnter the service client ID specified by your service provider.

Phone number Enter a phone number.

pYou can enter up to 26 digits.

pHighlight the phone number field, press i( ), and

select “Enter from PB” to call up a phone number from the

Phonebook and enter it.

pIf you enter a phone number by “Enter from PB” with “Service

client name” not entered, the name for the Phonebook entry is

entered.

Notify when dialing You can set whether to notify of your current location for when

you make a voice call or videophone call to the stored phone

number.

ON, OFF or Confirm every dial

pTo check each time you make a call, select “Confirm every dial”.

You can set how to operate when you receive a location provision

request. You can set a validity period when you set to permit the location

provision.

1mLifeKitMap/GPSGPS settings

Location request set.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeSelect an item.

ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Permits the location provision request by all searchers

and notifies the current location.

OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rejects the location provision request.

Reject numbers unset . . .Permits the location provision request only by the

parties stored in the Phonebook. Requests from the

parties not stored in the Phonebook are automatically

rejected.

Information

pEven if “Notify when dialing” is set to “ON” or to “Confirm every dial”, you cannot notify

of your current location when you make a call without notifying of your caller ID.

Function Menu while LCS Client is Displayed

Delete

Delete this YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Add to phonebook You can store the service client name and phone number

stored in “Reg. LCS client” into the Phonebook. (See

page 329)

Edit Go to step 1 of “Register LCS Client” on page 334.

pYou can edit also by pressing l().

Send Ir data See page 383.

Send all Ir data See page 384.

transmission See page 385.

All transmission See page 385.

Location Request Set.

335

Map/GPS Function

2Select “YES” to set a validity period

Do the following operations.

3Press l().

Permit from Enter the time for starting permission.

Permit to Enter the time for ending permission.

Repeat Select a repeat type.

pWhen you select “Select day”, put a check mark for days of the

week to be repeated, then press l().

Validity period When you set to “Repeat”, you can set the period to be valid.

ON or OFFEnter a validity date (from)

ON or OFFEnter a validity date (to).

Information

pYou can set “Location request setting” also by “Initial setting” (see page 46).

pWhen a location provision request is rejected by the setting of “Location request set.”,

the history is not recorded.

pYou can specify from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2037 for “Permission

schedule”.

pWhen “Reject numbers unset” is set, the location provision requests from all the

parties stored in the Phonebook are permitted regardless of the mode of 2in1.

pEven if you set to “Reject numbers unset”, you might receive a location provision

request from the party not stored in the Phonebook depending on the function in use.

■Operations when the validity period for location provision is specified

Example: When the current date and time are 12:00/18/Nov and you set 14:00 as the

start time and 21:00 as the end time

Example: When the current date and time are 12:00/18/Nov and you set 10:00 as the

start time and 21:00 as the end time

Repeat Validity period Period of location provision

1 time — 14:00/18/Nov through 21:00/18/Nov

Daily Start date: 20/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

Every day 14:00 through 21:00 from 20/Nov through

30/Nov

Start date: 10/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

Every day 14:00 through 21:00 from 18/Nov through

30/Nov

OFF Every day 14:00 through 21:00 on and after 18/Nov

Select day Start date: 20/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

14:00 through 21:00 of the specified days of the

week from 20/Nov through 30/Nov

Start date: 10/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

14:00 through 21:00 of the specified days of the

week from 18/Nov through 30/Nov

OFF 14:00 through 21:00 of the specified days of the

week on and after 18/Nov

Repeat Validity period Period of location provision

1 time — 12:00/18/Nov through 21:00/18/Nov

Daily Start date: 20/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

Every day 10:00 through 21:00 from 20/Nov through

30/Nov

Start date: 10/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

12:00/18/Nov through 21:00/18/Nov, every day

10:00 through 21:00 from 19/Nov through 30/Nov

OFF 12:00/18/Nov through 21:00/18/Nov, every day

10:00 through 21:00 on and after 19/Nov

Select day Start date: 20/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

10:00 through 21:00 of the specified days of the

week from 20/Nov through 30/Nov

Start date: 10/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

If 18/Nov is the specified day;

12:00/18/Nov through 21:00/18/Nov, 10:00 through

21:00 of the specified days of the week from 19/Nov

through 30/Nov

OFF If 18/Nov is the specified day;

12:00/18/Nov through 21:00/18/Nov, 10:00 through

21:00 of the specified days of the week on and after

19/Nov

336

Map/GPS Function

Example: When the current date and time are 12:00/18/Nov and you set 14:00 as the

start time and 10:00 as the end time

Example: When the current date and time are 12:00/18/Nov and you set 10:00 as the

start time and 10:00 as the end time

Repeat Validity period Period of location provision

1 time — 14:00/18/Nov through 10:00/19/Nov

Daily Start date: 20/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

14:00 through 10:00 of the next day from 20/Nov

through 30/Nov

Start date: 10/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

14:00 through 10:00 of the next day from 18/Nov

through 30/Nov

OFF 14:00 through 10:00 of the next day on and after

18/Nov

Select day Start date: 20/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

14:00 through 10:00 of the next days of the specified

days of the week from 20/Nov through 30/Nov

Start date: 10/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

14:00 through 10:00 of the next days of the specified

days of the week from 18/Nov through 30/Nov

OFF 14:00 through 10:00 of the next days of the specified

days of the week on and after 18/Nov

Repeat Validity period Period of location provision

1 time — 12:00/18/Nov through 10:00/19/Nov

Daily Start date: 20/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

10:00/20/Nov through 10:00/1/Dec

Start date: 10/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

12:00/18/Nov through 10:00/1/Dec

OFF 12:00/18/Nov through 10:00/19/Nov, every day

10:00 through 10:00 of the next day on and after

19/Nov

Select day Start date: 20/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

10:00 through 10:00 of the next days of the specified

days of the week from 20/Nov through 30/Nov

Start date: 10/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

If 18/Nov is the specified day;

12:00/18/Nov through 10:00/19/Nov, 10:00 through

10:00 of the next days of the specified days of the

week from 19/Nov through 30/Nov

OFF If 18/Nov is the specified day;

12:00/18/Nov through 10:00/19/Nov, 10:00 through

10:00 of the next day of the specified days of the

week on and after 19/Nov

You can use this setting for changing the host for Service Settings.

1mLifeKitMap/GPSGPS settingsHost selection

Highlight <Not stored> and press l().

pIf you select a stored host, the setting is changed to that host.

pTo delete a stored host, press i( ), select “Delete” and select “YES”.

2Do the following operations.

3Press l().

Host Selection

※Normally, you do not need to change this setting.

Host name Enter a host name.

pYou can enter up to 9 full-pitch/18 half-pitch characters.

Host number Enter a host number.

pYou can enter up to 99 half-pitch alphanumeric characters.

Host address Enter a URL.

pYou can enter up to 100 half-pitch alphanumeric characters.

337

Data Management

Data Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Making Full Use of Still Images

Displaying Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Picture Viewer> 340

Editing Still Images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Edit Picture> 345

Creating Animations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Original Animation> 347

Making Full Use of Moving Pictures

Playing i-motion/Movie. . . . <i-motion Player> <Movie Player> 348

Using Playlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Editing i-motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Edit imotion> 354

Making Full Use of Video

Playing Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Video Player> 356

Making Full Use of Chara-den

Chara-den . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359

Displaying/Operating Chara-den Images

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Chara-den Player> 360

Recording Chara-den Images . . . . . . . . . <Record Chara-den> 361

Making Full Use of Machi-chara

Displaying Machi-chara Images . . . . . . . . . . . . <Machi-chara> 362

Making Full Use of Melodies

Playing a Melody. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Melody Player> 363

Making Full Use of Kisekae Tool

Checking Kisekae Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Kisekae Tool> 365

Making Full Use of microSD Card

microSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

Inserting/Removing microSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

Displaying Data Items on microSD Card . . . . . . . . <microSD> 368

Copying Still Images, Moving Pictures, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Moving Copyrighted Files . . . . . . . . . . . . <Movable Contents> 372

Back up/Restore Data Files Collectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Managing Unsupported Files . . . . . . . . . . . . .<SD Other Files> 374

Formatting microSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <microSD Format> 375

Checking microSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Check microSD> 375

Displaying Capacity of microSD Card . . . . . . . <microSD Info> 375

Using a microSD Card with a Personal Computer . . . . . . . . . . 376

Folder Configuration on microSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

Making Full Use of Various Data

Managing Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378

Making Full Use of Infrared Communication

Using Infrared Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380

Sending/Receiving One or Multiple Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

Sending/Receiving All Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

Using Infrared Remote Control Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384

Communication Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Forwarding Image> 384

Making Full Use of iC Communication Function

iC Communication Function . . . . . . . . . . . . <iC Transmission> 385

Sending/Receiving One Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385

Sending/Receiving All Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385

Making Full Use of Voice Recorder

Using Voice Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Voice Recorder> 386

Making Full Use of PDF Viewer

Displaying PDF Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PDF Viewer> 387

Making Full Use of Document Viewer

Displaying Word, Excel, and PowerPoint Files

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Document Viewer> 390

Printing Still Images

Printing Saved Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

Displaying Images on TV

Displaying Still Images or i-motion Files on TV

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <AV Output> 392

338

Data Management

Data Box contains the items and folders as listed below. Data is saved to

respective folders according to the contents.

Data Box

My picture

i-mode Downloaded still images, etc.

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

Camera Still images shot by the camera, shot Chara-den

images, etc.

Deco-mail picture Still images to be used for creating Deco-mail

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

Deco-mail

pictograms

お気に入り

(Favorite)

※1Pictograms to be used for creating Deco-mail

You can delete the pre-installed Deco-mail pictograms.

You can re-download them from the “P-SQUARE” site

(see page 209). When you use a UIM other than the

one used for downloading, the UIM security function

(see page 39) is set for them.

絵文字

(

pictogram)

※1

装飾 (Decoration)※1

ハート・キラキラ

(Heart/Sparkling)※1

天気・季節

(Weather/Season)※1

移動・生活

(Transfer/Life)

※1

電話・メール

(Phone/Mail)

※1

食べ物 (Food)※1

キャラクター

(Cartoon character)

※1

文字 (Character)※1

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

Pre-installed Pre-installed still images

User folder※2Still images in the user folder

Original animation The function of displaying still images continuously

Frame/Stamp Still images to be used for frames and marker stamps

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

microSD Picture Still images shot by the camera, and images in JPEG

format and GIF format that conform to the DCF

standard and were copied from the FOMA terminal

Image Box Animation images in GIF format copied from the

FOMA terminal, and images in JPEG format that do

not conform to the DCF standard

Movable contents

Copyrighted still images moved from the FOMA terminal

Deco-mail pictograms

Deco-mail pictograms copied from the FOMA terminal

MUSIC

i-mode Initial folder Chaku-uta Full® music files obtained from sites

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

User folder※2Chaku-uta Full® music files in the user folder

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

microSD Copyrighted Chaku-uta Full® music files downloaded

or moved from the FOMA terminal

WMA WMA files obtained from personal computer

Music&Video Channel

Downloaded program Programs downloaded via Music&Video Channel

Saved program Programs saved to the FOMA terminal

imotion/Movie

i-mode i-motion files obtained from sites, etc.

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

Camera i-motion files recorded by the camera, shot Chara-den

movies, etc.

Pre-installed Pre-installed i-motion files

Voice recorder Voices recorded by the voice recorder

User folder※2i-motion files in the user folder

Playlist Playback of playlist

Position memory Playback of marker position

Movie microSD Movie files downloaded, or saved by personal

computer

Position memory Playback of marker position

Played history Playback histories of movie files

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

microSD SD video Moving pictures shot by the camera or i-motion files

copied from the FOMA terminal

Movable contents Copyrighted i-motion files moved from the FOMA

terminal

Other contents Voice-only i-motion files※3 recorded by using the

camera function, voice-only i-motion files※3 copied

from the FOMA terminal, or video-unplayable i-motion

files※3 copied from the FOMA terminal

Melody

i-mode Downloaded melodies, etc.

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

Pre-installed Pre-installed melodies

User folder※2Melodies in the user folder

339

Data Management

※1 The folder names can be changed by “Edit folder name”. Deco-mail pictograms are

directly saved to these folders, and files other than Deco-mail pictograms cannot be

saved to them.

※2 The folder names you have entered for “Add folder” are displayed.

※3 Includes the music files in AAC format.

Voice announce Data files recorded by using “Voice announce”

Playlist Playback of playlist

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

microSD Melody Melodies copied from the FOMA terminal

Movable contents Copyrighted melodies moved from the FOMA terminal

My documents

i-mode Pre-installed or downloaded PDF files

microSD My documents PDF files downloaded or copied from the FOMA

terminal

Movable contents Copyrighted PDF files moved from the FOMA terminal

Kisekae Tool

Pre-installed or downloaded Kisekae Tool files

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

microSD Kisekae Tool files downloaded, or moved from the

FOMA terminal

Machi-chara

Pre-installed or downloaded Machi-chara images

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

microSD Machi-chara images downloaded, or moved from the

FOMA terminal

Chara-den

Pre-installed or downloaded Chara-den images

1Seg

Image Still images recorded by 1Seg

Video Video recorded by 1Seg, and copyright-protected and

1Seg-compatible moving pictures created with other

AV devices

Position memory Playback of marker position

Document viewer

Document files saved from mail (attached files)

SD other files

SD others Incompatible files saved from mail (attached files), or

downloaded files in BMP or PNG format

■Icons on the File list

File Type













Title namePicture

Icon Type File format

Still image JPEG

Still image with location information JPEG

Still image/Animation image GIF

Frame GIF

Marker stamp GIF

Flash movie SWF

i-motion file MP4 (AMR)

i-motion file MP4 (AAC)

i-motion file MP4 (AAC+[HE-AAC])

i-motion file MP4 (Enhanced aacPlus)

i-motion file ASF

Movie file WMV, ASF

Movie file on the Internet WVX, ASX

Movie file WMA

Movie file on the Internet WAX

Video MPEG2-TS

Video already viewed MPEG2-TS

※Video not viewed yet MPEG2-TS

Partially saved i-motion file —

Melody SMF

Melody MFi

Complete PDF file PDF

Partial PDF file PDF

340

Data Management

※For the video recorded by the device other than this FOMA terminal, the icon for

already viewed video is displayed.

pFor the file with the file restrictions, “ ” is added to each icon.

pSome files have restrictions on the number of playbacks, playable period, or playable

deadline. “ ” is added to the icon of the file with playback restrictions and “ ” is

added to the icon of the file with playback restrictions expired.

Acquired source

※1 For the copyrighted file movable to the microSD card, “ ” is displayed.

※2 Displayed only for “Position memory” or “Played history” in the “Movie” folder.

Incomplete PDF file PDF

Damaged PDF file PDF

Kisekae Tool file —

Partially saved Kisekae Tool file —

Machi-chara image —

Partially saved Machi-chara image —

Chara-den image —

Word file WORD

Excel file EXCEL

PowerPoint file POWERPOINT

Incompatible file —

Icon Type File format

Icon Description

※1Obtained from sites or i-mode mail attachment

Files shot by the FOMA terminal, or recorded by the voice recorder

Obtained from infrared communication or iC communication or microSD

card

Files of recorded Chara-den images

Files of recorded 1Seg programs

※2Movie file on the Internet played back from i-mode

※2Movie file on the Internet played back from Full Browser

※2Movie file saved to the microSD card

Available operation

You can view the still images saved to the FOMA terminal and microSD

card. In Horizontal Open Style, still images are displayed horizontally.

You can switch styles with an image displayed.

1mData boxMy pictureSelect a folder

Select a file.

pEach time you press m

from the Folder list, you can

switch between the folders

in the FOMA terminal and

the microSD card.

pSee page 379 for the

Function menu of the

Folder list.

pThe image on the right is displayed when you cannot display a

preview image.

pWhen selecting folders or still images by another function, some

folders or still images may not be displayed depending on the

function. You may at times be able to confirm the still image by pressing

l( ) while you are selecting it.

pSee page 209 when you select “Search by i-mode”.

Icon Description

Attach to i-mode mail

Insert images into Deco-mail, or create Decome-Anime messages

Set display

Send Ir data, iC transmission

Copy to microSD card

Upload

Using location information

+m-4-6

Displaying Images

Folder list Still Image list

341

Data Management

1mData box1SegImageSelect a file.

■Operations when playing back still images

pSee page 344 for when you operate from the Function menu.

※1 Files are displayed in the order on the Still Image list.

※2 You cannot operate depending on the image size or file format.

※3 This operation pauses/plays back a file during playback of a Flash movie.

※4 You can operate this only for still images in the “i-mode” folder, “Camera” folder,

user folders, folders on the microSD card, and “Image” folder of “1Seg”.

※5 Even if you set the icons not to be displayed, the icon such as “ ”, “ ”, “ ” or “ ”

appears during communication or when an i-mode mail message or Message R/F

comes in.

Display Images Recorded by 1Seg

Operation Key operation

Display the next file※1Vo

Display the previous file※1Co

Zoom (Enlarge/Reduce)※2Oo()

※3

pi() or l( ) to enlarge/reduce the

display during zoom

pOo( ) to return to the original size

Switch display directions

※2※4m()

pEach time of pressing rotates the still image

clockwise by 90 degrees.

Icon※5c()

pEach time of pressing switches display/nondisplay

of icons and navigations.

pYou can operate in Horizontal Open Style.

■Specifications for playing back still image files

※1 The types of JPEG file you can play back are Baseline and Progressive of the Exif/

CIFF/JFIF format.

※2 For the file in the Progressive format, you can display the file of VGA (480 x 640) or

smaller. For the file in the GIF format, you can display the file of 5M (1944 x 2592) or

smaller.

pYou cannot display some files even if their file formats are supported.

File format JPEG※1, GIF, Flash

Extension jpg, gif, swf, ifm

Pixels Files of 8M (2448 x 3264) or smaller※2

File size Still images of 3 Mbytes or less

Function Menu of the Still Image List

Edit picture See page 345.

Edit title Enter a title.

pFor a file in the FOMA terminal, you can enter up to 9

full-pitch/18 half-pitch characters.

pFor a file on the microSD card, you can enter up to 18

full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.

Display picture You can display the image.

Set display You can paste the image to the Stand-by display and other

displays for displaying. See “Positioning” for the position to

which you paste the still image.

Select the display you paste it to.

p“★” is displayed for the pasted items but not for the

videophone related items other than “Videophone dial” or

“V.phone incoming” even if already pasted.

pIf you select the videophone related items other than

“Videophone dial” or “V.phone incoming”, an appropriate

message is displayed at the center of the still image.

Picture info You can display the still image title, file name and others.

pThe item of “Set display” only is displayed for “Picture info” of

original animations.

Location info

342

Data Management

Attach loc. info Select an item.

By position loc.

. . . Measures the current location (see page 328) and stores

the location information. After checking the location

information, press Oo().

From loc. history

. . . Select a piece of location information from Location

History (see page 332) and store it.

From phonebook

. . . Select a Phonebook entry which contains the location

information for storing.

From own number

. . . Stores the location information from “Own number”. Enter

your Terminal Security Code and press Oo().

YES

pTo delete the stored location information, select “Delete loc.

info”.

Delete loc. info You can delete the location information stored in the image.

YES

Details You can check the location information detail.

pIf you press i( ) while displaying the detail, the

Function menu for the location detail is displayed.

(See page 329)

Attach to mail Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can compose an i-mode mail message also by pressing

l().

Create Deco-mail You can create Deco-mail using data in the “Deco-mail

picture” folder or “Deco-mail pictograms” folder.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pSee page 149 for Deco-mail.

Send Ir data See page 383.

transmission See page 385.

Add desktop icon See page 32.

Copy to microSD See page 371.

Store in Center See page 139.

Copy to phone See page 371.

Move to microSD See page 372.

Move to phone See page 372.

Positioning You can set the position for when you paste the still image to

the Stand-by display, etc.

See page 341 for “Set display”.

Select a position for displaying.

Edit file name Enter a file name.

pYou can enter up to 36 half-pitch alphanumeric characters

and symbols (only “.”, “-”, “_”).

File restriction If you set “File restricted” for the file, the operation of attaching

to i-mode mail is disabled at the receiving end who receives

the image as the first distribution.

File unrestricted or File restricted

pSee page 244 for the file restrictions.

DPOF setting See page 392.

Slideshow All still images are consecutively displayed starting from the

still image selected in the folder. You can select the speed the

still image switches at.

Normal or Slow

Press Oo( ) to stop Slideshow. Press Oo()

again to resume Slideshow.

Copy You can copy the still image, i-motion file, movie file, PDF file,

document file, or SD other file on the microSD card to another

folder on the microSD card.

Select a destination folder.

343

Data Management

Move You can move the still image, i-motion file, movie file, PDF file,

document file, Kisekae Tool file, Machi-chara image, or SD

other file to another folder.

Select a destination folder.

pPress l( ) to display folders at the second-tier level

or lower, if they exist. Press r to return to the upper level.

Delete this YES

Delete all You can delete all files in the folder.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Multiple-choice You can select multiple files and operate them.

Put a check mark for the files to be operated

i()Select an item.

Picture/Title name/Listing

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .See page 343, page 362, page 366

and page 388.

Delete. . . . . . . . . . . . . .See “Delete this” on page 343.

DPOF setting . . . . . . .See page 392.

Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . .See page 342.

Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . .See page 343.

Copy to microSD . . . .See page 371.

Copy to phone . . . . . .See page 371.

Send Ir data . . . . . . . .See page 383.

Select all . . . . . . . . . . . Selects all files.

Release all. . . . . . . . . .Releases all selected files.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of

stored items.

Sort You can change displayed order.

Select an order.

pYou cannot sort the files on the microSD card.

Picture/Title name You can switch the lists of still images.

pYou can switch the lists also by pressing c().

Information

pYou may not be able to edit the title depending on the file.

pYou may not be able to execute Display Picture depending on the file.

pFlash movies are played back at the volume set for “Phone” of “Ring volume”.

When “Phone” of “Ring volume” is set to “Step”, they are played back at “Level 2”.

pFlash movies can be pasted only to “Stand-by display”, “Wake-up display”, “Dialing”,

“Calling”, “Videophone dial”, “V.phone incoming”, “Mail sending”, “Mail receiving”,

“Checking”, and “Mail/msg. rcpt result”.

pAnimation GIF images cannot paste to the videophone related items other than

“Videophone dial” or “V.phone incoming”.

pThe displayed size might differ from the actual size depending on the image size or

the display pasted to.

pYou cannot execute “Set display” for some image files.

pWhen the file is a JPEG image whose size is larger than 2 Mbytes (except

Progressive type files), it is converted to 2 Mbytes or less.

pYou may not be able to compose i-mode mail depending on the image.

pSee page 244 for attaching a file set with the file restriction to mail.

pWhen an image size is larger than Sub-QCIF (96 x 128), the display for selecting how

to convert the image size appears. The converted still image is saved as a separate

new file.

Select “Attach directly”; then the image size does not change.

Select “Sub-QCIF scale down”; then the image size is scaled down to Sub-QCIF (96 x

128) or smaller with its proportional ratio retained.

Select “Sub-QCIF trim away”; then the image size is scaled down or cut out to

Sub-QCIF (96 x 128) or smaller with its proportional ratio retained.

If the file size exceeds the maximum size to create a Deco-mail message, its size is

converted to the maximum size to create a Deco-mail message or less.

pEven if you scale down or cut out the still image to Sub-QCIF (96 x 128), you can

again scale down or cut it out by pressing +l( ), or pressing +i( ) and

selecting “Cancel”. When you press +i( ) and select “Set”, the Message

Composition display appears.

pDepending on the image, you may not be able to create a Deco-mail message.

Information

344

Data Management

pYou may not be able to edit the file name depending on the file.

pYou cannot use half-pitch space for the file name.

pYou may not be able to set the file restrictions depending on the file.

pFlash movies are not displayed.

pThe time interval to show the images might differ depending on the image.

pIf a call comes in while copying/moving multiple files, copying/moving is canceled

even midway.

pIf a call comes in while deleting multiple files, deleting is canceled.

<Multiple-choice>

pYou can select up to 3,500 still images, i-motion files, movie files, melodies, PDF files,

Kisekae Tool files and Machi-chara images, and up to 100 videos, document files and

SD other files.

pWhen you use “Picture” to display still images, some images may appear different.

Function Menu while Playing Back Still Image

Information

Edit picture See page 345.

Set display See page 341.

Picture info See page 341.

Location info

Attach loc. info See page 342.

Delete loc. info See page 342.

Details See page 342.

Attach to mail See page 342.

Create Deco-mail See page 342.

Send Ir data See page 383.

transmission See page 385.

Display size You can set whether to display the still image in original size

(normal size) or to fit to the display size.

Normal or Fit in display

pEven if you set to “Normal”, the still image in excess of the

display size is reduced to the display size. Also, when the

still image is QCIF (144 x 176) or smaller, it is doubled at

both lengthwise and sidewise to be displayed.

Add desktop icon See page 32.

Copy to microSD See page 371.

Store in Center See page 139.

Copy to phone See page 371.

Positioning See page 342.

DPOF setting See page 392.

Delete See “Delete this” on page 343.

Retry You can play back the animation or Flash movie from the

beginning.

Information

pIf animation GIF is displayed when “Fit in display” is set, the moving of the animation

may become slower than when “Normal” is set.

345

Data Management

1Still Image list/Still image in play

i()Edit picture

pWhen the still image is larger than Stand-by (480 x

854), it is reduced to Stand-by (480 x 854) or smaller.

2i()Edit the still image.

See page 345 to page 347 for how to operate.

3Oo()YES or NO

YES . . . Overwrites the image to save.

NO . . . . Saves the image as a new still image.

pWhen you edit a still image on the microSD card, you cannot overwrite it for

saving.

Press Oo( ) to save it to the folder in which its source file is stored. If files

on the microSD card are stored to the maximum and you cannot save a new file,

it is saved to the “i-mode” folder.

pNot to save the edited still image, press r or h; then select “YES”.

pSee page 210 when images are stored to the maximum.

Editing Still Images

Edit Picture display

Information

pYou can execute “Edit picture” only for the “File unrestricted” JPEG files of still images

shot by the cameras, obtained by data communication, downloaded from sites, or

retrieved from i-mode mail.

pWhen you select “Edit picture” while playing back a still image whose display direction

is switched, it returns to the original direction.

pYou cannot edit some still images, or you might have difficulty to produce editing

effect.

pIf you repeat editing image, the image quality may deteriorate or the file size may

become larger.

pYou may not be able to edit some still images after their sizes are changed.

pThe file name, title, storage location, and acquired source of the newly saved still

image are as follows:

・File name: “YYYYMMDDhhmmnnnn”

Title: “YYYY/MM/DD hh:mm”

(Y: year, M: month, D: date, h: hour, m: minute, n: number)

・ Storage location: A folder in which its source file is stored

・Acquired source: Same as its source file

Function Menu of the Edit Picture Display

Information

Marker stamp You can add a marker stamp in the “Flame/Stamp” folder.

Select a marker stamp.

pYou can add a marker stamp whose size is smaller than the

image you are editing.

pYou can rotate the marker stamp by pressing i( ) and

selecting “90° to right/90° to left/180°”. Select “Scale up/Scale

down” to enlarge or shrink the marker stamp.

pYou can reselect a marker stamp by pressing l().

Use Mo to position the marker stamp and press

Oo().

pYou can add a marker stamp by pressing l().

Oo()

346

Data Management

Frame Select a frameOo()

pYou can add the frame whose size is the same as the size of

the image you are editing.

pYou can display the previous or next frame by pressing No.

Press and hold No for at least one second to display

sequentially.

pYou can rotate the frame by pressing i( ) and

selecting “180° rotation”.

pYou can reselect a frame by pressing l().

Character stamp You can add text.

Enter characters.

You can enter up to 15 full-pitch/30 half-pitch characters.

However, the number of characters you can enter decreases

depending on the size of the still image.

pPress i( ) and select “Font color” to select a color;

then, you can change the color of characters. You can switch

between “16 Color” and “256 Color” by pressing c().

Select “Font” to change the character fonts.

Select “Font size” to enlarge or shrink characters.

Select “Character input” to edit entered characters.

Use Mo to position the charactersand press Oo()

Oo()

pYou can reselect a position by pressing l().

Fit in screen You can convert the image size to Stand-by (480 x 854).

YESOo()

Change size Select an image size to change to.

pIf you select the size different in proportional ratio from the

source still image, the still image is enlarged or shrunk so that it

does not exceed the selected size with its proportional ratio

retained.

Oo()

pYou can reselect a size by pressing l().

Trim away You can trim the still image to a certain size.

Select an image size to trim to.

pYou cannot select a trimming frame larger than the still image

you are editing.

pWhen the still image you are editing is larger than Stand-by (480

x 854), the still image and the trimming frame are reduced to be

displayed.

Use Mo to select a part to be trimmed and press

Oo().

pYou can reselect a size to trim by pressing l().

Oo()

pYou can reselect a part to be trimmed by pressing

l().

Retouch You can set texture and color tone of the still image.

Select an item.

Sharp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stresses the outline.

Blur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Softens the outline.

Sepia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Makes the color tone sepia.

Emboss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Makes the still image rugged.

Negative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reverses the color tone.

Horizontal flip . . . . . . . . . Flips the image horizontally.

Super clear shadow . . . . Makes the dark still image clear.

Memory color . . . . . . . . . Corrects the color and contrast.

Oo()

pYou can reselect an effect by pressing l().

Rotate 90° to right, 90° to left or 180°Oo()

pYou can reselect the rotation angle by pressing l().

Brightness You can adjust the brightness to -3 (dark) through +3 (bright).

Select a brightness level.

Attach to mail See page 342.

Save See page 345.

347

Data Management

You can select up to 20 JPEG files (20 frames) of Stand-by (480 x 854) or

smaller from the “i-mode” folder, “Camera” folder and user folders, and

play them back as animations. You can store 20 original animations.

1mData boxMy picture

Original animation<New>

pTo change, select an original animation you have set.

2Select a frame position from <1st> to <20th>

Select a folderSelect a still image.

pTo release the stored still image, select “Release this”.

3Repeat step 2l()

Information

pYou cannot enlarge a marker stamp to the size larger than the still image you are

editing.

pYou cannot edit the still image smaller than 24 x 24 dots.

pYou cannot set some font colors depending on the image to be edited. In that case,

select another color.

pYou cannot edit the still image of Chat Picture (80 x 80) or smaller.

Creating Animations

Original Animation list

Function Menu of the Original Animation List

Edit title Enter a title.

pYou can enter up to 9 full-pitch/18 half-pitch characters.

Orig. animation Go to step 2 on page 347.

Display picture You can play back the original animation.

Set display See page 341.

Picture info See page 341.

Release animation YES

Function Menu while Playing Back Original Animation

Set display See page 341.

Display size See page 344.

Retry You can play back the original animation again.

Information

pIf you delete a still image stored in an original animation, the original animation which

contains the still image is released.

348

Data Management

You can play back the i-motion files stored in the FOMA terminal or

microSD card, or the moving pictures published on the Internet for

personal computers (movie files).

In Horizontal Open Style, you can play them back horizontally. You can

switch styles during playback.

pYou can play back the sound of i-motion/movie files in stereo sound by connecting to

the Stereo Earphone Set (option). Also, you can play back programs wirelessly by

using a commercial Bluetooth device. (See page 424)

1mData boximotion/MovieSelect a folder

Select a file.

pEach time you press m

from the Folder list, you can

switch between the folders

in the FOMA terminal and

the microSD card.

pSee page 379 for the

Function menu of the

Folder list.

pWhen you select a folder or

i-motion file from another

function, some folders or

i-motion files may not be

displayed depending on the

function. You may be able

to confirm the i-motion file by pressing l( ) while selecting an i-motion

file.

pDepending on the i-motion file, you can play back by selecting a chapter set for

the i-motion file. (See page 352)

pSee page 209 when you select “Search by i-mode”.

pWhen you press and hold p for at least one second or

press h during playback, pause, or halt, movie player

ends. It ends even during playback with obtaining.

<i-motion Player> <Movie Player>

Playing i-motion/Movie

Folder list i-motion list

Movie list

pThe following images are displayed when you cannot display a preview image.

※1 For the Movie list, the “NG” image is displayed.

※2 For the Movie list, the preview image is displayed.

■Operations when playing back i-motion/movie file

pSee page 352 for when you operate from the Function menu.

Unplayable

image

Playback restrictions have

expired, and the like.※1

No preview

images

Incomplete

download※2

Operation Key operation

Quick View

[i-motion only]

l( ) (See page 352)

Fast forward

[Movie only]

l()

pl( ) to play back

Mute/Release mute i

Pause Oo() or p

pOo() or p to play back

Play back frame by frame

[i-motion only]

l( ) during pause

pEach time of pressing proceeds frame by frame.

Sound volume

adjustment

Bo or </>

Display next file or

chapter※1Vo

Display previous file or

chapter※1Co

pWhen playback time is over three seconds, you go back to

the beginning of the file. (You go back to the top of the

chapter for the file with chapters.)

Search (fast forward)

[i-motion only]

Press and hold Vo.

Search (fast rewind)

[i-motion only]

Press and hold Co.

Select position to play

※2

[Movie only]

Press and hold No.

349

Data Management

※1 i-motion files having no chapters or movie files are switched in the order on the

i-motion list/the Movie list. This operation is available when you play back from the

list. However, movie files in WVX, ASX, and WAX formats are skipped. i-motion files

having chapters are switched in the order that the chapters are stored.

※2 You cannot operate this during fast-rewinding.

※3 For movie files, the horizontal playback is valid during playback only. When you

close the playback display, the vertical display returns. You cannot operate this for

movie files with incompatible video data or voice-only movie files.

※4 Movie files cannot be played back on full display.

※5 Even if you set the icons not to be displayed, the icon such as “ ”, “ ”, “ ” or “ ”

appears during communication or when an i-mode mail message or Message R/F

comes in.

pYou cannot do some operations depending on the state.

pIf you play back a movie file on the horizontal display from the pause state, the display

might become dark, however, the video appears soon after you resume the playback.

Change vertical disp./

horizontal disp./

full disp.※3※4

c()

pEach time of pressing switches display formats.

pYou can operate in Normal Style.

Icon※4※5c()

pEach time of pressing switches in order of “Displays icons/

navigations” → “Hides icons/navigations” → “Full display”.

pYou can operate in Horizontal Open Style.

Remaster 9

pEach time of pressing switches between “ON” and “OFF”.

Listening 8

pEach time of pressing switches in order of “OFF”

→ “Surround” → “Natur1” → “Natur2”.

Equalizer 7

pEach time of pressing switches in order of “Normal”

→ “H.BASS1” → “H.BASS2” → “Train”.

Operation Key operation You can perform the following operations during playback or pause of a

movie file by using the switch of an earphone/microphone (option).

■Specifications for i-motion file playback

pEven when the file format is supported, you might not be able to play back some files.

Operation Switch operation

Pause Press once.

pTo play back, press again.

Play back next file Press twice in succession.

Play back previous file Press three times in succession.

pWhen playback time is over three seconds, you go

back to the beginning of the file.

File format MP4, ASF

Coding system MP4 file Video: MPEG4, H.263, H.264

Audio: AMR, AAC, AAC+ (HE-AAC), Enhanced aacPlus

ASF file Video: MPEG4

Audio: G.726

Pixels MPEG4: Files of VGA (640 x 480) or smaller

H.263: Files of only Sub-QCIF (128 x 96) and QCIF (176 x 144)

H.264: Files of QVGA (320 x 240) or smaller

Extension sdv, 3gp, mp4, asf

350

Data Management

■Specification for movie file playback

※The complex profile of Windows Media Video 9 is not supported.

pYou might be able to play back the files that exceed the bit rates described above.

pEven when the file format is supported, you might not be able to obtain files, play back

during obtaining, or play back after obtaining depending on the file.

pIf either video or audio of a file format is not supported, the file might be played back

with supported one only.

The display for selecting a position memory appears. For i-motion files, you can select

“Marker to resume” or “Position memory 1/2”. For movie files, you can select “Marker to

resume” or “Position memory 1 through 9”. When you select “Marker to resume” or

“Position memory”, the i-motion/movie file is played back from the stored position.

File format WMV, WMA, WVX, WAX, ASF, ASX

Extension wmv, wma, wvx, wax, asf, asx

Codec Video Windows® Media Video 8 through 9※

Audio Windows® Media Audio 2 through 9

Bit rate Video WMV 8 768 kbps

WMV 9 2 Mbps

Voice 384 kbps

Video size WMV 8 Files of CIF (352 x 288) or smaller

WMV 9 Files of Wide VGA (800 x 480) or smaller

Frame rate 30 fps

When you select “Position memory” of “imotion” or

“Movie” from the folder list

Marker to resume This is stored automatically when a call comes in, an alarm

operates, the battery goes flat during playback of an i-motion/

movie file, or when you terminate the movie player during

playback.

Position memory You can store in any optional position in i-motion/movie files. For

an i-motion file, you can create up to two position memories. For

a movie file, you can create up to nine position memories. (See

page 351 and page 353)

pTo display the information of “Position memory”, press i( ) and select “Posit.

memory info”.

pTo delete “Position memory” of an i-motion file, press i( ) and select “Delete”.

To delete “Position memory” of a movie file, press i( ) and select

“Multiple-choice”, “Delete this”, or “Delete all”. You cannot delete “Marker to resume”.

pYou cannot play back an i-motion/movie file with a position memory, when you delete

it, edit its file name, or move it to another folder.

pEven when you play back a movie file from a position memory, it may be played back

from the beginning, depending on the movie file.

When you play back a movie file, the URL or storage location

of the file is stored as a history. Up to 30 histories are stored,

and when those are exceeded, the oldest history is overwritten.

Select a played history to play back the movie file according to

the history information.

pYou cannot play back a movie file stored in Played History,

when you delete it or move it to another folder.

pWhen you play back an obtained but unsaved movie file from the data acquisition

completion display, it is not stored in Played History.

When you select “Played history” from the folder list

Played History list

Information

pSearch (fast forward or fast rewind) and frame-by-frame playback are silent. Search

(fast forward or fast rewind) is available during pause or playback (including slow and

quick view).

pWhen you close the FOMA terminal during playback of a file, it appears horizontally in

the Private window. However if you close the FOMA terminal during a demo playback,

it might appear vertically, or the playback might terminate.

pIf you receive mail or a Message R/F when playing back an i-motion file, the video or

sound might be interrupted.

pFiles with the extension of wvx, wax, asx are the movie files whose URLs are

specified on the Internet. When you select those files saved on the microSD card,

streaming or downloading playback starts from the specified URL.

351

Data Management

Function Menu of the i-motion List/Movie List/Played

History List

Edit imotion See page 354.

Edit title You can edit the title of i-motion file. (See page 341)

Set imotion

Ring tone You can set an i-motion file for a ring tone.

Select an incoming type.

pThe set item is indicated by “★”.

Stand-by display You can set an i-motion file for the Stand-by display.

YES

Stand-by disp. Wide You can set an i-motion file for the (horizontally) Stand-by

display.

YES

Wake-up display You can set an i-motion file for the Wake-up display.

YES

imotion info You can display the title, file name and others of the i-motion

file.

Attach to mail You can compose an i-motion mail message with the file

attached.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can compose it also by pressing l().

Send Ir data See page 383.

transmission See page 385.

Copy to microSD See page 371.

Copy to phone See page 371.

Move to microSD See page 372.

Move to phone See page 372.

Contents info You can display the title, file name and others of the movie file.

Move See page 343.

Edit title

Edit title You can edit the title of movie file. (See page 341)

Reset title You can reset the title of the movie file to the default.

YES

Copy See page 342.

Add desktop icon See page 32.

Edit file name See page 342.

File restriction See page 342.

Reset title You can reset the title of the i-motion file to the default.

YES

History info You can display information of the played history.

Position memory You can store the URL information of a movie file stored in

Played History to a position memory. When you play back the

file from the position memory, it is played back from the

beginning.

Select a position memory to be stored.

pYou cannot select “Marker to resume”.

Description You can display the lyric or description of the movie file.

The words view or Description view

pUp to 1,024 full-pitch/2,048 half-pitch characters can be

displayed in each.

Delete this See page 343.

Delete all See page 343.

Multiple-choice See page 343.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of

stored items.

Sort See page 343.

352

Data Management

Listing You can change the displayed contents on the i-motion list/

Movie list. You can select whether to display the titles or file

names on the microSD Card list.

Select a display format.

Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . Titles or file names are listed.

Title + Image . . . . . Titles or file names, and an image are

displayed at a time. The displayed image

is the first frame of i-motion/movie file.

Title/File name . . . . You can select whether to display titles

or file names.

pIn the case of the microSD Card list, “Title” is displayed as

“Name”, and “Title + Image” is displayed as “Name +

Image”.

pYou can switch the displayed contents also by pressing

c().

Information

pWhen you set an i-motion file other than VGA (640 x 480) for the Stand-by display, it is

enlarged or reduced to VGA (640 x 480).

pYou cannot set the i-motion file whose acquired source is “ ” as a ring tone or

receiving display.

pSee “imotion info” to check whether the i-motion file can be set for a ring tone or

receiving display.

pWhen the file size is larger than 2 Mbytes, the confirmation display appears asking

whether to cut it out to the mail size. Select “YES” to cut out the i-motion file from the

beginning to the about 2-Mbyte point.

pYou may not be able to compose i-mode mail depending on the i-motion file.

pDepending on the i-motion file, its file size may become larger or smaller.

pYou cannot attach an i-motion file in excess of 2 Mbytes to mail from the Edit

imotion display. See “Trim for mail” for how to cut out the i-motion file for attaching

to i-motion mail.

Function Menu during Pause/at the End of Playback

Normal play The i-motion file is played back at the normal speed.

Chapter list You can display the list of chapters stored in the i-motion file

and select a chapter to be played back.

Select a chapter to be played back.

Slow The i-motion file is played back mute at half the normal speed.

pTo cancel Slow playback, press l( ) or perform

“Normal play”.

Quick View (1.25x) The i-motion file is played back at the speed 1.25 times the

normal speed.

pPress l( ) to play back the i-motion file at twice the

normal speed. Press l( ) to play back at the

normal speed.

Quick View (2x) The i-motion file is played back at twice the normal speed.

pTo cancel Quick View, press l( ) or perform

“Normal play”.

Fast The movie file is played back fast.

pTo cancel it, press l().

Rewind The movie file is played back fast in the opposite direction.

pTo cancel it, press l().

Stop You can end playback.

Position to play You can set the start point for playing back the i-motion/movie

file.

Use No to move the cursor position of the time bar

Oo().

pTo cancel, press r.

Sound effect

Remaster You can bring the sound from an earphone or Bluetooth

device to the original sound by complementing high-pitch

range lost at data compression.

ON or OFF

353

Data Management

Listening You can set the effect of the sound from an earphone or

Bluetooth device.

Select an item.

Surround. . . . Makes the sound natural and stereophonic.

Natur 1/2 . . . . Complements the cooped-up feeling specific

to earphones and plays back natural sound.

Select 1 or 2 according to your taste.

OFF . . . . . . . . Sets Listening to “OFF”.

Equalizer You can change the quality of the sound from an earphone or

Bluetooth device.

Select an item.

Normal. . . . . . Reproduces normal sound quality.

H.BASS1 . . . . Enhances bass sound.

H.BASS2 . . . . Enhances bass sound more deeply than

H.BASS1.

Train. . . . . . . . Minimizes abnormal sound that causes sound

leakage.

Contents info See page 351.

Position memory You can store a position memory in the i-motion/movie file.

Store it at the desired position in pause state.

Select a position memory to be stored.

pYou cannot select “Marker to resume”.

Edit imotion See page 354.

Attach to mail See page 351.

pYou can compose an i-mode mail message also by pressing

l( ) from the playback end display.

Set imotion See page 351.

imotion info See page 351.

Send Ir data See page 383.

transmission See page 385.

Copy to phone See page 371.

Add desktop icon See page 32.

Description See page 351.

Copy URL You can copy the URL of a movie file published on the

Internet during playback.

pYou can copy up to 512 half-pitch characters for the URL.

Display size You can set whether to display an i-motion/movie file in the

original size (Actual size) or to fit to the display size.

Actual size or Fit in display

pEven if you set to “Actual size”, the i-motion/movie file in

excess of the display size is reduced to the display size.

Also, when the i-motion/movie file is QCIF (176 x 144) or

smaller, it is doubled at both lengthwise and sidewise to be

displayed.

Change to full You can switch display formats of i-motion file. Each time of

selecting the item switches displays in order of playback on

the vertical display → playback on the horizontal display fitted

to the display size → playback on the enlarged full display.

Information

pWhen restrictions on chapter forward/rewind are applied, you cannot select chapters

after/before the one you are currently playing back.

<Slow>

pYou cannot slow-play the following i-motion files:

・A streaming type of i-motion file

・An i-motion file being played back while obtaining data

・An i-motion file played back from the Stand-by display

pYou cannot execute Quick View for some i-motion files.

pIt may be hard to hear sound during Quick View.

pDepending on the i-motion/movie file, you might not be able to select the position to

play.

pEven if an earphone or Bluetooth device is not connected, the respective setting

contents are shown on the display.

pWhen audio format of the i-motion file is AMR or G.726, sound effect might be

unavailable.

354

Data Management

You can store i-motion files in a playlist, and continuously play them

back in the order you like. You can create up to 5 playlists, and can store

up to 30 files per playlist.

1mData boximotion/movie

PlaylistSelect Playlist 1 through 5.

2Select <1st> through <30th>Select a folder

Select an i-motion file.

3Repeat step 2l()

pTo release a stored i-motion file, press i( ) and select “DEL one from

list”. Select “DEL all from list”, then you can release all the stored i-motion files.

pTo change the order of stored i-motion files, press i( ), select “Order to

play”, and select an i-motion file whose position to be changed. Then, select the

destination position to change the order.

pDepending on the i-motion/movie file, you might not be able to store the position

memory.

pDepending on the movie file, the top position might be stored as the playback start

position regardless of the position where you pause.

pThe i-motion file of QCIF (176 x 144) or smaller is not played back in full display.

Using Playlist

Store Playlist

Information

Playlist list

Information

pYou cannot store partially saved i-motion files in the playlist.

1Playlist listHighlight a playlist and press l().

You can edit i-motion files. The edited i-motion files are saved to the

folder containing the source i-motion files.

1i-motion list/During pause/At the end of

playbacki()

Edit imotion

pUse Bo or </> to adjust the sound volume.

Play Back Playlist

Function Menu of the Playlist List

Play See page 354.

Edit playlist You can edit the playlist.

Go to step 2 on page 354.

Release playlist You can release all i-motion files stored in the playlist.

YES

Edit playlist name You can edit the name of the playlist.

Edit a playlist name.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.

Editing i-motion

Edit imotion display

355

Data Management

2i()Edit the i-motion file.

See page 355 and page 356 for the operation.

3Press Oo().

pNot to save the edited i-motion file, press r or h; then select “YES”.

4YES

pSee page 210 when i-motion files are stored to the maximum.

■Operations while an i-motion file is edited or a demo is played back

pYou cannot do some operations depending on the state.

Operation Key operation

Pause Oo()

pPress Oo( ) to play back.

Fast forward Press and hold Vo.

Fast rewind Press and hold Co.

Forward frame by frame Vo during pause

Rewind frame by frame Co during pause

Sound volume adjustment Bo or </>

Information

pYou cannot edit the following i-motion files:

・The files with “File restriction” and “Replay restriction” obtained from sites or i-mode

mail

・The files other than VGA (640 x 480), HVGA Wide (640 x 352), QVGA (320 x 240),

QCIF (176 x 144) and Sub-QCIF (128 x 96)

・The files saved to the microSD card

pYou might not be able to edit some i-motion files.

pThe image quality may deteriorate or the file size may become larger or smaller by

executing “Edit imotion”.

pWhen a call comes in or the battery goes flat, the confirmation display appears asking

whether to save the fixed edited contents. When you close the FOMA terminal while

you are editing, the edited contents are discarded.

Function Menu of the Edit imotion Display

Trim imotion You can cut out a certain range from an i-motion file.

Use Vo to display a start framel()

The start frame is set and the i-motion file is played back.

Press Oo( ) at the position you want to cut out.

Playing back the i-motion file pauses.

Use Vo to display an end framel()

The cut out range is played back.

pWhen the file size reaches about 10 Mbytes, the end frame is

automatically set.

Oo()

pPress l( ) to play back a demo to check the edited

i-motion file.

Trim for picture You can cut out the still image and save it.

Use Vo to display a framel()YES

Select a folder.

pSee page 210 when images are stored to the maximum.

Trim for mail You can cut out the i-motion file to the size attachable to i-mode

mail.

Mail size (S) or Mail size

Mail size (S) . . . Cut out to the size of about 500 Kbytes or less.

Mail size . . . . . . Cut out to the size of about 2,048 Kbytes or

less.

Use Vo to display a start framel()

The i-motion file is played back.

When the file size reaches about 500 Kbytes, about 2,048

Kbytes, or at the end of playback, the playback stops

automatically.

Oo()

pPress l( ) to play back a demo and you can check the

edited i-motion file.

Attach to mail See page 351.

356

Data Management

File restriction See page 342.

Information

pIf you execute “Trim imotion”, the file size may become larger.

Function Menu while i-motion is Edited

Normal play You can play back at the normal speed.

Slow You can play back mute at half the normal speed.

Quick View (1.25x) You can play back at the speed 1.25 times the normal speed.

Quick View (2x) You can play back at twice the normal speed.

Starting point You can set the start frame for “Trim imotion” and “Trim for

mail”.

Ending point You can set the end frame for “Trim imotion”.

Determine You can set the frame for “Trim for picture”.

Stop You can stop playing back.

You can play back the video saved to the microSD card. Just by

changing the style during playback, the vertical display and horizontal

display switch automatically. In Normal Style, you can switch displays

manually by pressing c.

pYou can play back the sound of video files in stereo sound by connecting to the Stereo

Earphone Set (option). Also, you can play back the sound wirelessly from a

commercial Bluetooth device. (See page 424)

1mData box1SegVideoSelect a file.

pWhen the position to play is

recorded to the video, the

playback starts from the

position to play. Press

l( ) to play back

from the beginning.

pWhen you select a file

which contains divided

video files from the Video

list, select a video file to

play back from the list of

divided video files.

pThe images on the right are displayed

when you cannot display a preview image:

pWhen you play back, the program title and

time bar (estimate) appear.

■Operations when playing video

pSee page 358 for when you operate from the Function menu.

Playing Video

Folder list Video list

Unplayable

image

No preview image

Operation Key operation

Quick View※1l

pEach time pressing switches in order of “1.25x” → “2x”

→ “Summary View” → ”Normal play”.

357

Data Management

※1 You cannot operate in Data Broadcasting Mode.

※2 You cannot operate for a file whose playback time is shorter than 30 seconds.

※3 You cannot operate for a file whose playback time is shorter than 10 seconds.

Mute/Release mute i

Pause※1Oo() or p

pOo() or p to play back

Play back frame by

frame※1l( ) during pause

pEach time of pressing proceeds frame by frame.

Sound volume adjustment Bo※1 or </>\

Fast forward※1Vo

pOo() or p to play back

Rewind※1Co

pOo() or p to play back

Skip (fast forward)※1※2Vo

(for at least one second) or

during playback or pause

Skip (rewind)※1※3Co

(for at least one second) or

during playback or pause

Program title※4d

pIt is displayed with a time bar and others.

pIt is displayed as well when you operate keys or switch

styles.

Switch display d while displaying program title

pEach time of pressing from the horizontal display

switches ON/OFF of “Icon” and “Caption”.

pEach time of pressing from the horizontal display

switches the positions of the time bar as well regardless

of whether the caption is displayed or not.

Switch display directions/

Full display

c※5

pIn Video Mode, each time of pressing switches the

display directions.

pIn Data Broadcasting Mode, each time of pressing

switches between standard display and full display.

Switch TV/data BC m()

※6

pEach time of pressing switches between Video Mode

and Data Broadcasting Mode.

Operation Key operation ※4 When you operate immediately after “Skip”, “Fast forward”, “Rewind”, or “Position to

play”, the program title stored in “Video info” might appear.

※

5 You cannot operate

in Horizontal Open Style.

When you close the FOMA terminal, the display returns to the vertical display. In

Horizontal Open Style, the horizontal display automatically appears; the vertical display

does not appear.

※6 This operation is to display the program title while the horizontal display is shown.

The display for selecting Position Memory appears. When you select “Marker to resume”

or “Position memory 1/2”, the video is played back from the stored position.

pTo delete “Position memory”, press i( ) and select “Delete”. You cannot

delete the “Marker to resume”.

pWhen the video with a position memory has been deleted, you cannot play it back.

When you select “Position memory” from the Folder list for

videos

Marker to resume This is stored automatically when a call comes in, an alarm

operates, or the battery goes flat during playback of a video.

Position memory You can store in any optional position in a video, and create up to

two position memories. (See page 359)

Information

pNo sound is output during frame-by-frame playback or during skipping. Further,

captions are not displayed.

Even if you set “Sound setting” to “ON”, effect tones do not sound during pause,

frame-by-frame playback, slow playback, or quick view playback.

pWhen you select “YES (default)” from the confirmation display for data broadcasting

while watching a 1Seg program or playing back video, the information on data

broadcasting might be automatically updated, and you might be charged a packet

communication fee. (See page 267)

pYou might not be able to operate links by selecting them on data broadcasting during

pause or at the end of playback.

pYou cannot display data broadcasting on the horizontal display.

pWhen you close the FOMA terminal during playback, the video appears horizontally in

the Private window.

pThe part of video that was not correctly recorded owing to the bad radio wave

conditions is not displayed and skipped to the position where it can be displayed

correctly. In that case, the video might not be played back for a few seconds, or might

be distorted. Further, the time bar might not be displayed correctly.

358

Data Management

pIf you try to play back a video with a low battery, the battery alert tone sounds, and the

confirmation display appears asking whether to play it back. When the battery

becomes low during playback, the playback pauses, the battery alert tone sounds,

and the confirmation display appears asking whether to end the playback. The battery

alert tone sounds regardless of the setting of “Keypad sound”.

pIf you edit (divide) the video using a mobile phone or personal computer that supports

the edit function, you might not be able to correctly play it back on the FOMA terminal.

pThe protection applied by other devices is not supported.

Function Menu of the Video List

Information

Edit title Enter a title.

pYou can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.

Video info You can display the channel name, program name, etc. of the

video.

pYou can display them also by pressing c().

Add desktop icon See page 32.

Reset title You can reset the title to the default.

YES

Delete

Delete this YES

Delete selected You can select multiple videos and delete them.

Put a check mark for videos to be deleted

l()YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate).

Listing You can change the displayed contents for Video list.

Select a display format.

Title . . . . . . . . . . . . The title names are displayed.

Title + image . . . . The title name and image are displayed at

a time. The displayed image is the first

frame of video.

Information

pIf a call comes in while deleting multiple videos, deleting is canceled.

pThe video whose recording time is long might take a long time to be deleted. Make

sure that the remaining battery is full enough.

pYou might not be able to delete the video containing data that does not support the

FOMA terminal.

pThe video that was not recorded correctly owing to the bad radio wave conditions

might not be played back.

Function Menu during Pause/at the End of Playback

Normal play The video is played at the normal speed.

Slow The video is played back mute at half the normal speed.

pTo cancel Slow play, perform “Normal play”.

Quick View The video is played back quickly.

Select an item.

1.25x. . . . . . . . . . . . . The video is played back at the

speed 1.25 times the normal speed.

2x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .The video is played back at twice the

normal speed.

Summary View . . . . The played back speed is

automatically adjusted according to

the voice of the video.

pTo cancel Quick View, press l several times, or

perform “Normal play”.

Fast forward The video is played back fast.

10x or 30x

pTo cancel fast forward playback, press Oo() or

Rewind The video is played back fast in the opposite direction.

10x or 30x

pTo cancel rewind playback, press Oo() or p.

Stop You can end playback.

359

Data Management

Position to play You can set the start point for playing the video.

Use No to move the cursor position of the time bar

Oo()

pTo cancel, press r.

Position memory You can store a position memory in the video. Store it at

the desired position in pause state.

Position memory1 or Position memory2

Video info See page 358.

Add desktop icon See page 32.

Switch display You can switch the contents on the viewer display.

Select an item.

pIf you set to “Enlarged V. img+DBC”, the video on the

vertical display is enlarged.

pIf you operate “Fast forward” or “Rewind” from the

Function menu while “Data broadcasting” is set, the

setting at Video Player start-up returns.

pEven if you set to “Data broadcasting”, the audio from

video files is output.

pYou can set “Caption” from “User settings” or while

watching a 1Seg program.

Switch TV/data BC You can switch between Video Mode and Data

Broadcasting Mode while watching a video on the vertical

display.

Icon See page 266.

Image quality See page 266.

Sound

Sound effect

Auto volume See page 266.

Remaster See page 266.

Listening See page 267.

Equalizer See page 267.

At player start-up

When “Caption” is set

to “ON”:

V. img+Caption+DBC

When “Caption” is set

to “OFF”:

Visual image+DBC

At player start-up

Video Mode

Chara-den is an animation character representing yourself. You can send

it as your image during videophone calls.

You can use the Chara-den player to play it back and shoot it.

pYou can delete the pre-installed Chara-den image. You can re-download it from the

“P-SQUARE” site (see page 209). When you use a UIM other than the one used for

downloading, the UIM security function (see page 39) is set for it.

pSome Chara-den images synchronize their movement with your voice spoken into the

microphone.

Main/sub sound Main sound, Sub sound, or Main+sub sound

Data broadcasting

Reload contents You can reload the displayed data broadcasting site.

pThe confirmation display appears asking whether to

re-send the data you entered, depending on the site.

Certificate See page 202.

Image display set. See page 213.

Sound setting See page 267.

Reset settings See page 267.

Back to data BC You can stop browsing the data broadcasting site and

return to the data broadcasting.

At player start-up

Main sound

Information

pYou cannot execute Quick View for some video files.

pIt may be hard to hear sound during Quick View.

pDepending on the video file, you might not be able to select the position to play.

pWhen you have selected the part that was not recorded correctly owing to bad radio

wave conditions, the start point moves to the part where you can play back the video

correctly.

Chara-den

360

Data Management

You can display stored Chara-den images.

You can make the Chara-den image move by key operation.

1mData boxChara-denSelect a Chara-den image.

■Key assignment of operating Chara-den

You can use the Action list to check the actions that you can operate.

pThe number of actions you can operate varies depending on the Chara-den image.

※1 You cannot operate for the pre-installed Chara-den image.

※2 Press s again to cancel the first s.

<Chara-den Player>

Displaying/Operating Chara-den Images

Chara-den list Chara-den display

Key operation Details

1∼9

s1∼s9※1※2

(Whole Action Mode)

Whole action: Expresses an action with whole of

the body.

11∼99※1

(Parts Action Mode)

Parts action: Expresses an action with a part of

the body.

0Suspends the running action.

mDisplays the Action list.

lMakes a videophone call.

cRecords Chara-den images.

Function Menu of the Chara-den List

Chara-den call See page 74.

Substitute image See page 74.

Rec. Chara-den See page 361.

Edit title Enter a title.

pYou can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.

Chara-den info You can display the title, file name, and others of the Chara-den

image.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate).

Add desktop icon See page 32.

Delete YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

pThis operation deletes the pre-installed Chara-den image as

well.

Multiple-choice You can select and delete multiple Chara-den images.

Put a check mark for Chara-den images to be deleted

i()DeleteYES

Display size You can set whether to display the Chara-den image in “Actual

size” or “Fit in display”.

Actual size or Fit in display

Reset title You can reset the title to the default one.

YES

Information

<Chara-den info>

p“Rec. file restriction” denotes whether to restrict the operation such as attaching still

images/moving pictures created by “Rec. Chara-den” to mail, saving them to microSD

card, or editing them.

pIf you delete a Chara-den image set for the substitute image except “カンガルー

(kangaroo)”, “カンガルー (kangaroo)” is set for the substitute image. If you delete “カ

ンガルー (kangaroo)”, a pre-installed substitute image will be sent.

361

Data Management

You can shoot the displayed Chara-den image as a still image or moving

picture.

1mData boxChara-den

Select a Chara-den image to be shot

c()

pYou can select it also from the Function menu of the

Chara-den list or Chara-den display.

Function Menu of the Chara-den Display

Chara-den call See page 74.

Substitute image See page 74.

Rec. Chara-den See page 361.

Add desktop icon See page 32.

Action list You can display the list of actions you can operate.

pHighlight an action, and press Oo( ) to run the action;

and press l( ) to check the details of the action.

pYou can display the Action list also by pressing m.

Change action You can switch the action modes between Whole Action Mode

( ) and Parts Action Mode ( ).

Chara-den info See page 360.

Display size See page 360.

Recording Chara-den Images

At Chara-den

display

Whole Action

Mode

Chara-den

Recording display

1Display “ ” on the Chara-den Recording display and

press Oo().

A still image of the displayed Chara-den image is shot.

pWhile “ ” is displayed, press c( ) to display “ ”.

2Press Oo().

The still image you have shot is saved to the “Camera” folder.

1Display “ ” on the Chara-den Recording display and

pressOo().

Recording of the displayed Chara-den image starts.

pWhile “ ” is displayed, press c( ) to display “ ”.

2Oo()Oo()

The recorded moving picture is saved to the “Camera” folder.

Shoot Still Images

Shoot Moving Pictures

Information

pThe image size is fixed to QCIF (176 x 144).

pIn Manner Mode or when “Phone” or “Mail” of “Ring volume” is set to “Silent”, the

shutter tone does not sound.

pWhen “Recording type” is set to “Video + voice”, the voice is recorded as well.

Function Menu of the Chara-den Recording Display

Switch Chara-den Select a Chara-den image to be displayed.

pIf you switch Chara-den images, the action mode switches to

Whole Action Mode.

Substitute image See page 74.

Action list See page 361.

Change action See page 361.

Display size See page 360.

362

Data Management

pYou can delete the pre-installed Machi-chara images. You can re-download it from the

“P-SQUARE” site (see page 209). When you use a UIM other than the one used for

downloading, the UIM security function (see page 39) is set for it.

1mData boxMachi-chara

Select a Machi-chara image.

pEach time you press m from the Machi-chara list, you

can switch between the list for the FOMA terminal and

the microSD card.

pThe following images are displayed when you cannot

display a preview image.

pSee page 209 when you select “Search by i-mode”.

Recording size You can set the image size for recording and saving a still

Chara-den image. You can set only in Photo Mode.

QCIF (176 x 144) or Small (117 x 96)

Recording type You can set whether to record video or voice for recording and

saving a Chara-den movie. You can set only in Movie Mode.

Video + voice or Video

Recording quality You can set the image quality for saving a Chara-den movie. You

can set only in Movie Mode.

Normal, Prefer image quality, or Prefer motion speed

<Machi-chara>

Displaying Machi-chara Images

Machi-chara list

No preview image Incomplete download

Function Menu of the Machi-chara List

Edit title See page 341.

Preview You can display the Machi-chara image.

Set to Machi-chara You can set a Machi-chara image. (See page 118)

pYou can set it also by pressing l().

pYou cannot set Machi-chara images on the microSD card.

RLS Machi-chara You can release a Machi-chara image from setting.

Machi-chara info You can display the title, file name, and others of the Machi-chara

image.

Reset all info You can reset information in the Machi-chara image.

(See page 118)

YES

Move to microSD See page 372.

Move to phone See page 372.

Move See page 343.

Reset title You can reset the title to the default.

YES

Delete this See page 343.

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

pThe pre-installed Machi-chara images are deleted as well.

Multiple-choice See page 343.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of

stored items.

Sort See page 343.

Listing You can change the displayed contents on the Machi-chara list.

Title or Image

pYou can switch the contents also by pressing c().

363

Data Management

1mData boxMelody

pEach time you press m from the Folder list, you can

switch between the folders in the FOMA terminal and

the microSD card.

pSee page 379 for the Function menu of the Folder list.

2Select a folderSelect a melody.

pWhen you close the FOMA

terminal during playback,

the playback stops.

pWhen selecting folders and

melodies by another

function, some folders or

melodies may not be

displayed depending on the

function. Some melodies

may be played back for

confirmation while being

selected, or you may at

times be able to play back

the melody by pressing

l().

pSee page 209 when you select “Search by i-mode”.

Information

pWhen you set to “まめはかせ (Dr. Bean)” which is a pre-installed Machi-chara image,

it is displayed in the Santa version from November 20 through December 25, 2009

and from November 20 through December 25, 2010.

+m-1-6

Playing a Melody

Folder list

Melody list Melody Playback

You can repeatedly play back the melodies selected by “Edit playlist”.

1mData boxMelodyPlaylist

■Operation while playing back a melody

※1 Halts the playback of melodies which cannot be attached to mail.

※2 Valid when played back from the Melody list.

Play Back Playlist

Operation Key operation

Halt Oo(), d, 0 through 9, a, s, l※1,

m, c, p

Sound volume

adjustment

Bo or </>

Replay next file※2Vo

Replay previous file※2Co

Information

pThe melodies are played back at the volume set for “Phone” of “Ring volume”. When

“Phone” of “Ring volume” is set to “Silent” or “Step”, they are played back at “Level 2”.

However, the melody played back when it is selected does not sound.

pEven if you change the volume while playing back, the volume set for “Phone” of

“Ring volume” returns when you exit the Melody player.

Function Menu of the Melody List

Edit title Edit the title.

pFor a file in the FOMA terminal, you can enter up to 31

full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters.

pFor a file on the microSD card, you can enter up to 18

full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.

Edit file name Edit the file name.

pYou can enter up to 36 (not including an extension) half-pitch

alphanumeric characters and symbols (only “.”,“-”,“_”).

364

Data Management

Play melody See page 363.

Set as ring tone Select an incoming type.

p“★” indicates the set item.

File restriction You can set the file restrictions on the selected melody.

File unrestricted or File restricted

pSee page 244 for the file restrictions.

Add desktop icon See page 32.

Attach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the selected

melody attached.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can compose it also by pressing l().

Send Ir data See page 383.

transmission See page 385.

Copy to microSD See page 371.

Melody info You can display the melody title, file name and others.

Copy to phone See page 371.

Move to phone See page 372.

Copy You can copy the melody from a folder on the microSD card to

another folder on the microSD card.

Select a destination folder.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of

stored items.

Reset title You can reset the title to the default.

YES

Delete

Delete this You can delete the melody stored in the FOMA terminal.

YES

Delete selected You can select and delete multiple melodies stored in the

FOMA terminal.

Put a check mark for melodies to be deleted

l()YES

Delete all You can delete all melodies stored in the selected folder in the

FOMA terminal.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Delete this You can delete the melody stored on the microSD card.

YES

Delete all You can delete all melodies stored in the selected folder on

the microSD card.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Multiple-choice You can select multiple melodies stored on the microSD card

and operate them.

Put a check mark for the melodies to be operated

i()Select an item.

Delete . . . . . . . See “Delete this” on page 364.

Copy . . . . . . . . See page 364.

Move . . . . . . . . See page 364.

Select all . . . . . You can select all melodies.

Release all . . . You can release all selected melodies.

Sort You can change displayed order.

Select an order.

pYou cannot sort the files on the microSD card.

Move You can move the melody to another folder.

Select a destination folder

Put a check mark for melodies to be moved

l()YES

pPress l( ) to display folders at the second-tier level

or lower, if they exist. Press r to return to the upper level.

pFor the microSD card, you do not need to do the operations

of putting a check mark for the melodies and after.

Move to microSD See page 372.

Information

pWhen the icon of the acquired source is “ ” or “ ” and the icon such as “ ” or

“ ” is displayed for that melody, you cannot change the file name.

pYou cannot use some characters and symbols for a file name.

365

Data Management

pYou can set the file restrictions only to the melody with the acquired source icon “ ”.

pWhen the melody file exceeds 100 Kbytes by applying the restriction, you cannot set

the file restrictions.

pYou cannot attach the melody with “ ” or “ ” whose acquired source icon is

“ ” or “ ”, or the melody in excess of 100 Kbytes.

pYou may not be able to attach to i-mode mail even when the file restriction in the

melody information is “File unrestricted”.

pWhen a melody set for another function is deleted, the setting returns to the default.

(When the melody is set for an alarm tone of “Schedule”, “ToDo”, or “TV timer”, or for

“Alarm”, it switches to “Clock Alarm Tone”.)

pYou cannot delete the pre-installed melody.

Function Menu of the Melody Playback Display

Information

Attach to mail See page 364.

Set as ring tone See page 364.

Melody info See page 364.

Copy to microSD See page 371.

Copy to phone See page 371.

Add desktop icon See page 32.

Play all/

Play portion

You can temporarily switch the play start positions of the melody.

pYou can delete the pre-installed Kisekae Tool files. You can re-download them from

the “P-SQUARE” site (see page 209). When you use a UIM other than the one used

for downloading, the UIM security function (see page 39) is set for them.

1mData boxKisekae Tool

Select a Kisekae Tool file.

When you highlight/select an

item from the detailed

Kisekae Tool display, each

setting content is played

back as a demo.

pEach time you press m

from the Kisekae Tool list,

you can switch between the

list for the FOMA terminal

and the microSD card. When you select a folder from the Folder list on the

microSD card, the Kisekae Tool list appears.

pSee page 379 for the Function menu of the Folder list.

pThe image on the right is displayed when you cannot display a

preview image.

pSee page 209 when you select “Search by i-mode”.

Checking Kisekae Tool

Kisekae Tool list Detailed Kisekae

Tool display

Information

pClock display cannot be played back as a demo.

366

Data Management

Function Menu of the Kisekae Tool List/Detailed Kisekae

Tool Display

Edit title See page 341.

Preview You can display the detailed Kisekae Tool display.

Set at one time You can set Kisekae Tool files at one time. (See page 117)

pYou can set them at one time also by pressing l().

pYou cannot set Kisekae Tool files on the microSD card at one

time.

Kisekae Tool info You can display the title, file name, and others of the Kisekae

Tool file.

File info You can display the name and type of files.

Move to microSD See page 372.

Move to phone See page 372.

Reset title You can reset the title to the default.

YES

Move See page 343.

Delete this See page 343.

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

pThe pre-installed Kisekae Tool files are deleted as well.

Multiple-choice See page 343.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of

stored items.

Sort See page 343.

Listing You can change the displayed contents on the Kisekae Tool list.

Title or Image

pYou can switch the contents also by pressing c()

from the Kisekae Tool list.

You need to obtain a microSD card separately to use the functions

related to the microSD card.

The microSD card is available at electronics retail stores, etc.

pP-07A supports a commercial microSD card of up to 2 Gbytes and microSDHC card of

up to 16 Gbytes (As of March 2009).

For the latest operation check information such as the memory capacity and

manufacturers of microSD cards, access the following sites (in Japanese only). Note

that the microSD cards other than published in the sites might not correctly work.

・From i-mode to P-SQUARE (As of March 2009)

iMenu → メニューリスト (Menu List)

→ ケータイ電話メーカー (Mobile Phone Maker) → P-SQUARE

・From personal computers

http://panasonic.jp/mobile/

Note that the published information is the result obtained from the

operation check, which does not necessarily guarantee all

performances of those microSD cards.

pDuring processing of the card, “ ” is displayed. During processing of the card, never

remove the microSD card, or turn off the FOMA terminal. Check that processing of the

card does not go on before turning off the FOMA terminal, and then remove the

microSD card.

pWhen the FOMA terminal or microSD card has many data files, it may take longer to

access the files.

pSee page 378 for the number of files and time that can be saved to the microSD card.

pThe microSD card has an operating life. If you use the microSD card for a long time,

you may not be able to write new data on it, or the card may be disabled.

pWith the FOMA terminal, you can save the downloaded still images, i-motion files,

movie files, melodies, Kisekae Tool files, Machi-chara images, Chaku-uta Full® music

files, and i-αppli programs with the file restrictions to the microSD card. You cannot

save the files IPs (Information Providers) do not permit.

microSD Card

QR code for

accessing the site

Information

pYou may not be able to use the microSD card formatted using a personal computer

and other devices. Be sure to use the microSD card formatted with P-07A.

367

Data Management

■Inserting

1To open the cover of the

microSD card slot, pull it out in

the direction A and then turn it

in the direction B.

2With the metal terminal surface

facing downward, make sure

that the cut edge is positioned

at right and then insert.

pPush it until it clicks.

3Close the cover of the microSD card slot.

pNote that formatting deletes all the contents on the microSD card.

pIf you read/write data from/on a microSD card using a device other than this FOMA

terminal, the microSD card might become unusable depending on the device or

operations.

pWhen you insert a microSD card which has been used with another device such as a

personal computer into P-07A, new files and folders to be used in P-07A are created.

Inserting/Removing microSD Card

Information

■Removing

1Open the cover following step 1

of “■Inserting” and push the

microSD card until it stops.

pBy pushing all the way in, the microSD card

pops out.

2Remove the microSD card.

■Icons on the display

The following icons appear when you insert the microSD card:

: You can save and read data.

: The microSD card is write-protected. You cannot save data, and execute “Check

microSD” and “microSD format”.

: You cannot use the microSD card. Remove the microSD card and then insert it

again.

If “ ” is still displayed, execute “Check microSD” or “microSD format”.

Information

pDo not insert or remove the microSD card with the FOMA terminal turned on. It may

damage the microSD card or its data.

pNote that microSD card may pop out when you insert or remove it.

pCheck the direction of the microSD card, and then insert or remove it straight. If you

obliquely insert the microSD card into the slot, the microSD card may be damaged.

pIt may take long to initially read or write data after inserting the microSD card.

368

Data Management

You can display the Phonebook entries, schedule events, ToDo items,

mail messages, text memos, and bookmarks stored on the microSD card.

pYou can operate in the same way on the detailed Phonebook display, detailed mail

display, and detailed Bookmark display as when you display data stored in your FOMA

terminal.

See page 98 for detailed operations of the Phonebook.

See page 172 for detailed operations of mail.

See page 205 for detailed operations of bookmarks.

1mLifeKitmicroSDRefer microSD data

Select a category.

pIf you select “Schedule”,

ToDo items are also

displayed.

2Select a fileSelect a data item.

Displaying Data Items on microSD Card

Category list microSD File display

(For Phonebook)

Data list

(For Phonebook)

Detailed data display

(For Phonebook)

Function Menu of the Category List/microSD File Display/

Data List/Detailed Data Display

Edit title Enter a title.

pYou can enter up to 15 full-pitch/31 half-pitch characters.

Add to phone See page 370.

Overwrite to phone See page 370.

Add one to phone See page 369.

Add all to phone See page 369 and page 370.

Overwr. all to ph. See page 370.

Copy to microSD See page 369.

Copy to phone See page 369.

Delete this YES

Delete all You can delete all files in the currently displayed category.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

microSD info See page 375.

Property You can display the detailed data display.

microSD format See page 375.

Check microSD See page 375.

369

Data Management

You can copy the Phonebook entries, schedule events, ToDo items, mail

messages, text memos, and bookmarks stored in the FOMA terminal to

the microSD card.

You can copy a single file from the FOMA terminal onto the microSD

card. A copied data item is saved as a single file.

You cannot copy the secret code stored in a Phonebook entry.

1Display for a data item to be copiedi()

Copy to microSDYES

pTo copy a Phonebook entry, scheduled event, or mail message, select “Move/

copy” from the Function menu and then select “Copy to microSD”.

pTo copy a bookmark, select “Copy” from the Function menu and then select

“Copy to microSD”.

You can copy the data items of the category selected on the Category list

or of the category displayed on the microSD File display from the FOMA

terminal to the microSD card. The copied data items are all saved as a

single file.

You cannot copy secret codes or voice dial entries stored in the

Phonebook entries.

1Category list/microSD File displayi()

Copy to microSD

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

pTo copy scheduled events, select “Schedule”, “ToDo”, or “All” (Schedule and

ToDo).

pTo copy bookmarks, select “i-mode Browser”, “Full Browser”, or “All” (i-mode and

Full Browser).

Copy Data Items in the FOMA Terminal to the microSD

Card

Copy one to microSD

Copy all to microSD

Information

pWhen you copy a file stored as secret data, the file is copied as an ordinary file.

You can copy the Phonebook entries, schedule events, ToDo items, mail

messages, text memos, and bookmarks stored on the microSD card to

the FOMA terminal.

pSee page 378 for the number of data items that can be saved to the microSD card.

You can copy the data item selected on the data list or displayed on the

detailed data display to the FOMA terminal.

1Data list/Detailed data displayi()

Add one to phone or Copy to phoneYES

pTo copy from the detailed data display of a Phonebook entry, select “Move/copy”

from the Function menu and then select “Copy to phone”.

You can copy all data items in all files of the category selected on the

Category list or all data items in all files displayed on the microSD File

display to the FOMA terminal.

The copied data items are added to the FOMA terminal.

1Category list/microSD File displayi()

Add all to phone

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

pWhen you copy all files, the files stored as secret data are also copied.

pWhen you copy all the Phonebook entries, the information from the PushTalk

Phonebook entry and the contents of “Own number” are also copied.

pFor copying mail, some files attached to mail may be deleted depending on file format.

pWhen you copy mail containing links to start an i-αppli program, the information about

starting the i-αppli program in that mail is deleted.

pDuring copying, the FOMA terminal is placed in the same status as it is out of the

service area.

Copy Data Items on the microSD Card to the FOMA

Terminal

Add one to phone

Information

Add all to phone

370

Data Management

You can copy all data items in a file selected on the microSD File display

or all data items displayed on the data list to the FOMA terminal.

The copied data items are added to the FOMA terminal.

1microSD File displayi()Add to phone

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Data listi()Add all to phone

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

You can copy all data items in all files of the category selected on the

Category list or all data items in all files displayed on the microSD File

display to the FOMA terminal.

Note that the data items already stored in the FOMA terminal are

overwritten and deleted.

1Category list/microSD File displayi()

Overwr. all to ph.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESYES

Add to phone

Overwrite all to phone

You can copy all data items in a file selected on the microSD File display

or all data items displayed on the data list to the FOMA terminal.

Note that the data items already stored in the FOMA terminal are

overwritten and deleted.

1microSD File displayi()

Overwrite to phone

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESYES

Data listi()Overwr. all to ph.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESYES

Overwrite to phone

Information

pIf the memory capacity of the FOMA terminal runs short during copying, copying is

suspended midway; however, the data already copied is stored.

pWhen you perform “Add one to phone” for a Phonebook entry, any group is not set if

the group number or group name stored in the microSD file differs from that stored on

the FOMA terminal.

pWhen you copy Phonebook entries in which phone numbers are stored, they are also

stored in the PushTalk Phonebook. When you overwrite the Phonebook entries, the

contents of the PushTalk group are also overwritten.

When you execute “Add one to phone”, the confirmation display appears asking

whether to store it. Select “YES” (select a phone number when multiple phone

numbers are stored) to store the entry also to the PushTalk Phonebook.

pWhen you overwrite the Phonebook entries, the voice dial entries are deleted.

pIf the maximum number/size of storage are exceeded when you copy a received mail

message, they are deleted in order of mail in the “Trash box” folder and older received

mail. However, unread or protected mail messages are not deleted.

pIf the maximum number/size of storage are exceeded when you copy a sent mail

message, they are deleted in order of older sent mail. However, protected mail

messages are not deleted.

pWhen you copy a file stored in another model, the folder-sort setting may not be

reflected.

pWhen you execute “Add all to phone”, you cannot copy the bookmarks of the same

URL.

371

Data Management

The destination folder and file name are as follows:

pWhen you copy or move a file between the FOMA terminal and the microSD card, its

file format might change.

1Still Image list/Still image in play/i-motion list/Melody list/

Melody during playback/PDF File list/Decome-Anime

Template listi()Copy to microSD

pIf you have used “Multiple-choice” to select files to be copied, you can copy the

multiple files at a time.

pIf the number of files stored on the microSD card increases, it may take long to read or

write data.

pDuring copying, the FOMA terminal is placed in the same status as it is out of the

service area.

Copying Still Images, Moving Pictures, etc.

Copy Files from the FOMA Terminal to the microSD Card

Information

Still image

(DCF standard)

The destination folder in the “Picture” folder

PXXXXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)

Still image

(Non DCF standard)

The destination folder in the “Image Box” folder

STILXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)

Still image

(Deco-mail pictogram)

The destination folder in the “Deco-mail pictograms” folder

DIMGXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)

i-motion file

(With video)

The destination folder in the “SD video” folder

MOLXXX (X denotes an alpha-numeral.)

i-motion file

(Without video)

The destination folder in the “Other contents” folder

MMFXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)

Melody The destination folder

RINGXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)

PDF file The destination folder

The same file name as the one in the FOMA terminal

Decome-Anime template The destination folder

DEATXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)

You can copy files from the microSD card to the i-mode folder in the

FOMA terminal. (Deco-mail pictograms are copied to the “お気に入り

(Favorite)” folder in the “Deco-mail pictograms” folder and

Decome-Anime templates are copied to the “Phone” folder.)

1Still Image list/Still image in play/i-motion list/i-motion

file in pause/i-motion file at the end of playback/Melody

list/Melody during playback/PDF File list/Decome-Anime

Template list, which is on the microSD

cardi()Copy to phone

pIf you have used “Multiple-choice” to select files to be copied, you can copy the

multiple files at a time.

pSee page 210 when images/i-motion files/melodies/PDF files are stored to the

maximum.

Information

pYou can copy JPEG, GIF, SWF, MP4, MFi, SMF, PDF files and Decome-Anime

templates in the “i-mode” folder, “Camera” folder, “Deco-mail picture” folder,

“Deco-mail pictograms” folder and a user folder.

pYou can copy multiple JPEG, GIF, SWF and MP4 files at a time but not others.

pWhen the files in the destination folder are stored to the maximum, a new folder is

automatically created and files are saved to that folder. For the files other than still

images or Decome-Anime template, the message “Storage is changed to XXXXXXX”

(XXXXXXX denotes a folder name) appears when copying is completed.

pYou cannot copy the following files:

・Files that you shot Chara-den images whose “Rec. file restriction” is “File restricted”

・Files whose output from the FOMA terminal is prohibited

・Files set with playback restrictions

・Partially saved i-motion files or Chaku-uta Full® music files

・PDF files partially downloaded page by page

pWhen you copy a file to the microSD card, the file size may become larger.

Copy Files from the microSD Card to the FOMA Terminal

372

Data Management

Information

pDo not pull out the microSD card during copying.

pYou can copy JPEG, GIF, SWF, MP4, MFi, SMF, PDF files and Decome-Anime

templates. However, you cannot copy a melody in excess of 100Kbytes and an SWF

file in excess of 500 Kbytes.

pYou can copy multiple JPEG, GIF, SWF and MP4 files only at a time. However, you

cannot copy multiple i-motion files of ASF format, VGA (640 x 480) and HVGA Wide

(640 x 352), or in excess of 10 Mbytes.

pWhen you copy i-motion files, they are cut out, converted, or shrunk, so their file size

may become larger or smaller. However, an i-motion file whose video codec is H.264

is copied without being converted or shrunk.

pWhen you copy VGA (640 x 480) or HVGA Wide (640 x 352) of an i-motion file, the

image is converted into QVGA (320 x 240). When you copy VGA (640 x 480) or

HVGA Wide (640 x 352) of an i-motion file, ASF file, or the file in excess of 10 Mbytes,

it might take a longer time.

pYou cannot copy the i-motion file in excess of 10 Mbytes in the following cases:

・When the video codec is H.264

・When the audio codec is AAC, AAC+ (HE-AAC), or Enhanced aacPlus

・When the bit rate of the i-motion file is in excess of the restriction

・When searching (fast forward or fast rewind) is disabled

・When the file is other than VGA (640 x 480), HVGA Wide (640 x 352), QVGA (320 x

240), QCIF (176 x 144) or Sub-QCIF (128 x 96)

Some i-motion files cannot be copied in the conditions other than the above.

pPlaying back a copied ASF file may take a longer time.

pThe file after copying takes the title of the one set on the microSD card. When no title

is set on the microSD card or the default title is unknown, the file name will be the title.

You can move the copyrighted file obtained from a site to the microSD

card after encoding. The moved file is then saved to the destination

folder in the “Movable contents” folder (the specified destination folder

for Chaku-uta Full® music files).

Some files you moved to the microSD card can be operated only with the

UIM you used when moving, and others can be operated only with the

UIM and the phone you used when moving.

1Still image list/i-motion list/Machi-chara list/Melody list/

Kisekae Tool list/PDF File list/Chaku-uta Full® Music list

i()Move to microSDOK

You can move a copyrighted file from the microSD card to the “i-mode”

folder in the FOMA terminal.

1Still Image list/i-motion list/Machi-chara list/Melody list/

Kisekae Tool list/PDF File list/Chaku-uta Full® Music list,

which is on the microSD cardi()

Move to phone

pSee page 210 when files are stored to the maximum.

Moving Copyrighted Files

Move Files in the FOMA Terminal to the microSD Card

Information

pYou can move a file to the microSD card only when the acquired source icon is “ ”.

pPartially saved i-motion files, Chaku-uta Full® music files, Kisekae Tool files,

Machi-chara images and PDF files cannot be moved to the microSD card.

pThe setting is released if you move a file set for another function.

Move Files from the microSD Card to the FOMA Terminal

373

Data Management

Some i-αppli programs can be moved to and saved to the microSD card.

You cannot start the i-αppli program moved to the microSD card. Move it

back to your FOMA terminal to start. However, some i-αppli programs

can be operated only with the UIM you used when moving, and some

other programs can be operated only with the UIM and the phone you

used when moving.

1Software listi()Move to microSDYES

You can move an i-αppli program from the microSD card to the FOMA

terminal.

1Software listi()Move to phoneYESOK

Information

pYou can move a copyrighted file (with file restriction) to the FOMA terminal only if its

property for “Moved to phone” is “Available” or “Available (Same model)”. However,

you cannot move a file of “Available (Same model)” to the FOMA terminal other than

P-07A. See “Picture info”, “imotion info”, “Machi-chara info”, “Melody info”, “Kisekae

Tool info”, “File info”, “Music info”, or “Document info” to check whether the file is

“Available”, “Unavailable” or “Available (Same model)”.

pThe setting is released if you move a file set for another function.

pThe moved files are saved to the “i-mode” folder. However, the Machi-chara images

are saved to the “Machi-chara” folder, the Kisekae Tool files are saved to the “Kisekae

Tool” folder in Data Box and Chaku-uta Full® music files are saved to the “Initial

folder” in the “i-mode” folder.

Move i-αppli in the FOMA Terminal to the microSD Card

Move i-αppli from the microSD Card to the FOMA

Terminal

You can back up the Phonebook entries, schedule events, ToDo items,

mail messages, text memos, bookmarks, setting contents/information

stored in the FOMA terminal to the microSD card collectively. The backup

files are saved as a single file by category. When you restore those files,

they are collectively restored to the FOMA terminal.

pEach time you perform “Backup to microSD”, the old backup file is deleted and the new

one is created.

pAs the backup files are collectively created for all categories, the backup file for the

category which does not contain any data is also created. When you restore such a file,

the category which does not contain any data is overwritten as well.

pDuring backup/restoring, the FOMA terminal is placed in the same status as it is out of

the service area.

pBackup/restoring of settings contents/information for the following functions is

executed, however, some setting contents/information might be reset after restoring:

1mLifeKitmicroSDBackup/Restore

Backup to microSD

pYou cannot create backup files when no data files available for backup are stored

in the FOMA terminal.

2Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

pWhen you select “Cancel” to cancel the backup, the backup files already created

are deleted.

pWhen backup is completed, the saved date/time of the backup file is displayed.

Back up/Restore Data Files Collectively

・Redial

・Received Calls

・Record message setting

・“Mail” of Font size setting

・Restrictions

・Call setting w/o ID

・Reject unknown

・Sent address

・Received address

・Auto-sort

・Set check new messages

・Attachment preference

・Auto-start attachment

・Signature

・Auto-display

・“Receive setting”, “Beep

time”, and “Manner/Public

mode set” of Area Mail

setting

・Alarm

・Own dictionary

Back up Data Files to the microSD Card

374

Data Management

1mLifeKitmicroSDBackup/Restore

Restore to phone

pYou cannot restore the files if no backup files or only the interrupted backup files

are on the microSD card.

2Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

When restoring is completed, the restored setting contents/information are

displayed. When you select “OK”, or press r or h, the confirmation display

appears asking whether to create the learned words list. Select “YES” to perform

“Create learned wd list”.

pWhen you select “Cancel” to cancel restoring, the files already restored remain in

the FOMA terminal, but you cannot resume restoring from the interrupted point.

To restore all the data files, perform “Restore to phone” again.

pWhen you restore the backup files which contain no sent mail messages, the

confirmation display asking whether to create the learned words list does not

appear.

Information

pIf the battery goes flat during backup, the backup is suspended and the backup

file already created is saved as the interrupted backup file. However, you cannot

resume backup from the interrupted point, so start the whole backup again to

complete the backup.

pIf the microSD card runs out of space during backup, the backup files already

created are deleted, and the backup is suspended. In this case, delete

unnecessary data files on the microSD card, and then start the backup again.

pIf any backup files or interrupted backup files are on the microSD card, it may take

long to finish the backup.

Restore Backup Files to FOMA terminal

Information

pWhen the volume of backup files is larger than the memory space of your FOMA

terminal, some backup files are not restored.

pWhen the backup files contain the files unsupported by the FOMA terminal, the

unsupported files are not restored.

pWhen you restore backup files to other than P-07A, all the backup files and setting

contents/information may not be restored.

You can delete the backup files or interrupted backup files on the

microSD card.

1mLifeKitmicroSDBackup/Restore

Delete backup data

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

You can save various files unsupported by the FOMA terminal or files in

BMP or PNG format downloaded from sites, to the microSD card. (See

page 162 and page 208)

You can attach the saved files to an i-mode mail message to send, or

check them on a personal computer.

1mData boxSD other filesSelect a folder.

pSee page 379 for the

Function menu of the

Folder list.

pYou cannot display the

contents of the file using

the FOMA terminal.

Delete Backup Files

Managing Unsupported Files

Folder list SD Other File list

Function Menu of the SD Other File List

Edit title See page 341.

File info You can display the name and type of files.

Attach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the file attached.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can compose it also by pressing l().

375

Data Management

When you use the microSD card for the first time, you need to format

(initialize) it. Be sure to use P-07A for formatting. The microSD card

formatted using other devices such as personal computers may not be

used properly.

Note that formatting deletes all the contents on the microSD card.

1mLifeKitmicroSDRefer microSD data

 i()microSD format

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Copy See page 342.

Move See page 343.

Delete this See page 343.

Delete all See page 343.

Multiple-choice See page 343.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate).

Formatting microSD Card

Information

pDo not remove the microSD card during formatting. Malfunction of the FOMA terminal

or microSD card could result.

pIf you press +l() or -h, or receive a voice call or videophone call while

formatting the microSD card, formatting is canceled. Format it again.

pFiles that have been saved to the microSD card whose formatting is suspended

becomes unfixed.

pYou cannot format an incompatible memory card.

pRequired folders are automatically created when you save data to the microSD card

after formatting.

You can check and recover the microSD card.

1mLifeKitmicroSDRefer microSD data

i()Check microSDYES

You can display the used and unused memory space (estimate) on the

microSD card.

1mLifeKitmicroSDRefer microSD data

i()microSD info

Checking microSD Card

Information

pDo not remove the microSD card during Check microSD. Malfunction of the FOMA

terminal or microSD card could result.

pYou cannot execute Check microSD for the unformatted microSD card or

incompatible memory card.

pWhen you execute Check microSD, the microSD card may not be recovered

correctly, the data existed before executing Check microSD may be deleted, or the

microSD card itself may be initialized depending on the condition of the microSD card.

pIf you press +l() or -h, or receive a voice call or videophone call during

Check microSD, Check microSD is canceled.

pIf you cancel Check microSD midway, data not recovered may remain. In this case,

try Check microSD again.

pIt may take long to complete Check microSD depending on the data volume stored on

the microSD card.

Displaying Capacity of microSD Card

Information

pAs the microSD card contains the system files for the card, the memory space is

smaller than that described on the microSD card even if it contains no data.

376

Data Management

By connecting the microSD card to the microSD card adapter, you can

use the microSD card on a personal computer which supports SD card.

The microSD card adapter is available at electronics retail stores, etc.

For installing the microSD card adapter, refer to the instruction manual

for the microSD card adapter.

With a microSD card inserted, connect the FOMA terminal to a personal

computer; then you can read the data from or write the data onto the

microSD card.

The following equipment is required:

pConnector Cable: FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option)

pPersonal Computer: Personal computer having the USB port (Universal Serial Bus

Specification Rev 1.1/2.0※ compliant) that can be connected with

the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option)

※This FOMA terminal does not support “USB2.0 High-Speed”.

pCompatible Operating Systems: Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista

(Japanese version in each)

1mSet./ServiceOther settingsUSB mode setting

microSD mode

pWhen you set to “microSD mode”, “ ” appears on the Stand-by display.

pTo save WMA files from your personal computer to the microSD card, set to

“MTP mode”. When you set to “MTP mode”, “ ” appears on the Stand-by

display.

pTo use the FOMA terminal for packet communication, 64K data communication,

data sending/receiving (OBEX™ communication), and for calls with USB

Hands-free compatible device, set mode to “Communication mode”.

2Connect the FOMA terminal to a personal computer

using the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02

(option).

The personal computer recognizes the microSD card.

p“ ” appears on the desktop, and “ ” appears on the Stand-by display.

Also, “ ” is displayed while the microSD card is in the FOMA terminal.

Using a microSD Card with a Personal

Computer

Use FOMA Terminal as microSD Reader/Writer

The FOMA terminal creates the following folders on the microSD card to

save data files. When you write files to the microSD card from a personal

computer, you need to write in the specified folder configuration and file

names.

aaa: A three-digit half-pitch numeral of 100 through 999 (Use the same numerals for the

folder name, and for the file name saved to that folder.)

bbb: A three-digit half-pitch numeral of 001 through 999

ccc: A three-digit half-pitch alpha-numeral (hexadecimal numeral※)

ddddd: A five-digit half-pitch numeral of 00001 through 65535

eeee and ffff: A four-digit half-pitch alpha-numeral (hexadecimal numerals※)

gggg: A four-digit half-pitch numeral of 0001 through 9999

###: Extension

※The hexadecimal numerals are carried up every 16, unlike the way the decimal

numerals are carried up every 10. They are indicated by half-pitch numerals of 0

through 9 and half-pitch alphabets of A through F.

pUsing a personal computer, you can write a file name of up to 64 bytes (including

extension) of free characters for a PDF file, SD other file, movie file, Word file, Excel file

and PowerPoint file. However, you cannot use following characters:

￥

/ , : ; ＊ ? “ < >

｜

Information

pIf the FOMA terminal and personal computer are not correctly connected, or the

remaining battery level of the FOMA terminal shows very low or goes flat, you cannot

send or receive data. In addition, you may lose data.

pWhile data is being read or written, do not pull the FOMA USB Cable with Charge

Function 01/02 off. Not only you cannot send or receive data, but also you may lose

the data.

pWhile data is being read or written, you cannot set this function. Further, make sure

that you do not “Reset settings” or “Initialize” during reading/writing. Malfunction of the

microSD card could result.

pWhen “MTP mode” is set, you cannot reset functions by “Reset settings”. When you

turn on the power after removing the battery, the mode is set to “Communication

mode”.

pYou cannot read from/write to a personal computer while reading from/writing to the

FOMA terminal, and vice versa.

pTo use the DOCOMO keitai datalink, set it to “Communication mode”.

Folder Configuration on microSD Card

377

Data Management

DCIM (Folder for DCF standard still images)

aaa_PANA

Paaagggg.### (Extension is JPG, or GIF.)

MISC [DPOF folder (This folder is created automatically when “DPOF setting” on

page 392 is set.)]

SD_VIDEO (Folder for moving pictures)

PRLccc (Folder for i-motion files)

MOLccc.### (Extension is 3GP, SDV, ASF, or MP4.)

MGR_INFO (Folder for video management information)

PRGccc (Folder for videos)

PRIVATE

DOCOMO

STILL (Folder for non-DCF standard still images)

SUDbbb

STILgggg.### (Extension is JPG, GIF, or SWF.)

DOCUMENT (Folder for PDF files)

PUDbbb

PDFDCbbb.PDF

RINGER (Folder for melodies)

RUDbbb

RINGgggg.### (Extension is MLD, or SMF.)

TORUCA (Folder for ToruCa files)

TRCbbb

TORUCbbb.TRC

MMFILE [Folder for non-SD-VIDEO standard motiion pictures (include music

data of AAC format)]

MUDbbb

MMFgggg.### (Extension is 3GP, SDV, ASF, or MP4.)

WM_SYSTEM

DECOIMG (Folder for Deco-mail pictograms)

DUDbbb

DIMGgggg.### (Extension is JPG, or GIF.)

OTHER (Folder for SD other files)

OUDbbb

OTHERbbb.### (Extension is up to three-digit half-pitch alphabets that the

FOMA terminal cannot recognize.)

MOVIE (Folder for movie files)

MVUDbbb

MOVIEbbb.### (Extension is WMV, WMA, WVX, WAX, ASF, or ASX.)

DECO_A_T (Folder for Decome-Anime templates)

DTUDbbb

DEATgggg.VGT

BACKUP (Folder for batch backup files)

SD_PIM

ADDRESS (Folder for Phonebook batch backup files)

ADDRESS.VCF

SCHEDULE (Folder for schedule and ToDo batch backup files)

SCHEDULE.VCS

MAIL

INBOX (Folder for received mail batch backup files)

INBOX.VMG

SENTBOX (Folder for sent mail batch backup files)

SENTBOX.VMG

OUTBOX (Folder for unsent mail batch backup files)

OUTBOX.VMG

NOTE (Folder for text memo batch backup files)

NOTE.VNT

BOOKMARK (Folder for bookmark batch backup files)

BOOKMARK.VBM

SETTING (Folder for setting contents batch backup files)

SETTING.VNT

TABLE (Folder for additional information)

MEIGROUP

PMC

DOCUMENT (Folder for Word, Excel, or PowerPoint files)

DOCbbb

DOCDCbbb.### (Extension is XLS, DOC, or PPT.)

TABLE

DOCUMENT

378

Data Management

SD_PIM (Folder for Phonebook entries, schedule events, ToDo items, mail

messages, text memos, and bookmarks)

PIMddddd.### (Extension is VCF for Phonebook entries, VCS for schedule events

and ToDo items, VMG for mail messages, VNT for text memos, and

VBM for bookmarks.)

SD_AUDIO (Folder for SD-Audio)

SD_BIND (Folder for i-αppli or movable contents)

SVCddddd

eeeeffff

■The number of files and time that can be saved to the microSD card

※You can save up to approx. 65,500 files to the microSDHC card of 4 Gbytes or larger.

The number of savable files and time for saving vary depending on the memory

capacity of the microSD card. You can save more files by adding folders to save files to.

pYou might not be able to save the maximum number of files depending on the file size.

pYou can check used and unused space of the microSD card by “microSD info”.

File Folder Number of

savable files/time

Still image (DCF standard) DCIM See page 531.

Moving picture (i-motion) SD_VIDEO See page 533.

Moving picture (Video) SD_VIDEO See page 260.

SD-Audio SD_AUDIO See page 281.

Still image (Non-DCF standard) STILL

Approx. 58,390※

Moving picture (Non-SD-VIDEO standard) MMFILE

Movie file MOVIE

Melody RINGER

PDF file DOCUMENT

Word, Excel, PowerPoint file PMC

ToruCa file TORUCA

Deco-mail pictogram DECOIMG

Decome-Anime template DECO_A_T

SD other file OTHER

Phonebook entry, schedule event, ToDo item,

mail message, text memo, bookmark SD_PIM

i-αppli, Movable contents SD_BIND

Files in My picture, MUSIC, imotion/Movie, Melody, My documents (SD),

Kisekae Tool (SD), Machi-chara (SD), Document viewer, and SD other

files in Data Box are managed in the respective folders.

pSee page 283 for folder operations of MUSIC.

pEven when the files in the “Movable contents” folder are listed, the Function menu in

the Folder list is displayed.

Information

pFolder and file names may be displayed in lowercase characters depending on the

personal computer you use.

pWhen the personal computer is set not to display extensions and hidden folders,

change the setting and then operate. For how to change the setting, refer to the

instruction manual for your personal computer or Help.

pDo not use the personal computer to delete or move the folders on the microSD card.

The microSD card might not be read by P-07A.

pYou cannot see the files in the “SD_AUDIO”, “SD_BIND” and “PRGccc” folders on a

personal computer, as they are encrypted.

pWhen you save data in the “PRGccc” folder by using a personal computer, you might

not be able to delete the video using the FOMA terminal.

pWhen you delete, overwrite, or write a file on a personal computer, ensure that you do

not use the same file name you have once used. Even when you have deleted that

file, use a different file name.

pEach time you perform “Backup to microSD”, all folders and files in the “BACKUP”

folder are deleted and new ones are created. When you perform “Delete backup

data”, all folders and files in the “BACKUP” folder are deleted.

pOn the FOMA terminal, you might not be able to display or play back a data item

which was saved to the microSD card from other devices. On other devices, you

might not be able to display or play back a data item which was saved to the microSD

card from the FOMA terminal.

pTo procure a microSD reader/writer or PC card read adapter, inquire respective

manufacturers for the operation of microSD card beforehand.

Managing Folders

379

Data Management

Function Menu of the Folder List

Add folder You can create a user folder.

Enter a folder name.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters in

the FOMA terminal.

pYou can enter up to 31 full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters on

the microSD card. You can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20

half-pitch characters for a folder in the “Movable contents”

folder.

Edit folder name You can edit the name of a user folder, or a folder in the

“Deco-mail pictograms” folder in the FOMA terminal.

Enter a folder name.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters in

the FOMA terminal.

pYou can enter up to 31 full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters on

the microSD card. You can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20

half-pitch characters for a folder in the “Movable contents”

folder.

Delete folder

Delete this You can delete the highlighted user folder.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Delete selected Put a check mark for user folders to be deleted

l()Enter your Terminal Security Code

YES

Delete all You can delete all user folders.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Folder security

[My picture/

imotion/Movie]

You can set the folder to open only when you enter your

Terminal Security Code.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

The folder changes to “ ”.

pTo release it, perform the same operation.

Send all Ir data

[My picture/

imotion/Movie/melody]

See page 384.

DEL all frm folder

[My picture only]

You can delete all the files in the folder selected in “i-mode”,

“Camera”, “Deco-mail picture”, “Deco-mail pictograms”, and

user folder in “My picture”.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Edit playlist

[Melody only]

You can select up to 10 melodies and program them in order

as you like. This is displayed while you are selecting “Playlist”.

Select a playing order from <1st> through <10th>

Select a folderSelect a melody.

pTo release a programmed melody, select “Release this”.

Repeat the operations and complete the playlist editing

l()

Release playlist

[Melody only]

You can release all the programmed melodies from the

playlist. This is displayed while you are selecting “Playlist”.

YES

Select storage You can set the destination folder for when you save to the

microSD card.

YES

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of

stored items.

pYou can display them also by pressing c().

Information

pYou can add up to 20 folders in the FOMA terminal. However, you can add up to 19

folders in “imotion/Movie”.

pYou cannot add folders on the microSD card in the following cases:

・When 900 folders are contained in “Picture”

・When 4,095 folders are contained in “SD video”

・When 999 folders are contained in “Image Box”, “Deco-mail pictograms”, “Melody”,

“Other contents”, “My documents”, “Document viewer”, or “SD other files”

380

Data Management

pYou cannot edit the Folder-Security-activated folder name.

pAll data files in the user folder are deleted.

pWhen you select this function on the microSD card, “Delete this” is performed.

pWhen a melody set for another function is deleted, the setting returns to the default.

(When the melody is set for an alarm tone of “Schedule”, “ToDo” or “TV timer”, or for

“Alarm”, it switches to “Clock Alarm Tone”.)

pYou can set it only for “i-mode”, “Camera”, user folder, and “Voice recorder”.

pWhen you select a folder with folder security, the display for entering your Terminal

Security Code appears. Enter your Terminal Security Code to temporarily release

folder security.

pIf you change or delete the file name, title, or contents of the melody stored in the

playlist, all the melodies are released from the playlist.

pThe following icons are displayed for the folder set as a destination folder:

“ ” . . . Folders in the “Picture” folder and “SD video” folder

“ ” . . . Folders in “Document viewer”, and “SD other files”

Folders in the “Deco-mail pictograms” folder, “Image Box” folder, “Movie”

folder, “Melody” folder, and “My documents” folder

“ ” . . . Folders in the “Kisekae Tool” and “Machi-Chara”

Folders in the “Movable contents” folder

“ ” . . . Folders in the “Other contents” folder

pWhen you execute Check microSD, or create or edit a folder by using a personal

computer, the destination folder on the microSD card might be changed. When the

setting is changed, set the destination folder again.

Information

The FOMA terminal conforms to IrMC™ version 1.1 standard.

You can exchange data files with the devices supporting the infrared

communication function. However, you cannot exchange some files

depending on the other party’s device.

pThe distance for infrared communication should be within about 20 cm. Do not move

the FOMA terminal with the infrared data port pointed to the receiving end until data

transfer ends.

pHold the FOMA terminal with your hands securely so that it does not move.

pIf you expose the FOMA terminal to direct sunlight or put it under fluorescent lights or

near an infrared equipment, you may not be able to transmit infrared ray normally due

to their influence.

pFirst set at the receiving end and begin sending data from the sending end within 30

seconds.

pDuring exchange, the FOMA terminal is placed in the same state as it is out of the

service area, so you cannot make/receive voice calls, videophone calls or PushTalk

calls, use packet communication such as i-mode or mail, or use data communication.

Using Infrared Communication

Infrared data port

Within ±15°

from the center

Within about

20 cm

381

Data Management

■List of data files you can transfer

○: Can be transferred —: Cannot be transferred

※1 You cannot send/receive holidays, or i-schedule downloaded from i-concier.

※2 You can send/receive up to 30 Area Mail messages separately. (2,530 messages in

total)

※3 The folder-sort setting may not be reflected.

※4 You cannot send/receive some files.

※5 Includes Flash movies.

※6 You cannot send/receive original animations and still images recorded by 1Seg.

※7 You cannot send/receive ASF files and videos recorded by 1Seg.

※8 The i-mode bookmarks may be deleted.

Transfer terms

Transferable data One item Multiple

items All items

Phonebook (Own number) ○— Up to 1,000 items

Schedule※1○— Up to 2,500 items

ToDo ○— Up to 100 items

Received mail※2※3○— Up to 2,500 items

Sent mail※3○— Up to 1,000 items

Draft mail※3○— Up to 20 items

Decome-Anime template ○— Up to 100 items

Text memo ○— Up to 20 items

Melody※4○— Up to 3,500 items

Still image file※5※6○○Up to 3,500 items

i-motion file※7○○Up to 3,500 items

PDF file※4※8○— Up to 3,500 items

ToruCa file※3※4○○ Up to 495 items

Bookmark※3○— Up to 600 items

LCS client information ○— Up to 5 items

■Storage location and order of received files

Data Storage location/Order

Phonebook

(Own

number)

receive one data

The phone number is stored to the lowest empty memory

number in “010” through “999” in the Phonebook. If all

memory numbers “010” through “999” are occupied, the

phone number is stored to the lowest empty memory

numbers in “000” through “009” (2-touch dial).

receive all data Stored in the same memory number as that of the sender.

Schedule

receive one data

Stored with the starting date/time of the schedule event.

receive all data Stored with the same date and time as those of the

sender.

ToDo

receive one data

Stored on the top in the ToDo list.

receive all data Stored in the same order as that of the sender.

Received

mail

receive one data

Stored in the “Inbox” folder on the Inbox Folder list with

the same date and time as that of the sender.

receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender with the

same date and time.

Sent mail

receive one data

Stored in the “Outbox” folder on the Outbox Folder list

with the same date and time as that of the sender.

receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender with the

same date and time.

Draft mail

receive one data

Stored with the same date and time as that of the sender.

receive all data Stored with the same date and time as that of the sender.

Decome-

Anime

template

receive one data

Stored in the “Phone” folder in “Decome-Anime” in

“Template” inside “Mail”.

receive all data Stored in the same order as that of the sending end.

Text memo

receive one data

Stored in the first <Not recorded>.

receive all data Stored in the same order as that of the sender from the

top of the list.

Melody

receive one data

Stored on the top in the “i-mode” folder in “Melody” inside

“Data box”.

receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender in the

same order.

382

Data Management

Still Image

file

receive one data/

receive multiple

data

Stored on the top in the “i-mode” folder in “My picture”

inside “Data box”.

receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender in the

same order.

i-motion file

receive one data/

receive multiple

data

Stored on the top in the “i-mode” folder in “imotion/

Movie” inside “Data box”.

receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender in the

same order.

PDF file

receive one data

Stored on the top in the “i-mode” folder in “My documents”

inside “Data box”.

receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender in the

same order.

ToruCa file

receive one data/

receive multiple

data

Stored on the top in the “ToruCa” folder.

receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender in the

same order.

Bookmark

receive one data

Stored on the top in the “Bookmark” folder.

receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender in the

same order.

LCS client

information

receive one data

Stored in the first <Not stored>.

receive all data Stored in the same order as that of the sender from the

top of the list.

Data Storage location/Order

Information

pYou cannot send the following files:

・Files whose output from the FOMA terminal is prohibited

・Partially saved files

・Phonebook entries and SMS messages on the UIM

pYou cannot send all the pre-installed data files in Data Box at a time.

pYou cannot send the files on the microSD card. Copy or move to the FOMA terminal

and then send.

pYou can send/receive up to 9 full-pitch/18 half-pitch characters for a title of a still

image, i-motion file, or PDF file, or up to 31 full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters for a title

of a melody.

pWhen you send a mail message, the file attached to the mail message is also sent.

However some files cannot be sent depending on the file type.

pDepending on the mobile phone at the receiving end, subjects of i-mode mail

messages cannot be received completely.

pThe mail message with an attached file which has not been obtained, or the mail

message containing the link information for starting an i-αppli program is sent after the

file or information is deleted.

pWhen the received mail messages exceed the maximum number/size of storage,

they are deleted in order of mail in the “Trash box” folder and older received mail.

However, unread or protected mail messages are not deleted.

pWhen the sent mail messages exceed the maximum number/size of storage, they are

deleted in order of older sent mail. However, protected mail messages are not

deleted.

pWhen the Decome-Anime template contains a file whose output from the FOMA

terminal is prohibited, the mail message is sent after the file or text data is deleted.

pWhen you send a ToruCa file (details) using infrared rays, the confirmation display

appears asking whether to forward the file including the detailed information. In this

case, select “YES” to send it with the detailed information, or select “NO” to send the

ToruCa file as a file before receiving the detailed information.

pThe ToruCa file (details) that contains data whose output from the FOMA terminal is

prohibited is sent as a ToruCa file before receiving the detailed information.

pYou cannot receive Phonebook entries while Restrict Dialing is activated. At sending,

you can send only the Phonebook entries set with Restrict Dialing and data of Own

Number.

pIt may take long to forward data or you might not be able to receive data depending on

the data size.

pYou cannot store a still image in excess of 3 Mbytes, i-motion file in excess of 10

Mbytes, melody in excess of 100 Kbytes, PDF file in excess of 2 Mbytes,

Decome-Anime template in excess of 100 Kbytes, ToruCa file in excess of 1 Kbyte, or

ToruCa file (details) in excess of 100 Kbytes.

pIf the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option) is connected to the

FOMA terminal, you may not be able to perform infrared communication.

pYou cannot send files that are not supported by the device at the receiving end.

Information

383

Data Management

You can send/receive the data files one by one using infrared rays.

You can send/receive multiple still images, i-motion files, and ToruCa

files at a time.

■Notes on sending/receiving

pIn Secret Mode, you can send secret data as well. However, in Secret Data Only, you

can send only the secret data.

pIf you receive a Phonebook entry stored as secret data during Secret Mode or Secret

Data Only, the Phonebook entry is stored as an ordinary one.

pWhen sending a Phonebook entry, you cannot send the stored secret code and voice

dial entry.

1Display of the data file to be senti()

Send Ir data

pTo send a Phonebook entry, select “Send Ir/ trans/BT” → “Send Ir data” from

the Function menu and then select “Send phonebook”.

pTo send a schedule event, select “Ir/ transmission” → “Send Ir data” from the

Function menu and then select “Send”.

pTo send a mail message, Decome-Anime template, ToruCa file or bookmark,

select “Ir/ transmission” from the Function menu and then select “Send Ir

data”.

pTo send multiple files, select the files you want to send by “Multiple-choice”. Press

i( ) to select “Send Ir data”.

2YES

pTo send multiple files, select “YES” by a factor of selected number of files, and

send them.

1mLifeKitReceive Ir data

pYou can paste the Ir data receiving function to the desktop, or store it for Multi

Key Long Press Setting. (See page 32 and page 410)

Sending/Receiving One or Multiple Data

Send One or Multiple Data

+m-7-9

Receive One or Multiple Data

2ReceiveYES

pWhen you receive Phonebook entries in which phone numbers are stored, the

confirmation display appears asking whether to store them also in the PushTalk

Phonebook.

pThe confirmation display appears asking whether to continue receiving after

receiving one data file. When you received multiple files, select “YES”.

By using infrared rays, you can collectively send/receive data files.

To send all data files, enter a session number (any four-digit number).

The receiving end needs to enter the same session number.

■Notes on sending/receiving all data files

pReceiving all data files at a time deletes and overwrites all the stored data files

including secret or protected data files. The data file you have stored in “Secret mode”

is deleted as well. Check that no important data file is stored before receiving all data

files.

However, Decome-Anime templates, files in Data Box, and ToruCa files are

additionally stored without deleting the files at the receiving end.

pIf you send all Phonebook entries, the “Own number” data is also sent. All the data of

“Own number” at the receiving end is overwritten except the own number. Mail address

is also overwritten by sender’s address, so change it at the receiving end.

pIf you send all Phonebook entries, PushTalk Phonebook entries are also sent.

Information of voice dial entries are not sent.

pThe Phonebook entries stored as secret data are sent not only during Secret Mode but

also any other time. The sent secret data is stored as secret data at the receiving end,

too.

pThe group names in the Phonebook you have received are stored, so the data set in

“Group setting” is also overwritten.

pNote that the schedule events at the receiving end are all deleted if you send all ToDo

items to the phone that does not support ToDo.

pYou can send/receive the protected sent/received mail messages.

pWhen any unsupported data file is included, receiving might be interrupted.

Information

pWhen you receive an instruction for starting a software program, and you have

already downloaded a compatible software program, that software program starts. If

you have not put a check mark for “Ir iαppli To” of “Set iαppli To”, the software

program does not start up automatically.

Sending/Receiving All Data

384

Data Management

1Display of the data file to be senti()

Send all Ir dataEnter your Terminal Security Code.

pTo send the Phonebook entries, select “Send Ir/ trans/BT” → “Send Ir data”

from the Function menu and then select “Send all phonebook”.

pTo send schedule events from the Schedule list or detailed Schedule display,

select “Ir/ transmission” → “Send Ir data” from the Function menu and then

select “Send all”.

pTo send mail messages, Decome-Anime templates, ToruCa files or bookmarks,

and to send schedule events from Calendar display, select “Ir/ transmission”

from the Function menu and then select “Send all Ir data”.

pWhen you send data files in Data Box, the confirmation display appears telling

that the files you cannot send are contained. To proceed sending, select “YES”.

2Enter the session numberYES

pEnter any four-digit number as the session number.

1mLifeKitReceive Ir data

pYou can paste the Ir data receiving function to the desktop, or store it for Multi

Key Long Press Setting. (See page 32 and page 410)

2Receive allEnter your Terminal Security Code

Enter the same session number as that entered at the

sending endYESYES

Send All Data

+m-7-9

Receive All Data

Information

pWhen you receive Phonebook entries in which still images are stored or mail to which

files are attached, and the multiple same still images or files are found, only one image

or file is stored.

You can use the FOMA terminal as a TV remote control by starting the

i-αppli program.

pTo use remote control devices, you may need to download the software program for

those devices. [The pre-installed “Gガイド番組表リモコン (G Guide Program List

Remote control)” supports the infrared remote control function.] The key operation for

the remote control differs depending on the software program.

pThis function does not work with some devices.

pCommunication might be affected by compatible devices and the ambient light.

pYou cannot use the infrared remote control during Self Mode.

pTurn the FOMA terminal’s Infrared data port to the

front of a device to be operated. You can operate

within about 4 meters away from the device.

pThe radiation angle of the infrared rays is within ±15°

from the center.

For when you forward Phonebook entries using infrared rays, iC

communication, microSD card, or DOCOMO keitai datalink, you can

specify whether to forward the stored still images together.

1mPhonebookPhonebook settings

Forwarding imageON or OFF

Using Infrared Remote Control Function

Infrared Remote Control

+m-2-6

Communication Setting

Within about

4 meters

Infrared data

port

Within

±15° from

the center

385

Data Management

iC communication is the function that enables you to send/receive data

files to/from another FOMA terminal using the FeliCa reader/writer

function. You can send/receive data files by facing the f mark of your

FOMA terminal toward that of another FOMA terminal supporting the iC

communication function. However, you cannot exchange some files

depending on the other party’s FOMA terminal.

pThe type of files you can forward and

forwarding conditions are the same as those

for infrared communication. (See page 381)

However, you cannot send multiple files, all

Decome-Anime templates and all data files in

Data Box at a time.

pYou cannot execute iC communication while

“IC card lock” is activated.

pYou might have difficulty in sending or

receiving files depending on the destination

FOMA terminal. In that case, move a f mark

close to or away from the other f mark or

move each side up, down, left, or right.

pDuring communication, the FOMA terminal is placed in the same state as it is out of the

service area, so you cannot make/receive voice calls, videophone calls or PushTalk

calls, use packet communication such as i-mode or mail, or use data communication.

You can send/receive the data files one by one using iC communication.

pSee “■Notes on sending/receiving” on page 383 as well.

pYou cannot use this function during charging.

1Display of the data file to be senti()

 transmission

pTo send a Phonebook entry, select “Send Ir/ trans/BT” → “ transmission”

from the Function menu and then select “Send phonebook”.

pTo send a schedule event, select “Ir/ transmission” → “ transmission” from

the Function menu and then select “Send”.

To send a mail message, Decome-Anime template, ToruCa file or bookmark, select

“Ir/ transmission” from the Function menu and then select “ transmission”.

iC Communication Function

Sending/Receiving One Data

Send One Data

Face one another’s

f marks.

2YES

pYou cannot use this function during Multitask.

1Face the f mark of the FOMA terminal of the receiving

end while the Stand-by display is shown to that of the

FOMA terminal of the sending endYES

pWhen you receive a Phonebook entry in which a phone number is stored, the

confirmation display appears asking whether to store it also in the PushTalk

Phonebook.

By using iC communication, you can collectively send/receive

Phonebook entries, schedule events, ToDo items, text memos,

bookmarks, mail messages, ToruCa files, and LCS client information.

To send all data files, enter a session number (any four-digit number).

The receiving end needs to enter the same session number.

pSee “■Notes on sending/receiving all data files” on page 383 as well.

pYou cannot use this function during charging.

1Display of the data file to be senti()

All transmission

Enter your Terminal Security Code.

To send the Phonebook entries, select “Send Ir/ trans/BT”

→

“ transmission” from the Function menu and then select “Send all phonebook”.

pTo send schedule events from the Schedule list or the detailed Schedule display,

select “Ir/ transmission” → “ transmission” from the Function menu and

then select “Send all”.

pTo send schedule events from the Calendar display or send mail messages,

ToruCa files or bookmarks, select “Ir/ transmission” from the Function menu

and then select “All transmission”.

2Enter the session numberYES

pEnter any four-digit number as the session number.

Receive One Data

Sending/Receiving All Data

Send All Data

386

Data Management

pYou cannot use this function during Multitask.

1Face the f mark of the FOMA terminal of the receiving

end while the Stand-by display is shown to that of the

FOMA terminal of the sending end.

2YESEnter your Terminal Security Code

Enter the same session number as that entered at the

sending end.

This function is for recording voices. You can record voices in a meeting

instead of taking notes.

pThis function is the same as the one for when “Movie type set” is set to “Voice” in Movie

Mode.

pYou can play back the saved voice from “imotion/Movie” of “Data box”.

pSee page 532 for the estimate of recordable time.

1mLifeKitVoice recorder

Receive All Data

Information

pWhen you receive Phonebook entries in which still images are stored, and the

multiple same still images are found, only one image is stored.

Using Voice Recorder

Voice Recorder

Recording display

2Press Oo(), 0 or v.

Recording starts.

3Press Oo(), 0 or v.

Recording ends. The Voice Recorder Saving Pre-check display appears.

pPress m( ) to play back the recorded voice.

4Press Oo(), 0 or v.

Function Menu of the Voice Recorder Recording display

File size setting Select an item.

Mail restrict’n(S) . . . . . You can record up to 500 Kbytes.

Mail restrict’n(L). . . . . . You can record up to 2 Mbytes.

Long time . . . . . . . . . . . You can record for a long time. The

voice is saved to the microSD card.

Storage setting

Store in You can set the storage location for the recorded voice.

When you set to “Phone”, the voice is saved to “Voice

recorder” in the “imotion/Movie” folder. When you set to

“microSD”, it is saved to the folder in “Other contents” which

you set for “Select storage”.

Phone or microSD

Auto save set You can set whether to automatically save the recorded voice

after you finish recording.

ON or OFF

File restriction See page 244.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of

stored items.

Function Menu of the Voice Recorder Saving Pre-check

display

Play See page 386.

Save See page 386.

387

Data Management

You can display the stored PDF files.

1mData boxMy documentsSelect a folder

Select a PDF file.

pEach time you press m

from the Folder list, you can

switch between the folders

in the FOMA terminal and

the microSD card.

pYou cannot display the

PDF files in the “Movable

contents” folder.

pSee page 379 for the Function menu of the Folder list.

pThe following images are displayed when you cannot display a preview image.

pSee page 209 when the PDF file is set with a password.

Attach to mail You can save the recorded voice and attach it to i-mode mail.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can compose it also by pressing l().

Store in See page 386.

File restriction See page 244.

Cancel You do not save the recorded voice.

Displaying PDF Data

Folder list PDF File list

Does not support

(PDF file displayed

as “ ” or “ ”)

Cannot be

displayed

Does not support

(PDF file displayed

as “ ”)

■Operations when displaying a PDF file

pSee page 388 for when you operate from the Function menu.

Operation Key operation

Upper scroll Zo

Lower scroll Xo

Left scroll Co

Right scroll Vo

Call up the key

operation guide l

Zoom in 3

Zoom out 1

Fit page 2

Operation Key operation

Next page c, 9, >

Previous page m, 7, <

Search 5

Search next 6

Search previous 4

Call up the bookmark

list 8

Add bookmark

(for at least one

second)

Information

pWhen many files are stored in the FOMA terminal or the microSD card, it may take

long to access them. It may take long to display the PDF file depending on the PDF

file.

pSome files might not be correctly displayed.

pWhen you try to display undownloaded pages while the PDF file partially downloaded

is displayed, downloading of the page starts.

Function Menu of the PDF File List

Edit title See page 341.

Document info You can display the PDF file name, saved date/time, etc.

Attach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the PDF files

attached.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can compose it also by pressing l().

Send Ir data See page 383.

Send all Ir data See page 384.

transmission See page 385.

388

Data Management

Copy to microSD See page 371.

Copy to phone See page 371.

Move to microSD See page 372.

Move to phone See page 372.

Copy See page 342.

Move See page 343.

Add desktop icon See page 32.

Delete this See page 343.

Delete all See page 343.

Multiple-choice See page 343.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of

stored items.

Sort See page 343.

Listing You can change the displayed contents on the PDF File list.

Title or Image

pYou can switch the contents also by pressing c().

Information

pWhen you use “Image” to display PDF files, they might appear different from the

actual images depending on the PDF files.

Function Menu while PDF File is Displayed

Zoom in You can zoom in the PDF file.

You can zoom in the PDF file up to 1,000%.

Zoom out You can zoom out the PDF file.

You can zoom out the PDF file up to 8%.

Go to You can move to another page of the PDF file.

Select the page you want to move to.

pIf you select “Specified page”, enter the page number you

want to move to in the page number field, and select “OK”;

then you can access to the specified page.

Search You can display the screen in which the specified character

string is contained. The point that matches the specified

character is marked in yellow green.

SearchSelect the search string field

Enter a character string to be searched for.

pYou can enter up to 8 full-pitch/16 half-pitch characters.

Put a check mark for search conditions to be specified

l()

pIf you select “Search prev.” or “Search next”, you can

continue to search under the same condition.

Bookmark/mark

Disp. bookmark See page 389.

Add bookmark You can set a bookmark (i-mode bookmark) for the page

currently displayed and can display the desired page easily by

selecting the bookmark. You can set up to 10 bookmarks.

YESSelect the title fieldEnter a titleOK

pYou can enter up to 64 full-pitch/128 half-pitch characters.

pSee page 390 when bookmarks are stored to the maximum.

Display mark See page 390.

Add mark You can store the currently displayed page number and the

position within the page as the mark. You can use the stored

mark as the sign of the reference point. You can set up to 10

marks.

YES

pSee page 390 when marks are stored to the maximum.

View types

View mode You can change display format of the PDF file.

Select a display format.

pIf you select “User defined”, enter the magnification value in

the magnification specification field, and select “OK”; then

you can display the page at the specified magnification.

pThe magnification you can specify is 8 through 1,000%.

pIf you save a file after changing the display format, it is

displayed at the saved magnification next time.

Rotate view 90° to right or 90° to left

389

Data Management

Page layout You can change the display layout of the PDF file.

Single page, Continuous or Continuous-facing

Display link You can display links set in the PDF file. Internal links (links

set in the PDF file displayed), Web To, Mail To, and Phone

To/AV Phone To are available for the links.

Select a link.

pWhen multiple links are found in the display, you can select

a link by pressing Bo.

pWhen you select an internal link, you can move to the linked

page in the PDF file. See page 211 for another link.

Page info ON/OFF You can set whether to display the zoom magnification, page

number, and scroll bar for displaying the PDF file.

Select an itemDisplay or Not display

Document info See page 387.

Save See page 390.

Download remain You can download all pages of the PDF file which you have

not completely downloaded yet such as partially downloaded

page by page or failed to be downloaded owing to

disconnection of communication midway.

YES

Capture screen You can cut out a part of the display and save it as JPEG

image.

Oo()YESSelect a folder.

pSee page 210 when images are stored to the maximum.

Attach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the PDF files

attached.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

At Viewer

start-up

Single page

At Viewer

start-up

Display

You can list the bookmarks set for the PDF file and the i-mode

bookmarks additionally set.

By selecting a bookmark, you can display the page for which the

bookmark is set.

1While a PDF file is displayedi()

Bookmark/markDisp. bookmark

Bookmark or i-mode bookmarkSelect a bookmark.

pSome bookmarks that have been set beforehand are categorized into tier-levels.

Press i( ) to display the bookmarks at the lower level. However, all the

bookmarks at the third-tier level or lower are displayed at the third-tier level.

Information

pThe search conditions work as shown below:

Match case: Identifies between uppercase and lowercase for search.

Whole words only: Searches for character strings that completely match by unit of a

word.

Search upward: When you do “Search next”, you can search backwards to the first

page from the start page.

Search ‘?’ as wildcard: “?” mark (half-pitch) entered in the search string field is set for

a search condition as a random character.

Search in this page: Searches in the currently displayed page only.

pYou cannot change the layout of the partial PDF file.

pYou might not be able to cut out the display depending on the security setting of the

PDF file.

Display Bookmark

Function Menu while the i-mode Bookmark List is Displayed

Edit title Enter a title.

pYou can enter up to 64 full-pitch/128 half-pitch characters.

Delete

Delete YES

Delete selected Put a check mark for bookmarks to be deleted

l()YES

390

Data Management

You can list the marked pages and positions stored in the PDF file.

When you select a mark, you can display the page in which the mark is

stored.

1While a PDF file is displayedi()

Bookmark/markDisplay markSelect a mark.

You can save the PDF files. You can save the newly downloaded pages

and added bookmarks/marks.

You can save up to 3,500 files in total sharing the memory space with

other data files, however, the number of files you can save decreases

depending on the data volume. (See page 534)

1While a PDF file is displayedi()Save

YES

The PDF file once saved to the FOMA terminal or microSD card is overwritten each

time you save it. (The operation in step 2 is not required.)

The PDF file that is not saved to the FOMA terminal or microSD card is newly

saved.

pWith the PDF file that was re-downloaded from the first page owing to updating at

the server’s end, the confirmation display appears asking whether to overwrite

the current data. Select “YES” to overwrite it. Select “NO” to newly save.

2Select a destination folder.

pSee page 210 when PDF files in the FOMA terminal are stored to the maximum.

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Display Mark

Function Menu while the Mark List is Displayed

Delete YES

Delete selected Put a check mark for marks to be deletedl()

YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Save

If you try to add a bookmark or mark to the PDF file for which 10 bookmarks or marks

have been set, or if you try to save the PDF file for which 11 or more bookmarks or marks

have been set, the confirmation display appears asking whether to add/save the

bookmark or mark after unnecessary ones are deleted.

1. YES

2. Select bookmarks/marks to be deletedYES

Put a check mark for bookmarks/marks to be deletedl()YES

pContinue putting a check mark until “ ” appears.

You can display the Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel and Microsoft

PowerPoint files saved to the microSD card. (See page 376)

■Type of displayable documents

1mData boxDocument viewerSelect a folder

Select a file.

pSee page 379 for the

Function menu of the

Folder list.

When bookmarks or marks are set to the maximum

Displaying Word, Excel, and PowerPoint

Files

Type of document Extension

Excel XLS

Word DOC

PowerPoint PPT

Folder list Document list

391

Data Management

■Operations when displaying a document file

pSee page 391 for when you operate from the Function menu.

Operation Key operation

Upper scroll Zo

Lower scroll Xo

Left scroll Co

Right scroll Vo

Call up the key

operation guide l

Zoom in 3

Operation Key operation

Zoom out 1

Fit page 2

Next page c, 9, >

Previous page m, 7, <

Search 5

Search next 6

Search previous 4

Information

pThe files of Word 2007, Excel 2007, and PowerPoint 2007 are not supported.

pSome files might not be correctly displayed.

Function Menu of the Document List

Edit title See page 341.

File info You can display the name and type of files.

Attach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the document

file attached.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can compose it also by pressing l().

Copy See page 342.

Move See page 343.

Delete this See page 343.

Delete all See page 343.

Multiple-choice See page 343.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate).

Function Menu while Document File is Displayed

Zoom in You can zoom in the file.

You can zoom in the file up to 1,000%.

Zoom out You can zoom out the file.

You can zoom out the file up to 8%.

View types You can change display format of the file.

Select a display format.

pIf you select “User defined”, enter the magnification value in the

magnification specification field; then you can display the page

at the specified magnification.

pThe magnification you can specify by “User defined” is 8

through 1,000%.

Go to You can move to another page or sheet of the file.

Select the page or the sheet you want to move to.

pIf you select “Specified page” for the Microsoft Word file or

Microsoft PowerPoint file, enter the page number you want to

move to in the page number field; then you can move to the

specified page.

Search You can display the screen in which the specified character string

is contained. The point that matches the specified character string

is highlighted.

SearchSelect the search string field

Enter a character string to be searched for.

pYou can enter up to 8 full-pitch/16 half-pitch characters.

Put a check mark for search conditions to be specified

l()

pIf you select “Search prev.” or “Search next”, you can continue

to search under the same condition.

Zoom & page You can set whether to display the zoom magnification and page

number for displaying the file.

Display or Not display

Scroll bar You can set whether to display the scroll bar for displaying the file.

Display or Not display

Rotate view 90° to right or 90° to left

Document info You can display the name and type of files.

392

Data Management

DPOF is the format for recording the print information about the still

image you shot with a digital camera. You can input the information into

the still image on the microSD card about whether to print it out and how

many copies you print out. You can take the card to DPE service shops

or use a DPOF compatible printer to print photos as you specify.

1Still image in play/Still image listi()

DPOF settingPrint

Enter the number of copies to be printed out.

pEnter “01” through “99” in two digits.

pTo cancel printing the selected still image, select “Print OFF”. To cancel printing

all still images, select “All print OFF”.

Information

pThe search conditions work as shown below:

Whole words only: Searches for character strings that completely match by unit of a

word.

Match case: Identifies between uppercase and lowercase for search.

Search in this page (Excel file only): Searches in the currently displayed page only.

Search in this file (Excel file only): Searches in the whole file.

Printing Saved Images

Select a Method to Print the Images Saved in the

microSD Card

Information

pThe classification icon of the images set with DPOF Setting is “ ”.

pYou can set DPOF Setting for up to 999 image files.

pYou cannot set DPOF Setting for the image in excess of 3 Mbytes or 8M (2448 x

3264).

pIf unused space on the microSD card is not enough, DPOF Setting might not be set.

(The icon and Picture Information, however, indicate DPOF is set.)

pStill images shot by P-07A also support PRINT Image MatchingⅢ.

When you connect the FOMA terminal to a TV using the Flat-plug AV

Output Cable P01 (option), you can display still images, i-motion files,

and images during a videophone call, video from 1Seg and from i-αppli

on the TV. You cannot display any other images.

You need to have the Earphone Plug Adapter for External connector

terminal (option) to use the Flat-plug AV Output Cable (option).

Insert the flat plug of the Flat-plug AV Output Cable into the earphone

terminal (Flat-plug) and insert the plug for handset side into the

connector of the FOMA terminal.

Displaying Still Images or i-motion Files on TV

Connect FOMA Terminal to TV

Video

(yellow)

Audio L

(white)

Audio R

(red)

(yellow) (white) (red)

Connector

terminal

Video/Audio input

terminal of TV set

Earphone Plug Adapter for

External connector terminal

Flat-plug AV

Output Cable

Information

pYou can connect to the devices other than TV sets for output.

pWhen connecting to the Flat-plug AV Output Cable or Earphone Plug Adapter for

External connector terminal, make sure that you firmly insert it. Do not pull the cable

forcibly, twist it by the plug, or apply an excessive force.

pBefore connecting or disconnecting the Flat-plug AV Output Cable to and from the

device such as a TV, turn off the sound volume of the connected device.

393

Data Management

1Play back a still image while the Flat-plug AV Output

Cable is connected

connect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable while a still

image is being played back.

pPress m( ) to switch the display size.

pYou can press Oo( ) to start a slide show. You

can press Oo( ) again to stop it.

pYou can press No to display a previous or next still

image.

pEach time you press l( ), you can rotate the

still image clockwise by 90 degrees.

pSee page 340 for how to display still images.

pTo cancel AV output, pull off the Flat-plug AV Output

Cable away from the FOMA terminal. When the

playback ends, or when another function starts up, AV

output is canceled as well.

pTo pull the plug out, take hold of the plug and then pull it out softly.

Display Still Images on TV

Information

pAV output is not available in the following cases:

・When playing back a still image from any other than the Still Image list or icon

pasted to the desktop

・When playing back a still image from any other than the “i-mode” folder, “Camera”

folder, user folders, “Picture” folder (microSD), and “Image Box” folder (microSD)

・When displaying a still image whose acquired source icon is “ ” or “ ”, and

whose “File restriction” is “File restricted”

・When playing back a Chara-den picture you shot a Chara-den model whose “Rec.

file restriction” is “File restricted”

・When playing back a still image in the actual size or by slide show

・When playing back a Flash movie

pWhen a still image is larger than the VGA (480 x 640), it is reduced to VGA (480 x

640) or smaller with its proportional ratio retained for displaying on the TV.

1Play back an i-motion file while the Flat-plug AV Output

Cable is connected

connect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable while an i-motion

file is being played back.

pPress m( ) to switch the display size.

pSee page 348 for how to play back i-motion files and

how to operate during playback.

pTo cancel AV output, pull off the Flat-plug AV Output

Cable away from the FOMA terminal. When another

function starts up, AV output is canceled as well.

pOn some TVs, still images may not be displayed correctly when the display size is

switched.

Display i-motion Files on TV

Information

pAV output is not available in the following cases:

・When playing back an i-motion file from any other than the i-motion list or icon

pasted to the desktop

・When playing back an i-motion file whose acquired source icon is “ ” or “ ”,

and whose “File restriction” is “File restricted”

・When playing back a moving picture that you shot a Chara-den model whose “Rec.

file restriction” is “File restricted”

・When an i-motion file in the “Pre-installed” folder, or “Movable contents” folder

(microSD) is played back

pOn some TVs, i-motion files may not be displayed correctly when the display size is

switched.

394

Data Management

1Start an i-αppli program while the Flat-plug AV Output

Cable is connected

connect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable while an i-αppli

program is running.

pTo cancel AV output, pull off the Flat-plug AV Output Cable away from the FOMA

terminal. When an i-αppli ends, or when another function starts up, AV output is

canceled.

1Make a videophone call while the Flat-plug AV Output

Cable is connected

connect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable during a

videophone call.

p“ ” appears during AV output.

pTo cancel AV output, pull off the Flat-plug AV Output

Cable away from the FOMA terminal. When the

videophone call ends, or another function starts up, AV

output is canceled as well.

Display Video from i-αppli

Information

pAV output still continues even if you close the FOMA terminal. However, AV output is

not available during pause in Power Saver Mode.

pAV output of i-αppli programs is unavailable during Play Background.

AV output is unavailable for i-motion files displayed while an i-

ppli program is running.

Display Images during a Videophone Call on TV

Information

pAV output is unavailable for images under Remote Monitoring.

pThe sensitivity of the microphone is improved during AV output.

1Watch a 1Seg program while the Flat-plug AV Output

Cable is connected

connect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable while watching a

1Seg program.

pTo switch to AV output while the Flat-plug AV Output

Cable is connected, select “Settings” → “Display/

operation” and select “AV output” from the Function

menu.

pTo cancel AV output, pull off the Flat-plug AV Output

Cable away from the FOMA terminal or select

“Settings” → “Display/operation” and select “AV output”

again from the Function menu. When watching 1Seg

programs ends, or when another function starts up, AV

output is canceled.

p“ ” (Hands-free icon) does not appear during AV output. However, the voice is

output from the connected device. You cannot switch to Hands-free.

Display Video from 1Seg

At 1Seg start-up Released

Information

pWhen “TV sound while closed” is set to “ON”, AV output still continues even if you

close the FOMA terminal.

pThe caption and data broadcasting are not displayed on TV.

pAV output is unavailable during recording.

pAV output is unavailable for video or still images recorded by 1Seg.

pThe sound during AV output is output from a connected device, so adjusting the

sound volume of the FOMA terminal cannot change the output sound volume.

395

Convenient Functions

Multiaccess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Multiaccess> 396

Multitask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Multitask> 397

Informing You of an Incoming Call/Mail Message by Voice

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Reading Aloud> 398

Turning Power On/Off Automatically at a Specified Time

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Auto Power ON/OFF> 400

Using Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Alarm> 400

Using Calendar to Manage Schedule . . . . . . . . . . .<Schedule> 403

Using ToDo to Manage Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <ToDo> 407

Setting Operating Conditions of Alarm . . . . . <Alarm Setting> 409

Using Your Original Menu . . . . . . . . . . <Private Menu Setting> 409

Storing Frequently Used Function for Multi Key

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Multi Key Long Press Setting> 410

Storing Your Name, Mail Address and Other Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Own Number> 411

Recording Voice during a Call or Standby as Voice Memo

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Voice Memo during a Call> <Voice Memo> 412

Recording Images during a Videophone Call as a Movie Memo

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Movie Memo> 412

Checking Call Duration/Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Call Data> 413

Resetting Total Duration/Total Cost

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Reset Total Cost&Duration> 413

Setting Call Cost Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Notice Call Cost> 414

Using Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Calculator> 414

Making Text Memos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Text Memo> 414

Copying/Deleting Data Items between FOMA Terminal and UIM

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<UIM Operation> 415

How to Use Earphone/Microphone with Switch

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Earphone/Microphone with Switch> 416

Selecting a Microphone for Use when an Earphone is Connected

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Headset Microphone Setting> 417

Selecting Other Party to Call for when an Earphone is Connected

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Headset Switch to Call> 418

Receiving a Call Automatically when an Earphone is Connected

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Auto Answer Setting> 418

Using Bluetooth Function . . . . . . . . . . . <Bluetooth Function> 418

Checking the Setting of Various Functions

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Check Settings> 426

396

Convenient Functions

Multiaccess enables you to simultaneously connect to three lines; a

voice call, packet communication, and SMS.

To switch the displays, press and hold x for at least one second; or

press x to switch from TASK MENU. (See page 398)

See page 504 for details on combination of Multiaccess.

You can make a voice call without disconnecting i-mode or packet

communication.

1During i-mode or packet communicationx

Stand-by display

2Make a call.

pIf you make a videophone call during i-mode, i-mode is disconnected and the

videophone call is made.

After you finish the videophone call, the i-mode display returns.

Multiaccess

Voice call Single line

i-mode, i-αppli, i-mode mail, packet communication via PC Single line

SMS Single line

Information

pYou are charged a fee for each line during Multiaccess.

Make a Voice Call during i-mode or during Packet

Communication

You can receive a voice call without disconnecting i-mode or packet

communication.

1The Call Receiving display appears when a call comes in

Press d to answer the call.

pTo return to the display for i-mode or packet communication without answering

the call, press and hold x for at least one second. Press and hold x for at

least one second again to return to the Call Receiving display.

The caller hears not a message but a ringback tone.

You can use i-mode, send/receive i-mode mail, etc. without

disconnecting a voice call.

1During a voice callxm()

Select an icon to operate each function.

Receive a Voice Call during i-mode or during Packet

Communication

Use Communication during Voice Call

Information

pWhen a mail message or Message R/F comes in during a call, the ring tone does not

sound and incoming illumination does not flicker regardless of the “Receiving display”

setting.

pA ring tone sounds and the Receiving Result display appears when “Receiving

display” is set to “Alarm preferred” except for the following cases:

･During a call ･While the camera is activated

･While you are watching a 1Seg program (when “Mail ticker display” is set to other

than “OFF”)

･When an i-αppli program set for the Stand-by display is running as an ordinary

i-αppli program

pWhen you perform packet communication via a personal computer, make a call-out

operation from the personal computer during a voice call.

397

Convenient Functions

The FOMA terminal supports “Multitask” that enables you to use up to

three functions such as menu functions (see page 34) at the same time.

By combining Multiaccess and Multitask, you can use following

functions simultaneously (see page 505 for the combination patterns of

Multitask):

■Mail group

i-mode mail and SMS functions

■i-mode group

Menu functions of “i-mode group” on Main Menu

■Setting group

Menu functions of “Setting group” on Main Menu

■Tool group

Menu functions of “Tool group” on Main Menu

■Other functions which do not belong to the groups

Voice call, videophone call, 64K data communication, etc.

Multitask

i-mode group

Tool group

Mail group

Setting group

1When a function is runningx

m()

Start another function.

For the icon of the group in use, “ ” or another mark is

added.

When a single function is used, “ ” is displayed.

When multiple functions are used, “ ” is displayed.

The confirmation display appears asking whether to switch the functions. Select “YES” to

close the current menu function and the new menu function will be called up.

Start Another Function

When a function in the

Tool group is running

If another menu function in the same group has already been

called up

Information

pYou are charged a call fee even when you are running other functions during a call.

pIf a call comes in while another function is working, the call might not be received

correctly. In that case, “Record message” or “Call Forwarding Service” may start in a

shorter time than the ring time specified for them.

pIf you use Multitask to switch functions while executing another function whose load of

processing is high, delay may occur in displaying operation, and so on.

398

Convenient Functions

When multiple menu functions are working, you can switch the displays

by pressing and holding x for at least one second. The display

switches from the latest one in chronological order.

Press x.

You can switch displays by selecting a function from the list.

pPress c( ) or select “Stand-by display” to show the

Stand-by display.

pPress m( ) or select “Open Menu” to show Main

Menu in Normal Style, and show Horizontal Open Menu in

Horizontal Open Style.

To close a menu function, press h with the menu function displayed.

pPress i( ) from TASK MENU, and select “YES” to close all menu functions

and to return to the Stand-by display.

pWhen you press h from the Stand-by display during Play Background, the

confirmation display appears asking whether to end the menu function.

Switch Displays

To display the menu list for functions in use

Information

pEven if you press -x to switch the displays, neither menu function in use is closed

nor the call is disconnected. Also, even when you switch the Character Entry (Edit)

display to another menu and use that menu for editing text, you can continue editing

the previous text if you switch tasks.

pWhen you press and hold -x for at least one second from the Stand-by display while

any function is not working, the function you stored for Multi Key Long Press Setting

starts.

Exit a Function

You can set to be notified of incoming calls by voice instead of a ring

tone, or to have the mail contents automatically read aloud. Further, the

voice guidance tells you how to operate Voice Dial. This function is

available in Japanese only.

1mSet./ServiceOther settingsVoice settings

Read aloud settingsON or OFFPut a check mark

for items to be read aloudl()

Voice dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instructs you through the Voice Dial operation by

voice guidance.

Incoming call . . . . . . . . . . . . Notifies you of the caller information by voice while a

voice call is coming in.

Videophone incoming . . . . Notifies you of the caller information by voice while a

videophone call is coming in.

Number of mails/msgs. . . . Notifies you of the number of mail messages/

Messages R/F by voice at reception.

The setting of “Mail/Msg. ring time” is invalid.

Mail list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reads aloud the sender/destination address and

subject on the Inbox/Outbox list.

Displaying mail . . . . . . . . . . Reads aloud the sender/destination address,

subject, and text on the detailed mail display.

However, the voice guidance is not provided when a

melody is automatically played back while

“Auto-start attachment” is set to “ON”.

Does not read aloud the text on the Decome-Anime

Playback display.

Send mail preview. . . . . . . . Reads aloud the destination address and text when

previewed.

pYou can stop the voice guidance for a mail message midway by pressing any

key. However, it continues if you scroll the display.

pThe voice guidance for a mail message is not provided in the following cases:

･While the audio from a 1Seg program is played back

･When a mail message in Multiwindow is displayed

･When a mail message stored on the microSD card is displayed

Informing You of an Incoming Call/Mail

Message by Voice

Read Aloud Settings

399

Convenient Functions

1mSet./ServiceOther settingsVoice settings

Read aloud volumeUse Boto adjust the volume.

1mSet./ServiceOther settingsVoice settings

Read aloud speedSelect a speed.

You can set whether to play back the voice guidance from the speaker or

hear it from the earpiece.

1mSet./ServiceOther settingsVoice settings

Read aloud outputSpeaker or Earpiece

Read Aloud Volume

Read Aloud Speed

Read Aloud Output

Information

pThe voice guidance of “Incoming call”, “Videophone incoming” and “Number of mails/

msgs.” is output from the speaker even when this function is set to “Earpiece”.

pWhen an earphone/microphone (option) is connected, the voice guidance is output

according to the setting of “Headset usage setting”. However, when “Read aloud

output” is set to “Earpiece” and “Headset usage setting” is set to “Headset and

speaker”, the voice guidance is output from the earphone except for “Incoming call”,

“Videophone incoming” and “Number of mails/msgs.”.

pFrom a Hands-free device, the voice guidance for “Incoming call” and “Videophone

incoming” only might be provided.

pYou might not be able to stop the voice guidance even by pressing the switch of the

earphone/microphone (option).

You can set the voice guidance to be provided only when an earphone/

microphone (option) is connected.

1mSet./ServiceOther settingsVoice settings

Read aloud valid set.Normal or Earphone

Normal. . . . . . Always provides the voice guidance.

Earphone. . . .Provides the voice guidance only when an earphone/microphone is

connected.

The contents of mail messages and others are read aloud generally according to the

rules below:

pThey may not be read aloud as specified in the following rules depending on the

function you use:

pA numeric string up to 16 digits is read aloud as a number. When a numeric string

begins with “0” or it is identified as a URL or mail address, it is read aloud digit by digit.

pWhen numerals are separated by “/” or “.”, they are read aloud as dates.

“1

日

” is differently read aloud for the meaning of the date (1st date of a month) and for others.

The kanji characters of dates other than “1

日

” are always read aloud as for the dates.

pWhen numerals are separated by “:”, they are read aloud as time.

p“-”, “(” and “)” contained in a phone number or zip code are not read aloud, and

numbers only are read aloud.

When a numeric string begins with “

￥

”, “

＄

”, “

￠

”, or “

￡

”, it is read aloud as the meaning of

money amount. When “,” is used, the numeric string before “,” is identified as money amount

and that after “,” is identified as a number, unless it is separated by every three digits.

p“(Numeral) 分の (numeral)” is read as a fraction.

pAlphabetical letters are read aloud according to the voice guidance dictionary

pre-installed in the FOMA terminal.

pWhen a word consists of four or more letters and can be read in romaji-reading, it is

read aloud in romaji-reading.

pThe alphabetical letters after a numeral might be read aloud as a unit.

p“M”, “T”, “S”, and “H” before a date are converted to the Japanese era name and then

read aloud.

pAlphabetical letters other than above are read aloud in alphabetical reading.

Read Aloud Valid Setting

Information

pWhen you set to “Earphone”, the voice guidance continues even if you remove the

earphone/microphone during the voice guidance. When a call comes in while the

earphone/microphone is removed, the voice guidance does not start even if you

connect it.

Rules of Voice Guidance

400

Convenient Functions

pSymbols are read aloud according to the Symbol list. When the same symbol

continues three times or more, that symbol is not read aloud.

p“ヘンシン” is read aloud for the following character strings:

“Re:”, “Re>”, “Re2:”, “Re2>” and “Re2＊”

p“テンソー ” is read aloud for the following character strings:

“Fw:”, “Fw>”, “Fw2:”, “Fw2>”, “Fw2＊”, “Fwd:”, “Fwd>”, “Fwd2:”, “Fwd2>” and “Fwd2＊”

pWhen symbols for “Reply” or “Forward” are consecutively repeated, they are read

aloud only once.

pPictograms are read aloud according to the Pictogram list.

pSmileys are read aloud according to the voice guidance dictionary pre-installed in the

FOMA terminal. When they are identified as a URL or mail address, however, they are

read aloud as symbols.

pTexts are read aloud separated by punctuation marks and symbols such as “!”, or “?”.

pWhen the kanji character that expresses the day of the week is put between “(” and “)”,

it is read aloud as the day of the week.

pWords might not be correctly read aloud depending on the context of the text

(especially place names and proper nouns).

1mSet./ServiceClockAuto power ON/OFF

Auto power ON or Auto power OFFSelect an item.

OFF . . . . . . Does not set Auto Power ON/OFF. The setting is completed.

1 time . . . . Sets to turn on/off the power automatically at the specified time only

once.

Daily . . . . . Sets to turn on/off the power automatically at a specified time everyday

repeatedly.

2Enter a time.

Turning Power On/Off Automatically at a

Specified Time

Information

pWhen you set “Auto power ON” and “Auto power OFF” to the same time, and the

specified time arrives, the FOMA terminal will turn on if it is turned off, and the FOMA

terminal will turn off, if it is turned on.

You can set Alarm to alert you at the specified time with an alarm tone,

animation and illumination. You can store up to 12 alarms.

1mStationeryAlarmHighlight an

alarm and press l()

Do the following operations.

pWhen you set “Auto power OFF” to the same time of an alarm, schedule alarm, or

others, those alarms preferentially work.

pEven when you set “Auto power OFF”, the power does not turn off at the specified

time if other than the Stand-by display is displayed. The power turns off after the

function in working is finished. When you set a Flash movie as the Stand-by display,

the power might not be turned off while the Flash movie is moving.

pTurn off the FOMA terminal after setting “Auto power ON” to “OFF” when you are near

electronic devices using high-precision control or weak signals, or where the use is

prohibited such as in airplanes and hospitals.

+m-4-4

<Alarm>

Using Alarm

Information

Alarm You can set whether to validate or invalidate the alarm.

ON or OFF

Time Enter the time for sounding the alarm.

pYou cannot set the same time as the time set for the stored

alarm.

Repeat Select a type of repeat.

pIf you select “Select day”, put a check mark for days of the week

to be set and press l().

Tone Select a type of alarm toneSelect a folder

Select an alarm tone.

401

Convenient Functions

2Press l().

pThe following icons appear on the display depending on the setting:

: Repeats daily.

: Repeats on the specified day of the week.

Volume Use Bo to adjust the volume.

pIf you set “Step”, the alarm tone is silent for about three

seconds, and then the volume steps up every about three

seconds, from Level 1 through Level 6.

Snooze You can set whether to activate Snooze. If you set to “OFF”, set

the duration that the alarm tone is to continue sounding.

ON or OFFEnter a ring time (minutes).

pYou can enter from “01” through “10” in two digits.

pSee page 402 for how Snooze works.

Auto power ON You can set whether to turn on the power automatically to make

an alarm sound when the alarm time arrives during power off.

ON or OFF

Prefer manner

mode

You can set the alarm tone which sounds at the specified time

during Manner Mode.

ON or OFF

ON . . . . . Sounds at the same volume as set for “Alarm volume”

on page 109.

OFF . . . . Sounds at the volume set for this function.

Function Menu while Alarm is Displayed

Edit Go to step 1 of “Using Alarm” on page 400.

Detail You can display the stored alarm contents.

Set this You can validate the stored alarm.

YES

pYou can validate also by pressing Oo().

Set all You can validate all the stored alarm.

YES

The icon appears on the Stand-by display.

“ ”. . . . . Displayed when an alarm is set for today (except the setting for past time).

“ ”. . . . . Displayed when an alarm is set for tomorrow or onward only.

pIf you set “Alarm” of a schedule event/ToDo item to “OFF”, the icon is not displayed.

Release this You can invalidate the stored alarm.

YES

pYou can invalidate also by pressing Oo().

Release all You can invalidate all the stored alarm.

YES

Information

pIf the alarm tone sounds during a call, press any key to stop it. Once again press any

key to end the alarm including Snooze. If the other party on the phone hangs up, an

alarm including Snooze ends.

pDuring a call, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Volume” (earpiece volume).

pIf any of the following events occurs in Snooze state, Snooze is released:

･When you receive a voice call, videophone call, or PushTalk call

･When you receive a mail message or Message R/F while “Receiving display” is set

to “Alarm preferred”

･When you receive a location provision request while “Location request set.” or the

setting by service is set to the settings that permits location provision

･When an alarm of “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “TV timer” or “Timer recording” sounds

pTurn off the FOMA terminal after setting “Auto power ON” to “OFF” when you are near

electronic devices using high-precision control or weak signals, or where the use is

prohibited such as in airplanes and hospitals.

When you set an alarm for “Alarm”, “Schedule”, and “ToDo”

402

Convenient Functions

The alarm sounds for about five minutes (in the case of “Alarm”, the alarm sounds for

specified time), and illumination lights. The vibrator works as you set for “Phone” of

“Vibrator”. The alarm message and an animation or i-motion file linking to the selected

icon is played back on the display.

pIf you set “Snooze” of “Alarm” to “ON”

The alarm sounds for about one minute at an interval of five minutes, up to six times,

until Snooze is released by pressing h.

pDuring a call

The alarm sounds from the earpiece three times repeatedly.

pDuring operations

The FOMA terminal works according to the setting of “Alarm setting”. (See page 409)

pWhen you set an alarm to the time of another alarm

The alarm sounds in the priority order of “Alarm”→“Timer recording”→“ToDo”→

“Schedule”→“TV timer”.

pWhen the power is turned off

<Alarm>

When “Auto power ON” is set to “ON”, the power automatically turns on to make an

alarm notification sound. When the auto-power setting is set to “OFF”, an alarm does

not sound with the power stayed off. Even after turning the power on, the “Missed

alarm” icon is not displayed.

The alarm does not sound.

The “Missed alarm” icon is not displayed even after turning the power on.

pIn Manner Mode

The vibrator and illumination light notify you. For Schedule/ToDo, a message is also

displayed. The alarm sounds at the volume set for Manner Mode. (See page 109)

pDuring Lock All, Personal Data Lock or Omakase Lock

The alarm does not sound.

If the power is turned off, the power does not turn on and the “Missed alarm” icon does

not appear even after releasing each lock.

However, when you set “Alarm”, “Schedule alarm”, or “ToDo alarm” to “Accept” for

“Customize” of Personal Data Lock, the alarm sounds even during Personal Data

Lock.

When the time specified for “Alarm”, “Schedule” or “ToDo”

comes

pWhile operating the microSD card, during infrared communication, during iC

communication, or while updating software program

The alarm does not sound.

Press any key to stop the alarm tone but the animation/i-motion file changes to a still

image and the alarm message remains displayed. Press any key again (press h if you

set “Snooze” of “Alarm” to “ON”) to clear the display. However, you cannot clear the

alarm message for the schedule event or ToDo item by pressing a side key when the

FOMA terminal is closed. When a call comes in, the alarm stops sounding.

pWhen multiple schedule alarm messages exist, you can switch displays by pressing

i() or l( ) after stopping the alarm tone.

“Missed alarm” icon may appear on the desktop. You can check that icon for the

contents of the missed alarm (Missed alarm information).

The latest missed alarm information that could not be notified is displayed.

Information

pIf you set “Alarm setting” to “Alarm preferred” and the alarm time has come when you

are dialing, the alarm sounds after calling up the other party. If the alarm time has

come when receiving a call, the alarm sounds after starting communication.

pYou might not be able to set some i-motion files or Chaku-uta Full® music files for the

alarm.

pSome i-motion files set for the alarm might be played back only with sound at the

specified time.

pThe Chaku-uta Full® music file set for the alarm is played back only with sound at the

specified time.

The illumination for when you play back a demo to select an alarm tone might differ

from for when you are notified by an alarm.

To clear alarm tone/alarm message, and animation/i-motion

file from the display

When “Alarm” did not work

403

Convenient Functions

You can display the calendar by month to check the stored schedule

events.

You can display or store from January 1, 2000 through December 31,

2037.

pSee page 402 for how alarm works.

When the specified date/time comes, an alarm tone, illumination, subject

of the schedule event and animation corresponding to the set icon notify

you of the schedule event.

You can store up to 2,500 schedule events including i-schedule.

1mStationerySchedulei()New

Do the following operations.

+m-4-5

Using Calendar to Manage Schedule

Store Schedule Events

Subject Select an icon.

pWhen the alarm tone alerts you, the animation corresponding to

the selected icon is displayed.

Enter a subject.

pYou can enter up to 25 full-pitch/50 half-pitch characters.

pThe subject corresponding to the selected icon is entered in

advance.

Place Enter a place.

pYou can enter up to 25 full-pitch/50 half-pitch characters.

All day You can set the schedule event as “All day” without entering

starting and ending date/time.

OFF or ON

pWhen you set to “ON”, the start date/time is set to “0:00” and the

end date/time is set to “23:59” automatically.

Date (from) Enter the date and time for starting the schedule.

Date (to) Enter the date and time for ending the schedule.

2Press l().

Repeat Select a type of repeat.

pIf you select “Select day”, put a check mark for days of the week

to be set and press l().

Set repeat time.

Unrestricted or XX timesEnter the repeat time.

pEnter two digits from “02” through “99”.

pThe item set with repetition is counted as one item.

Alarm Select an alarm method.

ON . . . . . . . . . . . Alerts you at the time of the starting date/time of

the schedule event. The setting for alarm

notification is completed.

ON/Set time . . . Alerts you at the time set as the prenotification.

OFF . . . . . . . . . . Does not alert. The setting for alarm notification

is completed.

Enter the date and time to be alerted.

Tone Select a type of alarm toneSelect a folder

Select an alarm tone.

Details Enter details.

pYou can enter up to 300 full-pitch/600 half-pitch characters.

Information

pIf you enter a date on or after 29th in “Date (from)” and set “Repeat” to “Monthly” or

“Yearly”, the last day of the month is set for the schedule event when the month does

not have the specified date.

pFor the schedule event stored as secret data, an alarm message is not displayed

when the alarm sounds in ordinary mode (other than “Secret mode” and “Secret data

only”). An animation for secret data appears.

pDuring standby, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Phone” of “Ring volume”.

During a call, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Volume” (earpiece volume).

404

Convenient Functions

You can store up to 100 holidays. However, you cannot store multiple

holidays for the same date.

1mStationerySchedulei()Settings

Set holidayNewDo the following operations.

2Press l().

Store Holidays

Date setting Select an item.

Yearly [fixed date]. . . . . Enter the date.

Yearly [- - - - - -, - - -] . . . Enter the month, week, and day of the

week.

Holiday name Enter a holiday name.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.

Information

pHolidays stored at purchase on the calendar are conformance with “Law on National

Holidays and the partially amended version of the Elder Law” (up to No.43, 2005).

Spring Equinox Day and Autumn Equinox Day are announced on the official gazette

of February 1 in the previous year, therefore, they may differ from the days on the

calendar. (As of March 2009)

You can check the details of schedule events and holidays. You can

check birthdays stored in the Phonebook as well.

1mStationerySchedule

The Calendar display is shown.

pIf you press m() or c( ), the calendar

for the pervious or next month is displayed.

pIf you receive a weather forecast for a week from

i-concier, its information is also displayed.

2Select a date.

The list of schedule events and birthdays for the selected

date is displayed.

pFor the schedule events set to be repeated, up to 30

schedule events are displayed backward from the

current day.

Check Schedule Events

Calendar display

Schedule list

405

Convenient Functions

3Select a schedule event or birthday.

pWhen you select a birthday and select “Sending mail”,

you can compose an i-mode mail message to the first

mail address in the Phonebook entry. (See “Mail To

Function” on page 212)

When you select “Calling”, you can make a call to the

first phone number in the Phonebook entry. (See

“Phone To/AV Phone To Function” on page 211)

Detailed Schedule

display

Function Menu of the Calendar Display

New Go to step 1 on page 403.

Search/Filter

To specified date Enter the date.

Filter You can list up schedule events by the specified icon.

Select an icon to be listedl()

Release filter You can release filter and display all the schedule events.

Connect to Center See page 139.

Set desktop/ key

Add desktop icon See page 32.

long press set. See page 410.

Ir/ transmission

Send all Ir data See page 384.

All transmission See page 385.

No. of schedules You can display the number of schedule events,

i-schedule events, birthdays, and holidays. In Secret Mode

or Secret Data Only, you can also display the number of

the schedule events stored as secret.

Settings

Kisekae setting You can change the design of the Calendar display.

Select a pattern.

Customize holiday You can specify the color for the day of the week.

Select a day of the weekDefault, Red, or Blue

pThe display color of holidays has priority over the setting

of this function.

Set holiday

New Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays” on page 404.

Edit Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays” on page 404.

Delete this YES

Reset holiday You can restore the holidays to its default.

YES

Delete

Delete past You can delete the schedule events stored for up to a

preceding day of the selected day.

YES

Delete all You can delete all the schedule events. While schedule

events are displayed by Filter function, only the displayed

schedule events are deleted.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Information

pThe setting of this function is reflected to the calendar of the Stand-by display.

However, days are displayed in the default color during Lock All, Omakase Lock, and

Personal Data Lock.

pThe schedule events downloaded from i-concier are not deleted.

406

Convenient Functions

Function Menu of the Schedule List/Detailed Schedule

Display

New Go to step 1 on page 403.

Edit

Edit Go to step 1 on page 403.

pYou can edit also by pressing m().

pWhen you edit a schedule event set with repetition, the

confirmation display appears asking whether to edit the

schedule event of the current day only. If you select

“YES”, “Repeat” on the edit display changes to “1 time”

(OFF), and a new schedule event is stored. If you select

“NO”, the old schedule event is overwritten.

Copy You can copy the schedule event and store it for another

date.

Enter the date and time you are pasting to.

Go to step 1 on page 403.

pIf you copy a schedule event set with repetition, “Repeat”

on the edit display changes to “1 time” (OFF).

Compose message

Compose message You can compose an i-mode mail message whose text

contains the start date/time and details of the schedule

event.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

Attach to mail You can attach the schedule event to an i-mode mail

message to send.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can attach it to an i-mode mail message also by

pressing c() or l().

Move/copy

Copy to microSD See page 369.

Connect to Center See page 139.

Search/Filter

To specified date See page 405.

Filter See page 405.

Release filter See page 405.

Set holiday

New Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays” on page 404.

Edit Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays” on page 404.

Delete this YES

Reset holiday See page 405.

Set desktop/ key

Add desktop icon See page 32.

long press set. See page 410.

Ir/ transmission

Send Ir data

Send See page 383.

Send all See page 384.

transmission

Send See page 385.

Send all See page 385.

Delete

Delete this YES

pIf you delete a schedule set event with repetition, all the

data for repetition is deleted.

Delete select Put a check mark for schedule events to be deleted

l()YES

Delete past See page 405.

Delete all See page 405.

407

Convenient Functions

You can display contents of the schedule downloaded by i-concier.

1Calendar display/Schedule list

l()

The i-schedule list is displayed.

pSee “Search by i-mode” on page 209 when you select

“To i-schedule list”.

2Select an i-schedule item.

Set secret/

Release secret

You can set/release secret for/from the schedule event.

YES

pWhen you select “Set secret” in ordinary mode (not in

“Secret mode” or “Secret data only”), enter your Terminal

Security Code.

Information

pThe schedule events downloaded from i-concier are not deleted.

Displaying i-schedule

i-schedule list

Detailed i-schedule

display

You can manage your schedule events in the list and make an alarm tone

sound when the specified time comes.

You can store up to 100 ToDo items to manage your schedule.

pSee page 402 for how alarm works.

1mStationeryToDol()

Do the following operations.

pYou can check the stored contents by selecting a stored ToDo item, and you can

edit it by pressing Oo().

Function Menu of the i-schedule List/Detailed i-schedule

Display

Schedule list You can display the schedule list stored in the i-schedule

event. (See page 404)

pYou can display the schedule list also by pressing

l( ), or by selecting “To this i-schedule details”

from the detailed i-schedule display.

Delete

Delete this

[i-schedule list only]

YES

Delete select

[i-schedule list only]

Put a check mark for i-schedule events to be deleted

l()YES

Delete all

[i-schedule list only]

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

+m-9-5

<ToDo>

Using ToDo to Manage Schedule

Edit ToDo Enter ToDo contents.

pYou can enter up to 100 full-pitch/200 half-pitch characters.

408

Convenient Functions

2Press l().

: Priority high

: Priority low

pIf you do not enter the ToDo contents, “ ” is not displayed, and you cannot

store the ToDo item.

Due date Select an item.

Enter date . . . . .Enter the date (due date) directly.

Choose date . . .Select a date (due date) from the calendar.

Check the date and press Oo().

No date. . . . . . . .Does not set the date (due date). The alarm

does not work.

Priority Select a priority.

pIf you sort the items in due date order, the items for the same

due date are displayed from the higher priority.

Category Select a category.

Alarm Select an alarm method.

ON. . . . . . . . . . . .Alerts you at the set time. The setting for alarm

notification is completed.

ON/Set time . . . .Alerts you at the time set as the prenotification.

OFF. . . . . . . . . . .Does not alert you. The setting for alarm

notification is completed.

Enter the date and time to be alerted.

Alarm tone Select a type of alarm toneSelect a folder

Select an alarm tone.

Function Menu while ToDo Item is Displayed

New Go to step 1 of “Using ToDo to Manage Schedule” on

page 407.

Edit Go to step 1 of “Using ToDo to Manage Schedule” on

page 407.

pTo edit “Completion date” of the ToDo item with its “Change

status” set to “Completion”, select “ ”, and perform the

same operation as in “Due date” on page 408.

Change status The set status icons are displayed on the ToDo list.

Select a status.

pThe status icons switch from blue to red after the due date.

pIf you select “Completion”, perform the same operation as in

“Due date” on page 408.

Category display Select a category.

pSelect a ToDo item to display the details of it.

Sort/Filter You can sort ToDo items for display. You can also list them up

by the specified status.

Select the order or state you want to display.

Set desktop/ key

Add desktop icon See page 32.

long press set. See page 410.

Attach to mail You can attach the ToDo item to an i-mode mail message to

send.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can attach it to an i-mode mail message also by

pressing l( ) while checking the stored contents of

the ToDo item.

Send Ir data See page 383.

Send all Ir data See page 384.

transmission See page 385.

All transmission See page 385.

Copy to microSD See page 369.

Delete this YES

Delete select Put a check mark for ToDo items to be deleted

l()YES

Delete completed You can delete the “Completion” ToDo items.

YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

409

Convenient Functions

You can set whether to sound an alarm of “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”

and “TV timer”, for when operating another function.

1mSet./ServiceClockAlarm setting

Operation preferred or Alarm preferred

Operation preferred. . . . . Alerts you only during the Stand-by display.

Alarm preferred . . . . . . . . Alerts you even when you are operating the FOMA

terminal or during a call.

Information

pDuring standby, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Phone” of “Ring volume”.

During a call, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Volume” (earpiece volume).

Setting Operating Conditions of Alarm

Information

pWhen you could not be alerted, the “Missed alarm” icon appears on the desktop.

You can store frequently used functions in the Private menu. You can

store a total of 12 items from respective functions in Main Menu (see

page 472).

1mm()

Private menu is displayed.

pIf you have not touched any key for at least 15 seconds,

the Stand-by display returns.

2Select an icon.

The display for the selected function is displayed.

1Private menui()

Using Your Original Menu

Select a Function from the Private Menu

Private menu

+m-5-2

Display the Private Menu List

Private Menu list

410

Convenient Functions

Function Menu of the Private Menu List

Add to menu You can store the frequently used function in the Private

menu.

Select a function to be stored.

pPress No to display the storable functions by main menu

item or sub-menu item. Press Bo to highlight the function

you store.

Change BG image Select a folderSelect an image.

Set desktop/ key

Add desktop icon See page 32.

long press set. See page 410.

Reset menu You can reset the Private menu to the default.

YES

Release this YES

Release all YES

Information

pThe image you can set is a JPEG or GIF image whose size is Stand-by display (480 x

854) or smaller and up to 500 Kbytes. Perform “Change size” or “Trim away” for other

images to set. However, when you set a GIF animation, the first frame is displayed.

You can store frequently-used functions and phone numbers for

“ long press set.”. You can call up the stored function by pressing and

holding x for at least one second from the Stand-by display.

1mSet./ServiceOther settingslong press set.

Select an item.

Select “ long press set.” from the Function menu of

the item to be storedYES

pThe previously stored setting is overwritten.

pIf the addresses of the sender and another recipient of simultaneous mail are

found or the multiple destination addresses are found when you operate from the

Function menu of the detailed mail display, select a mail address or phone

number to be stored.

pWhen you store “Picture folder jump”, you can show the Still Image list of the

storage location folder of the camera.

Storing Frequently Used Function for Multi

Key

Information

pWhile another menu function is activated, the display for the item set by this function

does not appear by pressing and holding -x for at least one second from the

Stand-by display, but the display for the activated menu function appears.

pDepending on the function you stored, you cannot start some of them even if you

press and hold -x for at least one second from the horizontal Stand-by display.

pIf this function is set to “OFF”, the confirmation display appears asking whether to

store a function when you press and hold -x for at least one second from the vertical

Stand-by display.

pWhen the original data is deleted or overwritten, Multi Key Long Press Setting is

disabled. (Except phone numbers, mail addresses, and URLs)

411

Convenient Functions

In addition to the phone number (own number) you have signed up, you

can store your personal information such as your name, reading of your

name, phone numbers (up to three), mail addresses (up to three), a postal

address, location information, a birthday, memorandums, and a still

image.

If you change the mail address or register a secret code, change the mail

address in this function as well.

1mPhonebookOwn numberl()

Enter your Terminal Security Code.

Perform the operation in

step 2 on page 90 to store

personal information.

pYou cannot change or

delete own number.

pWhen you store the first

mail address, you can

select either “Auto input”

to automatically enter or

“Direct input” to directly enter that mail address. When you select “Auto input”,

i-mode access starts and your contracted mail address is automatically entered.

pWhen you store the location information, select “From phonebook” to store it by

selecting a Phonebook entry.

pIf you have already entered your Terminal Security Code by operating another

function such as “Display all data”, the display for entering your Terminal Security

Code does not appear.

2Press l().

+m-0

Storing Your Name, Mail Address and

Other Information

Own Number display

Information

pThe items other than own number are displayed even if you use another UIM,

because they are stored in the FOMA terminal.

pThe mail address you can change using this function is limited to the mail address

displayed by “Own number”. You cannot change the actual mail address.

pWhen “2in1 setting” is activated and you execute “Auto input” to obtain the first mail

address, both Address A and Address B are entered as the 1st addresses

respectively.

Function Menu of the Own Number Display

Information

Edit Go to step 1 on page 411.

Change font size You can switch font sizes for Own Number and “Phonebook

settings”, etc. (See “Phonebook” on page 121)

Display all data You can display all the stored phone numbers and mail

addresses.

Enter your Terminal Security Code.

Use Mo to display each item.

Copy name You can copy a name.

Copy phone number/

Copy mail add./

Copy address/

Copy location info/

Copy birthday/

Copy memorandums

You can copy each item.

pFrom the Own Number display, press Mo to highlight an item to

be copied. The displayed Function menu items differ depending

on the highlighted item.

Send Ir data See page 383.

pYou can send data via infrared communication also by pressing

c().

transmission See page 385.

pYou can send data via iC transmission also by pressing

m().

Copy to microSD See page 369.

Erase mail add./

Erase address/

Delete loc.info/

Erase birthday/

Erase memorandums/

Delete image

You can delete each item.

YES

pWhen the display for entering your Terminal Security Code

appears, enter the code.

pFrom the Own Number display, press Mo to highlight an item to

be deleted. The displayed Function menu items differ

depending on the highlighted item.

412

Convenient Functions

Two types of Voice Memo are available; one is “Voice memo” (during a

call) for recording the other party’s voice during a call and the other is

“Record voice memo” for recording your own voice during standby.

You can record either one of “Voice memo” (during a call) or “Voice

memo” for about three minutes.

pSee page 73 for playing back/erasing “Voice memo” (during a call) or “Voice memo”.

1During a voice call

>(for at least one second) or l()

A beep sounds and recording starts.

pTo suspend the recording midway, press Oo() or r, or press and hold

>(for at least one second).

pPress h to end the recording and the call.

pA beep sounds about five seconds before the recording time (for about three

minutes) ends.

The beep sounds twice when the recording ends and the “Talking” display

returns.

Reset You can reset (delete) all the stored personal data such as phone

numbers or mail addresses except own number.

YES

pWhen the display for entering your Terminal Security Code

appears, enter the code.

Auto acquire No. B You can check if the 2in1 service is contracted. When it has been

contracted, Number B is stored.

Recording Voice during a Call or Standby

as Voice Memo

Record Other Party’s Voice during a Call

Information

pIf you record a voice memo when either “Voice memo” (during a call) or “Voice memo”

has already been saved, the old one is overwritten regardless of whether you have

played back or not.

pYou cannot record a voice memo while operating each item in the Function menu.

1mLifeKitRec. msg/voice memoVoice memo

YES

A beep sounds and recording starts. Speak into the microphone.

pTo suspend the recording midway, press Oo(), r or h.

pA beep sounds about five seconds before the recording time (for about three

minutes) ends. The beep sounds twice when the recording ends and the former

display returns.

During a videophone call, you can record the receiving images along

with voice.

You can record up to five items for about 20 seconds per item.

pSee page 73 for playing back/erasing “Movie memo”.

1During a videophone call>(for at least one second)

A beep sounds and recording starts. “ ” is displayed during recording.

pA still image specified by “Movie memo” of “Select image” is shown on the other

party’s display.

pTo suspend the recording midway, press Oo( ) or press and hold >(for

at least one second).

pPress h to end the recording and the call.

pA beep sounds about 5 seconds before the recording time (for about 20 seconds)

ends. The beep sounds twice when the recording ends and the “Talking” display

returns.

+m-5-5

Record Your Voice during Standby

Information

pThe recording is suspended when a call comes in, when an alarm for “Alarm”,

“Schedule”, “ToDo”, “TV timer”, or “Timer recording” sounds, or when you switch the

displays by Multitask.

Recording Images during a Videophone

Call as a Movie Memo

Information

pIf you record a movie memo when five movie memos have already been recorded,

the oldest movie memo is overwritten regardless of whether you have played it back

or not.

413

Convenient Functions

You can confirm the last and accumulated call duration and cost for

voice calls and videophone calls.

pDisplayed call duration and cost are for reference and might differ from the actual ones.

In addition, the consumption tax is not included in the call cost.

pBoth the voice call duration and digital communications duration (videophone call

duration + 64K data communication duration) are displayed and both incoming and

outgoing calls are included in the duration.

pThe call cost is for the outgoing calls only. However, “¥0” or “¥＊＊” is displayed for toll

free calls such as Free Dial or for Directory Assistance Service (104), etc.

pThe call cost is accumulated on the UIM. Therefore, when you replace the UIM, the

charge accumulated on the UIM in use is displayed. (accumulation from December

2004)

pYou can reset the displayed call duration and call cost.

1mSet./ServiceCall time/costCall data

Last call duration

Talk: Displays the call duration of the latest voice call.

Digital Videophone: Displays the call duration of the latest videophone call.

Non-limiting digital: Displays the call duration of the latest 64K data

communication.

Last call cost

Talk: Displays the call cost for the latest voice call.

Digital Videophone: Displays the call cost for the latest videophone call.

Non-limiting digital: Displays the call cost for the latest 64K data communication.

Total calls duration

Talk: Displays the call duration of voice calls from the time Reset Total Duration

was executed to the current time.

Digital: Displays the call duration of videophone calls and 64K data

communication from the time Reset Total Duration was executed to the

current time.

pYou cannot record a movie memo while operating each item in the Function menu.

+m-6-1

Checking Call Duration/Charge

Information

Total calls

Displays the call cost from the time Reset Total Cost was executed to the current

call.

Calls reset

Displays the date and time when Reset Total Duration was executed last time.

Cost reset

Displays the date and time when Reset Total Cost was executed last time.

1mSet./ServiceCall time/cost

Reset total cost&dura.

Enter your Terminal Security Code

Do the following operations.

Information

pWhen Last Call Duration exceeds “19 hours 59 minutes 59 seconds”, or Total Calls

Duration exceeds “199 hours 59 minutes 59 seconds”, “0 s” returns to re-count the

time.

pIf you switch between the voice call and videophone call during a call, the call duration

and call cost are counted respectively for the calls. You are not charged while

“Changing” (see page 53) is displayed.

pThe duration/charge for PushTalk, i-mode communication and packet communication

are not counted. For how to check the i-mode fee, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s

Guide [i-mode] FOMA version” which is supplied on your i-mode contract.

pThe charge for Chaku-moji is not counted.

pThe international call fee for using WORLD CALL is counted. The fees for using other

international call services are not counted.

pThe duration for ringing and calling is not counted as call duration.

pIf you turn off the power or remove the UIM, Last Call Duration is reset to “0 s”; and

Last Call Cost is reset to “¥＊＊”.

+m-6-0

Resetting Total Duration/Total Cost

Reset total duration You can reset Last Call Duration and Total Calls Duration to “0 s”.

YES

Reset total cost You can reset Last Call Cost and Total Calls to “¥0”.

YESEnter the PIN2 code.

pSee page 124 for PIN2 code.

414

Convenient Functions

You can set the call cost limit for Total Calls and can be notified when it is

exceeded. If you set “Auto reset setting” to “ON”, the call cost is reset at

midnight on the 1st of the month and “ ” is deleted.

1mSet./ServiceCall time/costNotice call cost

Enter your Terminal Security CodeON or OFF

Enter a max cost.

pYou can set from ¥10 through ¥100,000 in unit of ¥10.

2Select a method to alertON or OFF

Enter the PIN2 code.

pSee page 124 for PIN2 code.

“ ” appears. When “Icon + alarm” is set as a notice method and the Stand-by display

returns, the message to the effect that the call cost has exceeded the maximum cost is

displayed, and a warning tone sounds from the speakers.

You can clear “ ” displayed by Notice Call Cost.

1mSet./ServiceCall time/costCLR max cost icon

Enter your Terminal Security Code.

Setting Call Cost Limit

When Total Calls has exceeded the max cost

Clear Max Cost Icon

Information

p“ ” is cleared also by executing Reset Total Cost, Reset Settings, or Initialize.

pTo be re-notified of the set limit after the maximum cost is exceeded, reset Total Calls.

You can display the calculator to make the four rules of calculation

(＋, −, ×, ÷). You can display up to 10 digits.

1mStationeryCalculator

Follow the operation below to make a

calculation.

You can store up to 20 text memos.

1mStationeryText memoSelect <Not recorded>

Enter a text memo.

pYou can enter up to 256 full-pitch/512 half-pitch characters.

pYou can check the stored contents by selecting a stored text memo, and you can

edit it by pressing Oo().

+m-8-5

Using Calculator

*Vo＋*Zo×

*Co−*Xo÷

*Oo＝+lDecimal point

+i%

-rC (Clear): Clears the numeral you have

entered last.

AC (All clear): Clears all the calculations

you entered.

Information

pYou cannot enter a minus sign while you are performing calculation.

pWhen the calculated result exceeds 10 digits or invalid calculation like “divided by 0” is

performed, “.E” is displayed.

+m-4-2

Making Text Memos

415

Convenient Functions

Function Menu while Text Memo is Displayed

Edit Go to step 1 of “Making Text Memos” on page 414.

Compose message You can compose an i-mode mail message containing the

contents of the text memo.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can compose it also by pressing l().

Edit schedule You can create a schedule event containing the contents of

the text memo.

Go to step 1 on page 403.

Set desktop/ key

Add desktop icon See page 32.

long press set. See page 410.

Send Ir data See page 383.

Send all Ir data See page 384.

transmission See page 385.

All transmission See page 385.

Copy to microSD See page 369.

Text memo info You can display the date and time when the text memo was

created, the date and time of the latest update, and the

category.

Category You can classify text memos by category.

Select a category.

pIf you do not set, the category is set to “None”.

Delete this YES

Delete selected Put a check mark for text memos to be deleted

l()YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

You can exchange the Phonebook entries or SMS messages between the

FOMA terminal and the UIM. You can also delete the Phonebook entries

or SMS messages stored in the FOMA terminal or the UIM.

You can save a total of 20 received and sent SMS messages to the UIM.

1mPhonebookUIM operation

Enter your Terminal Security Code.

When you enter your Terminal Security Code, “ ” appears, and you cannot use

phone and mail functions.

pWhen a call comes in just before entering your Terminal Security Code, UIM

Operation ends.

2Copy or DeleteSelect a copy end or delete source

Phonebook or SMS

Phonebook

Search the Phonebook to list the entries.

SMS

Inbox . . . . Copies or deletes the data in the Inbox.

Outbox. . . Copies or deletes the data in the Outbox.

Select a folder and show the list.

pWhen copying or moving data items to the UIM, the confirmation display appears

telling that 2in1 management information will be deleted if 2in1 is activated.

3Put a check mark for data items to be copied or deleted

l()YES

Copying/Deleting Data Items between

FOMA Terminal and UIM

Copy/Delete Data Items

416

Convenient Functions

1Detailed Phonebook displayi()Move/copy

Copy to UIM or Copy to phoneYES

1Outbox list/Detailed Sent Mail display/Inbox list/

Detailed Received Mail displayi()

Move/copyUIM operation

Select a move method or copy methodYES

“ (blue)” indicates an SMS message in the FOMA terminal.

“ ” indicates an SMS message on the UIM.

Function Menu while the Phonebook List or SMS List is

Displayed

Start copy/

Start deletion

You can start copy or deletion.

Select this You can select the data item.

Select all in tab You can select all the Phonebook entries in the displayed tab.

Select all You can select all data items.

Release this You can release the selection.

Release all in tab You can release all the selected Phonebook entries in the

displayed tab.

Release all You can release all selections.

Detail You can display the detailed Phonebook display or the detailed

SMS display.

Copy from the Function Menu of Phonebook

Move or Copy from the Function Menu of Mail

Information

pThe number of phone numbers/mail addresses you can store in a single Phonebook

entry differs between the FOMA terminal and the UIM. Therefore, you cannot copy

the second or later phone numbers/mail addresses stored in the FOMA terminal to

the UIM. You cannot copy the data that cannot be stored on the UIM such as a postal

address, either.

You can make/receive calls by using the Stereo Earphone Set 01 (option).

pYou can use the optional Earphone/Microphone 01, Earphone/Microphone with Switch

P001/P002, Stereo Earphone Set P001, Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch

P01/P02, and Flat-plug Stereo Earphone Set P01 in the same operation.

Open the cover of the connector terminal and insert the connecting plug

of the Stereo Earphone Set 01. (See page 22)

pWhen you copy Phonebook entries from the FOMA terminal to the UIM, the name of

up to 10 full-pitch/21 half-pitch characters and the reading of up to 12 half-pitch

characters are converted to full-pitch katakana characters and copied. The rest

characters are not copied.

pPhonebook entries stored as secret data cannot be copied to the UIM even in Secret

Mode or Secret Data Only.

pIf you set the same group name in the FOMA terminal and the UIM, the group settings

for the Phonebook are retained. If you set different group names in the FOMA terminal

and the UIM, the group settings are not retained.

pYou can neither move nor copy SMS reports.

pYou cannot protect SMS messages you have moved or copied to the UIM. If you copy

or move protected SMS messages to the UIM, SMS messages on the UIM are

unprotected. Also, the reply and forward icons become the read icons.

pIf SMS messages are moved or copied from the FOMA terminal to the UIM, you can

check them in the “Inbox” or “Outbox” folder.

While you use 2in1, all the SMS messages are saved as the ones for Number A,

regardless of the current mode.

pWhen you move or copy SMS messages from the UIM to the FOMA terminal, they

are moved or copied to the “Inbox” or “Outbox” folder.

How to Use Earphone/Microphone with

Switch

Connect Earphone/Microphone with Switch

Information

417

Convenient Functions

For when the Stereo Earphone Set 01 (option) is connected, you can

select which microphone you use between the microphone of the FOMA

terminal and of the earphone/microphone.

1mSet./ServiceOther settings

Headset mic. setting

Built-in microphone or Headset microphone

1Enter a phone number

call up a Phonebook entry, redial item, dialed call record,

or received call record.

2Press and hold the switch of the Stereo Earphone Set for

at least one second

Start talking when the other party answers.

A beep sounds and you are connected.

pYou can use this function even in Horizontal Open Style. However, you cannot

make a videophone call by pressing the switch of the Stereo Earphone Set.

pYou can make a call also by operating the FOMA terminal.

3After talking, press and hold the switch of the Stereo

Earphone Set for at least one second to end the call.

A beep sounds twice and you are disconnected.

Selecting a Microphone for Use when an

Earphone is Connected

Information

pWhen you connect earphones without a microphone, select “Built-in microphone”.

pWhen you connect the Stereo Earphone Set while “Built-in microphone” is set, the

sensitivity of the microphone of the FOMA terminal is improved.

Make Calls Using the Switch

1During ringing

Press the switch of the Stereo Earphone Set.

A beep sounds and you are connected.

With a videophone call, the image through your camera is sent to the other party.

You can switch between that image and the substitute image by pressing m

during the videophone call. (See page 75)

pYou can use the switch also with the FOMA terminal closed or in Horizontal Open

Style.

pYou can answer calls also by operating the FOMA terminal.

pWhen “Auto answer setting” is set to “ON”, a call is answered automatically after

the ring time elapses.

2After talking, press and hold the switch of the Stereo

Earphone Set for at least one second to end the call.

A beep sounds twice and you are disconnected.

Receive Calls Using the Switch

Information

pRegardless of the setting for “Keypad sound”, a tone for connecting and disconnecting

the line sounds.

pNote that you might receive a call if you connect the Stereo Earphone Set after the

ring tone sounds.

pBy pressing the switch of the Stereo Earphone Set during answer-hold (On Hold) or

while a call is on hold (Holding), you can release the hold. (While a videophone call is

put on hold, the image through your camera is sent and the videophone call starts.)

pDo not press and release the switch of the Stereo Earphone Set in succession. You

might automatically receive a call.

pIf you have signed up for Call Waiting Service and “Multi calling” is displayed during a

call, you can switch two calls by pressing and holding the switch of the Stereo

Earphone Set for at least one second. However, you cannot use the switch to end the

call.

pYou can adjust the earpiece volume by pressing .< (raise) or .> (lower) during a call.

418

Convenient Functions

When “Headset switch to call” is set to “Voice call” and the Stand-by

display is shown, you can make a voice call by pressing the switch of the

Stereo Earphone Set 01 (option).

1mSet./ServiceIncoming callAuto call/answer set.

Headset switch to callVoice call or OFF

pYou can check the currently set phonebook entry by pressing l().

2Search the PhonebookSelect a Phonebook entry.

If a call comes in while the Stereo Earphone Set 01 (option) is connected,

the FOMA terminal automatically answers the call after the specified ring

time elapses.

1mSet./ServiceIncoming callAuto call/answer set.

Auto answer settingON or OFF

Enter a ring time (seconds).

pEnter from “001” through “120” in three digits.

pYou cannot set the same ring time for Remote Monitoring, Auto Answer Setting

and Record Message Setting. Set a different time for each.

Selecting Other Party to Call for when an

Earphone is Connected

Information

pYou can set it only for a Phonebook entry in the FOMA terminal (Phone).

pWhen the Phonebook entry contains multiple phone numbers, the first phone number

is set.

pIf you delete the set Phonebook entry, the Phonebook entry stored in the memory

number 999 is automatically set to Headset Switch to Call.

Receiving a Call Automatically when an

Earphone is Connected

You can connect between Bluetooth devices wirelessly. When you

connect, for an example, your FOMA terminal to Wireless Earphone Set

02 (option) using Bluetooth communication, you can talk on the phone or

listen to music with your FOMA terminal carried in a bag.

pNote that battery consumption will be faster when you use Bluetooth connection.

pWireless communications with all the Bluetooth devices are not necessarily

guaranteed.

Information

pWhen the FOMA terminal automatically answers a videophone call, a substitute

image is sent to the other party. You can switch between the substitute image and the

camera image by pressing +m during the videophone call. (See page 75)

pIf you activate Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding Service together with Auto

Answer Setting and want to give priority to Auto Answer Setting over the service, set

its ring time shorter than that for Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding Service.

pEven if you connect the Stereo Earphone Set while the FOMA terminal is ringing,

Auto Answer Setting does not work. However, if you disconnect it while it is ringing,

Auto Answer Setting works.

pDuring 64K data communication, Auto Answer Setting does not work.

Using Bluetooth Function

419

Convenient Functions

With your FOMA terminal, the following six services are available:

Headset, Hands-free, Audio, Dial-up Communication, Object Push and

Serial Port services. Also, the Audio/Video remote control service

(Ver.1.3) might be available when you use the Audio service. (Only with

compatible Bluetooth devices)

※1 The FOMA terminal and all Bluetooth function-installed devices have ensured that

they conform to the Bluetooth Specification according to the rules the Bluetooth SIG

defines, and are all authenticated. However, operating methods might differ, or data

might not be exchanged even when they are connected wirelessly, depending on

the features or specifications of connecting devices.

※2 Standardizes the connecting procedures of Bluetooth function per feature of a

device.

■Talk through Headset

When you connect Wireless Earphone Set 02 (option) or a Bluetooth headset

(commercial item) to the FOMA terminal using Bluetooth communication, you can talk

wirelessly.

・Use the Headset service.

What You can Do with Bluetooth Function

Supported version

Bluetooth Specification Ver. 2.0 + EDR compliant※1

Supported profiles※2 (Supported services)

HSP: Headset Profile

HFP: Hands-Free Profile

A2DP: Advanced Audio Distribution Profile

AVRCP: Audio/Video Remote Control Profile

DUNP: Dial-up Networking Profile

OPP: Object Push Profile

SPP: Serial Port Profile

■Talk Hands-free

When you connect a Bluetooth communication device such as a car navigation

system (commercial item) to the FOMA terminal using Bluetooth communication, you

can communicate hands-free using the microphone and speaker on the car navigation

system.

・Use the Hands-free service.

■Play back on Audio Equipment

When you connect Wireless Earphone Set P01/02 (option) or Bluetooth

communication compatible audio equipment (commercial item) to the FOMA terminal

using Bluetooth communication, you can play back a stereophonic high-quality sound

wirelessly.

However, the devices that support audio of 1Seg programs or video files are limited.

(For details, see “Information” of “Play Back Audio of 1Seg Programs” on page 424.)

・Use the Audio service.

■Communicate wirelessly

When you connect a Bluetooth communication compatible personal computer to the

FOMA terminal using Bluetooth communication, you can perform packet

communication or 64K data communication using the FOMA terminal as a modem.

・Use the Dial-up Communication service.

・For details, refer to the PDF version of “Manual for PC Connection”.

■Send Phonebook via Bluetooth communication

You can send the Phonebook entries by connecting the Bluetooth device to the FOMA

terminal using Bluetooth communication. You can send them from the Function menu

of the Phonebook.

・Use the Object Push service.

■Use Bluetooth communication from i-αppli

By connecting the FOMA terminal with another mobile phone or Bluetooth

communication compatible device using Bluetooth communication, you can play a

match game with your friends or manage data files on an i-αppli program.

・Use the Serial Port service.

■Tone from Bluetooth devices

Connected service

HSP HFP A2DP

Voice call dial tone ○○L

Voice/Videophone call ring tone ○※1※2○※2L

Ringback tone at voice/videophone call ○○L

The other party’s voice at voice/videophone call ○○L

420

Convenient Functions

○: Output from the Bluetooth device.

L: Not output from the Bluetooth device, instead it is played back from the FOMA

terminal.

※1 The ring tone sounds from both the Bluetooth device and FOMA terminal when

“Headset usage setting” is set to “Headset and speaker”.

※2 The ring tone sounds from the FOMA terminal when “Forward ring tone” is set to

“OFF”.

※3 The tone sounds from the Bluetooth device while you are playing back a music file,

a Music&Video Channel program, or a video file, or watching a 1Seg program.

※4 The tone does not sound for i-motion files played back while being obtained from

sites.

※5 The alarm tone sounds from the Bluetooth device only during a call. The alarm tone

that sounds from the Bluetooth device is not the one set for Alarm. It beeps.

※6 The alarm tone/mail ring tone does not sound when a display other than the

Stand-by display is shown.

pSome Bluetooth devices might not work as specified in the table above.

Caller’s voice from Record Message at voice call ○○L

PushTalk ring tone LL○※3

1Seg audio LL○

i-motion playback tone LL○※4

Video playback tone LL○

Movie playback tone LL○

MUSIC Player playback tone LL○

Music&Video Channel playback tone LL○

Alarm tone Alarm preferred ○※5○※5○※3

Operation preferred L※6L※6L※6

Mail ring tone Alarm preferred LL○※3

Operation preferred L※6L※6L※6

Connected service

HSP HFP A2DP

Information

pRefer to the instruction manual for a Bluetooth device as well.

Notes on using Bluetooth devices

■Observe the following to make a good connection:

pThe distance between your mobile phone and another Bluetooth device must be

within 10 meters under line-of-sight conditions. The allowable connection distance

may be shorter, depending on the ambient environment (such as walls or furniture)

and the structure of a building. When there are any obstructions between the FOMA

terminal and Bluetooth device, the allowable connection distance may also be

shorter.

Particularly, if there is a wall or floor of reinforced concrete between them, they may

be unable to connect with each other. Above mentioned connection distance is not

guaranteed.

pDuring connection, keep Bluetooth devices as possible as away from other electric

devices (such as home electric appliances, AV devices, OA devices). (The Bluetooth

device is liable to be adversely affected by a microwave oven so keep as possible as

away from the microwave oven.) Otherwise, normal connection cannot be performed

when electric devices are powered on or Bluetooth devices may cause noises or a

reception failure on a television or radio set (television images may degrade for

particular channels of UHF or satellite broadcasting).

pIf there is a broadcast station or radio near a Bluetooth device to which you want to

connect, your FOMA terminal may be unable to connect with the Bluetooth device. In

such a case, move the Bluetooth device to a place where connection is possible.

Strong radio waves may prevent connection between Bluetooth devices.

pWith a Bluetooth device put in your bag or pocket, you can make a wireless

connection. However, if the Bluetooth device and FOMA terminal is separated by

your body, communication speed might be lowered or noise could result.

■Radio interference with wireless LANs

Bluetooth devices use the same frequency band (2.4GHz) as wireless LANs

(IEEE802.11b/g). Therefore, if a Bluetooth device is used near a wireless LAN device,

radio interference may cause lowering of the communication speed, noise or

connection fail. In this case, take the following measures:

pKeep your FOMA terminal and the wireless connection-target Bluetooth device away

from the wireless LAN device 10 meters or more.

pWhen you use them within a distance of 10 meters, turn off the power to the wireless

LAN device.

■Radio waves generated from the Bluetooth device may possibly give an

adverse effect on electronic medical appliances.

As an accident could result in some cases, make sure that you turn off the power to

the FOMA terminal and Bluetooth devices in places as shown below:

・On trains ・In airplanes ・In hospitals

・Nearby automatic doors or fire alarms

・In places such as gas stations where flammable gas is generated

421

Convenient Functions

You can register a Bluetooth device to the FOMA terminal. You can

1mLifeKitBluetoothRegister New Devices

The Bluetooth devices around the FOMA terminal are searched. You need to place

the Bluetooth device to be registered on standby for registration beforehand.

Up to 20 searched devices are listed on the Device list.

pYou can search for Bluetooth devices also by pressing l( ) from the

Device list.

pTo cancel during search, press l().

2Select a Bluetooth device to be registeredYES

pWhen you register Wireless Earphone Set 02, go to step 4.

3Select the text box for entering the

Bluetooth passkey

Enter the Bluetooth passkeySet

pYou can enter up to 16 half-pitch alphanumeric

characters.

pFor the Bluetooth passkey, refer to the instruction

manual for the Bluetooth device.

pYou do not need to enter the Bluetooth pass key

depending on the Bluetooth device. In this case, go to step 4.

The Bluetooth device is connected and “ (blue)” blinks.

When no communication with the Bluetooth device is

made for a certain period of time, your FOMA terminal is

placed in low power consumption mode, and “ (black)”

stays on.

pWhen you use the Bluetooth device which is able to

connect multiple services, the confirmation display appears asking whether to

connect another service in succession.

p“ (blue)” is displayed during connection, “ (gray)” is displayed on standby

for connection next to the service name.

pIf you select “Dial-up”, the FOMA terminal is placed on standby for connection.

pTo disconnect, select the connected service and select “YES”.

pSee “Accept Registered” on page 423 for how to cancel the service on standby.

You can connect the registered Bluetooth device to the FOMA terminal.

1mLifeKitBluetoothDevice list

Select a Bluetooth device to be connected

Select a service to be connected.

pSee step 4 on page 421 for

details.

Service Selection

display

Information

pWhen 10 Bluetooth devices have already been registered, the confirmation display

appears asking whether to overwrite them. When you select “YES”, the Bluetooth

device that is not protected, not set for “Preferred device”, and with the oldest

communication date/time, except in communicating or in standby state, is overwritten.

However, if you register by i-αppli Touch (see page 293), the confirmation display

does not appear and it is automatically overwritten.

pYou cannot activate Bluetooth function during Self Mode.

Connect

Device list Service Selection

display

422

Convenient Functions

■Device list

Device class

: PC : Phone

: Network device : Audio device

: Peripheral device : Imaging device

: Others

Device name

The name of Bluetooth device is displayed.

When no name is detected by search, the Bluetooth address is displayed.

Connecting status

: Being connected : Not connected

: Not detected : Not registered

Protect

Displayed when the registered contents are protected.

Profile state









Device list

Mark Font

color

Background

color

Frame

color Status

Blue Gray None Not connected (unregistered)

Blue Gray Blue Not connected (registered)

White Green None Being connected

Green White Green Standby for connection

White Light green None Preferred device

Gray Gray None Not supported

Information

pWhen the Bluetooth device is turned off or when the Bluetooth device does not

respond while a connection is being established or being disconnected, it takes

maximum about 110 seconds for processing.

pWhen your FOMA terminal is connected using the Headset service, Hands-free

service, Audio service, or Dial-up Communication service, and is disconnected from

the Bluetooth device, the FOMA terminal is placed on standby for connection. Also,

your FOMA terminal is placed on standby for connection the next time the power is

turned on after the FOMA terminal is turned off while it is connected or is on standby

for connection.

Function Menu of the Device List

Preferred device You can set a Bluetooth device to be connected taking priority

over other devices when a call comes in. You can set this for

the Headset service compatible Bluetooth device only.

pWhen you already set another Bluetooth device for

“Preferred device”, that setting is canceled, and the selected

Bluetooth device is set for the priority device.

pTo release it, perform the same operation.

Protect/release You can protect the registered Bluetooth device so that it is

not deleted or overwritten. You can protect up to five devices.

pTo release it, perform the same operation.

Change device name You can change the name of the registered Bluetooth device.

Enter a device name.

pYou can enter up to 16 full-pitch/32 half-pitch characters.

Delete You can delete the registered Bluetooth device.

YES

Description You can display the device name, Bluetooth address, device

class, and supported profile.

Set desktop/ key

Add desktop icon See page 32.

long press set. See page 410.

Information

pWhen you select a registered Bluetooth device, the registered profile is updated.

(When the device name has been changed, it returns to the original device name.)

When you select a profile that is different from the registered one, the profile is

additionally registered.

423

Convenient Functions

You can place the connecting state of all the registered Bluetooth

devices on standby for connection.

1mLifeKitBluetoothAccept registered

Put a check mark for the services to be placed on

standbyl()

pTo release, remove the check mark and press l().

pDuring standby, “ (blue)” lights.

You can suspend all the services that are connected or on standby for

connection, and suspend off the Bluetooth function of the FOMA

terminal.

1mLifeKitBluetoothBluetooth power OFFYES

pYou can activate the standby for connection for the previously-connected

Bluetooth device by mLifeKitBluetoothActivate Bluetooth.

You can talk or communicate by connecting the FOMA terminal

wirelessly with a Bluetooth communication compatible personal

computer or car navigation system and others. For details, refer to

“Preparing Bluetooth Communication” on the PDF version of “Manual

for PC Connection”.

pEven when Preferred Device is set, you cannot connect that device unless the

Headset service is placed on standby for connection. When other Bluetooth device is

connected with the Headset service, the Bluetooth device that is being connected has

priority.

pYou cannot delete when the status of Bluetooth device is during connection or on

standby for connection.

Accept Registered

Information

Bluetooth Power OFF

Accept Dialup Devices

You can make a call wirelessly when the FOMA terminal is connected to a

Bluetooth device using Headset service or Hands-free service.

1Connect a Bluetooth device using Headset service or

Hands-free service.

pSee page 421 for connecting to a Bluetooth device.

2Make/Receive a call via the Bluetooth device.

“ ” is displayed during a call via the Bluetooth device.

pFor operations from a Bluetooth device, refer to the instruction manual for the

Bluetooth device.

Press and hold d for at least one second during a call.

pYou can switch also by pressing i( ) and selecting “Talk on BT/Phone”.

pDuring a call with the FOMA terminal while connecting using Headset service, you can

switch only from the Bluetooth device.

pFor operations from the Bluetooth device, refer to the instruction manual for the

Bluetooth device you use.

pEven if you switch to the Bluetooth device, you cannot talk over a Bluetooth device

while USB Hands-free compatible device, earphone/microphone (option), or Flat-plug

AV Output Cable (option) is connected.

pYou cannot switch to a Bluetooth device while Remote Monitoring is activated.

Make a Call

Selecting whether to talk over the FOMA terminal or a

Bluetooth device

Information

pDuring Lock All or Omakase Lock, you cannot answer calls via the Bluetooth device.

pWhen a call comes in while the Bluetooth device is connected using Headset service

or Hands-free service, the ring tone sounds from the Bluetooth device even if Manner

Mode is activated or “Ring volume” is set to “Silent” on the FOMA terminal.

pDuring a call on the Bluetooth device, you cannot adjust the sound volume of the

Bluetooth device by adjusting that on your FOMA terminal.

pDuring a call on the Bluetooth device, the call state does not change by closing the

FOMA terminal regardless of the setting of “Setting when closed”.

424

Convenient Functions

When you connect your FOMA terminal to a Bluetooth device using

Audio service, you can output the audio of 1Seg programs from the

Bluetooth device.

1Connect a Bluetooth device using Audio service.

pSee page 421 for connecting to a Bluetooth device.

2Watch a 1Seg program.

The sound is output from the Bluetooth device.

pOnce you connect the FOMA terminal to the Bluetooth device using Audio

service, a connection history is stored. When the connection history is found, the

FOMA terminal tries to connect to the Bluetooth device automatically for watching

a 1Seg program even if it is not connected using Audio service. When the

connection is successfully completed, the audio is output from the Bluetooth

device. When the connection fails, the confirmation display appears asking

whether to output audio from the FOMA terminal.

The connection history is overwritten each time the Bluetooth device is connected

using Audio service.

pFor operations from a Bluetooth device, refer to the instruction manual for the

Bluetooth device.

pWhen the Bluetooth communication is disconnected during a call on the Bluetooth

device, the call state follows the setting of “Disconnection settings”. However, when it

is disconnected while the FOMA terminal is closed and “Disconnection settings” is set

to “Continue on the phone”, the call shifts to the state as specified by “Setting when

closed”. When “Setting when closed” is set to “End the call”, the call shifts to “No tone”

state.

Play Back Audio of 1Seg Programs

Information

pYou can output the audio of 1Seg programs only on an A2DP compatible Bluetooth

device that supports copyrighting by the SCMS-T.

pWhile the audio of a 1Seg program is output from a Bluetooth device, you cannot

adjust the sound volume of the Bluetooth device by adjusting that on your FOMA

terminal.

pYou cannot output the audio from the Bluetooth device when an earphone/

microphone (option) is connected.

When you connect your FOMA terminal to a Bluetooth device using

Audio service, you can output the sound of i-motion files, movie files and

videos, and music via MUSIC Player, etc., from the Bluetooth device.

1Connect a Bluetooth device using Audio service.

pSee page 421 for connecting to a Bluetooth device.

pIf you connect using Audio service from the Bluetooth device while placing an

Audio service on standby for connection, MUSIC Player starts automatically.

However, it does not automatically start when “MUSIC Player autostart” is set to

“OFF”. Further, it might not automatically start when a display other than the

Stand-by display is shown or another function is activated.

pIf the audio from a 1Seg program stops while it is output on the Bluetooth device,

check your FOMA terminal as the possible causes are as follows:

･When the Bluetooth device is disconnected

･When a location provision request of GPS comes in

･When a mail message or Message R/F comes in

･When a PushTalk call comes in

･When the low battery alarm sounds

･When an alarm for “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “TV timer” or “Timer recording”

sounds

In these cases, the Audio service might be disconnected depending on the Bluetooth

device. To resume playback on the Bluetooth device, you need to re-connect the

Audio service.

Play Back Music, Sound of i-motion, Movie, Video Files, etc.

Information

425

Convenient Functions

2Play back an i-motion file, movie file, video or music.

The sound is output from the Bluetooth device.

pWhen the confirmation display appears asking whether to start output to the

Bluetooth device, select “YES”.

pOnce you connect the FOMA terminal to the Bluetooth device using Audio

service, a connection history is stored. When the connection history is found, the

FOMA terminal automatically tries to connect to the Bluetooth device for playing

back a file even if you do not connect using Audio service. When a connection is

successfully completed, the sound is output from the Bluetooth device. When the

connection fails, the confirmation display appears asking whether to output the

sound from the FOMA terminal. However, it cannot automatically connect for

playing back an i-motion file.

The connection history is overwritten each time the Bluetooth device is connected

using Audio service.

pFor operations from the Bluetooth device, refer to the instruction manual for the

Bluetooth device you use.

Information

pYou can output the audio of video file only on an A2DP compatible Bluetooth device

that supports copyrighting by the SCMS-T.

pWhile playing back the sound of an i-motion file, movie file, video, or music from a

Bluetooth device, you cannot change the sound volume by adjusting from the FOMA

terminal.

pEven when you are using Play Background for MUSIC Player or Music&Video

Channel, the remote-control operation for Bluetooth device is available.

pYou cannot output the audio from the Bluetooth device when an earphone/

microphone (option) is connected.

pIf the sound of an i-motion file, movie file, video, or music stops while it is played back

from the Bluetooth device, check your FOMA terminal as the possible causes are as

follows:

･When the Bluetooth device is disconnected

･When a location provision request of GPS comes in

･When a mail message or Message R/F comes in

･When a PushTalk call comes in

･When the low battery alarm sounds

･When an alarm for “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “TV timer” or “Timer recording”

sounds

In these cases, the Audio service might be disconnected depending on the Bluetooth

device. To resume playback on the Bluetooth device, you need to re-connect the

Audio service.

1mLifeKitBluetoothBluetooth settings

Do the following operations.

pYou cannot operate during a call or data communication.

pWhen you activate MUSIC Player with a Bluetooth device connected and the

Bluetooth device is disconnected from the FOMA terminal which is closed, MUSIC

Player ends. However, it does not end when “MUSIC Player autostart” is set to “OFF”.

Bluetooth Settings

Information

Set authentications You can set whether to set authentication when sending a

Phonebook entry via a Bluetooth device. If you set to “ON”, set

whether to encrypt the data.

ON or OFFON or OFF

Session number

setting

You can set whether to enter the password for sending all

Phonebook entries.

ON or OFF

Time-out to search You can set the time for searching for Bluetooth communication

compatible devices around the FOMA terminal.

Enter a device search time (seconds).

pEnter two-digit numerals as in “05” through “20”.

Forward ring tone You can set whether to send a ring tone for the voice call and

videophone call to the connected Headset or Hands-free device.

When the device is specified as “Preferred device”, connection is

made to send the ring tone even if the device is on standby.

ON or OFF

Disconnection

settings

You can select whether to end talking or continue talking on the

FOMA terminal when Bluetooth communication is disconnected

while talking through the Headset or Hands-free device.

End the call or Continue on the phone

426

Convenient Functions

Dial from headset You can set whether to make a call by pressing the switch on the

Headset.

Valid or Invalid

MUSIC Player

autostart

You can set whether to automatically start/end MUSIC Player

when you use the Audio service to connect to/disconnect from a

Bluetooth device from the Stand-by display.

ON or OFF

Bluetooth info You can display the device name, Bluetooth address, device

class, and supported profiles of Bluetooth function mounted on

the FOMA terminal. You can change the device name.

pTo change the device name, press l( ), enter the

device name. You can enter up to 16 full-pitch/32 half-pitch

characters.

Information

pWhile a Bluetooth device to which Phonebook entries are sent is connected using a

service other than Object Push, the Phonebook entries are sent with authentication

and with encryption regardless of this setting.

pYou cannot set this function while a Bluetooth device is connected or on standby for

connection.

pYou cannot set this function while a Bluetooth device using the Headset service or

Hands-free service is connected or on standby.

pIf you select a pictogram for the device name, it might not be correctly displayed

depending on the destination Bluetooth device.

You can check the setting contents of the following functions:

1mSet./ServiceOther settingsCheck settings

pThe items changed from the setting at purchase are indicated by “★”.

Checking the Setting of Various Functions

・Backlight

・View Blind

・Image Quality

・Auto Power ON

・Auto Power OFF

・Volume

・Shikkari Talk

・Noise Reduction

・3G/GSM Setting

・Work with Style

Information

pWhen the UIM is not inserted, “★- - -” is displayed for the setting contents of “3G/GSM

setting”.

427

Character Entry

Entering Characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Character Entry> 428

Entering Characters in Mode 1 (5-touch)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Mode 1 (5-touch)> 428

Using Common Phrases . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Common Phrases> 433

Cutting/Copying/Pasting Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

Storing Words in Own Dictionary. . . . . . . . .<Own Dictionary> 434

Using Learned Words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

Using Downloaded Dictionary . . . . . . <Download Dictionary> 435

Entering Characters in Mode 2 (2-touch)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Mode 2 (2-touch)> 436

Entering Characters in Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)> 436

For details on “Kuten Code List”, refer to the PDF version of “Kuten Code List” on the provided CD-ROM or DOCOMO website.

To see the PDF version of “Kuten Code List”, you need to have Adobe® Reader®. If it is not installed in your personal computer, install Adobe®

Reader® from the provided CD-ROM to see it.

For details such as how to use it, refer to “Adobe Reader Help”.

428

Character Entry

The FOMA terminal is provided with many functions that require to enter

characters such as creating the Phonebook or composing mail

messages.

On the Character Entry (Edit) display, the information of character input

method, input mode, and the remaining number of characters and others

are displayed.

Character input method

：Mode 2 (2-touch)

：Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)

pNot displayed in Mode 1 (5-touch).

Input mode

abc：Alphabet input mode

123：Numeral input mode

漢：Kanji/Hiragana input mode

カナ

：Katakana input mode

Full/Half-pitch

1/1：Full-pitch input mode

1/2：Half-pitch input mode

Remaining/Maximum bytes that can be entered

p“Number of entered characters” might be displayed depending on the function.

pOne half-pitch character is counted as one byte and one full-pitch character as two

bytes.

pHalf-pitch character “ﾞ” and “ﾟ” are counted as one character.

Entering Characters

Character Entry (Edit) Display

 



Three types of character input methods are available as shown below:

Mode 1 (5-touch) . . . . . . . . . See page 428

Multiple characters are assigned to a single key. Each time you press the key,

characters switch.

Mode 2 (2-touch) . . . . . . . . . See page 436

Enter characters by pairs of numerals.

Mode 3 (NIKO-touch) . . . . . . See page 436

Enter characters by pairs of numerals.

1mSet./ServiceOther settings

Character input methodInput mode

Put a check mark for modes to be usedl()

pSelect at least two modes.

2Select a priority mode.

pSelect a mode you use preferentially from modes selected in step 1.

Press and hold l( ) for at least one second, or select “Character input” and

then select “Change input mode” from the Function menu.

In the step for entering characters, press l( ) to switch input

modes. You might not be able to switch to some modes depending on

the function you enter.

You can enter characters by using Prediction Conversion which converts

a few entered words into the predicted ones and by using Context

Forecast which displays the next conversion candidates inferred from

the relation between paragraphs.

pThe FOMA terminal increases prediction conversion candidates and context forecast

candidates by learning characters.

+m-3-5

Select Character Input Method

Switching modes on the Character Entry (Edit) display

Entering Characters in Mode 1 (5-touch)

Enter Characters

429

Character Entry

<Example> Enter “タダの菓子” in a text memo.

1mStationeryText memoSelect <Not recorded>.

The Character Entry (Edit) display appears in prediction conversion mode when

“Predict” is set to “ON”, and appears in ordinary conversion mode when set to

“OFF”.

2Enter hiragana characters in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.

た→ Press 4 once and Vo once.

だ→ Press 4 once and a once.

の→ Press 5 five times.

か→ Press 2 once.

し→ Press 3 twice.

pYou can enter up to 24 characters at a time. However, when “Predict” is set to

“ON”, if you enter 6 or more characters, the conversion mode is automatically

switched to the ordinary conversion mode.

pWhen a character on the same key comes after a character, press Vo to move

the cursor, and enter the next character.

If you set “Character set time”, you can omit the operation to move the cursor.

pYou can switch between uppercase and lowercase or enter “゛” and “゜” by

pressing a after you enter a character.

pEach time you press d, characters are displayed in reverse order.

pIf you set “Predict” to “ON”, each time you press l, ordinary conversion mode

and prediction conversion mode switch.

pYou can press i( ) to display the candidate list of alphanumeric or

katakana characters. Depending on the entered character, the conversion

candidates for date/time are displayed.

pWhen “ ” is displayed while editing the i-mode mail text, you can press

m( ) to display the candidate list of Deco-mail pictograms.

pTo fix a character as it is without conversion, press Oo().

3Use Co to move the cursor onto “の”.

pThe conversion mode is automatically switched to the ordinary conversion mode.

4Use Bo to move the cursor onto the candidate list

Use Mo to highlight “タダの” and press Oo().

pBy pressing m()/c( ), you can scroll the candidate list page by

page.

pWhen you press r while you are selecting a conversion candidate, the

Character Entry (Edit) display returns.

pPress c( ) to fix the whole paragraph.

5Use Bo to move the cursor onto the candidate list

Use Mo to highlight “菓子” and pressOo().

The selected characters are fixed.

pWhen the character strings that are assumed to be the context forecast

candidates are found after fixing the characters, that context forecast candidates

are displayed. Press Bo to move the cursor onto the candidate list to enter the

context forecast candidates.

pWhen you press r while you are selecting the context forecast candidates, the

Character Entry (Edit) display returns.

Information

pThe learning function stores up to 1,000 words, and the character of a high conversion

rate goes up in the character order list.

pThe candidate character strings are displayed from characters converted as usual

and from a dictionary downloaded from sites.

・Only a small number of character strings are registered by default so candidate

characters might not be displayed in some cases. By doing the character conversion

as usual, the converted characters are added to the candidate characters.

・You can download a dictionary from sites and add candidate characters from the

dictionary. However, when you delete the downloaded dictionary, the added

candidate characters are also deleted from the existing candidate characters. (See

page 208 and page 435)

pIn the candidate list of Deco-mail pictograms, only the pre-installed Deco-mail

pictograms are displayed and the downloaded ones are not displayed. If you delete

the pre-installed Deco-mail pictograms and re-download them, they are not displayed

in the candidate list.

pYou can use Prediction Conversion and Context Forecast with 2-touch and

NIKO-touch in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.

pThe number of kanji characters that you can convert to is limited so you might not be

able to convert to some kanji characters. You can use Kuten Code to enter kanji

characters that you cannot convert to. The number of characters you can enter is

6355 in the JIS level-1 and level-2 kanji sets.

pComplicated kanji characters are partly deformed or simplified.

430

Character Entry

1Move the cursor to the left of the character you want to

correctr

The character at the right of the cursor is deleted.

Press and hold r for at least one second to delete all characters on and after the

cursor.

pWhen no character is found to the right side of the cursor, the character to the left

side of the cursor is deleted. Press and hold r for at least one second to delete

all characters.

2Enter a correct character.

The character is entered in the position of the cursor.

Other Entry Functions

Item Operation/Explanation

Katakana input Press l( ) a few times to switch to Katakana input

modePress keys to enter characters.

Alphabet input Press l( ) a few times to switch to Alphabet input

modePress keys to enter characters.

pWhen you press c( ) in half-pitch Alphabet input

mode, you can show the list of phrases frequently used for

entering URLs and others.

Numeral input Press l( ) a few times to switch to Numeral input

mode Press keys to enter numerals.

pYou can enter “+” by pressing and holding 0 for at least one

second in Numeral input mode.

Line feed Press a.

pWhen the cursor is at the end of text and characters are fixed,

you can press Xo to break a line.

Information

pA line feed is counted as one full-pitch character.

pYou cannot break a line depending on the function such as editing in the text box for

i-mode.

pYou can enter “＊” by pressing -a in Numeral input mode.

Correct Characters

When the battery alarm sounds

The data you have been editing is automatically fixed and saved. Charge the battery or

replace it with a new charged battery to resume editing. However, you cannot save the

unfixed data being converted.

When you press h

The confirmation display appears asking whether to discard the data you are editing.

When a call or mail comes in

The Multitask function works, so the data you are editing is retained, and you can answer

the call or receive the mail.

You can return to the data edit display by switching menu, by pressing and holding x

for at least one second. You can return to the data edit display also by ending the call or

mail function.

You can set whether to display the prediction conversion/context

forecast candidates in the candidate list.

1mSet./ServiceOther settings

Character input methodPredictON or OFF

You can set whether to store the characters converted in Secret Mode or

Secret Data Only as learned words.

1mSet./ServiceOther settings

Character input methodInt.with secret

Enter your Terminal Security CodeON or OFF

Data you are editing

+m-3-5

Predict

+m-3-5

Intelligent with Secret

Function Menu while Entering (Editing) Characters

Decorate mail

[Message Entry display only]

See page 150.

Template

431

Character Entry

Load template

[Message Entry display

only]

See page 154.

Save template

[Message Entry display

only]

See page 154.

Full pitch/Half pitch You can switch between full pitch and half pitch.

Copy See page 434.

Cut See page 434.

Paste See page 434.

Undo You can undo the fixed, deleted, or pasted text, etc.

pYou can undo the operation also by pressing and holding

d for at least one second.

pYou can undo the operations up to 10 times, except on

the Message Entry display. However, you can undo

fixing characters only once.

On the Message Entry display, you can undo the operations

up to twice. You can also undo the decoration as well.

Pictograms/symbols

Pictograms

You can enter pictograms while showing them on the display.

Select a pictogram.

The selected pictogram is entered and the Character Entry

(Edit) display returns.

pHighlight a pictogram and press l( ), then you

can enter a pictogram in succession. Press r to return

to the Character Entry (Edit) display.

pYou can display the Pictogram list also by pressing

m().

pPress c to switch the Pictogram lists in order of

“Pictograms 1” → “Pictograms 2” → “Deco-mail

pictograms” [お気に入り (Favorite) through 文字

(Characters)]. However, you can enter “Deco-mail

pictograms” [お気に入り (Favorite) through 文字

(Characters)] only while editing the i-mode mail text.

Press m to switch them in the reverse order.

pPress i( ) to display the Symbol list.

pPress d to switch between the full display of Pictogram

list and ordinary input display.

Symbols You can enter symbols while showing them on the display.

Select a symbol.

The selected symbol is entered and the Character Entry

(Edit) display returns.

pHighlight a symbol and press l(), you can

enter a symbol in succession. Press r to return to the

Character Entry (Edit) display.

pYou can display the Symbol list also by pressing and

holding s for at least one second.

pPress c to switch the symbol lists in order of Half-pitch

symbols → Full-pitch symbols. Press m to switch them

in the reverse order.

pPress i( ) to display the Pictogram list.

pPress d to switch between the list of all symbols and

ordinary input display.

Smiley Select a smiley.

pYou can select smiley also by pressing c() or

entering “かお” and converting it.

Space You can enter a full-pitch space in full-pitch input mode,

and a half-pitch space in half-pitch input mode.

pWhen the cursor is at the end of text, you can enter a

space also by pressing Vo.

Phrase/quote

Common phrases Select a folderSelect a common phrase.

pIn mode other than numeral input mode, you can show

the folder list for common phrases also by pressing and

holding a for at least one second.

Kuten code You can enter characters, numerals, and symbols on the

Kuten Code list (see the PDF version of “Kuten Code List”

on the provided CD-ROM).

You can operate in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.

Enter a four-digit Kuten code.

A character that matches the entered Kuten code is

displayed, and the former input mode returns.

pWhen a character that matches the entered Kuten code

is not found, a space is inserted.

432

Character Entry

Input time Select a format for entering the date/time

Enter the date/time.

pYou can enter the date/time using the numeric keys.

pYou can enter years 1800 through 2099.

Quote phonebook You can access and quote Phonebook entries. The

following are the items you can quote:

Name, reading, phone number, mail address, postal

address, birthday, memorandums

Postal address, URL, memorandums obtained from

i-concier

Name, reading, phone number, mail address



Search the Phonebook



Select a Phonebook entry



Put a check mark for items to be quoted

l

()

Quote own data You can access and quote your personal information. The

following are the items you can quote:

Name, reading, phone number, mail address, postal

address, birthday, memorandums



Enter your Terminal Security Code



Put a check mark for items to be quoted

l

()

Paste loc. info

By position loc.

[Message Entry

display only]

You can obtain the location information by measuring the

current location (see page 328), convert that information

into the URL, and then paste it to the i-mode mail text.

Oo()YES

From loc. history

[Message Entry

display only]

You can convert the location information from Location

History (see page 332) into the URL, and paste it to the

i-mode mail text.

Select a location recordOo()YES

From phonebook

[Message Entry

display only]

You can convert the location information stored in the

Phonebook into the URL, and paste it to the i-mode mail text.

Select a Phonebook entryOo()YES

From own number

[Message Entry

display only]

You can convert the location information stored in “Own

number” into the URL, and paste it to the i-mode mail text.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeOo()

YES

Bar code reader You can start Bar Code Reader. (See page 245)

Character input

Own dictionary See page 434.

Learned words See page 435.

Change input mode You can switch the character input methods.

Select an input mode.

You cannot select the input mode that is not selected in

“Input mode” of “Character input method” (see page 428).

Predict See page 430.

Candidate display

You can set whether to display context forecast candidates.

ON or OFF

Character set time You can select whether to automatically fix the entered

characters while you are entering characters in Mode 1

(5-touch). In addition, you can specify the time until

characters are fixed.

You can omit the operation of pressing Vo to move the

cursor for the entry of characters on the same key.

Fast, Normal, Slow, or OFF

2/NIKO-touch guide You can select whether to list input candidates at the lower

part of the display when you press the first-digit key while

you are entering characters in Mode 2 (2-touch) or Mode 3

(NIKO-touch).

ON or OFF

Help You can check the operating procedures for entering

characters.

Select an item.

JUMP You can move the cursor to the top or end of text.

To beginning or To end

pWhen the Character Entry (Edit) display ranges over

multiple pages, the cursor moves to the beginning or end

of the page.

Preview

[Message Entry display only]

You can check the contents of the text before sending.

pYou can preview also by pressing p.

Information

pWhen you switch to half-pitch mode in Kanji/Hiragana input mode of NIKO-touch, the

input mode switches to half-pitch Katakana input mode.

433

Character Entry

<Undo>

pOnce you use “Undo” to return to the former state, you cannot cancel this by using

“Undo” again.

pIf you close the Character Entry (Edit) display, you cannot return to the former state by

using “Undo”.

pYou might not be able to enter pictograms depending on the Character Entry (Edit)

display.

pOnce you have entered pictograms, the history of entered pictograms appears first.

pYou can enter up to 20 Deco-mail pictograms. When you insert other images,

however, the number of Deco-mail pictograms that can be entered is reduced by the

number of inserted images.

pYou might not be able to enter some symbols depending on the Character Entry (Edit)

display.

pOnce you have entered symbols, the history of entered symbols appears first.

pYou might not be able to enter common phrases depending on the Character Entry

(Edit) display.

pIn Japanese Mode, the called-up contents of common phrases pre-installed in the

FOMA terminal differ depending on the input mode.

pWhen you quote a postal address, you cannot quote “〒” or “-” of the postal code.

pWhen you quote a postal address, you cannot quote “〒” or “-” of the postal code.

pThe personal data of Number A is quoted in A Mode of 2in1, the personal data of

Number B is quoted in B Mode, and the personal data of both Number A and Number

B is quoted in Dual Mode.

pYou can paste up to 512 half-pitch characters, and the pasted URL is counted as the

number of characters in the mail text.

p“ ” is inserted before the pasted URL. However, you can delete it while editing.

pYou might not be able to enter characters as you like depending on this setting and

your speed of operating keys.

Information

You can call up and enter, on the Character Entry (Edit) display, the

common phrases pre-installed in the FOMA terminal, or your own

created common phrases.

The common phrases are sorted into 5 folders and each folder contains

10 of them. You can edit the pre-installed common phrases to save as

your own common phrases.

1mStationery

Common phrase/dic.

Common phrasesSelect a folder.

2Select a common

phrase.

+m-3-8

Using Common Phrases

Display Common Phrases

Common Phrase

Folder list

Common Phrase list Common Phrase

display

Information

pDo not use half-pitch katakana characters and pictograms for your own common

phrases used for composing mail. They might not be correctly displayed. (Pictograms

can be used between i-mode mail messages.)

pThe Japanese common phrases pre-installed in the “あいさつ (Greeting)” and “ビジ

ネス (Business)” folders are called up in kanji/hiragana in Kanji/Hiragana input mode

and called up in half-pitch katakana in other input modes.

Function Menu of the Common Phrase Folder List

Edit folder name Enter a folder name.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.

pWhen you delete all the characters entered as a folder name,

the folder name is reset to the default.

434

Character Entry

You can cut or copy up to 5,000 full-pitch/10,000 half-pitch characters.

1Character Entry (Edit) displayi()

Cut or CopySelect a start point.

pYou can press i( ) to select all characters.

2Select an end point.

Reset name You can reset the folder name to the default.

YES

Function Menu of the Common Phrase List/Common

Phrase Display

Edit Enter a common phrase.

pYou can enter up to 64 full-pitch/128 half-pitch characters.

pWhen you delete all the characters in a common phrase, the

common phrase is reset to the default.

pYou can edit a common phrase by pressing l().

Reset this You can reset the common phrase to the default.

YES

Reset all You can reset all the common phrases in the folder to the default.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Cutting/Copying/Pasting Text

Cut/Copy

Information

pIf you copy/cut the Deco-mail text during creating and paste it, the information about

the decoration is pasted as well.

pYou might not be able to cut/copy the Deco-mail text, etc., because the memory

space runs short depending on the data volume.

You can paste cut or copied characters.

1Character Entry (Edit) display

Move the cursor to a start position for pasting

i()Paste

In Own Dictionary, you can store up to 100 frequently used words with

your favorite reading.

1mStationeryCommon phrase/dic.

Own dictionary<New>Enter a word.

pSelect a stored Own dictionary to check the stored contents.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters. However, you cannot

enter line feeds.

2Enter a reading.

pYou can enter up to 10 hiragana characters. Also, you cannot store symbols

other than “Long vowel (ー)”.

pEven if you enter a space, the word is stored with the space automatically

deleted.

Paste

+m-3-8

Storing Words in Own Dictionary

Function Menu while Own Dictionary is Displayed

New Go to step 1 of “Storing Words in Own Dictionary” on page 434.

Edit Go to step 1 of “Storing Words in Own Dictionary” on page 434.

pYou can edit also by pressing l().

Delete this YES

Delete selected Put a check mark for own dictionaries to be deleted

l()YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

435

Character Entry

The character strings once you entered are automatically stored and

displayed as the conversion candidates of learned words.

1Function menu while entering (editing) characters

Character inputLearned wordsSelect a column

Select a record.

pTo delete learned words, press i( ) to select “Delete this” or “Delete all”,

and select “YES”. If you select “Delete all”, you need to enter your Terminal

Security Code.

You can newly create learned words from the subjects and titles of sent

i-mode mail messages stored in your FOMA terminal. The learned words

preceding creation are all deleted.

1mStationeryCommon phrase/dic.

Create learned wd listOK

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESOK

You can reset the learned words.

1mSet./ServiceOther settings

Character input methodReset learned words

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Information

pWhen you display Own Dictionary from the Function menu of the Character Entry

(Edit) display, select “Delete” from the Function menu, then select “Delete this” or

“Delete all”.

p“Delete selected” does not appear when you display Own Dictionary from the

Function menu of the Character Entry (Edit) display.

Using Learned Words

Checking Learned Words

+m-3-8

Create Learned Word List

+m-3-5

Reset Learned Words

You can make dictionaries downloaded (see page 208) from sites valid.

1mStationeryCommon phrase/dic.

Download dictionary

Select a downloaded dictionary.

The downloaded dictionary you have selected is validated and indicated by “★”.

pTo invalidate a downloaded dictionary, perform the same operation.

pYou can delete the pre-installed dictionaries. You can re-download them from the

“P-SQUARE” site (see page 209). When you use a UIM other than the one used

for downloading, the UIM security function (see page 39) is set for them.

+m-3-8

Using Downloaded Dictionary

Function Menu while Downloaded Dictionary is Displayed

Edit title Edit the title.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.

Set dictionary You can set the dictionary valid/invalid. Each time you operate,

valid and invalid switch.

Dictionary info You can display the dictionary title and version.

Delete this YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Information

pIf you delete all the characters entered as a title, the title is reset to the default.

436

Character Entry

When you press two numeric keys to enter two-digit numerals, a

character (symbol) that corresponds to the numerals is entered. Press

the first key to list candidate characters (symbols) at the lower part of the

display. To list candidate characters, you need to set “2/NIKO-touch

guide” to “ON” in advance.

pSee page 497 for how characters are assigned to the numeric keys (2-touch).

pSee page 428 for switching to “2-touch”.

Press l( ) from the Character Entry (Edit) display to switch input

modes. You might not be able to switch to some modes depending on

the function you enter.

<Example> Enter “タダの菓子” in a text memo.

1mStationeryText memoSelect <Not recorded>.

The Character Entry (Edit) display appears.

2Enter hiragana characters in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.

た→41

だ→41, a

の→55

か→21

し→32

pYou can switch between uppercase and lowercase or enter “゛” and “゜” by

pressing a after you enter a character.

pPress 80 to switch between uppercase and lowercase.

After entering hiragana characters, go to step 3 on page 429.

Entering Characters in Mode 2 (2-touch)

Switch Input Modes (2-touch)

Enter Characters

When you press two numeric keys to enter two-digit numerals, a

character (symbol) that corresponds to the numerals is entered. Press

the first key to list candidate characters (symbols) at the lower part of the

display. To list candidate characters, you need to set “2/NIKO-touch

guide” to “ON” in advance.

pSee page 498 for how characters are assigned to the numeric keys (NIKO-touch).

pSee page 428 for switching to “NIKO-touch”.

Press l( ) from the Character Entry (Edit) display to switch input

modes. You might not be able to switch to some modes depending on

the function you enter.

<Example> Enter “タダの菓子” in a text memo.

1mStationeryText memoSelect <Not recorded>.

The Character Entry (Edit) display appears.

2Enter hiragana characters in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.

た→41

だ→41, a

の→55

か→21

し→32

pYou can switch between uppercase and lowercase or enter “゛” and “゜” by

pressing a after you enter a character.

After entering hiragana characters, go to step 3 on page 429.

Entering Characters in Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)

Switch Input Modes (NIKO-touch)

Enter Characters

437

Network Services

Checking New Voice Mail Messages

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Check New Messages> 438

Using Voice Mail Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Voice Mail> 438

Using Call Waiting Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Call Waiting> 440

Using Call Forwarding Service . . . . . . . . . . <Call Forwarding> 442

Using Nuisance Call Blocking Service

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Nuisance Call Blocking> 443

Using Caller ID Display Request Service

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Caller ID Request> 444

Using Dual Network Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Dual Network> 444

Switching Guidance Language between Japanese and English

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <English Guidance> 445

Using Service Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Service Numbers> 445

Selecting Actions for an Incoming Call during a Call

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Arrival Call Act> 445

Setting Remote Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Remote Control> 446

Setting Additional Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Multi Number> 446

Using 2in1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <2in1> 448

Using OFFICEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <OFFICEED> 453

Saving and Using Services . . . . . . . . . . . <Additional Service> 454

■ Available Network Services

The following are the DOCOMO network services available from the FOMA terminal.

For the outline and usage method of each service, see the reference page in the table below.

pThe network services are not available when you are out of the service area or out of reach of radio waves.

pFor details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]”.

pFor subscriptions and inquiries, contact “docomo Information Center” on the back page of this manual.

“OFFICEED” is a pay service which is available on a subscription basis. For details, visit the DOCOMO-enterprise-oriented website (in Japanese only). http://www.docomo.biz/d/212/

p“Deactivate” does not mean that the contract for Voice Mail Service, Call Forwarding Service or other services is canceled.

pYou can store new network services in the menu when they are provided by DOCOMO. (See page 454)

pIn this manual, a brief outline for each network service is described following the procedure using the menus of the FOMA terminal.

Service Application Monthly fee Reference

Voice Mail Service Required Charged 438

Call Waiting Service Required Charged 440

Call Forwarding Service Required Free 442

Nuisance Call Blocking Service Not required Free 443

Caller ID Notification Service Not required Free 48

Caller ID Display Request Service Not required Free 444

Dual Network Service Required Charged 444

English Guidance Not required Free 445

Multi Number Required Charged 446

2in1 Required Charged 448

Public mode (Drive mode) Not required Free 70

Public mode (Power off) Not required Free 70

OFFICEED Required Charged 453

Melody Call Required Charged 106

Service Application Monthly fee Reference

438

Network Services

You can check whether any message is held at the Voice Mail Service

Center.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesVoice mail

Check new messagesOK

pIf any voice mail message is held, the “Voice mail” icon ( ) and another Voice Mail

icon (such as “ ”) appear to inform you of the held message.

pTo erase the Voice Mail icon (such as “ ”), dial at the Voice Mail Service Center for

saving or erasing the voice mail message or follow the operations of “Erase icon”.

pThe Voice Mail icons switch among , , , etc., and (6 or more messages)

according to the number of the messages held at the Voice Mail Service Center. The

displayed number is the number of messages informed by the guidance when you play

back new messages. Saved messages are not included.

pIf you set “Message notification”, the ring tone sounds each time a message is added.

pSee page 439 for how to play back voice mail messages.

You cannot check voice mail messages. Move to a place where “ ” is cleared.

Checking New Voice Mail Messages

About checked results

When “ ” appears

This service provides an answer message for incoming voice calls/

videophone calls and then holds voice mail messages on behalf of you

when you are in a place where radio waves do not reach, the power is

turned off, or you cannot answer calls.

pWhen Record Message (see page 71) is simultaneously activated and you want to

give Voice Mail Service priority, set its ring time shorter than that for Record Message.

pWhen you do not answer an incoming voice call or videophone call while Voice Mail

Service is set to “Activate”, the call is recorded as a missed call in “Received calls”, and

the “Missed call” desktop icon appears on the Stand-by display.

pVoice Mail Service is valid for voice calls and videophone calls.

pA voice mail message can be recorded for up to three minutes. Twenty messages can

be recorded respectively for voice calls and videophone calls and held at the Center for

up to 72 hours.

pWhen a voice mail message of a videophone call is retained at the Voice Mail Service

Center, you are notified by an SMS message.

pWhen a Chara-den call is connected to the Voice Mail Service Center, DTMF operation

is not available. Switch to “Send DTMF tone” from the Function menu. (See page 76)

pWhen a call comes in while Voice Mail Service is set to “Activate”, the ring tone

(specified by “Select ring tone”) will sound. (You can change the ring time for incoming

calls. See page 439.) If you answer the call within the specified time, you can start

talking. If you do not answer, the call is connected to the Voice Mail Service Center.

pYou can just press keys to connect an incoming call to the Voice Mail Service Center.

Also, you can connect the call that comes in during a call to the Center.

Step 1: Set the service to “Activate”.

Step 2: The caller records a voice/video message.※

Step 3: Play back the message.

※If the caller wants to skip playback of the answer message and record a message

such as when in a hurry, he/she can immediately switch to the recording mode by

pressing “#” while the answer message is played back.

Using Voice Mail Service

Basic Flow of Voice Mail Service

439

Network Services

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesVoice mail

Do the following operations.

Use Voice Mail Service

Play messages You can play back messages recorded for the Voice Mail.

Play (voice call) or Play (videophone)YES

Operate following the voice guidance.

pThe display for selecting “Play (voice call)” or “Play

(videophone)” does not appear when only one type of message

is recorded.

Activate YESYESEnter a ring time (seconds).

pEnter from “000” through “120” in three digits.

Deactivate YES

Set ring time You can set the ring time until the call is connected to the Voice

Mail Service Center.

Enter a ring time (seconds).

pEnter from “000” through “120” in three digits.

Check setting You can check the setting contents of Voice Mail Service.

Setting You can switch the setting contents of Voice Mail Service.

Setting (voice call) or Setting (videophone)YES

Operate following the voice guidance.

Check new

messages

See page 438.

Message

notification

You can set the ring tone to sound when a new message is

recorded. The ring tone set for “Mail” of “Select ring tone” sounds

for about five seconds.

YES or NO

Erase icon You can erase the Voice Mail icons (such as ) from the

Stand-by display.

YES

Activate notice call By SMS messages, you can be notified of the information (date/

time of receiving and caller ID) of missed calls which came in

while you were out of the service area or the power was turned

off.

Select an itemYES

All calls . . . . . . . . . . . .Informs you of all received calls.

Calls w/ caller ID . . . . Informs you of only the calls that notified

the phone number.

Deactivate notice

call

YES

Notice call status You can check the setting contents of notice call.

Voice mail set for

You can set whether to use Voice Mail Service for when a

videophone call comes in.

ON or OFF

pEven if “ON” is set, you cannot use the function unless Voice

Mail Service is set to “Activate”.

Information

pYou cannot operate during a call.

pIf you press -0 through -9, -a, or -s following the voice guidance, you may not

be able to end the call by pressing -h. In this case, press -h again.

pIf “Set ring time” is set to 0 seconds, the calls are not recorded in Received Calls.

pEven if you erase the Voice Mail icons, the messages held at the Voice Mail Service

Center are not erased.

pEven when you set to reject all SMS messages, you are informed by SMS message

of the received call records.

440

Network Services

You can connect an incoming call to the Voice Mail Service Center just by

a simple key operation. Even if you do not set Voice Mail Service to

“Activate”, the service will be available using this function.

1During ringingi()Voice mail

pYou can connect the incoming call to the Voice Mail Service Center also by

pressing i( ), and pressing s.

You can automatically connect the calls coming from the phone numbers

stored in the Phonebook to the Voice Mail Service Center regardless of

the Activate/Deactivate setting for the Service.

You can specify up to 20 phone numbers.

This setting is valid only when the caller notifies his/her phone number.

It is advisable to activate “Caller ID request” at the same time.

1Detailed Phonebook displayi()

RestrictionsEnter your Terminal Security Code

Voice mail

“Voice mail” is indicated by “★”.

pTo release “Voice mail”, perform the same operation.

Forward an Incoming Call to Voice Mail Service Center

during Ringing

Forward Specified Calls to Voice Mail Center

Information

pWhen a call comes in from the phone number set with this function, the ring tone

sounds for about one second and then the call is connected to the Voice Mail Service

Center. You will be notified of the call by the icons on the desktop (see page 30 and

page 71) and “Received calls”.

pEven if you set this function, all incoming calls are not connected to the Voice Mail

Service Center when you set “Personal data lock” while Voice Mail Service is

deactivated.

However, when you set “Phonebook available” to “Accept” for “Customize” of

Personal Data Lock, calls from the specified phone numbers are connected to the

Voice Mail Service Center even during Personal Data Lock.

When a call comes in during a call, this service notifies you of it by the

ring tone in call, and enables you to place the current call on hold to

answer the new call.

Further, you can make a call to another person putting the current call on

hold.

pTo use Call Waiting Service, set “Arrival call act” (see page 445) to “Answer” in

advance. When another option is set, you cannot answer a voice call during a voice

call even if you set “Call waiting” to “Activate”.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesCall waiting

Do the following operations.

1Another call comes in during a calld

The current call is automatically put on hold so that you can receive another call.

p“Multi calling” is displayed when there is the party on hold.

pEach time you press d, you can switch the parties you can talk with.

Using Call Waiting Service

Use Call Waiting Service

Activate YES

Deactivate YES

Check setting You can check the setting contents of Call Waiting Service.

Answer an Incoming Call during a Call

441

Network Services

1Another call comes in during a callh

The ring tone sounds. You can answer the new call.

1Another call comes in during a calli()

Do the following operations.

Information

pFor an incoming call or communication that is not supported by Call Waiting, press

-d from the Call Receiving display to show the confirmation display telling that you

can answer a new call if you end the current call. Press -h to end the current call,

and then the Call Receiving display appears. When you select “OK”, the Call

Receiving display during a call returns.

pIf a call comes in during a videophone call, the FOMA terminal operates as follows:

・The i-motion file or Flash movie set as the image for incoming calls is not displayed.

・A “Pre-installed” substitute image is sent to the other party of the current call.

・The vibrator does not work.

pWhen a voice call comes in while dialing 117, you hear an in-call ring tone but cannot

answer that call. The call is recorded as a missed call in Received Calls.

End a Call to Answer Another Call

Continue the Current Call

Call rejection You can reject a new incoming call and resume the current call.

Call forwarding You can forward a new incoming call to the forwarding destination

and resume the current call.

Voice mail You can connect a new incoming call to the Voice Mail Center

and resume the current call.

Information

pIncoming calls are rejected during a videophone call, Remote Monitoring or

answer-hold (On Hold), or while Record Message is working. The “Missed call” icon

appears when the current call ends, and the call is recorded in Received Calls. (The

“Missed call” icon might not appear and the received call record might not be recorded

depending on the contracts and setting for Voice Mail, Call Waiting, and Call

Forwarding Services.)

1Enter another party’s phone number during a calld

You can talk with the party you have dialed.

The call with the first party is automatically put on hold.

p“Multi calling” is displayed when there is the party on hold.

pEach time you press d, you can switch the parties you can talk with.

1During Multi callingh

The ring tone sounds.

2Press d or Oo().

pWhen the other party you have been talking with ends the call, press d to talk

with the party on hold.

1During Multi callingi()End held call

Hold a Call to Make a New Call

End a Call to Answer the Held Call

End a Held Call

Information

pWhen another call comes in while the current call is put on hold, the held call is

released.

pWhen another call comes in during Multi-calling, the Call Receiving display appears.

Press +i( ) and select “End held call” to end the held call. If you select “End

talk”, you can end the current call.

442

Network Services

This service forwards incoming voice calls/videophone calls when you

are in a place where radio waves do not reach, the power is turned off, or

you do not answer calls within a specified time.

pWhen Record Message (see page 71) or Remote Monitoring (see page 79) is

simultaneously activated and you want to give Call Forwarding Service priority, set its

ring time shorter than that for “Record message setting” or “Remote monitoring”.

pWhen you do not answer an incoming voice call or videophone call while Call

Forwarding Service is set to “Activate”, the call is stored as a missed call in “Received

calls”, and the “Missed call” desktop icon appears on the Stand-by display.

pWhen a call comes in while Call Forwarding Service is set to “Activate”, the ring tone

(specified by “Select ring tone”) will sound. (You can change the ring time for incoming

calls. See page 442.) If you answer the call within the specified time, you can start

talking.

pYou can just press keys to forward incoming calls. Also, you can forward the call that

comes in during a call.

Step 1: Store the phone number of forwarding destination.

Step 2: Set Call Forwarding Service to “Activate”.

Step 3: A call comes into your FOMA terminal.

Step 4: The call is automatically forwarded to the specified destination if

you do not answer.

Using Call Forwarding Service

Basic Flow of Call Forwarding Service

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesCall forwarding

Do the following operations.

Use Call Forwarding Service

Activate Register fwd numberEnter the phone number of

forwarding destination.

pPress Bo to select the phone number from the Search

Phonebook display. (See page 95)

Set ring timeEnter a ring time (seconds).

pEnter from “000” through “120” in three digits.

ActivateYES

Deactivate YES

Select an item.

Change No.

. . . . Select this when Call Forwarding Service is activated.

Change No. +Activate

. . . . Select this while Call Forwarding Service is deactivated and

you want to activate the Service as soon as the forwarding

destination is changed.

pPress Bo to select the phone number from the Search

Phonebook display. (See page 95)

If FWD number

busy

You can set an incoming call to be connected to the Voice Mail

Service Center when the forwarding destination is busy.

YES

Check setting You can check the phone number and ring time of forwarding

destination.

Information

pIf you are out of reach of radio waves or the power is turned off, the ring tone does not

sound and the call is automatically forwarded. The call fee from the forwarder to the

forwarding destination is charged for the forwarder who has subscribed for the

service.

pIf the ring time for Call Forwarding Service is set to 0 seconds, the calls are not

recorded in Received Calls.

443

Network Services

11429d

Operate following the voice guidance.

You can forward an incoming call to the phone number you specified as

a “Forwarding number” by a simple key operation. Even if you do not set

Call Forwarding Service to “Activate”, the service will be available using

this function.

1During ringingi()Call forwarding

You can automatically forward the calls from the specified phone

numbers stored in the Phonebook after the ring tone sounds for about

one second, regardless of the Activate/Deactivate setting for Call

Forwarding Service.

You can specify up to 20 phone numbers.

This setting is valid only when the caller notifies his/her phone number.

It is advisable to activate “Caller ID request” at the same time.

1Detailed Phonebook displayi()

RestrictionsEnter your Terminal Security Code

Call forwarding

“Call forwarding” is indicated by “★”.

pTo release “Call forwarding”, perform the same operation.

Set On/Off of Forwarding Guidance

Forward an Incoming Call during Ringing

Forward Specified Calls to Specified Destination

Information

pEven if you set this function, all incoming calls are not forwarded when you set

“Personal data lock” while Call Forwarding Service is deactivated.

However, when you set “Phonebook available” to “Accept” for “Customize” of

Personal Data Lock, calls from the specified phone numbers are forwarded even

during Personal Data Lock.

pIf you have not signed up for Call Forwarding Service or have not set the forwarding

destination, the call will be a missed call.

You can register so as not to receive “nuisance calls” such as crank

calls.

Once you register a phone number for rejection, calls from that phone

number is automatically rejected and the guidance answers the caller.

pWhen a call comes in from the phone number stored for rejection, the ring tone does

not sound. The call is not recorded in Received Calls, either.

■Relation between each Service and incoming calls while Nuisance Call

Blocking Service is activated

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesNuis. call blocking

Do the following operations.

Using Nuisance Call Blocking Service

Service

Handling of incoming calls from the caller rejected as Register Caller

Voice Mail Service Call Rejection guidance is played back.

(Message is not held.)

Call Forwarding

Service

Call Rejection guidance is played back.

(Not forwarded to forwarding destination.)

Call Waiting

Service

Call Rejection guidance is played back.

Caller ID Display

Request Service

Call Rejection guidance is played back.

Public mode

(Drive mode)

Call Rejection guidance is played back.

[Public mode (Drive mode) guidance is not played back.]

rejection.

YESOK

No.

You can register the specified phone number for rejection so that

the call from that phone number does not come in.

Enter a phone numberYES

pPress Bo to select the phone number from the Search

Phonebook display, and press Vo to select from the Dialed

Call list, and press Co to select from the Received Call list.

444

Network Services

This service provides the guidance asking the caller ID notification

against incoming voice calls/videophone calls without caller IDs, and

then automatically disconnects the call.

pThe call rejected by Caller ID Display Request Service is not stored in “Received calls”,

and the “Missed call” desktop icon does not appear.

■Relation between each Service and incoming calls while Caller ID Display

Request Service is activated

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesCaller ID request

Do the following operations.

Delete last entry You can delete the phone number registered last. Repeat the

same procedures to delete phone numbers one by one from the

one registered last.

YESOK

Delete all entries YESOK

Check No. of entries You can check the number of phone numbers registered for

rejection.

Using Caller ID Display Request Service

Service

Handling incoming call from the caller who does not notify a caller ID

Voice Mail Service Caller ID Request guidance is played back. (Message is not held.)

Call Forwarding

Service

Caller ID Request guidance is played back.

(Not forwarded to the forwarding destination.)

Call Waiting

Service

Caller ID Request guidance is played back.

Nuisance Call

Blocking Service

For the call from the number registered to be rejected, the Call

Rejection guidance is played back.

Public mode

(Drive mode)

Caller ID Request guidance is played back.

[Public mode (Drive mode) guidance is not played back.]

Activate YESOK

Deactivate YESOK

Check setting You can check the setting contents of Caller ID Display Request

Service.

You can use a mova terminal with the phone number for your FOMA

terminal. You can use either your FOMA terminal or mova terminal

depending on the service area.

pYou cannot use your FOMA terminal and mova terminal at the same time.

pYou need to operate Dual Network Switching from the phone which is not using the

service.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesDual network

Do the following operations.

Information

pIf you activate this service while “Call setting w/o ID” is set to “Reject”, this service has

priority.

pWhen you receive a PushTalk call, “Turn on Caller ID Notification.” is displayed on the

caller’s display and the call is automatically cut off. When you receive a group call, “ID

Request” is displayed.

pYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA terminal with your own UIM

inserted. You cannot remote-control the setting from land-line phones, public phones,

and other mobile phones.

Using Dual Network Service

Dual network

switching

You can switch to the FOMA terminal so that you can use it.

Operate when the FOMA is in the FOMA service area.

YESEnter your Network Security Code.

pSee page 124 for the Network Security Code.

Check setting You can check the setting contents of Dual Network Service.

445

Network Services

You can set the guidance for network services such as “Voice mail” or

the voice guidance such as for the out-of-service area, to be played back

in English.

■Outgoing (Guidance to yourself)

■Incoming (Guidance to the caller)

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesEnglish guidance

Do the following operations.

Switching Guidance Language between

Japanese and English

Language Description

Japanese Plays back the guidance in Japanese.

English Plays back the guidance in English.

Language Description

Japanese Plays back the guidance in Japanese.

Japanese+English Plays back the guidance first in Japanese and then in English.

English+Japanese Plays back the guidance first in English and then in Japanese.

Guidance setting Select an item.

Outgoing+Incoming . . . Sets the guidance for outgoing and

incoming calls at a time.

Outgoing call . . . . . . . . . Sets the guidance for outgoing calls.

Incoming call . . . . . . . . . Sets the guidance for incoming calls.

Select a guidance language to be setYES

pIf you select “Outgoing+Incoming”, set the guidance for

outgoing calls, and then set the guidance for incoming calls.

Check setting You can check the setting contents of the English guidance.

Information

pYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA terminal with your own UIM

inserted. You cannot remote-control the setting from land-line phones, public phones,

and other mobile phones.

You can make calls to the docomo Information Center or DOCOMO repair

counter.

pDepending on the UIM you use, the displayed items might differ or no items are

displayed.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesService numbers

Do the following operations.

You can set how to manage a voice call/videophone call or 64K data

communication that comes in during a call when you have signed up for

“Voice mail”, “Call forwarding” or “Call waiting”.

pWhen you have not signed up for “Voice mail”, “Call forwarding”, or “Call waiting”, you

cannot answer calls that come in during a call.

pTo use “Arrival call act”, you need to set “Set in-call arrival act” to “Activate”. When “Call

waiting” is set to “Activate”, you do not need to set “Set in-call arrival act” to “Activate”.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesArrival call act

Do the following operations.

Using Service Numbers

ドコモ故障問合せ

(DOCOMO repair

counter)

You can make a call to the repair counter.

Oo()

ドコモ総合案内・受

付

(docomo

Information Center)

You can make a call to the Information Center.

Oo()

Selecting Actions for an Incoming Call

during a Call

Voice mail You can connect voice calls or videophone calls that come in

during a call to the Voice Mail Service Center.

446

Network Services

You can activate/deactivate the functions you selected in Arrival Call Act

and can check the setting contents.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesSet in-call arrival act

Do the following operations.

Call forwarding You can forward voice calls or videophone calls that come in

during a call to the forwarding destination.

Call rejection You can reject voice calls, videophone calls, or 64K data

communication that come in during a call.

Answer If you have set “Call waiting” to “Activate” and receive a voice call

during a voice call, you can use “Call waiting”. Any of the following

operations is available during a voice call (when “Call waiting” is

set to “Deactivate”), during a videophone call, or during 64K data

communication.

pYou can answer incoming voice calls, videophone calls, or 64K

data communication after finishing the current voice call,

videophone call or 64K data communication.

pFrom the Function menu, you can manually operate voice calls,

videophone calls, or 64K data communication that come in

during a call.

pWhen “Voice mail” or “Call forwarding” is set to “Activate”, your

FOMA terminal follows that setting.

Set In-call Arrival Act

Activate YES

Deactivate YES

Check setting You can check the setting contents of In-call Arrival Act.

Information

pYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA terminal with your own UIM

inserted. You cannot remote-control the setting from land-line phones, public phones,

and other mobile phones.

You can set “Voice mail” or “Call forwarding” to be operated from

touch-tone land-line phones, public phones, DOCOMO mobile phones, or

others.

pTo use “Voice mail” or “Call forwarding” overseas, you need to set “Remote control” to

“Activate” in advance.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesRemote control

Do the following operations.

You can add and use the additional number 1 and 2 at maximum as the

phone numbers of your FOMA terminal besides the basic number.

pWhen you remove or replace the UIM, the multi number settings (name, phone

number, etc.) stored in the FOMA terminal might be erased. In this case, store them

again.

pThe name that corresponds to each multi number (Basic Number/Additional Number1/

Additional Number2) appears on the dialing display/Call Receiving display.

pWhen you try to make a call from Redial, Dialed Calls, or Received Calls, the multi

number you dialed/received at that time appears and the call is made by this number.

Setting Remote Control

Activate YES

Deactivate YES

Check setting You can check the setting contents of Remote Control.

Information

pYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA terminal with your own UIM

inserted. You cannot remote-control the setting from land-line phones, public phones,

and other mobile phones.

Setting Additional Number

447

Network Services

You can register additional numbers, and edit the registration names for

them.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesMulti number

Number settingSelect an additional number.

pYou can register/edit also by pressing i( ) and selecting “Edit” or by

pressing l().

pSelect the registered additional number to check the registration name and

phone number.

pTo delete the registered additional number, press i( ) and select

“Delete this” or “Delete all”, then select “YES”.

2Enter a registration nameEnter a phone number.

pYou can enter up to 8 full-pitch/16 half-pitch characters for a registration name.

By switching this setting, you can make all calls from a specified phone

number.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesMulti number

Set multi numberSelect a phone number.

Basic Number . . . . . . . . . . Dials by the contracted phone number.

Additional Number1/2. . . . Dials by an additional number.

pWhen the registration name is changed, each registration name is displayed.

However, the registration name is not displayed during Personal Data Lock.

2YES

Number Setting

Set Multi Number

Before making a call, you can select a phone number to be notified to the

other party from the Function menu, and then make a call.

1Enter a phone number

call up the detailed display of a Phonebook entry, redial

item, dialed call record, or received call record.

2i()Multi numberSelect a phone number.

pTo cancel the additional number, select “Cancel prefix”.

You can check a phone number set for “Set multi number”.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesMulti number

Check setting

You can set a ring tone for calls that come in to the additional number.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesMulti number

Select ring toneSelect an additional number.

Go to step 2 on page 104.

When the ring tone is set to “Same as ring tone”, the ring tone will be the one set for

“Phone” or “Videophone” of “Select ring tone”.

Set Own Phone Number when Making a Call

Information

pIf you select “Basic Number” or “Additional Number1/2”, “:590＃”, “:591＃”, or

“:592＃” is added after the phone numbers.

Check Setting

Select Ring Tone

448

Network Services

You can use two phone numbers/mail addresses on your single FOMA

terminal. By using respective modes, you can operate your FOMA

terminal as if you are using two sets of them.

The following three modes are available with 2in1:

A Mode

You can use your phone number (Number A) to make calls and your i-mode mail

address (Address A) to send/receive mail messages, and can browse their related

data.

B Mode

You can use your 2in1 phone number (Number B) to make calls and your i-mode mail

address (Address B) to send/receive mail messages, and can browse their related

data.

Dual Mode

This mode has the functions of both A Mode and B Mode.

pFor details on 2in1, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [2in1]”.

pYou can use packet communication even in B Mode if you subscribe to i-mode.

pYou can subscribe to either 2in1 or Multi Number.

pWhen you replace a UIM with another one while using 2in1, 2in1 Setting is deactivated.

For using 2in1, activate 2in1 Setting.

pSee page 451 for how this service works for each mode.

1mSet./ServiceNW services

2in1 setting

Enter your Terminal Security Code

YES

When you activate 2in1, the 2in1 Setting Menu display

appears.

pThis display appears also by pressing and holding <

for at least one second from the vertical Stand-by display and entering your

Terminal Security Code.

<2in1>

Using 2in1

Activate 2in1

2in1 Setting Menu display

12in1 Setting Menu displayDo the following operations.

Configure 2in1 Setting

Mode switching You can switch to the mode you use.

Select a mode.

pWhen 2in1 is activated, the display for selecting a mode

appears also by pressing and holding < for at least one

second from the vertical Stand-by display, and entering your

Terminal Security Code.

pWhen “Mode link setting” is activated, the confirmation

display appears telling that the setting for “Receive

avoidance set.” is also changed.

Phonebook 2in1

setting

You can change Phonebook 2in1 Setting for the Phonebook

entry stored in the FOMA terminal.

Select an item.

Set to A . . . . . . . . . . Sets as the Phonebook entry for A. You

can use it in A Mode and Dual Mode.

Set to B . . . . . . . . . . Sets as the Phonebook entry for B. You

can use it in B Mode and Dual Mode.

Set to Common . . . Sets as the common Phonebook entry

for A and B. You can use it in all modes.

Select a setting method.

Set one . . . . . Sets a Phonebook entry you call up.

Set some. . . . Select multiple Phonebook entries from the

Phonebook list you call up, then press

l().

Set group . . . Sets a Phonebook group you call up.

449

Network Services

Stand-by display You can set the Stand-by display that appears in Dual Mode

or B Mode.

Select a modeSet the Stand-by display.

pSee page 111 for how to set the Stand-by display. However,

“iαppli display” is not displayed.

pIf you select “Release”, the setting returns to the default.

Stand-by disp. Wide

Clock setting You can set the clock that appears on the Stand-by display in

Dual Mode or B Mode.

Select a modeSet a clock.

pSee page 122 for how to set the clock.

Set call/receive No.

Disp. call/receive

No.

For Number A and Number B, you can set the respective

character font and color for the names stored in the

Phonebook and phone numbers shown on the display.

Number A or Number BSet a font and color.

pSee page 121 for how to set the font and color.

Ring tone set. for

No. B

You can set a ring tone for Number B and a mail ring tone for

Address B.

Select an item.

Phone . . . . . . . . . Sets a ring tone for voice calls.

Videophone . . . . Sets a ring tone for videophone calls.

Mail . . . . . . . . . . . Sets a ring tone for i-mode mail messages

and SMS messages.

Select a type of ring tone.

Go to step 3 on page 104.

pIf you select “Release”, the setting returns to the default.

2in1 function OFF You can deactivate 2in1.

YES

Receive avoidance set.

Change recv. avoid. You can set Receive Avoidance Set. manually for Number A

and Number B.

Number A or Number BSelect an item.

Unchange . . . Does not change Receive Avoidance Set.

Receive . . . . . Receives the calls to the selected phone

number.

Avoid . . . . . . . Avoids the calls to the selected phone

number.

l()YES

pWhen “Mode link setting” is activated, the confirmation

display appears telling that it is necessary to deactivate it.

Check recv.

avoidance

You can check Receive Avoidance Set.

Mode link setting You can activate/deactivate Mode Link. When you activate it,

Receive Avoidance Set. automatically changes by linking to

switching of the mode of 2in1; You can receive a call only to

Number A when in A Mode, only to Number B when in B

Mode, and to both Number A and B when in Dual Mode.

YES

Recv. avoid.

(abroad)

You can operate Receive Avoidance Set. from overseas.

YESOperate following the voice guidance.

pWhen “Mode link setting” is activated, the confirmation

display appears telling that it is necessary to deactivate it.

Information

<Stand-by display> <Stand-by disp. Wide>

pSee “Set Stand-by Display” on page 111 to set the Stand-by display in A Mode.

pSee “Setting Clock Display” on page 122 to set the clock in A Mode.

pSee “Select Ring Tone” on page 104 to set a ring tone for Number A and a mail ring

tone for Address A.

pIf a call comes in to Number B without notifying his/her caller ID, the ring tone set by

“Call setting w/o ID” sounds.

450

Network Services

In Dual Mode, Number A dialing is the default setting when you make a

call from the Phonebook entry of A/common setting or the dialed/

received call record of Number A, and Number B dialing is the default

setting when you make a call from the Phonebook entry of B setting or

the dialed/received call record of Number B. Further, you can select a

phone number to be notified to the other party before making a call by the

following operations.

1Enter a phone numberd or Oo()

2Number A or Number B

pTo cancel, select “Cancel”.

1Call up the detailed display of a Phonebook entry, redial

item, dialed call record, received call record, Sent

Address, or Received Address.

2i()2in1 dialNumber A or Number B

pWhen you operate from Sent Address or Received Address, press i()

and select “Dialing” to select a dialing type, and then select “2in1 setting”.

pTo cancel, select “2in1 dial OFF”.

pWhen “Mode link setting” is activated, you cannot switch the mode of 2in1 out of the

service area.

Make a Call in Dual Mode

When Entering a Phone Number to Make a Call

Information

When Selecting Your Caller ID from Phonebook or Call

Records

When you compose an i-mode mail message in Dual Mode, you can

select a sender’s address from “Address A” or “Address B”.

pIn the following cases, the default sender’s address is automatically set according to

the 2in1 setting of a Phonebook entry, phone number used for making/receiving a call,

or mail address used for sending/receiving a mail message.

・When you set a mail address stored in the Phonebook as a destination address (For

a Phonebook entry set as common setting, Address A is a default. When there are

multiple destination addresses, the sender’s address follows the 2in1 setting of the

last destination address.)

・When you compose i-mode mail message from Redial, Dialed Calls, Received Calls,

Sent Address, or Received Address

・When you operate Reply, Reply with Quote, Forward, or Re-edit of i-mode mail

messages

1Message Composition displayi()

ChangeFromAddr A/BAddress A or Address B

Go to step 2 on page 146.

Send an i-mode Mail Message in Dual Mode

451

Network Services

■Services available to each mode

pThe items whose operations differ depending on the mode are listed. (Items that work the same way as with A Mode are omitted.)

Item A Mode B Mode Dual Mode

Voice call

Videophone call

Dialing Number A Number B Selectable when dialing※1

Receiving Receiving all calls※2

Phonebook※3Displaying Phonebook entries with A setting/

common setting

Phonebook entries with B setting/

common setting

All Phonebook entries

Changing to name※4Phonebook entries with A setting/

common setting

Phonebook entries with B setting/

common setting

All Phonebook entries

2in1 setting when newly storing Phonebook entries with A setting Phonebook entries with B setting Phonebook entries with A setting

Receiving all entries using infrared

rays/iC or from microSD card Copying sender’s 2in1 setting※5

Receiving one entry using infrared rays/

iC or from microSD card

Phonebook entries with A setting Phonebook entries with B setting Phonebook entries with A setting

“Copy to UIM” At the time of “Copy to UIM”, 2in1 setting becomes common

“Copy to phone” Phonebook entries with A setting Phonebook entries with B setting Phonebook entries with A setting

Redial

Dialed calls

Received calls

Received address

records

Detailed sent

Chaku-moji message

Displaying Records for Number A/Address A Records for Number B/Address B All records

i-mode mail Displaying※6Sent/Received i-mode mail messages

for Address A

Sent/Received i-mode mail messages

for Address B

All i-mode mail messages

Sending i-mode mail messages from Address

i-mode mail messages from Address

Selectable when sending※7

Receiving i-mode mail messages to Address A

(with ring tone/vibration)

i-mode mail messages to Address B

(without ring tone/vibration)

i-mode mail messages to Address A

(without ring tone/vibration)

i-mode mail messages to Address B

(with ring tone/vibration)

All i-mode mail messages

(with ring tone/vibration)

Receiving all messages using infrared

rays/iC or from microSD card Copying sender’s state※5

Receiving one message using infrared

rays/iC or from microSD card i-mode mail messages for Address A

452

Network Services

※1 The Phonebook entry with A setting or common setting is dialed by Number A and the Phonebook entry with B setting is dialed by Number B by default.

※2 When you set “Call acceptance”, you can receive calls only from the specified phone numbers regardless of the current mode.

When you set “Call rejection”, you can reject calls only from the specified phone numbers regardless of the current mode.

※3 When you set a Phonebook entry as secret data, secret mode has priority.

※4 This function checks the phone number/mail address with the Phonebook, and changes it to the name of the Phonebook entry for displaying when the caller’s phone number,

receiver’s phone number, sender’s phone number, sender’s mail address, or receiver’s mail address is stored in the Phonebook.

※5 When the sender’s model does not support 2in1, all data files are set with A setting.

※6 In B Mode, mail messages and SMS messages on the microSD card are not displayed if they do not have B Mode attribute information.

※7 When you compose an i-mode mail message from a Phonebook entry with A setting or common setting, the message is sent from Address A, and when you compose an

i-mode mail message from a Phonebook entry with B setting, the message is sent from Address B by default.

※8 Except message application programs and the i-αppli Stand-by display.

※9 Except the i-αppli Stand-by display.

※10 Up to 40 voice mail messages for Number A and Number B can be recorded respectively.

The icon such as “ ” appears when the voice mail messages for Number A are recorded, and the icon such as “ ” appears when the voice mail messages for Number B are

recorded.

※11 You can activate/deactivate the service and make other settings for Number A and Number B respectively.

※12 When you execute “Check setting” of “Voice mail”, the confirmation display appears asking which number you use for dialing, Number A or Number B.

※13 When you execute “Check setting” of “Call forwarding”, the confirmation display appears asking which number you use for dialing, Number A or Number B.

SMS Displaying※6Sent/Received SMS messages for

Number A

Received SMS messages for Number

All SMS messages

Sending SMS messages from Number A Unusable SMS messages from Number A

Receiving SMS messages to Number A

(with ring tone/vibration)

SMS messages to Number B

(without ring tone/vibration)

SMS messages to Number A

(without ring tone/vibration)

SMS messages to Number B

(with ring tone/vibration)

All SMS messages

(with ring tone/vibration)

Receiving all messages using infrared

rays/iC or from microSD card Copying sender’s state※5

Receiving one message using infrared

rays/iC or from microSD card SMS messages for Number A

“Copy to UIM” SMS messages for Number A

“Copy from UIM” SMS messages for Number A Undisplayable SMS messages for Number A

PushTalk Dialing Number A Unusable Number A

Receiving Number A※2

PushTalk Phonebook Displayable Undisplayable Displayable

i-αppli All usable Usable※8Usable※9

Own number Number A Number B Number A/Number B

Voice mail Recording voice mail messages Recording all voice mail messages※10

Connection number for the service※11 Number A Number B※12 Selectable when dialing

Call forwarding

Forwarding to the forwarding destination

Forwarding all calls

Connection number for the service※11 Number A

Number B

※13 Selectable when dialing

Item A Mode B Mode Dual Mode

453

Network Services

Information

pWhen you delete an image or melody set for a Phonebook entry of B setting or move

it to the microSD card in A Mode (or a Phonebook entry of A setting in B Mode), or

when you delete an image or move it to the microSD card set for the Stand-by display

in the mode other than the current mode of 2in1, the message telling that the file is set

to another function does not appear.

pIn B Mode, you cannot use the following mail functions:

・Composing SMS messages ・Forwarding SMS messages

・Replying SMS messages ・Chat mail

・i-αppli To function from i-mode mail text

pIn Dual Mode, you cannot compose SMS messages and make a PushTalk call from a

redial item/dialed call record for Number B and received call record for Number B.

pIn Dual Mode, you cannot execute “Reply” from an SMS message received to

Number B.

pRegardless of the current mode, emergency calls to 110/119/118 notify of Number A.

pWhen you make a call/AT command call from an external device, the call is made

from Number A in A Mode and Dual Mode, and from Number B in B Mode.

pRegardless of the current mode, you can save up to 2,500 i-mode mail messages

including SMS messages in the Inbox, up to 1,000 i-mode mail messages including

SMS messages in the Outbox, and up to 20 i-mode mail messages including SMS

messages in the Draft.

pThe SMS messages received to Number B cannot be replied to, however, they are

not saved to the folder set to “Reply impossible”.

p“DEL all read mails”, “DEL all recv. mails”, “Delete read mails”, “Delete all SMS-R”,

“DEL all frm folder”, and “Delete all” apply to all the i-mode mail/SMS messages.

pRegardless of the current mode, “Delete all” of the Phonebook applies to all the

Phonebook entries.

“OFFICEED” is an in-group fixed bill service that applies to the specified

IMCS (In-building Mobile Communication System).

The separate subscription is required for use.

For details, check the DOCOMO-enterprise-oriented website (in Japanese

only). http://www.docomo.biz/d/212/

You can use the OFFICEED out-of-area forwarding function to forward

OFFICEED calls to out-of-OFFICEED area.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesOFFICEED

Do the following operations.

Using OFFICEED

Use OFFICEED Out-of-Area Forwarding Function

Area display setting You can set whether to display “ ” while you are in the

OFFICEED area.

ON or OFF

pIf you select “ON”, the confirmation display appears asking

whether to set Area Display Setting to “ON”.

Activate forwarding You can activate the OFFICEED out-of-area forwarding function.

YES

Deactivate

forwarding

You can deactivate the OFFICEED out-of-area forwarding

function.

YES

Check FWD setting You can check the setting of the OFFICEED out-of-area

forwarding function.

454

Network Services

When a new network service is provided by DOCOMO, you can register

that service in the menu to use it.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesAdditional service

Additional service

Highlight <Not stored> and press i()

Add new service

pYou can change the setting for the registered service by pressing i()

and selecting “Edit”.

pTo delete the registered service, press i( ) and select “Delete this” or

“Delete all”, then select “YES” → “OK”.

pYou can register up to 10 network services.

2Enter a service name

Enter number or Enter USSD number

Select either “Enter number” or “Enter USSD number” according to the service

contents you add.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.

3Enter either a special number or a service code (USSD

number)YES

Saving and Using Services

Add New Service

Information

pYou need to check and enter “Special number” or “Service code” supplied by

DOCOMO for using the services.

Special number

. . . Number for connecting the Service Center.

Service code (USSD number)

. . . With the FOMA terminal, enter it as USSD. The code is for notifying to the

Service Center.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesAdditional service

Additional serviceSelect a serviceOo()

Dialing to the Service Center starts.

For when you execute the additional services, you can register up to 10

additional guidance items which correspond to the codes (USSD) that are

returned from the Service Center. The additional guidance name is

displayed when the registered command is returned as a reply.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesAdditional service

Additional guidance

Highlight <Not stored> and pressi()

Add new guidance

pYou can check the setting by selecting the registered guidance.

pYou can change the setting of the registered guidance by pressing i()

and selecting “Edit”.

pTo delete the registered guidance, press i( ) and select “Delete this” or

“Delete all”, then select “YES” → “OK”.

2Enter a command.

pEnter the code (USSD) provided by DOCOMO.

3Enter an additional guidance nameYES

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.

Use Registered Service

455

Overseas Use

Outline of International Roaming (WORLD WING) . . . . . . . . . . 456

Available Services Overseas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456

Confirmation for Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457

Making a Call at the Country You Stay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459

Receiving a Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460

Setting a Network to Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <3G/GSM Setting> 461

Setting a Search Method of Telecommunication Carrier

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Network Search Mode> 461

Setting a Telecommunication Carrier to Preferentially Connect to

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<PLMN Setting> 462

Displaying a Carrier Name on the Stand-by Display

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Display Operator Name> 462

Confirming a Communication System. . .<Status in the Area> 462

Setting Guidance during Roaming

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Set Roaming Guidance> 463

Notifying Received Calls during Roaming

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Missed Roaming Notice> 463

Setting Incoming Calls to be Rejected during Roaming

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Call Barring> 463

Using Network Services during Roaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464

456

Overseas Use

International Roaming (WORLD WING) is a service that enables you,

using local carrier’s networks, to make calls or to communicate even in

the foreign countries which are out of the service area of the FOMA

network.

pThere are following three major communication systems for network services

overseas:

3G Network

Third generation mobile communications system that conforms to the world standard

specifications, 3GPP (Third Generation Partnership Project※).

※This is the regional standards organization for developing common technical

specifications for third-generation mobile telecommunication systems (IMT-2000).

GSM (Global System for Mobile Communications) Network

The most widespread 2G digital mobile standard system available worldwide.

GPRS (General Packet Radio Service) Network

A 2.5G mobile standard system enabling high-speed packet communications by

GPRS using GSM communication system.

pThis service is available within the service area of 3G network and GSM/GPRS

network, and in the countries/regions supporting 3G 850MHz.

pAt the time of purchase, the FOMA terminal is set to automatically switch networks in

foreign countries. (See page 461)

pRefer to the following before you use your FOMA terminal overseas:

・“Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International Services]”

・“Mobile Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]”

・DOCOMO Global Service website

・PDF file “海外ご利用ガイド (Guide for Overseas Use)” pre-installed in “My

documents” in Data Box

Outline of International Roaming (WORLD

WING)

Information

pQuick Manual “For Overseas Use” is attached to the end of this manual. Refer to it

when you use the FOMA terminal overseas.

pFor the country/area codes, international call access codes, and international prefix

numbers for the universal number, see page 458 and page 459.

pOverseas use fee is added to your monthly bill. You might be requested, however, to

pay the fee with the bill for the following month or later depending on the overseas

carrier. Note that the usage amount to be paid for a month might not be charged in the

same month.

○: Available —: Not available

※1 In B Mode or Dual Mode of 2in1, you cannot make calls from Number B.

※2 You need to make overseas usage settings. (See page 457)

※3 You need to make i-Channel settings. You are charged a packet communication

fee each time you receive i-Channel messages (including the basic channel).

※4 You need to make overseas usage settings for i-concier (see page 228). You are

charged a packet communication fee each time you receive information.

※5 You need to make i-Widget roaming settings (see page 312). When you show an

i-Widget display, multiple Widget applications might start. In this case, you are

charged a packet communication fee for each communication.

Available Services Overseas

Communication Service 3G GSM GPRS

Voice call※1○○○

Videophone call※1○——

SMS ○○○

i-mode※2○—○

i-mode mail ○—○

i-Channel※2※3○—○

i-concier※4○—○

i-Widget※5○—○

Packet communication by connecting with a

personal computer ○—○

Information

pThe GPS functions and 64K data communication are not available overseas.

pYou cannot dial from an additional number even if you are the user of Multi Number.

pSome services are not available depending on the carrier or network. For connectable

countries, regions, and carriers, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International

Services]” or the DOCOMO Global Service website.

pThe packet communication fee for the overseas use differs from the one for the use in

Japan.

457

Overseas Use

Confirm below in Japan before you use the FOMA terminal overseas.

■About contract

pYou do not need to subscribe to WORLD WING if you have subscribed to the FOMA

service after September 1, 2005. If you offered that you do not need WORLD WING at

the time you signed up for the FOMA service, or when you have canceled WORLD

WING midway, you are required to newly subscribe to WORLD WING.

pIf you have signed up for the FOMA service before August 31, 2005, and have not yet

subscribed to WORLD WING, you are required to subscribe to it.

pConfirm whether your UIM supports “WORLD WING”. (The green/white UIMs support

it.) (See page 40)

pThis service is not available with some billing plans.

■About charging batteries

pSee page 18 for cautions for handling AC adapter (option).

pSee page 42 and page 43 for charging batteries using AC adapter (option).

■About the setting of i-mode

To perform overseas usage settings in Japan, do the following setting:

iEnglishOptionsInternational Settingsi-mode services Settings

Select “Yes”Enter your i-mode passwordSelect

■About the setting of network service

When you have signed up for network services, you can release/make the settings

(except some) of the network services also from overseas.

pYou need to set “Remote control” in advance. (See page 446)

pEven with the network services that you can operate to activate/deactivate, you might

not be able to use the services depending on the overseas carrier. Also, some network

services are available only in Japan.

■About SMS

Even during international roaming, you can send/receive SMS messages to and from the

other party who uses the FOMA terminal in Japan or overseas or who uses overseas

carriers.

pWhen you enter the destination address for sending an SMS message to the other

party who is using an overseas carrier, add “+” and a country/area code to the head of

the destination phone number.

When the destination phone number begins with “0”, enter the phone number except

for the “0”. However, include “0” when making a call to some countries or regions such

as Italy.

Confirmation for Using

Confirmation before Departure

pWhen the text of an SMS message sent to the other party who is using an overseas

carrier contains characters that do not support those on the destination phone, the

characters might not be correctly displayed.

When you turn on the power to the FOMA terminal after arriving at a

country overseas, an available carrier is automatically set.

pThe network system you are currently using appears at the upper side of the display.

：3G network that supports packet communication

：3G network that does not support packet communication

：GSM network

：GPRS network

pWhen “Display operator name” is set to “Display ON”, the name of the connected

carrier appears on the Stand-by display.

pTo perform overseas usage settings overseas, do the following setting:

iiMenu SearchEnglishOptionsInternational Settingsi-mode

services Settings

Select “Yes”Enter your i-mode passwordSelect

pWhen “Network search mode” is set to “Auto”, and you move out of the service area of

the network you are connected to, the available network of another carrier is

automatically searched for and you are re-connected to it.

pWhen “Set time” is set to “Auto time adjust ON”, and you receive the information of the

time/time difference from the network of the connected overseas carrier, the time/time

difference of the FOMA terminal is corrected. The correction timing differs depending

on the overseas carrier.

pDepending on the overseas carrier, the time difference might not be correctly adjusted.

In such a case, set a time zone manually. (See page 46)

Check Required at the Country You Stay

■About inquiries

For lost, stolen, and cost settlement, or malfunction of your FOMA terminal overseas,

refer to “Loss or theft of FOMA terminal or payment of cumulative cost overseas” or

“Failures encountered overseas” on the back page of this manual. Note that you are

still charged the call and communication fees incurred after you lose it or have it stolen.

pIf you lose your UIM (green/white) or have it stolen overseas, immediately contact

DOCOMO to take the steps necessary for suspending the use of the UIM.

pYou need to add the “international call access code” of the country you stay or

“international prefix number for the universal number” to the head of each phone

number for inquiries.

458

Overseas Use

■Country/Area codes for major countries

Use the following country/area codes when you make international calls or when you set

Int’l Dial Assist.

pFor the code for other countries or for details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide

[International Services]” or the DOCOMO Global Service website.

Service area Code Service area Code

Australia 61 Monaco 377

Belgium 32 Netherlands 31

Brazil 55 New Zealand 64

Canada 1 Norway 47

China 86 Philippines 63

Czech Republic 420 Poland 48

Denmark 45 Portugal 351

Finland 358 Russia 7

France 33 Singapore 65

Germany 49 South Korea 82

Greece 30 Spain 34

Hong Kong 852 Sweden 46

Hungary 36 Switzerland 41

India 91 Taiwan 886

Indonesia 62 Thailand 66

Ireland 353 Turkey 90

Italy 39 United Arab Emirates 971

Luxembourg 352 United Kingdom 44

Macau 853 United States of America 1

Malaysia 60 Vietnam 84

■International call access codes for major countries (Table 1)

The international call access codes for major countries are listed below.

Service area Access code Service area Access code

Australia 0011 Monaco 00

Belgium 00 Netherlands 00

Brazil 0021/0014 New Zealand 00

Canada 011 Norway 00

China 00 Philippines 00

Czech Republic 00 Poland 00

Denmark 00 Portugal 00

Finland 00 Russia 810

France 00 Singapore 001

Germany 00 South Korea 001

Greece 00 Spain 00

Hong Kong 001 Sweden 00

Hungary 00 Switzerland 00

India 00 Taiwan 002

Indonesia 001 Thailand 001

Ireland 00 Turkey 00

Italy 00 United Arab Emirates 00

Luxembourg 00 United Kingdom 00

Macau 00 United States of America 011

Malaysia 00 Vietnam 00

459

Overseas Use

■International prefix numbers for the universal number (Table 2)

The international prefix numbers for the universal number for major countries are listed

below.

pThe numbers are not available in some areas.

pYou can use the universal numbers only in countries listed in the table above.

pWhen making a call from a hotel, you may be separately charged the phone usage fee

from the hotel (You are responsible for the fee.). You should check with the hotel

before making a call.

pNote that, in many cases, the universal number may not be used from a mobile phone,

public phone, or hotel phone, etc.

Service area International

prefix number Service area International

prefix number

Argentina 00 Luxembourg 00

Australia 0011 Malaysia 00

Austria 00 Netherlands 00

Belgium 00 New Zealand 00

Brazil 0021 Norway 00

Bulgaria 00 Peru 00

Canada 011 Philippines 00

China 00 Portugal 00

Colombia 009 Singapore 001

Denmark 00 South Africa 09

Finland 990 South Korea 001

France 00 Spain 00

Germany 00 Sweden 00

Hong Kong 001 Switzerland 00

Hungary 00 Taiwan 00

Ireland 00 Thailand 001

Israel 014 United Kingdom 00

Italy 00 United States of America 011

After you return to Japan, the FOMA network is automatically searched

and connected.

pWhen the FOMA network is not connected, set “3G/GSM setting” to “Auto” and set

“Network search mode” to “Auto”.

You can make voice calls or videophone calls from overseas using

international roaming service.

When you make an international call from the country you stay to a

land-line phone or mobile phone in Japan, you can operate from the

Phonebook easily.

pThis is available only when the phone number stored in the Phonebook begins with “0”.

You need to set “Auto assist setting” of “Int’l dial assist” on page 61 to “ON” and to

“Japan (81)” in advance. (Setting at purchase)

1Detailed Phonebook displayd or Oo()Dial

“0” at the head of the phone number is replaced with “+81” when dialed.

pPress l( ) to make an international videophone call.

pWhen you select “Dial with orig. No.”, the phone number is dialed as stored in the

Phonebook.

Check Required after Homecoming

Making a Call at the Country You Stay

Make a Call to Outside the Country You Stay (Including

Japan)

Use Phonebook to Make an International Call to Japan

Information

pFrom a redial item or dialed call record, or by entering a phone number directly, you

can make an international call by the same operation.

460

Overseas Use

Press and hold 0 for at least one second, then you can enter “+” when

dialing. By using “+”, you can make international calls from the country

you stay to the countries such as Japan.

10(for at least one second)

Enter numbers in order of country/area code

→area code (city code)→destination phone number

d or Oo()

pEnter “81” as a country/area code when you make an international call to Japan.

pWhen the area code (city code) begins with “0”, enter it except for the “0”.

However, include “0” when making a call to some countries or regions such as

Italy.

pPress l( ) to make an international videophone call.

If you have stored a country/area code by Country/Area Code (see

page 62), you can make international calls from the country you stay to

the country such as Japan.

pThe caller ID might not be notified, or might not be displayed correctly depending on

the carrier. In this case, you cannot make a call by using Received Calls.

1Enter a phone number

call up the detailed display of a Phonebook entry, redial

item, dialed call record, or received call record.

2i()Int’l dial assist

Select a country/area named or Oo()

pPress l( ) to make an international videophone call.

Use “+” to Make an International Call

International Dial

In the same way as you do in Japan, you can make a voice call or

videophone call by entering the destination’s phone number.

1Enter a destination phone numberd or Oo()

pPress l( ) to make a videophone call.

pTo make a call in the country you stay using the Phonebook, select “Dial with

orig. No.” on page 459.

When you make a call to a person who is also internationally roaming,

make the call in the same way as to make international calls to Japan

even if he/she is in the country you stay.

In the same operation as you do in Japan, you can answer voice calls and

videophone calls overseas. (See page 64)

■Having calls to your FOMA terminal made from Japan

You can receive international calls from Japan by just having your phone number

entered in the same way as the callers usually do in Japan.

Making a call entering “090 (or 080) -XXXX-XXXX”

■Having calls to your FOMA terminal made from countries other than Japan

Regardless of the country you stay, you receive calls via Japan; therefore, have the

caller enter “international call access code of his/her country” and “81” (country/area

code of Japan) in the same way as the caller makes a call to Japan and then enter your

phone number whose “0” is excluded from the head.

Making a call entering “international call access code of the country of the

caller-81-90 (or 80) -XXXX-XXXX”

Making a Call to a Person in the Country You Stay

Make a Call to a Person who is Staying Overseas and

Using WORLD WING

Receiving a Call

Information

pEven if the other party makes a call with the setting to notify you of his/her caller ID,

the caller ID might not be notified depending on the overseas carrier. Also, a number

different from the other party’s caller ID might be notified depending on the caller’s

network.

461

Overseas Use

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

3G/GSM settingSelect a network type.

Auto. . . . . . . . . For using 3G, GSM, or GPRS network. (3G network has priority.)

3G . . . . . . . . . . For using 3G network.

GSM/GPRS . . . For using GSM or GPRS network.

When you switch to “GSM/GPRS” from “Auto” or “3G”, the

confirmation display appears to tell your phone will be out of

service area in Japan.

pWhile you use the FOMA terminal overseas, “Call setting w/o ID”, “Reject unknown”,

and “Restrictions (except Restrict Dialing)” might not work. In addition, it might work as

“Answer” regardless of the setting of “Arrival call act”.

pWhen a call comes in during international roaming, the call is forwarded from Japan.

The caller is charged a call fee to Japan and the receiver is charged a receiving fee.

<3G/GSM Setting>

Setting a Network to Use

Information

pIf you set to “Auto” or “3G”, FOMA network is used in Japan. If you set to “GSM/

GPRS”, you cannot connect to FOMA network, the FOMA terminal is placed in

out-of-service-area state.

You can set whether to automatically search a network and connect to

another carrier when you move out of the service area.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Network search modeSelect an item.

Auto . . . . . . Automatically re-connects to another carrier. The setting is completed.

Manual. . . . Connect manually to a carrier on the list.

“×” is displayed for unavailable carriers.

Network re-search

. . . . . . . . . . When set to “Auto”, automatically switches to an available carrier. The

setting is completed.

When set to “Manual”, displays the list of carriers.

2Select a carrier.

pThe displayed carrier varies depending on the setting of “3G/GSM setting”.

pPress l( ) to display the list of carriers again.

Setting a Search Method of

Telecommunication Carrier

Information

pYou cannot set this function if the UIM is not inserted.

pWhen you move out of the service area while this function is set to “Manual”, “ ”

appears.

pWhen you have set this function to “Manual” and turn off and on the FOMA terminal

out of the service area, select a carrier again in the service area.

pIf you set this function to “Manual” and connect to the network overseas, you need to

set it to “Auto” after homecoming.

462

Overseas Use

You can specify the priority order of carriers you are connected to for

when “Network search mode” is set to “Auto”. You can store up to 20

carriers.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

PLMN setting

pYou can select the stored carrier to check the stored contents.

2i()PLMN list select

pTo search for a carrier by a name of country/area, press l( ) and select

a country/area name. You can search also by pressing l( ) again from

the Country/Area list and entering a country/area name.

3Select a carrierOo()Select a network type

l()YES

Setting a Telecommunication Carrier to

Preferentially Connect to

Function Menu while PLMN Setting is Displayed

Set VPLMN to

UPLMN

You can store the carrier you are currently connected to.

l()YES

PLMN list select See “Setting a Telecommunication Carrier to Preferentially

Connect to” on page 462.

PLMN manual

select

You can store a carrier by entering a country/area code and

operator code. You can store carriers not found in the list.

Enter a country/area code (3 digits) and operator code (2

to 3 digits)Select a network typel()YES

Change priority Select a number to change tol()YES

Delete this YESl()YES

Delete all YESl()YES

You can select whether to display, on the Stand-by display, the name of

the carrier you are currently connected to.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Display operator nameDisplay ON or Display OFF

The carrier’s name is displayed on the Stand-by display.

However, when you use the “DOCOMO” network, the carrier is

not displayed.

You can display whether the carrier you are currently connecting to

supports the circuit switching (CS)※1 and packet switching (PS)※2.

※1 The communication system used for voice calls, videophone calls, SMS, etc.

※2 The communication system used for i-mode, i-mode mail, etc.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingStatus in the area

Information

pWhen the “DOCOMO” network is available, you are preferentially connected to it

regardless of this setting.

pThis setting is stored on the UIM.

pYou cannot set this function if the UIM is not inserted.

Displaying a Carrier Name on the Stand-by

Display

When you set to “Display ON”

Confirming a Communication System

Carrier’s name

463

Overseas Use

For an incoming voice call or videophone call during international

roaming, you can have the voice guidance played back to the caller to

that effect.

pEven when you activate Roaming Guidance, the caller may hear the guidance in a

foreign language depending on the overseas carrier.

pEven when you deactivate Roaming Guidance, the caller hears a ringback tone set by

the overseas carrier.

pYou need to set this function in Japan.

1mSet./ServiceNW services

Set Roaming guidanceDo the following operations.

By SMS messages, you can be notified of the information (date/time of

receiving and caller ID) of missed calls which came in while you were out

of the service area or the power was turned off during international

roaming.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Missed roaming noticeDo the following operations.

Setting Guidance during Roaming

Activate YES

Deactivate YES

Check setting You can check the setting contents of “Set Roaming guidance”.

Notifying Received Calls during Roaming

Activate YES

Deactivate YES

Check setting You can check the setting contents of “Missed roaming notice”.

pThis setting might not be available depending on the overseas carrier.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Call barringDo the following operations.

Missed call NTC

(Int.)

You can set “Missed roaming notice” during international

roaming.

YESOperate following the voice guidance.

Setting Incoming Calls to be Rejected

during Roaming

Activate Select an item.

Bar all incoming. . . . . . .Bars all calls including voice calls and

videophone calls.

Bar VP call/data ex. . . . .Bars only videophone calls.

YESEnter your Network Security Code.

pSee page 124 for the Network Security Code.

Deactivate YESEnter your Network Security Code.

pSee page 124 for the Network Security Code.

Check setting You can check the setting contents of “Call barring”.

464

Overseas Use

You can use some network services such as Voice Mail Service or Call

Forwarding Service from overseas.

You can set Roaming Guidance as well.

pSee page 449 for “Receive avoidance set.” of 2in1.

pThis setting might not be available depending on the overseas carrier.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Voice mail (Int.)Select an itemYES

Operate following the voice guidance.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Call forwarding (Int.)Select an itemYES

Operate following the voice guidance.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Roaming guidance (Int.)YES

Operate following the voice guidance.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Remote control (Int.)YES

Operate following the voice guidance.

Using Network Services during Roaming

Operate Voice Mail Service at the Country You Stay

Operate Call Forwarding Service at the Country You Stay

Operate Roaming Guidance at the Country You Stay

Operate Remote Control at the Country You Stay

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Caller ID req. (Int.)YES

Operate following the voice guidance.

Operate Caller ID Request Service at the Country You

Stay

Information

pWhen you use those services from overseas, you are charged an international call fee

of the country you stay.

pYou need to set “Remote control” in advance. (See page 446)

465

PC Connection

Data Communication Available from FOMA Terminal . . . . . . . 466

Before Using Data Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467

Setup Flow for Data Transfer (OBEX™ Communication). . . . . 468

Setup Flow for Data Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469

AT Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469

Using CD-ROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469

Introduction of DOCOMO Keitai Datalink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469

For details on data communication, refer to the PDF version of “Manual for PC Connection” on the provided CD-ROM or DOCOMO website.

To see the PDF version of “Manual for PC Connection”, you need to have Adobe® Reader®. If it is not installed in your personal computer, install

Adobe® Reader® from the provided CD-ROM to see it.

For details such as how to use it, refer to “Adobe Reader Help”.

466

PC Connection

The data communication services you can use by connecting the FOMA

terminal to a personal computer are categorized into data transfer

(OBEX™ communication), and packet communication/64K data

communication.

The FOMA terminal is equipped with the adapter function for packet

communication.

pYou might not be able to activate or operate other functions during data

communication. See “Multiaccess Combinations” on page 504 for details.

pThe 64K data communication is not available overseas.

pTo perform the packet communication overseas, perform it via the IP connection.

(You cannot perform the packet communication via the PPP connection.)

You can exchange data files such as images, music files, Phonebook entries and

mail messages with another FOMA terminal or a personal computer.

Data Communication Available from

FOMA Terminal

Data Transfer (OBEX™ Communication)

Infrared communication

(See page 380)

iC communication

(See page 385)

Bluetooth communication

(See page 418)

P-07A

FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02

microSD card (See page 366)

DOCOMO keitai datalink (See page 469)

P-07A

This communication system requires a communication fee according to the

amount of data you sent and received. (Best effort system with 7.2 Mbps of

maximum download speed and 384 kbps of maximum upload speed)※ It uses an

access point which supports FOMA packet communication such as DOCOMO

Internet access service “mopera U”.

Packet communication is available by configuring settings after connecting the

FOMA terminal to a personal computer via the FOMA USB Cable with Charge

Function 01/02 (option) or Bluetooth communication, and is suitable for using

applications through the high-speed communication.

※The maximum speed is based on the technical specification. The actual

communication speed varies depending on the network congestion state and the

communication environment. The communication speed might be lowered when you

connect the FOMA terminal to an access point which does not support HIGH-SPEED

or the terminal is outside the FOMA High-Speed Area, or when you use the device

which does not support High-Speed such as DOCOMO’s PDA “sigmarion III” or

“musea”.

pThe packet communication is charged according to the amount of data you sent and

received. Note that you are charged a high communication fee for the massive data

communication such as browsing Internet websites having many images or

downloading data files.

This communication system requires a communication fee according to the

duration of connection. By connecting the FOMA terminal to a personal computer

via the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option) or Bluetooth

communication, you can execute communication.

To use this service, connect to an access point which supports FOMA 64K data

communication such as DOCOMO Internet access service “mopera U”, or an

ISDN-synchronous 64K access point.

pThe 64K data communication is charged according to the duration of connection. Note

that a communication fee becomes expensive if you use this service for a long time.

Packet Communication

64K Data Communication

Information

pThe FOMA terminal does not support Remote Wakeup.

pThe FOMA terminal does not support the FAX communication.

pYou can perform data communication by connecting the FOMA terminal with

DOCOMO’s PDA “sigmarion lll” or “musea”. To use “musea”, the update is required.

For details such as how to update them, refer to the DOCOMO website.

467

PC Connection

To use the Internet, you need to pay the charge for the Internet service provider

you use. Besides the FOMA service fee, you need to directly pay this charge to the

Internet service provider. For details on the charge, contact the Internet service

provider you use.

You can use the DOCOMO Internet access service, “mopera U”.

To use “mopera U”, subscription (charged) is required.

The access points for the packet communication and 64K data communication

differ. To use the packet communication, connect to an access point which

supports packet communication. To use the 64K data communication, connect to

an access point which supports FOMA 64K data communication or

ISDN-synchronous 64K.

pYou cannot connect to the DoPa access point.

pFor the service contents and connection method of “mopera”, refer to the “mopera”

website (in Japanese only):

http://www.mopera.net/mopera/index.html

To carry out the communication by using the FOMA terminal in Japan, the

following conditions are required:

pThe personal computer to be used can use the FOMA USB Cable with Charge

Function 01/02 (option).

pWhen connecting using Bluetooth communication, the personal computer should

support Dial-up Networking Profile of Bluetooth Specification Ver. 1.1, Ver. 1.2, or Ver.

2.0+EDR.

pThe PDA to be used should support FOMA packet communication and 64K data

communication.

pWithin the FOMA service area

pFor packet communication, the access point should support packet communication of

the FOMA.

pFor 64K data communication, the access point should support the FOMA 64K data

communication or ISDN-synchronous 64K.

Even when these conditions are satisfied, if the base station is congested or the

radio wave conditions are bad, you may not carry out the communication.

Before Using Data Communication

Charge of Internet service provider

Setting access point (Internet service provider, etc.)

Conditions of packet communication and 64K data

communication

For the data communication, the following operating environment is

required for your personal computer:

■PC main unit

PC/AT compatible model

When using the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option):

USB port (Universal Serial Bus Specification Rev1.1/2.0※ compliant)

※This FOMA terminal does not support “USB2.0 High-Speed”.

When using Bluetooth communication:

Bluetooth Specification Ver. 1.1, Ver. 1.2, or Ver. 2.0+EDR compliant (Dial-up

Networking Profile)

Display resolution 800 x 600 dots, High Color 16 bits or more recommended.

■OS※

Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista (Japanese version in each)

※Windows 2000 Service Pack 4 or later, Widows XP Service Pack 2 or later, for

“DOCOMO Connection Manager”

(For details of operating environment, refer to the DOCOMO website.)

■Memory requirements

Windows 2000: 64 Mbytes or more

Windows XP: 128 Mbytes or more

Windows Vista: 512 Mbytes or more

■Hard disk space size※

Unused memory space of 5 Mbytes or more

※Unused memory space of 15 Mbytes or more for “DOCOMO Connection Manager”

pThe operation on the upgraded OS is not guaranteed.

pThe memory requirements and hard disk space size may vary depending on the

system environment.

The following hardware and software programs are required besides the

FOMA terminal and personal computer:

pFOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option) or FOMA USB Cable (option)※

pProvided “P-07A CD-ROM”

※For USB connection

Operating Environment

Necessary Devices

468

PC Connection

The following three ways are available for connecting the FOMA terminal to

another device:

Connect the FOMA terminal to a personal computer provided with the USB port

using the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option).

This way of connection applies to all communication systems such as packet

communication, 64K data communication, and data transfer.

pSet “USB mode setting” to “Communication mode”. (See page 376)

pYou need to install the “FOMA communication configuration file” (driver) before use.

Connect a Bluetooth communication compatible personal computer wirelessly to

the FOMA terminal. This way of connection applies to packet communication and

64K data communication.

pWhen you perform data communication by using Bluetooth function, the high speed

communication is applied to the FOMA terminal. However, you may not be able to

communicate at the maximum speed because of the limit of communication speed of

Bluetooth function.

pUse a Bluetooth linked standard modem or a Bluetooth modem provided by the

Bluetooth device maker. Contact the maker of your personal computer or Bluetooth

device maker for how to install and to set up.

By using infrared rays, you can send/receive data between your FOMA terminal

and another FOMA terminal, mobile phone, or personal computer provided with

the infrared communication function. (See page 380)

This applies only to data transfer.

Information

pUse a dedicated “FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02” or “FOMA USB

Cable”. The USB cable for personal computers cannot be used because the shape of

the connector differs.

pIf you use a USB hub, the devices may not work correctly.

Connect FOMA Terminal to Other Devices

Use FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02

Use Bluetooth communication

Use Infrared communication

When you use the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option),

install the “FOMA communication configuration file” (driver).

Setup Flow for Data Transfer

(OBEX™ Communication)

Download and install the “FOMA communication configuration file” (driver).

pInstall the FOMA communication configuration file from the provided CD-ROM or

download them from the DOCOMO website and install.

Data transfer

469

PC Connection

The following outline shows a setup flow for packet communication or

64K data communication:

For details, refer to the PDF version of “Manual for PC Connection”.

Setup Flow for Data Communication

For USB connection For Bluetooth connection

Connect a personal computer to the

FOMA terminal using the FOMA USB

Cable with Charge Function 01/02

(option).

Connect a personal computer

wirelessly to the FOMA terminal using

Bluetooth communication.

Download and install the “FOMA

communication configuration file”

(driver).

pInstall the FOMA communication

configuration file from the provided

CD-ROM or download it from the

DOCOMO website and install.

Check the setting after installation. Check the modem.

Install “DOCOMO Connection

Manager”.

Carry out the setting manually without

using “DOCOMO Connection Manager”.

Connect.

AT commands are used to specify and modify the functions of the FOMA

terminal through the personal computer.

pFor details on AT commands, refer to the “Manual for PC Connection” on the provided

CD-ROM.

The provided CD-ROM contains the software programs for using data

communication on your FOMA terminal, “Manual for PC Connection” and

“Kuten Code List” (PDF file). For details, refer to the provided CD-ROM.

When you set the CD-ROM on your personal computer, an alert message might appear

on the display. This alert message appears depending on the security settings of Internet

Explorer, you can proceed without problems.

Click “はい (YES)”.

“DOCOMO keitai datalink” is the software program that enables you to

back up your Phonebook entries, i-mode mail messages and others to

your personal computer and edit them. The software program is

distributed from the DOCOMO website. For details and how to download,

refer to the website below. You can access the following website (in

Japanese only) from the provided CD-ROM as well.

http://datalink.nttdocomo.co.jp/

pFor details on how to download, transferable data, operating environments such as

compatible OS, installation method, operating method, and restrictions, refer to the

website above. For operations after installation, refer to Help contained in the software

program. To use the DOCOMO keitai datalink, you need to separately have the USB

Cable (option).

AT Command

Using CD-ROM

When a warning message appears

Introduction of DOCOMO Keitai Datalink

470

471

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Function List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472

Simple Menu Function List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494

List of Characters Assigned to Keys (5-touch Input Method)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496

List of Characters Assigned to Keys (2-touch Input Method)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497

List of Characters Assigned to Keys (NIKO-touch Input Method)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498

Symbol List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499

Pictogram List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502

Multiaccess Combinations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504

Multitask Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505

Services Available for FOMA Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507

Introduction of Options and Related Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508

Interfacing to External Devices

Introduction of Moving Picture Playing Software . . . . . . . . . . . . 508

Links with AV Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509

If Error Messages Appear as Mentioned Below. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512

Warranty and After-sales Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521

i-mode Fault Diagnosis Site. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522

Updating Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Software Update> 523

Protecting FOMA Terminal from Harmful Data

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Scanning Function> 528

Main Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530

Number of Savable/Registerable/Protectable Items in FOMA

Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534

Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) of Mobile Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . 535

Export Administration Regulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536

Intellectual Property Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537

472

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Execute “Reset settings” on page 141 for the items indicated by , and “Reset TV settings” on page 268 for the items indicated by ※, to return to

the respective defaults. If you execute “Initialize” on page 141, all items return to the defaults.

pEven if you execute “Initialize”, the pre-installed i-αppli programs you have deleted are not restored.

Function List

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

Mail Inbox Pre-installed data only (except inside the UIM)

User created folder: None i-αppli mail folder: None

162

Outbox No mail messages (except inside the UIM)

User created folder: None i-αppli mail folder: None

163

Draft No mail messages (except inside the UIM) 164

Compose message Confirmation display at attaching bulky size file: Displays confirmation display 157

Create new Decome-Anime —152

Template Deco-mail Pre-installed data only 154

Decome-Anime Pre-installed data only 155

Check new messages —159

Compose SMS —189

Check new SMS —191

Chat mail Chat member: Not recorded (except “Own”) 185

Receive option —159

Mail settings Scroll 1 line 178

Font size setting Standard 121

Mail list display List display: Date+sender/receiver subject Message/Name in phonebook: Checked 178

Message display Standard 178

Mail security All unchecked 136

Secret mail display ON 136

Auto color label Not stored 178

Pred. conv. at reply ON 178

Header/signature Header: Blank Insert: Checked 179

Signature: Blank Insert: Checked 179

Quotation marks: 〉180

Set check new messages All checked 178

Auto-display MessageR preferred 181

Receiving display Alarm preferred 179

Receive option setting OFF 159

Attachment preference All checked 179

473

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Mail Mail settings Auto-start attachment ON 179

Feel＊Mail All ON 180

Chat setting Sound setting: Alarm 1 188

Chat image: ON 188

User setting

Name: Own Image: Apple

188

Check settings —179

SMS settings SMS report request OFF 191

SMS validity period —191

SMS input character Japanese (70char.) 192

SMS center setting —192

Area mail settings Receive setting Yes 184

Beep time 10 seconds 184

Manner/Public mode set Ring 184

Check ring tone —184

Other menu Receive entry: Quake Early Warning, Disaster/Evacuation 184

i-mode iMenu Search Confirmation display at changing key operations: Displays confirmation display 198

Confirmation display at the horizontal display: Displays confirmation display 195

Confirmation display at SSL/TLS communication: Displays confirmation display 195

Bookmark Not stored

User created folder: None

204

Screen memo i-mode Browser Not stored

User created folder: None

205

Full Browser Not stored

User created folder: None

205

Last URL No URL 203

Enter URL No URL histories 203

i-Channel Channel list —225

Ticker ON/OFF ON 226

Ticker font size set. Standard 226

Ticker color set. Pattern 1 226

Ticker scroll speed Normal 226

Reset i-Channel —226

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

474

Appendix/Troubleshooting

i-mode i-mode settings i-mode Browser set. Font size setting: Standard 121

Image display setting※: ON 213

Sound setting: Level 4 213

Movie auto play set.: Valid 224

Movie in page DL set.: Confirm always 213

Script setting: Valid 213

Pointer/scroll

Display pointer: OFF Speed: Low speed

213

Phone info use setting: Valid 213

Cookie setting: Valid (No cookies) 216

Referer setting: Valid 216

Window auto-open set.: ON 213

Full Browser set. Display mode setting: PC layout mode 197

Full display setting: OFF 214

Zoom: 100% 214

Image display setting: ON 213

Sound setting: Level 4 213

Movie auto play set.: Valid 224

Movie in page DL set.: Confirm always 213

Script setting: Valid 213

Pointer/scroll

Display pointer: ON Speed: Medium speed Focus while scroll: OFF

213

Phone info use setting: Valid 213

Cookie setting: Valid (No cookies) 216

Referer setting: Valid 216

Window auto-open set.: ON 213

Full Browser Home set.: Home URL http://www.google.co.jp 214

FB permission display: Display always 214

FB usage setting: No 214

Common settings Certificate setting: All Valid 217

Secure trans. serv.

Center host setting: DOCOMO

219

Access point setting (+m81): i-mode 215

i-mode arrival act: PushTalk preferred 88

i-mode button setting: Display iMenu/Search 215

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

475

Appendix/Troubleshooting

i-mode i-mode settings Check settings —215

Full Browser Home —196

i-αppli Software list(phone) Pre-installed i-αppli programs only 291

Display: Icon display 291

Auto start time: All unchecked 307

Power saver: ON 294

iαppli(microSD) Software list —291

iαppli data —310

iαppli call logs No logs 308

iαppli info End stand-by info No information 310

End Widget appli inf No information 313

Security error history No histories 293

Auto start info No information 307

Trace info No information 293

iαppli settings Auto start setting OFF 307

Disp. software info Not display 291

i-Widget roaming set. OFF 312

i-Widget sound effect ON 312

iαppli call settings iαppli call DL set.: Not reject 309

iαppli call sound

Select ring tone: Pattern 3 Ring time setting: 5 seconds

Select vibrator: OFF Select illumination: Color 2

309

Preferred tone MUSIC/1Seg 306

αBacklight Depend on system 306

αPower saver OFF 306

αVibrator Depend on system 306

Check settings —306

About iαppli —292

Set./Service Sound Select ring tone (m13) Phone/PushTalk/Videophone: Pattern 1 Mail/Chat mail: Pattern 2

MessageR/MessageF/i-concier: Pattern 3

104

Ring volume (m50) All Level 4 68

Keypad sound (m30) ON 107

Melody effect (m64) Stereo&3DSound: ON 105

Position to play: Play all 105

Headset usage setting

(

51)

Headset and speaker 108

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

476

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Set./Service Sound Mail/Msg. ring time (m68) All ON

Ring time: All 5 seconds

107

Charge sound ON 107

Display Display setting (m56) Stand-by display

“Comfortable time V” for body color “Stripe White”

“Optical V” for body color “Dot Black”

“Cosmetic V” for body color “Pearl Pink”

111

Stand-by disp. Wide

“Comfortable time H” for body color “Stripe White”

“Optical H” for body color “Dot Black”

“Cosmetic H” for body color “Pearl Pink”

111

Clock

Stand-by clock

Position

“Icon clock” for body color “Stripe White”/“Dot Black”

“Pattern 1” for body color “Pearl Pink”

Pattern

“Pattern 1” for body color “Stripe White”/“Dot Black”

“Pattern 2” for body color “Pearl Pink”

Display size: Small

Stand-by clock Wide

Position

“Pattern 7” for body color “Stripe White”/“Pearl Pink”

“Icon clock” for body color “Dot Black”

Pattern

“Pattern 3” for body color “Stripe White” “Pattern 1” for body color “Dot Black”

“Pattern 5” for body color “Pearl Pink”

Display size

“Large” for body color “Stripe White”/“Pearl Pink”

“Small” for body color “Dot Black”

Icon clock

“Pattern 1” for body color “Stripe White”

“Pattern 5” for body color “Dot Black”/“Pearl Pink”

122

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

477

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Set./Service Display Display setting (m56) Dialing, Incoming call, Videophone dialing, Videophone incoming, Mail sending,

Mail receiving, Check new messages, Mail/msg. rcpt result

“Pattern 1” for body color “Stripe White” “Pattern 2” for body color “Dot Black”

“Pattern 3” for body color “Pearl Pink”

112

Icon color: Color 113

Battery: Icon

“Pattern 1” for body color “Stripe White” “Pattern 3” for body color “Dot Black”

“Pattern 2” for body color “Pearl Pink”

113

Antenna icon

“Pattern 1” for body color “Stripe White” “Pattern 3” for body color “Dot Black”

“Pattern 2” for body color “Pearl Pink”

113

Wake-up display: Wake up 112

Backlight (m70) Lighting: ON

Power saver mode: ON (Power saver mode)

Light time: 60 seconds

114

Charging: Standard 115

Area: LCD+Keys 115

Brightness: Auto setting 115

Soft light: OFF 115

View blind OFF

Contrast: Level 1 (when “View blind” is set to “ON”)

116

Color theme setting (m86) “White” for body color “Stripe White” “Black” for body color “Dot Black”

“Pink” for body color “Pearl Pink”

116

Machi-chara Set to Machi-chara: ひつじのしつじくん (Sheep of concierge) 118

Menu icon setting (m57) “Comfortable time” for body color “Stripe White” “Optical” for body color “Dot Black”

“Cosmetic” for body color “Pearl Pink”

116

Horizontal open menu “Pattern 2” for body color “Stripe White”/“Pearl Pink”

“Pattern 1” for body color “Dot Black”

118

Private menu setting (m52) Own number, Ring volume, Machi-chara, Map/GPS, Alarm, Kisekae Tool, Vibrator,

Schedule, Font size setting, Movie

409

Change BG image: Standard 410

Desktop icon (m63) Guide (使いかたナビ), Bluetooth, i-concier 30

Private window (m93) ON 114

Brightness: Level 3 114

Stand-by display

“Comfortable time PW” for body color “Stripe White”

“Optical PW” for body color “Dot Black”

“Cosmetic PW” for body color “Pearl Pink”

114

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

478

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Set./Service Display Private window (m93) Clock

Stand-by clock

Position: Pattern 1

Pattern

“Pattern 3” for body color “Stripe White” “Pattern 5” for body color “Dot Black”

“Pattern 2” for body color “Pearl Pink”

Display size: Small

Icon clock

“Pattern 1” for body color “Stripe White” “Pattern 5” for body color “Dot Black”

“Pattern 4” for body color “Pearl Pink”

114

Called: ON 114

Mail: OFF 114

Movie display time: Always display 114

Font (m66) Font 1 120

Font size setting All Standard 121

Select language (m15) Japanese (日本語)45

Recv.mail/call at open OFF 114

Image quality Dynamic 116

LCD AI ON 115

Icons (m36) — 33

Illumination All illum. setting —118

Incoming illumination (m89) Select color

For body color “Stripe White”

Phone/Videophone: A-Signal PushTalk: A-Wave

Mail/Chat mail/MessageR/MessageF/i-concier: A-Rhythm

For body color “Dot Black”

Phone/Videophone: B-Signal PushTalk: B-Wave

Mail/Chat mail/MessageR/MessageF/i-concier: B-Rhythm

For body color “Pearl Pink”

Phone/Videophone: C-Signal PushTalk: C-Wave

Mail/Chat mail/MessageR/MessageF/i-concier: C-Rhythm

119

Set pattern: Standard 119

Color setting: All default 119

Illumination in talk OFF 118

Missed/unread illum. OFF after 24hours 118

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

479

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Set./Service Illumination Music&Video Ch illum. OFF 118

Illum. when closed ON 118

Hourly illumination OFF 119

MUSIC illumination ON 119

Bluetooth illumination ON 119

IC card illumination ON 119

PushTalk illumination ON 119

Side key illumination “A-HOTARU” for body color “Stripe White” “B-HOTARU” for body color “Dot Black”

“C-HOTARU” for body color “Pearl Pink”

119

Check settings —119

Kisekae Same as “Kisekae Tool” in “Data box” 487

i-concier Information disp. set. YES 228

Lock/Security Self mode Released 128

Lock all Released 126

Personal data lock Activate/Deactivate: Deactivate 129

Customize: All Not accept 129

IC card lock Released 318

Secret mode (m40) Released 135

Secret data only (m41) Released 135

Keypad dial lock Released 134

Reject unknown Accept 139

Call setting w/o ID (m10) All Accept

Select ring tone: All Same as ring tone

138

Change security code (m29) 0000 125

UIM setting —125

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

480

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Set./Service Lock/Security Scanning function Set scan: All Valid 528

Lock setting Timer lock ON at close: All OFF 130

Lock OFF at open: All OFF 130

PIM/IC security mode: Security code 131

IC lock (power-off): Setting before OFF 318

Face reader setting: Not stored 131

Face reader security: Normal

Change security code: 0000

Call time/cost Call data (m61) Last call duration/Total calls duration: 0 seconds Last call cost: ¥＊＊

Calls reset/Cost reset: --/-- --:--

413

Reset total cost&dura.

(

60)

—413

Notice call cost OFF

Max cost: ¥0 (when “Notice call cost” is set to “ON”)

Method to alert: Icon (when “Notice call cost” is set to “ON”)

Auto reset setting: OFF (when “Notice call cost” is set to “ON”)

414

CLR max cost icon —414

Clock Set time (m31) Auto time adjust ON 46

World time watch OFF 47

Summer time OFF 47

Auto power ON/OFF All OFF 400

Alarm setting Alarm preferred 409

Incoming call Vibrator (m54) All OFF 106

Manner mode set (m20) Manner mode 109

When “Original” is set

Record msg.: OFF Vibrator: ON Phone vol.: Silent

Mail vol.: Silent Alarm vol.: Silent Memo tone: ON

Keypad sound: OFF Mic sensitiv.: Up LV alarm tone: OFF

Answer setting (m58) Any key answer 66

Setting when opened All Keep ringing 67

Record display set All ON 135

Disp. PH-book image ON 113

Disp. call/receive No. Font of dial number: Pattern 1 121

Font color

“Black” for body color “Stripe White”/”Pearl Pink”

“White” for body color “Dot Black”

121

Ring time (m90) Ring start time: OFF

Start time: 1 second (when “Ring start time” is set to “ON”)

138

Missed calls display: Display 138

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

481

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Set./Service Incoming call Info notice setting (m65) ON 120

V.phone while packet V.phone priority 78

Auto call/answer set. Headset switch to call: OFF 418

Auto answer setting: OFF

Ring time: 6 seconds (when “Auto answer setting” is set to “ON”)

418

Melody Call setting —106

Talk Volume Level 4 68

Setting when closed (m18) Phone/Videophone: End the call 67

PushTalk: Speaker call 68

Hold tone setting On hold tone: Tone 1 Holding tone: RHAPSODY ON A THEME OF 69

Shikkari Talk ON 63

Noise reduction (m76) ON 63

Quality alarm (m75) No tone 107

Reconnect signal (m77) No tone 63

PushTalk Auto answer setting OFF 88

Ring time setting 30 seconds 88

Hands-free w/ PushTalk ON 88

PushTalk arrival act Answer 88

Sound setting Quick 88

Vibration setting OFF 88

Videophone Visual preference Normal 77

Select image On hold: Pre-installed Holding: Pre-installed

Substitute image: Chara-den [カンガルー (Kangaroo)]

Record message: Pre-installed Preparing: Pre-installed

Movie memo: Pre-installed

Hands-free w/ V. phone ON 77

Voice call auto redial OFF 78

Remote monitoring Other ID: Not recorded 79

Ring time: 5 seconds 79

Set: OFF 79

Notify switchable mode —78

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

482

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Set./Service Network setting Prefix setting WORLD CALL (009130010) 62

Int’l roaming Network search mode: Auto 461

Display operator name: Display ON 462

3G/GSM setting: Auto 461

Int’l dial assist Auto assist setting: ON 61

Country/Area Code: Japan (81) 62

IDD prefix setting: WORLD CALL (009130010) 62

Status in the area —462

NW services Caller ID notification (m17) — 47

Voice mail Message notification: YES 439

Call waiting —440

Call forwarding —442

Nuis. call blocking —443

Caller ID request —444

2in1 setting Deactivated 448

Mode switching: Dual mode 448

Stand-by display

Dual mode

“Effel Tower” for body color “Stripe White”

“Green” for body color “Dot Black”/“Pearl Pink”

B mode

“Green” for body color “Stripe White” “Effel Tower” for body color “Dot Black”

“Rose” for body color “Pearl Pink”

449

Stand-by disp. Wide

Dual mode

“Optical H” for body color “Stripe White”/“Pearl Pink”

“Comfortable time H” for body color “Dot Black”

B mode

“Cosmetic H” for body color “Stripe White”/“Dot Black”

“Comfortable time H” for body color “Pearl Pink”

449

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

483

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Set./Service NW services 2in1 setting Clock setting

Dual mode clock

Stand-by clock

Position: Pattern 1

Pattern: Pattern 1

Display size

“Large” for body color “Stripe White”/“Dot Black”

“Small” for body color “Pearl Pink”

Stand-by clock Wide

Position: Pattern 7

Pattern

“Pattern 3” for body color “Stripe White”

“Pattern 5” for body color “Dot Black”/“Pearl Pink”

Display size: Small

Icon clock

“Pattern 1” for body color “Stripe White”

“Pattern 5” for body color “Dot Black”/“Pearl Pink”

B mode clock

Stand-by clock

Position: Pattern 1

Pattern

“Pattern 3” for body color “Stripe White”

“Pattern 5” for body color “Dot Black”/“Pearl Pink”

Display size: Small

Stand-by clock Wide

Position: Pattern 7

Pattern

“Pattern 3” for body color “Stripe White”

“Pattern 5” for body color “Dot Black”/“Pearl Pink”

Display size: Small

Icon clock

“Pattern 1” for body color “Stripe White”

“Pattern 5” for body color “Dot Black”/“Pearl Pink”

449

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

484

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Set./Service NW services 2in1 setting Set call/receive No.

Disp. call/receive No.

Number A

Font of dial number: Pattern 1

Font color

“Black” for body color “Stripe White”/”Pearl Pink”

“White” for body color “Dot Black”

Number B

Font of dial number: Pattern 2

Font color

“Dark blue” for body color “Stripe White”

“Yellowish green” for body color “Dot Black”

“Purple” for body color “Pearl Pink”

Ringtone set. for No. B

Phone/Videophone: Pattern 4 Mail: Pattern 5

449

Receive avoidance set.

Mode link setting: Deactivated

449

Multi number Number setting: Not stored 447

Select ring tone: All Same as ring tone 447

Arrival call act Answer 445

Set in-call arrival act —446

Remote control —446

Dual network —444

English guidance —445

Set Roaming guidance —463

Additional service Additional service: Not stored 454

Additional guidance: Not stored 454

Service numbers —445

OFFICEED —453

Chaku-moji Create message: Not stored 57

Message disp. settings: Calls with callerID 58

Sent messages: No records 58

Prefer Chaku-moji: OFF 58

Other settings Work with style OFF 24

Side keys guard OFF 134

long press set. Picture folder jump 410

Character input method

(m35)

Input mode: All checked

Priority input method: Mode 1 (5-touch)

428

Predict: ON 430

Int.with secret: ON 430

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

485

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Set./Service Other settings Battery —44

Pause dial (m84) Not stored 59

Sub-address setting ON 63

Headset mic. setting Headset microphone 417

Voice settings Auto voice dial: OFF 102

Voice headset dial: OFF 102

Read aloud settings: OFF 398

Read aloud volume: Level 4 399

Read aloud speed: Normal 399

Read aloud output: Speaker 399

Read aloud valid set.: Normal 399

USB mode setting Communication mode 376

Check settings —426

Reset settings (m23) — 141

Initialize —141

Software update Set auto-update: Auto-update

Date: Default Time: 3:00

524

Data box My picture (m46) Pre-installed data only

User created folder: None

340

Original animation: Not stored 347

Icon: ON 341

Folder security: All released 379

Edit picture

Character stamp

Font color: 16 Color, Black Font: Font 1 Font size: Standard size

346

Set display

Stand-by display

“Comfortable time V” for body color “Stripe White”

“Optical V” for body color “Dot Black”

“Cosmetic V” for body color “Pearl Pink”

Stand-by disp. Wide

“Comfortable time H” for body color “Stripe White”

“Optical H” for body color “Dot Black”

“Cosmetic H” for body color “Pearl Pink”

Private window

“Comfortable time PW” for body color “Stripe White”

“Optical PW” for body color “Dot Black”

“Cosmetic PW” for body color “Pearl Pink”

Wake-up display: Wake up

341

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

486

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Data box My picture (m46) Positioning: Center 342

Sort: By date↑343

Picture/Title name: Picture 343

Display size: Normal 344

MUSIC No data

User created folder: None

280

Display: Title + Image 280

Volume: Level 12 281

Sound effect

Remaster: OFF Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal

286

Music&Video Channel No data 272

Information of previously played program: None 272

Display: Title + Image 272

Volume: Level 12 273

Play mode setting: Normal 274

Sound effect

Remaster: OFF Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal

275

imotion/Movie Pre-installed data only

User created folder: None

348

Playlist: Not stored 354

Position memory: All not stored 350

Played history: No histories 350

Volume

i-motion: Level 4 Movie: Level 12

348

Icon: ON 349

Folder security: All released 379

Set imotion: All released 351

Sort: By date↑343

Listing: Title + Image 352

Sound effect

Remaster: OFF Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal

352

Display size

i-motion: Fit in display Movie: Actual size

353

Change to full: Vertical display playback 353

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

487

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Data box Melody (m16) Pre-installed data only

User created folder: None

363

Playlist: Not stored 379

Set as ring tone: All released 364

Sort: By date↑364

My documents Pre-installed data only 387

Sort: By date↑343

Listing: Image 388

Kisekae Tool Pre-installed data only 365

Sort: By date↑343

Listing: Image 366

Machi-chara Pre-installed data only 362

Sort: By date↑343

Listing: Image 362

Chara-den Pre-installed data only 359

Substitute image: カンガルー (Kangaroo) 74

Rec. Chara-den

Camera mode: Photo mode Recording size: QCIF (176 x 144)

Recording type: Video + voice Recording quality: Normal

361

Display size: Fit in display 360

1Seg Image No data 341

Sort: By date↑343

Picture/Title name: Picture 343

Display size: Normal 344

Video Volume: Level 12 357

Listing: Title + image 358

Position memory All not stored 357

Document viewer —390

SD other files —374

LifeKit Bar code reader Scan code —246

Saved data Not stored 248

Receive Ir data (m79) Receive —383

Receive all —384

microSD Refer microSD data —368

Backup/Restore —373

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

488

Appendix/Troubleshooting

LifeKit Camera Photo mode/

Movie mode

Inside camera/Outside camera: Outside camera 241

Photo mode

Photo mode: intelligent Auto

Continuous mode/Movie mode: Normal

241

Image size

Photo mode: Stand-by (480 x 854) Continuous mode: VGA (480 x 640)

Movie mode: QVGA (320 x 240)

241

File size setting: Mail restrict’n (L) 241

Image quality: Fine 241

Camera settings

Img. stabilizer: Auto Shutter sound: Sound 1

Flicker correction: Auto

242

Storage setting

Store in: Phone Auto save set: OFF File restriction: File unrestricted

242

Flash setting: Auto 240

Cont. shooting set.

Continuous mode: Auto

Shot interval: 0.5 second

Shot number

VGA (480 x 640): 4 shots (Fixed)

QVGA (240 x 320)/QCIF (144 x 176)/Sub-QCIF (96 x 128): 5 shots

243

Display size: Actual size 243

Icon: ON 243

View photos Same as “My picture” in “Data box” 485

View movies Same as “imotion/Movie” in “Data box” 486

Bluetooth Device list Not stored 421

Preferred device: Not set 422

Activate Bluetooth/Bluetooth

power OFF

—423

Accept registered —423

Accept dialup devices —423

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

489

Appendix/Troubleshooting

LifeKit Bluetooth Bluetooth settings Set authentications: OFF 425

Session number setting: OFF 425

Time-out to search: 5 seconds 425

Forward ring tone: ON 425

Disconnection settings: End the call 425

Dial from headset: Valid 426

MUSIC Player autostart: ON 426

Bluetooth info

Device name: P07A

426

Map/GPS Map —329

Position location —328

Notify of location —331

Location history No histories 332

Map/GPS αppil Pre-installed i-αppli programs only 329

GPS settings Map setting

Select map: 地図アプリ (Map Application)

332

Map activate setting: Start after locating

GPS button setting: Read map 333

Posit. tone/illum.

Position location

Select posit. ring tone: OFF Ring time setting: 3 seconds

Select vibrator: OFF Select illumination: OFF

Notify of location

Select posit. ring tone: Pattern 1 Ring time setting: 3 seconds

Select vibrator: OFF Select illumination: Color 5

Location req.

Select posit. ring tone: Pattern 2 Ring time setting: 20 seconds

Select vibrator: OFF Select illumination: Color 5

333

Positioning mode: All Standard mode 333

Reg. LCS client: Not stored 334

Location request set.: OFF 334

Host selection: Default 336

Rec. msg/voice memo

(m55)

Play/Erase msg. Not recorded 73

Play/Erase VP msg. Not recorded 73

Record message setting OFF

Answer message: Japanese 1 (when “Record message setting” is set to “ON”)

Ring time: 13 seconds (when “Record message setting” is set to “ON”)

Voice memo Not recorded 412

Voice announce Not recorded 106

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

490

Appendix/Troubleshooting

LifeKit Voice recorder File size setting: Mail restrict’n(L) 386

Storage setting

Store in: Phone Auto save set: OFF File restriction: File unrestricted

386

Data Security Service Connect to Center —140

Exchanging history No histories 140

PB image sending OFF 140

i-concier —227

Phonebook Add to phonebook Phone Not stored 90

UIM —90

Search phonebook All? —95

Reading? —95

Group? —95

Memory No.? —95

Name? Sort: Reading order 97

Phone number? Sort: Reading order 97

Mail address? Sort: Reading order 97

2-touch dial? —95

UIM operation Copy —415

Delete —415

PushTalk phonebook Not stored 85

Dialed/recv. calls

(

24)

Dialed calls No records 54

Sent address: No records 173

Received calls No records 55

Received address: No records 173

Own number (m0) Not stored (except “Own number” for Number A) 411

Group setting Edit group

Group name: Group 01 to 19 (except inside the UIM)

Settings: None

Restrictions Restrict dialing All released 137

Call rejection All released 137

Call acceptance All released 137

Call forwarding All released 137

Voice mail All released 137

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

491

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Phonebook Phonebook settings

(m26)

Font size setting All Standard 121

Voice dial setting Not stored 101

Mail group Not stored 177

Edit group name: Mail group 1 to 20 177

Chat group Not stored 188

Edit group name: Group 1 to 5 189

Forwarding image ON 384

No. of phonebook —100

Stationery Alarm (m44) Not stored 400

Alarm: All OFF 400

Schedule (m45) Not stored 403

Settings

Kisekae setting: Pattern 1

Customize holiday

Sunday: Red Monday to Friday: Default Saturday: Blue

405

ToDo (m95) Not stored 407

Category display: All 408

Sort/Filter: By entered time 408

Text memo (m42) Not recorded 414

Calculator (m85) —414

Guide —38

Common phrase/dic.

(m38)

Common phrases All default 433

Own dictionary Not stored 434

Download dictionary Pre-installed data only 435

Set dictionary: All valid 435

Create learned wd list —435

MUSIC MUSIC Player No data 279

Playlist: Not stored 287

Information of previously played music file: None 279

Display: Title + Image 279

Volume: Level 12 281

Play mode setting: Normal 283

Sound effect

Remaster: OFF Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal

286

Music&Video Channel Same as “Music&Video Channel” in “Data box” 486

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

492

Appendix/Troubleshooting

1Seg Activate 1Seg Confirmation display at start※: Displays the Exemption Clause Confirmation display 250

Confirmation display for the data broadcasting

※

: Displays the Exemption Clause Confirmation

display

267

Broadcasting storage area: Not stored 250

Volume: Level 12 254

Program guide —258

TV timer list Not stored 261

Timer recording list Not stored 262

Confirmation display at timer recording: Displays the Exemption Clause Confirmation display 263

Recording result Not stored 266

TVlink Not stored 259

Channel list Not stored 252

Channel setting Select area —252

Auto channel setting —251

User settings Display※Caption: ON 266

Caption posit. in w-scr: Lower 266

Icon: ON 266

Mail ticker display: Receipt notification 266

Video※Mobile W-Speed: ON 266

Image quality: Dynamic 266

Display light※Constant light 266

Sound※Sound effect

Auto volume: ON Remaster: OFF

Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal

266

TV sound while closed: ON 267

Recording※Rec. when low battery: ON 267

Rec. program when call: OFF 267

Data broadcasting※Image display setting: ON 267

Sound setting: ON 267

ECO mode※Released 267

Reset channel setting —267

Reset storage area —268

Reset TV settings —268

Check TV settings —268

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

493

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Osaifu-Keitai IC card content Pre-installed i-αppli programs only 317

DCMX —299

ToruCa No data

User created folder: None

320

Search/sort

Sort: By date↑

323

IC card lock set. IC card lock Released 318

IC lock (power-off) Setting before OFF 318

Settings Receive ToruCa Accept 325

Auto reading ToruCa Accept 325

Recv. ToruCa display ON 325

ToruCa from dataBC Auto receive ON 325

Check same ToruCa ON 325

Check IC owner —318

Change IC owner —318

Search by i-mode —209

Others Redial No records 54

Public mode (Drive mode) Released 70

Manner mode Released 108

Videophone Backlight: Constant light 76

Character input Character input

Learned words: Not stored

432

Candidate display: ON

Character set time: OFF

2/NIKO-touch guide: ON

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

494

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Simple Menu Function List

Main menu item Sub-menu item/Lower sub-menu item Reference

Phone Add to phonebook 90

Search phonebook 95

Dialed/recv. calls Dialed calls 54

Received calls 55

Record message Play/Erase msg. 73

Play/Erase VP msg. 73

Record message setting 71

Voice memo 412

Voice announce 106

Own number 48

Mail Received mail 162

Sent mail 163

Draft mail 164

Compose message 146

Check new mail 159

i-mode iMenu Search 194

Bookmark 204

Screen memo i-mode Browser 205

Full Browser 205

Last URL 203

Enter URL 203

Full Browser Home 196

Camera Take photo 234

Record movie 237

View photos 340

View movies 348

1Seg Activate 1Seg 253

Timer recording 262

Channel setting Select area 252

Auto channel setting 251

Data box Photo/Image 340

Movie 348

Data box Music/Melody MUSIC 280

Melody 363

1Seg Image 341

Video 356

Position memory 357

Music&Video Channel 272

Kisekae Tool 365

Machi-chara 362

Other data My documents 387

Document viewer 390

Chara-den 359

SD other files 374

Tools Schedule 403

Alarm 400

Calculator 414

Text memo 414

Receive Ir data Receive 383

Receive all 383

Guide 38

Settings Ring tone/Volume Select ring tone 104

Ring volume 68

Keypad sound 107

Melody effect 105

Headset usage setting 108

Mail/Msg. ring time 107

Charge sound 107

Display/Font Display setting 111

Backlight 114

View blind 116

Color theme setting 116

Machi-chara 118

Menu icon setting 116

Horizontal open menu 118

Main menu item Sub-menu item/Lower sub-menu item Reference

495

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Settings Display/Font Private menu setting 409

Desktop icon 30

Private window 114

Font 120

Font size setting 121

Select language 45

Recv.mail/call at open 114

Image quality 116

LCD AI 115

Icons 33

Security Self mode 128

Lock all 126

Personal data lock 128

IC card lock 318

Secret mode 135

Secret data only 135

Keypad dial lock 134

Reject unknown 139

Call setting w/o ID 138

Change security code 125

UIM setting 125

Scanning function 528

Lock setting 130

Kisekae 117

Call cost Call data 413

Reset total cost&dura.

413

Notice call cost 414

CLR max cost icon 414

Set time Set time 46

World time watch 47

Summer time 47

Auto power ON/OFF 400

Alarm setting 409

Incoming call Vibrator 106

Manner mode set 109

Answer setting 66

Main menu item Sub-menu item/Lower sub-menu item Reference

Settings Incoming call Setting when opened 67

Record display set 135

Disp. PH-book image 113

Disp. call/receive No. 121

Ring time 138

Info notice setting 120

V.phone while packet 78

Auto call/answer set. 418

Melody Call setting 106

NW services Caller ID notification 47

Voice mail 438

Call waiting 440

Call forwarding 442

Nuis.call blocking 443

Caller ID request 444

2in1 setting 448

Multi number 446

Arrival call act 445

Set in-call arrival act 446

Remote control 446

Dual network 444

English guidance 445

Set Roaming guidance 463

Additional service 454

Service numbers 445

OFFICEED 453

Chaku-moji 56

Main menu item Sub-menu item/Lower sub-menu item Reference

496

Appendix/Troubleshooting

※1: Displayed when entering the character in full pitch.

※2: Displayed when entering the character in half pitch.

※3: You can switch between uppercase and lowercase or enter “゛” or “゜” by pressing a after you enter a character.

pIf you press d after entering a character, characters can be scrolled in the reverse order.

pYou can enter “+” by pressing and holding 0 for at least one second in Numeral input mode.

pWhen you successively enter characters after entering an uppercase character in Alphabet input mode, they are displayed in order of “uppercase” → “lowercase”. Depending on the

function, they are also displayed in order of “uppercase” → “lowercase”.

List of Characters Assigned to Keys (5-touch Input Method)

Display

Key abc 123 漢

カナ

-1. / @ - : ※

※

_ 1 1 あいうえおぁぃぅぇぉアイウエオァィゥェォ 1

-2a b c A B C 2 2 かきくけこカキクケコ 2

-3d e f D E F 3 3 さしすせそサシスセソ 3

-4g h i G H I 4 4 たちつてとっタチツテトッ 4

-5j k l J K L 5 5 なにぬねのナニヌネノ 5

-6m n o M N O 6 6 はひふへほハヒフヘホ 6

-7p q r s P Q R S 7 7 まみむめもマミムメモ 7

-8t u v T U V 8 8 やゆよゃゅょヤユヨャュョ 8

-9w x y z W X Y Z 9 9 らりるれろラリルレロ 9

-00 0 わをんゎワヲン ※1 0

-aLine feed※3＊Line feed※3Line feed※3

-s，．？！

’

−＆（）￥□

(space)

＃、。？！・□

(space)

、。？！・□

(space)

∼

ヮ

497

Appendix/Troubleshooting

List of Characters Assigned to Keys (2-touch Input Method)

Kanji/Hiragana input mode

Second digit

1234567890

1あいうえおＡＢＣＤＥ

2かきくけこＦＧＨＩＪ

3さしすせそＫＬＭＮＯ

4たちつてとＰＱＲＳＴ

5なにぬねのＵＶＷＸＹ

6はひふへほＺ？！／

7まみむめも￥＆

8や（ゆ）よ＊＃

9らりるれろ１２３４５

0わをん゛゜６７８９０

First digit

Second digit

1234567890

1ぁぃぅぇぉ abcde

2fghij

3klmno

4っpq r s t

5uvwxy

8ゃゅょ

0ゎ、。

First digit

Katakana input mode

Second digit

1234567890

アイウエオＡＢＣＤＥ

カキクケコＦＧＨＩＪ

サシスセソＫＬＭＮＯ

タチツテトＰＱＲＳＴ

ナニヌネノＵＶＷＸＹ

ハヒフヘホＺ？！−／

マミムメモ￥＆

ヤ

(

ユ

)

ヨ＊＃

ラリルレロ１２３４５

ワヲン

ﾞﾟ

６７８９０

First digit

Second digit

1234567890

ァィゥェォａｂｃｄｅ

ｆｇｈｉｊ

ｋｌｍｎｏ

ッｐｑｒｓｔ

ｕｖｗｘｙ

ｚ

ャュョ

ヮ

※

，．

First digit

Alphabet input mode

Second digit

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

＄％ ’＋ａｂｃｄｅ

2，

．：；＜ｆｇｈｉｊ

3＝

＞＠［］ｋｌｍｎｏ

4＾

＿

‘※1`※2

｛｜ｐｑｒｓｔ

5｝∼

※1

※2

ｕｖｗｘｙ

ｚ？！−／

￥＆

（）＊＃

１２３４５

６７８９０

First digit

: Switches between uppercase input mode and lowercase input

mode.

※1: Displayed when entering characters in full pitch.

※2: Displayed when entering characters in half pitch.

Information

pA space is entered if you press keys that correspond to a blank

where no character is assigned.

pYou can switch between uppercase and lowercase or enter “゛” or

“゜” by pressing -a after you enter a character.

pYou can enter “+” by pressing and holding -0 for at least one

second in Numeral input mode.

498

Appendix/Troubleshooting

List of Characters Assigned to Keys (NIKO-touch Input Method)

Kanji/Hiragana input mode

Second digit

1234567890

1あいうえお．−＠＿１

2かきくけこ abc

２

3さしすせそ de f３

4たちつてとっ gh i４

5なにぬねの jkl

５

6はひふへほ mn o６

7まみむめも pq r s

７

8やゆよゃゅょ tuv

８

9らりるれろwxyz

９

0わをん、。・ !?

０

First digit

Katakana input mode

Second digit

1234567890

アイウエオ．−＠＿１

カキクケコａｂｃ２

サシスセソｄｅｆ３

タチツテトッｇｈｉ４

ナニヌネノｊｋｌ５

ハヒフヘホｍｎｏ６

マミムメモｐｑｒｓ７

ヤユヨャュョｔｕｖ８

ラリルレロｗｘｙｚ９

ワヲン

､｡

ー・！？０

First digit

Information

pA space is entered if you press keys that correspond to a blank

where no character is assigned.

pYou can switch between uppercase and lowercase or enter “゛” or

“゜” by pressing -a after you enter a character. Also, you can

switch to “ヵ” or “ヶ” by pressing -a after you enter “か” or “け”.

pYou can enter “+” by pressing and holding -0 for at least one

second in Numeral input mode.

499

Appendix/Troubleshooting

When “Read aloud settings” is set to “ON”, symbols are read aloud.

Symbol List

Symbol

Voice guidance

、—

。—

，コンマ

※1

．ドット

※1

・テン

：コロン

；セミコロン

？ギモンフ

※1

！カンタンフ※1

゛ダクテン

゜ハンダクテン

´—

｀—

¨ ウムラウト

＾ヤマガタキゴウ※1

￣オーバーライン

＿アンダーライン

ヽ—

ヾ—

⇅—

⇆—

〃—

仝ドウ

々—

⅞シメ

〇ゼロ

チョーオン※2

―ダッシュ

‐ハイフン

／スラッシュ

＼バックスラッシュ

∼カラ

※3

‖—

｜タテセン※1

… テンテンテン

‥ テンテン

‘—

’ アポストロフィ※1

“—

” インヨウフ※1

（カッコ

）トジカッコ

〔カッコ

〕トジカッコ

［カッコ

］トジカッコ

｛カッコ

｝トジカッコ

〈カッコ

〉トジカッコ

《カッコ

》トジカッコ

「カギカッコ

」トジカギカッコ

『カギカッコ

』トジカギカッコ

【カッコ

】トジカッコ

＋プラス

− マイナス※4

± プラスマイナス

×カケル

÷ワル

＝イコール

Symbol

Voice guidance

≠ ノットイコール

＜ショーナリ

＞ダイナリ

≦ ショーナリイコール

≧ ダイナリイコール

∞ ムゲンダイ

∴ユエニ

♂オス

♀メス

°ド

′フン

″ビョー

℃ドシー

￥エン

＄ドル

￠セント

￡ポンド

％パーセント

＃イゲタ

＆アンド

＊アスタリスク

＠アットマーク

§ セクション

☆ホシ

★クロホシ

○マル

●クロマル

◎ ニジューマル

◇ヒシガタ

◆ クロヒシガタ

□シカク

■ クロシカク

Symbol

Voice guidance

△サンカク

▲ クロサンカク

▽ ギャクサンカク

▼ クロギャクサンカク

※ コメジルシ

〒ユービンバンゴー

→ ミギヤジルシ

← ヒダリヤジルシ

↑ ウエヤジルシ

↓ シタヤジルシ

〓ゲタキゴー

∈ゾクスル

∋フクム

⊆ ブブンシューゴー

⊇ ブブンシューゴーフク

ム

⊂ シンブブンシューゴー

⊃ シンブブンシューゴー

フクム

∪ガッペー

∩ キョーツー

∧オヨビ

∨マタワ

￢ヒテー

⇒ナラバ

⇔ドーチ

∀スベテノ

∃アル

∠カク

⊥ スイチョク

͡コ

∂ ラウンドディー

Symbol

Voice guidance

∇ナブラ

≡ゴードー

≒ ニアリーイコール

≪ ショーナリショーナリ

≫ ダイナリダイナリ

√ルート

∽ソージ

∝ヒレー

∵ ナゼナラバ

∫ インテグラル

∬ ダブルインテグラル

Å オングストローム

‰パーミル

♯シャープ

♭フラット

♪オンプ

†ダガー

‡ ダブルダガー

¶ ダンラクキゴー

⃝マル

ゐイ

ゑエ

ヰイ

ヱエ

ヴヴ

ヵカ

ヶケ

Αアルファ

Βベータ

Γガンマ

Δデルタ

Ε イプシロン

Symbol

Voice guidance

500

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Symbol

Voice guidance

Ζゼータ

Ηイータ

Θシータ

Ιイオタ

Κカッパ

Λラムダ

Μミュー

Νニュー

Ξグザイ

Ο オミクロン

Πパイ

Ρロー

Σシグマ

Τタウ

Υ ユプシロン

Φファイ

Χカイ

Ψプサイ

Ωオメガ

αアルファ

βベータ

γガンマ

δデルタ

ε イプシロン

ζゼータ

ηイータ

θシータ

ιイオタ

κカッパ

λラムダ

μミュー

νニュー

ξグザイ

ο オミクロン

πパイ

ρロー

σシグマ

τタウ

υ ユプシロン

φファイ

χカイ

ψプサイ

ωオメガ

Аアー

Бベー

Вヴェー

Гゲー

Дデー

Еイェー

Ёヨー

Жジェー

Зゼー

Иイー

Й イークラトコエ

Кカー

Лエリ

Мエム

Нエヌ

Оオー

Пペー

Рエル

Сエス

Тテー

Уウー

Фエフ

Хハー

Цツェー

Чチェー

Шシャー

Щ シチャー

Ъ ツボルディーズナーク

Ыウイ

Symbol

Voice guidance

Ь ミャーフィーズナーク

Эエー

Юユー

Яヤー

аアー

бベー

вヴェー

гゲー

дデー

еイェー

ёヨー

жジェー

зゼー

иイー

й イークラトコエ

кカー

лエリ

мエム

нエヌ

оオー

пペー

рエル

сエス

тテー

уウー

фエフ

хハー

цツェー

чチェー

шシャー

щシチャー

ъ ツボルディーズナーク

ыウイ

ь ミャーフィーズナーク

эエー

юユー

Symbol

Voice guidance

яヤー

─—

│—

┌—

┐—

┘—

└—

├—

┬—

┤—

┴—

┼—

━—

┃—

┏—

┓—

┛—

┗—

┣—

┳—

┫—

┻—

╋—

┠—

┯—

┨—

┷—

┿—

┝—

┰—

┥—

┸—

╂—

①マルイチ

②マルニ

③マルサン

Symbol

Voice guidance

④ マルヨン

⑤ マルゴ

⑥ マルロク

⑦ マルナナ

⑧ マルハチ

⑨ マルキュー

⑩ マルジュー

⑪ マルジューイチ

⑫ マルジューニ

⑬ マルジューサン

⑭ マルジューヨン

⑮ マルジューゴ

⑯ マルジューロク

⑰ マルジューナナ

⑱ マルジューハチ

⑲ マルジューキュー

⑳ マルニジュー

Ⅰイチ

Ⅱニ

Ⅲサン

Ⅳヨン

Ⅴゴ

Ⅵロク

Ⅶナナ

Ⅷハチ

Ⅸ キュー

Ⅹ ジュー

㍉ミリ

㌔キロ

㌢センチ

㍍メートル

㌘グラム

㌧トン

㌃アール

㌶ヘクタール

㍑リットル

Symbol

Voice guidance

501

Appendix/Troubleshooting

※1 Does not read aloud if it is not for a URL or mail address.

※2 When it follows a hiragana, katakana, or kanji character, the ending of the character immediately before it is read aloud as a long vowel.

※3 When it follows a hiragana or katakana character, the ending of the character immediately before it is read aloud as a long vowel.

※4 Reads it aloud “ハイフン (hyphen)” if it is for a URL or mail address.

On the Character Entry (Edit) display, enter “きごう” to convert it to show symbol candidates. Further, you can enter characters listed below to convert

them into respective symbols.

Symbol

Voice guidance

㍗ワット

㌍カロリー

㌦ドル

㌣セント

㌫パーセント

㍊ミリバール

㌻ページ

㎜ミリメートル

㎝センチメートル

㎞キロメートル

㎎ミリグラム

㎏キログラム

㏄シーシー

㎡ヘーホーメートル

㍻ヘーセー

〝—

〟—

№ ナンバー

Symbol

Voice guidance

㏍ケーケー

℡デンワ

㊤マルウエ

㊥マルナカ

㊦マルシタ

㊧マルヒダリ

㊨マルミギ

㈱カッコカブ

㈲カッコユー

Symbol

Voice guidance

㈹カッコダイ

㍾メージ

㍽タイショー

㍼ショーワ

≒ ニアリーイコール

≡ゴードー

∫ インテグラル

∮ファイ

∑シグマ

Symbol

Voice guidance

√ルート

⊥ スイチョク

∠カク

∟ チョッカク

⊿ サンカッケー

∵ ナゼナラバ

∩ キョーツー

∪ガッペー

Symbol

Voice guidance

Information

pSpecial symbols “①” through “∪” might not be correctly displayed if they are sent to mobile phones which do not support i-mode or personal computers. Further, you cannot enter

special symbols of into the text of SMS messages, and they are replaced by half-pitch spaces.

Symbol Candidate List

Input Conversion

おなじ〃々

から ∼

かんま，

こんま，

たてせん ‖｜

てんてん … ‥

りーだ …

しめ ⅞

かっこ ‘’ “”（）〔〕

［］｛｝〈〉《》

「」『』【】

たす＋

ひく −

ぷらすまいなす

かける ×

わる ÷

いこーる＝

ふとうごう＜＞≦≧

しょうなり＜

だいなり＞

しょうなり

いこーる ≦

だいなり

いこーる ≧

むげんだい ∞

おす ♂

Input Conversion

めす ♀

ならば ⇒

どうち ⇔

にありいこーる

≒

ちいさい ≪

おおきい ≫

るーと √

ど°℃

ふん ′

びょう ″

どる＄

せんと￠

ぽんど￡

Input Conversion

せつ §

ほし＊☆★

あっと＠

まる。○●

◎〇

しかく ◇◆□■

さんかく △▲▽▼

こめ ※

ゆうびん〒

やじるし →←↑↓

うえ ↑

した ↓

みぎ →

Input Conversion

ひだり ←

あすたりすく＊

おんぐすと

ろーむ Å

しゃーぷ＃

ふらっと ♭

おんぷ ♪

だがー †

だぶるだがー ‡

だんらく ¶

おーむ Ω

でんわ ℡

Input Conversion

502

Appendix/Troubleshooting

When “Read aloud settings” is set to “ON”, pictograms are read aloud.

Pictogram List

Picto-

gram Voice guidance

ハートマーク

ユレルハートマーク

シツレンマーク

フクスーハート

マーク

ワーイマーク

プンプンマーク

ガクーマーク

モウヤダーマーク

フラフラマーク

ルンルンマーク

オンセンマーク

カワイイマーク

チュッマーク

ピカピカマーク

ヒラメキマーク

ムカッマーク

パンチマーク

バクダンマーク

ムードマーク

ネムイマーク

ビックリマーク

ビックリハテナマーク

ニジュービックリ

マーク

ドーンマーク

アセアセマーク

アセタラーッマーク

ダッシュマーク

ウーマーク

ウーンマーク

グッドマーク

バッドマーク

ミギナナメウエ

ヤジルシマーク

ミギナナメシタ

ヤジルシマーク

ヒダリナナメウエ

ヤジルシマーク

ヒダリナナメシタ

ヤジルシマーク

ハレマーク

クモリマーク

アメマーク

ユキマーク

カミナリマーク

タイフーマーク

キリマーク

コサメマーク

オヒツジザマーク

オウシザマーク

フタゴザマーク

カニザマーク

シシザマーク

オトメザマーク

テンビンザマーク

Picto-

gram Voice guidance

サソリザマーク

イテザマーク

ヤギザマーク

ミズガメザマーク

ウオザマーク

スポーツマーク

ヤキューマーク

ゴルフマーク

テニスマーク

サッカーマーク

スキーマーク

バスケットマーク

モータースポーツ

マーク

ページャマーク

デンシャマーク

チカテツマーク

シンカンセンマーク

セダンマーク

アールブイマーク

バスマーク

フネマーク

ヒコーキマーク

イエマーク

ビルマーク

ユービンキョク

マーク

ビョーインマーク

Picto-

gram Voice guidance

ギンコーマーク

エーティーエム

マーク

ホテルマーク

コンビニマーク

ガソリンスタンド

マーク

チューシャジョー

マーク

シンゴーマーク

トイレマーク

レストランマーク

キッサテンマーク

バーマーク

ビールマーク

ファーストフード

マーク

ブティックマーク

ビヨーインマーク

カラオケマーク

エーガマーク

ユーエンチマーク

オンガクマーク

アートマーク

エンゲキマーク

イベントマーク

チケットマーク

キツエンマーク

Picto-

gram Voice guidance

キンエンマーク

カメラマーク

カバンマーク

ホンマーク

リボンマーク

プレゼントマーク

バースデーマーク

デンワマーク

ケータイデンワ

マーク

メモマーク

テレビマーク

ゲームマーク

シーディーマーク

ハートマーク

スペードマーク

ダイヤマーク

クラブマーク

メマーク

ミミマーク

グーマーク

チョキマーク

パーマーク

アシマーク

クツマーク

メガネマーク

クルマイスマーク

Picto-

gram Voice guidance

503

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Picto-

gram Voice guidance

シンゲツマーク

カケヅキマーク

ハンゲツマーク

ミカヅキマーク

マンゲツマーク

イヌマーク

ネコマーク

リゾートマーク

クリスマスマーク

カチンコマーク

フクロマーク

ペンマーク

ヒトカゲマーク

イスマーク

ヨルマーク

スーンマーク

オンマーク

エンドマーク

トケーマーク

デンワヘマーク

メールヘマーク

ファックスヘマーク

アイモードマーク

メールマーク

ドコモテーキョーマーク

ドコモポイント

マーク

ユーリョーマーク

ムリョーマーク

アイディーマーク

パスワードマーク

ツギアリマーク

クリアマーク

サーチマーク

ニューマーク

イチジョーホー

マーク

フリーダイヤル

マーク

シャープダイヤル

マーク

モバキューマーク

シカクイチ

シカクニ

シカクサン

シカクヨン

シカクゴ

シカクロク

シカクナナ

シカクハチ

シカクキュー

シカクゼロ

Picto-

gram Voice guidance

ケッテーマーク

アイアプリマーク

ティーシャツマーク

ガマグチサイフマーク

ケショーマーク

ジーンズマーク

スノボマーク

チャペルマーク

ドアマーク

ドルブクロマーク

パソコンマーク

ラブレターマーク

レンチマーク

エンピツマーク

オーカンマーク

ユビワマーク

スナドケーマーク

ジテンシャマーク

ユノミマーク

ウデドケーマーク

ムムマーク

ホッマーク

ヒヤアセマーク

プクッマーク

Picto-

gram Voice guidance

ボケーッマーク

ラブラブマーク

オーケーマーク

アッカンベーマーク

ウィンクマーク

ウレシイマーク

ガマンマーク

ネコマーク

ナキマーク

ナミダマーク

エヌジーマーク

クリップマーク

コピーライトマーク

トレードマーク

ハシルヒトマーク

マルヒマーク

リサイクルマーク

レジストレッドマーク

キケンマーク

キンシマーク

クーシツマーク

ゴーカクマーク

マンシツマーク

サユーマーク

ジョーゲマーク

ガッコーマーク

Picto-

gram Voice guidance

ナミマーク

フジサンマーク

クローバーマーク

サクランボマーク

チューリップマーク

バナナマーク

リンゴマーク

ワカバマーク

モミジマーク

サクラマーク

オニギリマーク

ショートケーキ

マーク

トックリマーク

ドンブリマーク

パンマーク

カタツムリマーク

ヒヨコマーク

ペンギンマーク

サカナマーク

ウマイマーク

ウッシッシマーク

ウママーク

ブタマーク

ワイングラスマーク

ゲッソリマーク

Picto-

gram Voice guidance

Information

pPictograms are all counted as full-pitch characters.

pPictograms are not correctly displayed if they are sent to mobile phones which do not support i-mode or to personal computers. Further, the pictograms from “ ” through “ ”

are correctly displayed only when sent to i-mode phones which support those pictograms.

504

Appendix/Troubleshooting

○: Can start.

△: Can start by condition.

—: Cannot start simultaneously. The current communication continues (the started communication is rejected).

※1: This includes i-concier information and i-αppli calls.

※2: If you have signed up for “Call waiting”, you can make another call with the current voice call put on hold.

※3: In the condition of the maximum number of voice line+1, you can activate Voice Mail, Call Waiting, or Call Forwarding. (See page 438, page 440, and page 442)

※4: If you have signed up for “Call waiting”, “Voice mail”, or “Call forwarding”, you can answer an incoming call after finishing a call or communication. (See page 446)

※5: The call is recorded as a missed call in Received Calls.

※6: “ (pink)”, “ ”, “ ” and others appear to notify you of incoming mail.

※7: The FOMA terminal works in accordance with the setting of “PushTalk arrival act”.

※8: Only when you are the caller, you can make calls to add members.

※9: i-mode communication is cut off, and you can make a call.

※10: The FOMA terminal works in accordance with the setting of “V.phone while packet”.

※11: The FOMA terminal works in accordance with the setting of “i-mode arrival act”.

※12: For i-mode mail and SMS, you can use a single line each at a time.

※13: This is the case for when you are upgrading or downloading an i-αppli program.

Multiaccess Combinations

Communication event

Communication status

Voice call Videophone call PushTalk i-mode i-mode mail SMS※1i-αppli

ppli

software

running

Packet communication

(Data communication)

64K data

communication

Outgoing Incoming Outgoing Incoming Outgoing Incoming

Connecting

Sending

Receiving

Sending

Receiving

Outgoing Outgoing

Sending

Receiving

Sending

Receiving

Voice call △※

△※

——

※

——

※

○○

△※

○△※

——○△※

——

※

Videophone call — —※

——

※

——————△※

——————

※

PushTalk — △※

——

※

—※

————△※

——————

i-mode ○○

△※

△※11 —○○○○——————

i-mode mail ○○

△※

△※11 ○———△

※

——————

SMS※1○○○○○○○—△

※

—△※

○○○

△※

○△※

i-αppli※13 —○—△※

—△※11 ——△※

—△※

——————

i-αppli software

running ○○

△※

△※11 —○△※

○△※

——————

Packet communication

(Data communication)

○○——

※

—————○○————

※

——

64K data

communication ——

※

——

※

——————○——————

※

505

Appendix/Troubleshooting

When the functions in the same group ( part in the table) conflict, the display for switching active functions appears. However, it might not

appear depending on the operation.

○: Can be activated simultaneously. —: Cannot be activated simultaneously.

※1: While a PDF file is displayed, the i-mode group is in use. However, 1Seg programs or “1Seg” in Data Box cannot be activated simultaneously.

※2: You cannot use it depending on the function.

※3: You cannot use Multitask to start up “Receive Ir data” and “microSD”.

※4: You cannot use Multitask to start up “UIM operation”. You cannot start up “Restrictions” while another function is in use, either.

※5: The functions not belonging to the Tool group are included.

※6: LifeKit functions you can start up during a call are limited to saved data of “Bar code reader”, still image shooting of “Camera”, “Bluetooth”, “Map/GPS”, and “Data Security

Service”.

※7: Stationery functions you can start up during a call are limited to “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “Text memo”, “Calculator”, and “使いかたナビ (Guide)”.

※8: During a call, you can receive a GPS location provision request. When each service setting is set to other than “拒否 (Reject)”, you can provide your location information.

※9: For some i-αppli programs, MUSIC or 1Seg cannot be simultaneously activated, and Play Background is not available.

Multitask Combinations

Started

function

Function

in operation

Voice

call

Video

phone

call

Push

Talk Mail

i-mode group Set./

Service

※2

Tool group Private

※2

i-mode

※1i-αppli i-concier Data

box※1

LifeKit

※3

Phone

book

※4

Stationery

MUSIC

※51Seg※5

Osaifu-

Keitai

※5

Voice call — — — ○○—○○—○※6○○

※7——○○

Videophone call ——————————

※8——————

PushTalk ——————————

※8——————

Mail ○○○—○○○○○○○○○○○○

i-mode※1○○○○— — — ○○○○○○○○○

i-αppli ○○○○— — — ○○○○○○

※9○※9○○

i-concier ○○○○— — — ○○○○○○○○○

Set./Service※2○○○○○○○—○○○○○○○○

Data box※1※10 ○○○○○○○○— — — — — — — ○

LifeKit※3○※11 ○※11 ○※11 ○※12 ○○○○— —※13 — — — — — ○

Phonebook※4○○○○○○○○— —※13 ——○— — ○

Stationery ○○○○○○○○— —※13 — — ○※15 — — ○

MUSIC※5○※16 ○※16 ○※16 ○※17 ○○

※9○○○

※16※18 —※14 ○○

※15 ——○○

1Seg※5○※16 ○※16 ○※16 ○○○

※9○○— — — — — — — ○

Osaifu-Keitai※5○○○○○○○○— — — — ○— — ○

506

Appendix/Troubleshooting

※10: If you use Multitask to switch functions while you are using the Picture viewer (microSD card), i-motion player, Video player, Chara-den player, or Melody player, or while

playing back a demo from “MUSIC” in Data Box, display or playback ends. You cannot switch functions while you are editing an i-motion file.

※11: Playback/Recording stops when a call comes in while you are playing back “Record message”, “Videophone record message”, “Voice memo”, or “Movie memo”, or while

recording “Voice memo”.

When a call comes in while you are scanning data using “Bar code reader”, the data being scanned is discarded.

※12: If you set “Receiving display” to “Alarm preferred” and a mail message comes in while you are scanning data using “Bar code reader”, the data being scanned is discarded.

※13: You can receive a GPS location provision request. When each service setting is set to other than “拒否 (Reject)”, you can provide your location information.

※14: You can simultaneously start it with “Bar code reader”, “Camera”, “Map/GPS”, or “Voice recorder”. However, Play Background is not available for these functions other than

“Map/GPS”.

※15: You cannot simultaneously start MUSIC with “使いかたナビ (Guide)”.

※16: Play Background is not available.

※17: If you set “Receiving display” to “Alarm preferred” and a mail message comes in, the playback is suspended.

※18: You cannot simultaneously start “MUSIC Player”, “MUSIC”, “Music&Video Channel”, and “Movie”.

507

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Services Available for FOMA Terminal

Available services Phone number

Directory assistance service

(Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee)

※Listed phone numbers only can be given.

(No prefix) 104

Telegrams (Telegram charges apply) (No prefix) 115

Time check (Charges apply) (No prefix) 117

Weather forecast (Charges apply) City code of the desired

area + 177

Emergency calls to police (No prefix) 110

Emergency calls to fire station and ambulance (No prefix) 119

Emergency calls for accidents at sea (No prefix) 118

Disaster messaging service (Charges apply) (No prefix) 171

Collect calls (Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee) (No prefix) 106

Information

pWhen using the collect call (106), the recipient is charged a call fee and handling fee

¥90 (¥94.5 with tax) for each call. (As of March 2009)

pWhen using the directory assistance service (104), you are charged a guidance fee

¥100 (¥105 with tax) plus a call fee. For whom having weak eyesight or handicapped

arms, the guidance is available charge free. For more details, dial 116 (NTT inquiry

counter) from land-line phones. (As of March 2009)

pIf you use “Call Forwarding Service” for the land-line phone and specify a mobile

phone as the forwarding destination, callers may hear ringback tone even when the

mobile phone is busy, out of the service area, or the power is turned off depending on

the settings of the land-line phone/mobile phone.

pNote that the FOMA terminal is not available to 116 (NTT inquiry counter), Dial Q2,

Message Dial, and credit call services. (You can use auto credit call to the FOMA

terminal from land-line phones or public phones.)

pThis FOMA terminal supports “Emergency Location Report”.

When you make an emergency call such as at 110/118/119, information about the

place where you are dialing from (location information) is automatically notified to

emergency-response agencies such as police stations. It might happen that your

correct location is not detected by emergency-response agencies depending on the

location you dialed or radio wave conditions.

When your location information is notified, the name of emergency-response agency

is displayed on the Stand-by display.

When you do not notify your phone number by call such as by adding “184”, your

location information and phone number are not notified. However, when an

emergency-response agency has judged that the location information and phone

number should be detected because of emergency priority such as protection of

human life, they might be notified regardless of your setting.

The region and timing “Emergency Location Report” is introduced vary depending on

the preparation of respective emergency-response agencies.

pWhen you make a call at 110/119/118 from the FOMA terminal, tell an operator that

you are calling from a mobile phone and then precisely notify your phone number and

actual location. Further, remain still while talking to prevent your call from being

disconnected. Do not turn off the power immediately after the call, but instead make

sure that your phone can receive calls for at least 10 minutes.

pYou might not be connected to regional police/fire station depending on the area from

where you call. If this happens, use public phones nearby or land-line phones.

Information

508

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Combining various options with the FOMA terminal, you can realize more

versatile use from personal purpose to business purposes. Some

products may not be dealt in depending on the area. For details, consult

a handling counter such as a docomo shop. For details on options, refer

to the user’s manuals of respective options and related devices.

・Battery Pack P19

・Back Cover P35

・FOMA AC Adapter 01/02※1

・FOMA AC Adapter 01 for Global use※1

・FOMA DC Adapter 01/02

・FOMA Portable Charging Adapter 01

・FOMA Dry Battery Adapter 01

・Desktop Holder P32

・FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02※2

・FOMA USB Cable※2

・FOMA Indoor Booster Antenna※3

・FOMA Indoor Booster Antenna (Stand Type)※3

・Carry Case L 01

・In-Car Holder 01

・Flat-plug AV Output Cable P01※4

・Earphone/Microphone 01

・Stereo Earphone Set 01

・Earphone/Microphone with Switch P001/P002※5

・Stereo Earphone Set P001※5

・Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch P01/P02※4

・Flat-plug Stereo Earphone Set P01※4

・Earphone Plug Adapter P001※4

・Earphone Plug Adapter for External connector terminal 01

・Earphone Plug Adapter 01

・Flat-plug Connector/Stereo Mini-jack Conversion Adapter P01※4

・Bluetooth Headset F01※6

・AC Adapter for Bluetooth Headset F01

・Wireless Earphone Set P01/02

・Bone conduction microphone/receiver 01※4/02

・In-Car Hands-Free Kit 01※7

・FOMA In-Car Hands-Free Cable 01

※1 See page 42 and page 43 for charging batteries using AC adapter.

Introduction of Options and Related

Devices

※2 If you use a USB hub, the devices may not work correctly.

※3 Use it in Japan only.

※4 Earphone Plug Adapter for External connector terminal 01 is required.

※5 Earphone Plug Adapter P001 and Earphone Plug Adapter for External connector

terminal 01 are required.

※6 AC Adapter for Bluetooth Headset F01 is required.

※7 To charge the P-07A, FOMA In-Car Hands-Free Cable 01 is required.

To play back moving pictures (MP4 format file) using a personal computer, you

need to have QuickTimePlayer (free) ver. 6.4 or higher (or ver. 6.3 + 3GPP) of

Apple Computer Inc.

You can download QuickTime from the following website (in Japanese only):

http://www.apple.com/jp/quicktime/download/

On the FOMA terminal, you may be able to play back some moving pictures in

ASF format, which are saved from another AV equipment to the microSD

card. Also, you may be able to play back some moving pictures recorded with

the FOMA terminal on another AV equipment. For information about links

with compatible AV equipment, refer to the following (in Japanese only):

http://panasonic.jp/mobile/

Introduction of Moving Picture Playing

Software

Information

pFor download, a personal computer connected to the Internet is required. You are

charged a communication fee to download.

pFor details such as operating environments, how to download, and how to operate,

refer to the website above.

Links with AV Equipment

Inquiry Center for Links with Compatible AV Equipment

■Panasonic Mobile Communications Customer Service Center

From land-line phones: 0120-15-8729

From mobile phones or PHSs: 045-938-4023

Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

(Excluding Saturdays, Sundays, national holidays, and specified holidays)

pMake sure that you dial the correct number.

509

Appendix/Troubleshooting

pFirst of all, check to see if you need to update the software program and then

update it if necessary. See page 523 for how to update software programs.

pWhen the symptom persists even after you check the countermeasures for the

problem you suffer, feel free to contact the “Repairs” counter listed on the back

page of this manual or a repair counter specified by DOCOMO.

Troubleshooting

Problem Countermeasures

Reference

The FOMA terminal does

not turn on.

pMake sure the battery pack is attached to the

FOMA terminal correctly.

pMake sure the battery is fully charged.

Cannot charge.

(Example: The Call/

Charging indicator of the

FOMA terminal does not

light, or it flickers.)

pMake sure the battery pack is attached to the

FOMA terminal correctly.

pMake sure the power plug of the adapter is securely

inserted into the outlet or cigarette lighter socket.

pMake sure the adapter and the FOMA terminal are

connected correctly.

pWhen you use an AC adapter (option), make sure

its connector is firmly connected to the FOMA

terminal or the desktop holder (option).

pWhen you use the desktop holder, make sure the

connector terminal of the FOMA terminal is not

stained. If it is stained, wipe the terminal part with a

dry cotton swab, etc.

pIf you talk on the phone, execute communications,

or operate other functions for a long time during

battery charge, the temperature of the FOMA

terminal may rise to flicker the Call/Charging

indicator. In this case, charge the battery after the

FOMA terminal cools down.

—

While you operate the

FOMA terminal or charge

the battery, they get hot.

pDuring operation or battery charge, or when you

talk on the videophone, operate i-αppli programs, or

watch 1Seg programs for a long time during battery

charge, the FOMA terminal, battery pack, or

adapter may become warm, but this is not a safety

hazard, so you can continue to use them.

—

The usable time of the

battery is short.

pMake sure not to leave the FOMA terminal in the

out-of-service-area state for a long time. In the

out-of-service-area state, the FOMA terminal

searches for radio waves to enable

communications and consumes more electricity.

pThe usable time of the battery pack varies

depending on the usage environment or its

remaining life.

pBattery packs are consumables. The usable time

slightly shortens each time you charge the battery.

If the usable time becomes extremely short as

compared with the default state even if fully

charged, purchase a specified battery pack.

The power of the FOMA

terminal shuts down and

restarts.

pIf the terminal of the battery pack is stained, the

connection might deteriorate to shut down the

power. Wipe the battery terminal with a dry cotton

swab, etc.

—

Pressing keys is

disabled.

pMake sure Lock All is deactivated.

pMake sure Key Lock is deactivated.

pMake sure Side Keys Guard is set to “OFF”.

126

134

The display is slow to

respond when a key is

pressed.

pThis may occur when a large volume of data is

stored in the FOMA terminal or when you exchange

bulky data between the FOMA terminal and the

microSD card.

—

The UIM is not

recognized.

pMake sure you insert the UIM in the right direction. 39

Cannot make a call by

pressing numeric keys.

pMake sure Keypad Dial Lock is deactivated.

pMake sure Restrict Dialing is deactivated.

pMake sure Lock All is deactivated.

pMake sure Self Mode is deactivated.

134

137

126

128

Problem Countermeasures

Reference

510

Appendix/Troubleshooting

The ring tone does not

sound.

pMake sure Ring Volume is not set to “Silent”.

pMake sure Public mode, Manner Mode, and Self

Mode are deactivated.

pMake sure Call Rejection, Call Acceptance, Call

Setting without ID, Ring Time, and Reject Unknown

are deactivated.

pMake sure the ring time for Voice Mail Service, Call

Forwarding Service, Record Message Setting, and

Auto Answer Setting are not set to 0 seconds.

108

128

137

138

139

418

439

442

Cannot talk.

(Example: “ ” does

not disappear even if you

move to another place.

You cannot make or

receive a call, though the

radio wave conditions

are not bad.)

pTurn off and on the FOMA terminal, or remove and

attach/insert the battery pack or UIM.

pDepending on the radio wave property, you may not

be able to make or receive a call even if the FOMA

terminal is “within service area” or “ ” is

displayed as the radio wave condition. Move to

another place and redial.

pMake sure the call restrictions such as Call

Rejection, Call Acceptance, etc. are deactivated.

pDepending on the radio wave congestion state,

calls and mail messages may be congested and

hard to be connected in crowded places. In this

case, the message “Please wait” or “Please wait for

a while” is displayed and a busy tone sounds. Move

to another place or wait for a while, and then redial.

—

137

—

The display is dark. pYou might have changed the brightness of

Backlight. When “Auto setting” is set, the backlight

is adjusted according to the ambient brightness.

pMake sure Power Saver Mode is deactivated.

pMake sure ECO Mode of 1Seg is deactivated.

pMake sure View Blind is not set to “ON”.

115

114

267

116

The other party’s voice is

difficult to hear or too

loud during a call.

pYou might have changed the earpiece volume.

pIf you change the setting of Shikkari Talk or Yuttari

Talk, the other party’s voice will be more audible.

Images or melodies

selected in the functions

are not played back; they

are played back by the

default setting.

pMake sure you have inserted the UIM that was

inserted at the time of obtaining images or

melodies.

Problem Countermeasures

Reference

Mail messages are not

received automatically.

pMake sure Receive Option Setting of Mail Settings

is not set to “ON”.

159

Cannot access i-mode,

i-mode mail, i-αppli, and

i-Channel.

pMake sure Access Point Setting is set to “i-mode”.

pIf you have started using the FOMA terminal before

you subscribe to i-mode, turn off and on the FOMA

terminal.

215

i-mode mark continues

blinking and does not

disappear.

pi-mode mark continues blinking after you execute

Check New Messages or send/receive mail

messages, or when i-mode is disconnected

midway. The connection is automatically cut off

unless you exchange data files. To immediately end

the connection, press h.

—

Still images and moving

pictures shot by the

camera are blurred.

pWhen you shoot a subject in a short distance, set

Focus to “Close-up”.

pWhen you shoot portraits, set Focus to “Face

detection”.

pSet Image Stabilizer to “Auto” and then shoot.

pMake sure the lens of the camera is not fogged or

stained.

242

230

Cannot watch 1Seg

programs.

pYou may be out of the terrestrial digital TV

broadcasting service area or weak airwaves are

being received.

pMake sure Channel Setting is completed.

250

251

Cannot delete

Osaifu-Keitai compatible

i-αppli programs.

pSome i-αppli programs are not deleted unless you

delete data files on the IC card. Delete the i-αppli

program after deleting data files on the IC card.

When you cannot delete it, contact the docomo

shop, etc. You cannot delete “iD 設定アプリ (iD

appli)”.

—

Cannot use Osaifu-Keitai

function.

pIf you remove the battery pack or activate Omakase

Lock, the IC card function becomes unavailable

regardless of the setting of IC Card Lock.

pMake sure IC Card Lock is deactivated.

pMake sure you place the f mark of the FOMA

terminal over the scanning device.

127

318

317

Problem Countermeasures

Reference

511

Appendix/Troubleshooting

“ ” is displayed, and

the international roaming

service is not available.

pYou may be out of the international roaming service

area or weak radio waves are being received.

pRefer to the international service guides such as

“Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International

Services]” to check if the area or carrier is available.

pSearch for an available carrier by Network Search

Mode.

pSwitch 3G/GSM Setting to “Auto” or any available

network after moving from Japan to overseas. If

you have set to “Auto” in Japan, turn off and on the

FOMA terminal.

—

461

Cannot receive voice

calls or videophone calls

during overseas use.

pMake sure Call Barring is not set to “Activate”.

pMake sure Videophone while Packet is set to

“V.phone priority”.

pYou cannot use videophone calls while using the

GSM/GPRS network.

463

456

Cannot make or receive

calls unexpectedly

during overseas use.

pConfirm your accumulated charges at the docomo

Information Center. An approximate limit for service

suspension is previously set for “International

Roaming Service (WORLD WING)”. When this limit

is exceeded, all services are deactivated. If your

limit for service suspension is exceeded, pay your

accumulated charges to restart the services.

pConfirm the setting of 3G/GSM Setting. When

“Auto” is set, you may not be able to use the

services because some particular network is

connected. Switch the setting to the network (3G or

GSM/GPRS) available for the country/area you

stay.

—

461

Problem Countermeasures

Reference

The other party’s phone

number is not notified./A

number different from

the other party’s phone

number is notified./

Functions using caller ID

notification or contents

in the Phonebook do not

work.

pEven if the other party makes a call with the setting

to notify you of his/her caller ID, the caller ID might

not be notified depending on the overseas carrier.

Also, a number different from the other party’s caller

ID might be notified depending on the caller’s

network.

—

Cannot perform data

transfer.

pMake sure you do not use a USB hub. If you use a

USB hub, the devices may not work correctly.

—

Cannot display data files

saved to the microSD

card.

pExecute Check microSD. 375

“×” appears on a

preview image.

p“×” may appear when the image file is broken. —

Attached files are

deleted, so the images

cannot be displayed.

pConfirm the setting of Attachment Preference.

pConfirm the setting of Limit Mail Size. For details,

refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode]

FOMA version”.

179

—

Cannot connect with the

Bluetooth

communication

compatible devices./

Cannot find them even if

you search for.

pYou need to register a Bluetooth communication

compatible device (commercial item) from the

FOMA terminal after you put the device on standby

for registration. When you delete a registered

device to register it again, you need to delete it from

both the Bluetooth communication compatible

device and FOMA terminal before re-registration.

422

Cannot make calls from

the FOMA terminal with

an external device such

as a car navigation

system or Hands-free

device connected.

pIf you make several calls when the other party does

not answer or is out of the service area, dialing to

that phone number might become unavailable. In

this case, turn off and on the FOMA terminal.

—

Problem Countermeasures

Reference

512

Appendix/Troubleshooting

p“(numerals)” in error messages are the code sent

from the i-mode Center for discriminating the error.

If Error Messages Appear

as Mentioned Below

“Accept serial port devices” failed

…An error occurred during the standby for registering the

serial port, so the serial port was not placed on standby

for registration.

Activating

…Receive Option Setting is set to “OFF”. Switch the

setting to “ON” and try again. (See page 159)

Activating keypad dial lock

…Keypad Dial Lock is activated. Release Keypad Dial

Lock and try again. (See page 134)

Activating mail security

Cannot download

…Mail Security is activated, so you cannot download.

Deactivate Mail Security and try again.

(See page 136, page 169)

Activating personal data lock

…Personal Data Lock is set. Release Personal Data

Lock and try again. (See page 128)

Activating personal data lock

Send pre-installed substitute image

…During Personal Data Lock, a “Pre-installed” substitute

image is sent.

Activating record display OFF

…Record Display Set is set to “OFF”. Switch the setting

to “ON” and try again. (See page 135)

Activating reject unknown

…“Reject unknown” is set to “Reject”. Set to “Accept” and

try again. (See page 139)

Activating ring time

…“Ring time” is set to “ON”. Set to “OFF” and try again.

(See page 138)

Address is not valid (451)

…You could not send the mail correctly. Check the

address and try again. (See page 146, page 189)

All protected

Cannot delete

…All data items are protected, so cannot be deleted.

Release the protection and try again.

(See page 170, page 182, page 207)

Another function is active

Cannot connect

Another function is active

Cannot operate

Another function is active

Cannot release

Another function is active

Cannot store

Another function is active

Cannot switch

…The function is not available simultaneously in

Multitask. End the functions not in use and try again.

(See page 398)

Authentication failed

…An authentication error occurred.

Authentication type is not supported (401)

…Incompatible authentication type, so cannot be

connected.

Auto time adjust info is not received

Unable to play

…You have not received the auto time adjust information,

so could not play back the file with restrictions on the

playable period or playable deadline.

Cannot compose because too large data

…The size of the shot image is too large to attach to

i-mode mail.

Cannot dial

…An error occurred, so you could not dial.

Cannot display

…Corresponding software program is running. End the

software program and try again. (See page 292)

Cannot edit message

…The attached file reaches 10,000 bytes, so you cannot

enter the text.

Cannot execute because of other tasks

…The function is not available simultaneously in

Multitask. End the functions not in use and try again.

(See page 398)

Cannot record

…An error occurred, so you could not save.

Cannot resend

Send after edit

…The address is invalid or the text exceeds the size that

can be entered, so you cannot re-send. Edit the text

again and send. (See page 169)

Cannot save

…The data could not be obtained from a site, so could

not be saved.

Cannot save some attached files

…Full of images, so part of the images could not be

stored into the Phonebook.

Cannot start any more functions

…The maximum number of functions is already running

using Multitask. End the functions not in use and try

again. (See page 398)

Cannot start because use mail folder

…Corresponding software program is running. End the

software program and try again. (See page 292)

Certificate is rejected (tampered)

…You received an altered SSL/TLS certificate, so could

not connect.

Check new message is set all OFF

…No check marks are placed to the items for “Set check

new messages”. Put a check mark for the items to be

checked and try again. (See page 178)

Error Message (A - C)

513

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Check SMS center setting

…The SMS Center is not correctly specified by SMS

Center Setting. Specify the SMS Center and try again.

(See page 192)

Conditional access

Cannot watch

…Receiving by limited method, so you cannot watch.

Connection failed

…Failed to connect to the Bluetooth device while

switching the voice to it during the call.

…Radio waves are weak, so you cannot connect. Move

to a place where radio waves are strong enough and

try again.

…The destination address set by Access Point Setting is

wrong, so you cannot connect to it. Check the setting

and try again. (See page 215)

…You could not connect because of network trouble.

Wait a while and try again.

Connection failed (403)

…You cannot connect to a site or Internet website.

Connection failed (503)

Connection failed (562)

…You could not connect because of network trouble.

Wait a while and try again.

Connection failed

Check the other side device

…The Bluetooth device is not compatible with the service

supported by the FOMA terminal, so could not be

registered.

…The service you tried to connect to is invalid for the

other end’s Bluetooth device, so you could not connect

to it.

Connection interrupted

…Disconnected from the personal computer during data

communication.

Connection is not valid

…The destination address set by Access Point Setting is

not compatible, so you cannot operate. Check the

setting and try again. (See page 215)

…The user certificate is being operated, so you cannot

connect. Complete operating the user certificate and

try again.

Could not add

…An error occurred, so you could not store.

Could not be found

…No response from the Bluetooth device, so you could

not store or connect it.

Could not find your blinks

…Failed to detect your blinks. Change the direction of

your face or the place, and then try again.

(See page 134)

Current UIM is not registered as IC owner

Unable to delete

Current UIM is not registered as IC owner

Unable to download

Current UIM is not registered as IC owner

Unable to move

Current UIM is not registered as IC owner

Unable to start

Current UIM is not registered as IC owner

Unable to upgrade

…You cannot move, start up, delete, download or update

it, because the inserted UIM is not set for the IC card.

Insert the UIM set for the IC card, and try again.

(See page 39)

Data in IC card is full

Unable to download

Delete service?

…This is displayed when the memory space within the IC

card is short for downloading the i-αppli program that

supports Osaifu-Keitai.

Select “YES” to display the service names of

Osaifu-Keitai already registered and the space within

the IC card (in bytes). Check the area size for shortage,

select the service to delete, start up the i-αppli program,

and then delete it.

Data is full

…The maximum number of Phonebook entries has been

stored in the FOMA terminal, so you could not receive

a new one. Delete unnecessary Phonebook entries

and try again. (See page 100)

…The maximum number of schedule events has been

stored in the FOMA terminal, so you could not receive

a new one. Delete unnecessary schedule events and

try again. (See page 405, page 406)

…The maximum number of ToDo items has been stored

in the FOMA terminal, so you could not receive a new

one. Delete unnecessary ToDo items and try again.

(See page 408)

Data is too long

A part is deleted

…Characters for one (or plural) of address, subject, and

text of the mail exceeded the maximum, so part of

them was deleted.

Data not applicable

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded.

Data size is too big to save

…The file exceeded the maximum storable size by

setting “File restriction”, so could not be set.

Details cannot be saved

…The ToruCa detailed data was not supported, so was

not saved.

Error Message (C - D)

514

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Device list is full

No device to overwrite

…The maximum number of Bluetooth devices is stored,

so you cannot store any more. Delete unnecessary

Bluetooth devices. (See page 422)

Downloaded data exists

Cannot connect to network

…Save the movie file on the movie acquisition

completion display, and then close the data acquisition

completion display. (See page 224)

Downloading interrupted

…Another function was running or an error occurred, so

you could not download.

Editing now

Cannot delete

…Being used for another function, so you cannot delete.

End the function and try again.

(See page 398)

Enter zoom size

…No magnification is entered. Enter the magnification

and try again. (See page 388)

Enter “+” in right position

…“+” is wrongly positioned. Enter it to the beginning of

the phone number. (See page 61)

Error

…An error occurred, so you could not operate.

Error in image

Does not work correctly

…The Flash movie had an error, so you could not play it

back normally.

Failed in transmission

…An error occurred, so you could not perform iC

transmission.

Failed to authenticate

…An authentication error occurred.

Failed to get license file

…Failed to obtain the license information about the movie

file, so cannot be played back.

Failed to read

…An error occurred while reading information from the

microSD card.

Failed to read

Quitting

…The file cannot be read because you tried to play back

the file in the “Movable contents” folder with a UIM that

was not inserted when that file was saved. Insert the

UIM that was inserted when the file was saved, and try

again. (See page 39)

…The microSD card was removed while reading the

information from it. Insert the microSD card and try

again. (See page 367)

Failed to receive channel info

…Failed to obtain the i-Channel information because part

or all of it could not be obtained.

Failed to save

…An error occurred, so you could not copy the ToruCa

file.

…An error occurred, so you could not save.

…An error occurred, so you could not store.

Failed to send Ir data

…An error occurred, so you could not send the data

using infrared rays.

Failed to set

…An error occurred, so you could not set.

Format error

Insert microSD formatted

…The format of the microSD card is incompatible with

P-07A. Use P-07A to format it. (See page 375)

iαppli stand-by display terminated due to security

error

…i-αppli DX has forcibly been ended. (See page 293)

“iαppli To” function is not set

…A check mark is not put for “Set iαppli To”, so you

cannot start up the i-αppli program. Put a check mark

and try again. (See page 293)

IC card function inactive

Unable to download

…IC card has been locked, so you could not download or

upgrade. Release IC Card Lock and try again.

(See page 318)

Image display setting is OFF

Cannot download

…“Image display setting” is set to “OFF”, so you cannot

obtain the image. Set to “ON” and try again.

(See page 213)

Image in message will be deleted

…The output-prohibited image from the FOMA terminal is

attached to the mail text, so deleted.

i-mode Center is busy

Please try again later (555)

…The line facility has trouble or the line is very busy. Wait

a while and try again.

i-mode mail service is busy

Please try again later (553)

…The line is very busy. Wait a while and try again.

Incomplete data

Unable to start

…The i-αppli program you tried to start up does not start

because partial data only is saved. Download the

whole i-αppli program and try again.

(See page 290)

Input error (205)

…The entered contents are wrong. Check the contents

and try again.

Input too long

…Too many entered characters to send. Decrease the

number of characters and send again.

(See page 200)

Error Message (D - I)

515

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Invalid

Cannot resend

…The address is invalid or the text exceeds the size that

can be entered, so you cannot re-send.

Invalid code

…The entered USSD is incorrect. Enter the correct one.

(See page 454)

Invalid data

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded.

…You cannot play back the following movie files:

・The data files other than Windows Media files or the

files with invalid contents

・The data file whose image size is larger than 800

dots x 480 dots, image bit rate is higher than 2 Mbps,

or voice bit rate is higher than 384 kbps

・If the server returns an unidentified response when

you try to download a savable data file.

・When the streaming server is not supported by the

FOMA terminal (The streaming servers supported by

the FOMA terminal are Windows Media Services 4.1

and Windows Media Services 9 only.)

Invalid data (XXX)

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded.

A three-digit numeral is displayed for (XXX).

Invalid data

Data size is not supported (XXX)

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded.

A three-digit numeral is displayed for (XXX).

Invalid func in this UIM

…The function cannot be operated from the inserted

UIM.

Invalid ID

…The entered ID is wrong. Enter the correct ID.

(See page 334)

Invalid UIM Auto-start failed

…You cannot start up the i-αppli program because of the

UIM security function. Insert the UIM which had been

inserted when the i-αppli program was downloaded

and try again. (See page 39)

Invalid UIM

Incorrect display

…The screen memo cannot be correctly displayed

because of the UIM security function. Insert the UIM

that had been inserted when the screen memo was

saved, and try again. (See page 39)

Invalid UIM

Requested service not available

Invalid UIM requested service not available

…You cannot operate because of the UIM security

function. Insert the UIM which had been inserted when

the data or file was obtained and try again.

(See page 39)

Invalid UIM

Requested software failed to start

…You cannot start up the i-αppli program because of the

UIM security function. Insert the UIM which had been

inserted when the data or file was obtained and try

again. (See page 39)

Invalid URL

…The URL is invalid, so you cannot connect to the site or

the Internet website.

Linked page is not downloaded

…The PDF data file has a link but the linked end has not

been downloaded, so the linked page could not be

displayed.

Location provision failed

…An error occurred because the FOMA terminal is out of

the service area or by other reasons, so it failed to

measure the current location or to provide the location

information. Move to a place where radio waves are

strong enough and try again.

以下の宛先にはメール送信できませんでした (561)

Mails could not be sent to following address. (561)

●●@△△△.ne.jp※

…You could not send the mail message correctly to the

displayed address.

※

The mail address differs depending on the destination.

Max cost icon is not displayed

…The Max Cost icon is not displayed, so cannot be

deleted.

Max cost regulation

Cannot dial

…Total Calls has exceeded the maximum cost. Execute

“Reset total cost”. (See page 413)

Memory full

…There is no usable memory space, so you cannot

operate.

Memory function active

Cannot operate

…The microSD card is in use, so you cannot set.

Memory No.：XXX

Cannot overwrite

…You cannot store in the same memory number with the

Phonebook entry stored as secret data. Store in a

different memory number.

A three-digit numeral is displayed for (XXX).

(See page 92)

Error Message (I - M)

516

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Memory shortage

Cancel update

Memory shortage

End document viewer

Memory shortage

Failed to create font effect

Memory shortage

Return to ToruCa list

メモリ不足です

ページを表示できません

Memory shortage

Unable to display the page

…The memory space is not enough, so processing is

suspended.

microSD is locked

…You cannot write on the microSD card because it is

write-protected. Use external devices to unlock the

protection and try again.

Network is not found

…You cannot connect to the specified network. However,

the connection is completed if the antenna icon

appears afterward.

No channel found

…No broadcasting station was found that can receive

programs currently in the area.

No channel info

…The channel information cannot be downloaded, so

recommended channel mail cannot be composed.

No picture

…No frames to fit the size are found.

No response

…No Bluetooth devices were found around the FOMA

terminal.

…Sending end was not found while using iC

communication.

No response (408)

…No response from the site or Internet website, so you

could not connect to it. Try again.

No set melody

…This is displayed when you try to play back melodies

with the playlist unprogrammed. Program the melodies

and then play them back. (See page 379)

Not registered

…An error occurred, so you could not store.

Not secret data

Cannot call

…You have switched to Secret Data Only, so you cannot

access. Release Secret Data Only and try again.

(See page 135)

Notification failed

…You failed to notify the current location because you

moved out of the service area during the notification or

by other reasons. Move to a place where the radio

waves are strong enough and try again.

Operation failed

…An error occurred, so you could not set.

Operation may not be performed

…The microSD card is removed while it is in progress or

an error occurred, so it might be possible that no

operation is done. Check the “Movie” folder for the

data. (See page 348)

Other function active

Cannot operate

…The function is not available simultaneously in

Multitask. End the functions not in use and try again.

(See page 398)

Out of service area

…Radio waves are not received. Move to a place where

the radio waves are strong enough and try again.

Page is not found (404)

…The site or Internet website does not exist, or URL is

wrong. Check the URL and try again.

(See page 203)

PIN1 code blocked

Enter PUK

PIN1 code not recognized

…Three times erroneous entry of the PIN1 code blocks

the code. Enter the PUK (PIN unblock code).

(See page 126)

Please set “To type” receiver

…No address is in the “To” field. Fill in the “To” field and

try again. (See page 146, page 148)

Please wait

Please wait for a while

…The audio line/packet communication facility has

trouble or the audio line network/packet communication

network is very congested. Wait a while and try again.

You can make calls at 110/119/118. However, calls

might not be connected by the situation.

Please wait for a while (packet)

…The packet communication facility has trouble or the

packet communication network is very congested. Wait

a while and try again.

Positioning failed

…An error occurred because the FOMA terminal is out of

the service area or by other reasons, so it failed to

measure the current location or to provide the location

information. Move to a place where radio waves are

strong enough and try again.

Preparing

Cannot record

…You cannot record just after recording. Wait a while

and try again.

Error Message (M - P)

517

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Protected all

Cannot delete

…All data items are protected, so cannot be deleted.

Release the protection and try again.

(See page 170, page 182, page 207)

Protected

Cannot delete

Protected mail

Cannot delete

Protected memo

Cannot delete

Protected message

Cannot delete

…The data is protected, so could not be deleted. Release

protection and try again. (See page 170, page 182,

page 207)

PUK blocked

PUK code blocked

PUK code not recognized

…Ten times erroneous entry of the PUK (PIN unblock

code) blocks the code. Contact the handling counter of

a docomo shop.

Read error

…An error occurred while reading information from the

microSD card.

Receiver cannot save data

…The receiving end blocks data.

Receiving failed

…The destination address set by Access Point Setting is

wrong, so you cannot select and receive. Check the

setting and try again. (See page 215)

Registration is in progress (554)

…You cannot operate because the user is being

registered. Wait a while and try again.

Replace with a new one or check the disk

…The microSD card formatting is abnormal. Execute

Check microSD. (See page 375)

Replay period has not started yet

…Playable date has not come yet, so you cannot play

back the file.

Retention period has expired (492)

…You could not download attached files held at the

i-mode Center because the save period had been over.

Return to normal style

…You cannot operate in Horizontal Open Style. Switch to

Normal Style and try. (See page 24)

Rewrite failed

…Failed to update the software program. Contact a

handling counter such as a docomo shop.

Root certificate has expired

Terminate SSL/TLS session

…Expiration date of SSL/TLS certificate has passed, so

the connection is suspended.

Root certificate is not valid

…The SSL/TLS certificate of that server is set to “Invalid”

for “Certificate” setting. Set to “Valid” and try again.

(See page 217)

Run software and delete data in IC card

Then delete software

…Data is left inside the IC card, so you cannot delete the

Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli program. Start up the

Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli program, delete the

stored data, and try again.

Secret data

…You have not switched to Secret Mode or Secret Data

Only, so cannot access.

Switch to Secret Mode or Secret Data Only and try

again. (See page 135)

Server is busy

…The line facility has trouble or the line is very busy. Wait

a while and try again.

…The line is very busy. Wait a while and try again.

Service is used by a previous software

Unable to download

Delete a service?

Service is used by a previous software

Unable to upgrade

Delete a service?

…When the software program with the service that uses

the same IC card has already been downloaded, you

cannot download or upgrade a new service unless you

delete the existing service that has already been

stored. Select “YES” to display the service to be

deleted, and then delete that service already stored.

Service unavailable

…The function cannot be operated with the inserted UIM.

Setting auto assist

Cannot delete

Setting auto assist

Cannot delete all

…The country/area code or international call access code

set by Auto Assist Setting cannot be deleted. Change/

Cancel the setting and try again.

(See page 61)

Setting IC card lock

…IC Card Lock is set. Release IC Card Lock and try

again. (See page 318)

Setting receive option

Cannot start

…Receive Option Setting is set to “ON”, so you cannot

start up. Switch to “OFF” and try again.

(See page 159)

Size of data is not supported

…Data size exceeded the maximum, so you could not

download normally.

Size of page is not supported

Size of this page is not supported

…The size of site or Internet website is large, so obtaining

is suspended, and only obtained portion is displayed.

Error Message (P - S)

518

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Software already updated

…The target software program is not updated, so you

cannot execute.

Software for this folder deleted

Refer to Open folder

…The corresponding mail-linked i-αppli program has

been deleted.

Software for this folder exists

Cannot delete

…The corresponding mail-linked i-αppli program is

contained, so you cannot delete.

Software terminated due to security error

…i-αppli DX has forcibly been ended. (See page 293)

Software update active

Cannot operate

…You could not start up during updating the software

program. After the software update is completed, try

again.

Software update is aborted

Please retry

…The FOMA terminal was turned off during updating the

software program. Try updating it again.

(See page 523)

Some addresses are not valid

…Some addresses are incorrect. Enter the addresses

correctly and send. (See page 146, page 189)

Some data could not be copied

…The selected files contained ones that could not be

copied, so you could not copy some data.

Some data could not be moved

…The selected files contained ones that could not be

moved, so you could not move some data.

Some data could not be saved

…The selected files contained ones that could not be

copied to the FOMA terminal or microSD card, so you

could not save some data.

Sort is full

Cannot add

…The maximum number of settings is already set.

Release unnecessary settings and try again.

(See page 176)

Specified page number is not valid

…The entered page number is invalid. Enter the correct

page number and try again.

(See page 388)

Specify max cost within ¥10-100,000

…Set the limit of Notice Call Cost to ¥10 through

¥100,000. (See page 414)

SSL/TLS session cannot be established

…Either an altered SSL/TLS certificate was received or

an SSL/TLS error occurred, so you could not connect.

SSL/TLS session failed

…An authentication error occurred at the server, so you

cannot connect.

Switch to normal style to answer

…You cannot operate in Horizontal Open Style. Switch to

Normal Style and try. (See page 24)

Syntax error

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded.

System is restarted

…An error occurred, so the system is restarted and then

the Stand-by display returns.

This certificate has expired

Terminate SSL/TLS session

…Expiration date of SSL/TLS certificate has passed, so

the connection is suspended.

This certificate is not valid for this URL

Terminate SSL/TLS session

…The contents of this SSL/TLS certificate do not match,

so the connection is suspended.

This data is not valid

…The file is incompatible, so cannot be displayed.

…You are trying to paste characters that cannot be used.

Check the characters to be pasted and try again. (See

page 434)

This file is not attachable

Cannot resend

…The output-prohibited file from the FOMA terminal has

been attached to the mail, so you could not re-send it.

This file is not valid

…The file is incompatible, so cannot be displayed.

This image is not valid

…The image could not be displayed normally, so cannot

be saved. Even if normally displayed, it may not be

saved depending on the file format.

This mail is broken

Cannot resend

…The size of the mail text is too large or the attachment

information about the text is damaged, so you could not

re-send.

This picture is not valid

…The image data is invalid, so cannot be displayed.

This site is not certified

Terminate SSL/TLS session

…This SSL/TLS certificate was not supported, so the

connection was suspended.

This software contains error

Unable to download

…The software program contains invalid data, so cannot

be downloaded or upgraded.

This software is currently unavailable for use

…You cannot start up the software program because the

effective period is expired or the server has put it in

unavailable state.

This software is not supported by this phone

…The software program to be downloaded or upgraded

does not support the FOMA terminal.

Error Message (S - T)

519

Appendix/Troubleshooting

This software is presently out of use

…You cannot start up the software program because the

effective period is expired or the server has put it in

unavailable state.

This UIM cannot be recognized

…An error occurred on the UIM or the PUK (PIN unblock

code) is blocked. Contact the handling counter of a

docomo shop.

…Check to see if the correct UIM is inserted.

(See page 39)

This UIM cannot be recognized

Phone is restarted

…This UIM cannot be recognized correctly.

The system is restarted and then the Stand-by display

returns.

Time out

…Disconnected from the other end’s Bluetooth device

during entering a Bluetooth passkey.

…No response from the Bluetooth device, so you could

not store or connect it.

…The maximum stand-by time for “Accept dialup

devices” had elapsed, so “Accept dialup devices” was

deactivated.

Too much data was entered

…Too many entered characters to send. Decrease the

number of characters and send again.

(See page 200)

Transmission failed

Transmission failed (552)

Transmission failed (XXX)

…You could not send the mail correctly. A three-digit

numeral is displayed for (XXX).

Unable to acquire remaining data

Delete data

Unable to acquire remaining data

Data deleted

…An error occurred when downloading the remaining

data of the file that was partially saved, so the data was

deleted.

Unable to change title

…You could not edit the title because entering no

characters or entering only space is disabled while

editing the title. Enter characters and try again.

(See page 341)

Unable to combine/bind

…You could not concatenate the scanned data. The

scanned data up to now is discarded.

Unable to compose

Unable to compose message

…You could not compose i-mode mail because the

FOMA terminal was reading data. Wait a while and try

again.

Unable to dial

Switch to normal style to dial

…Cannot dial in Horizontal Open Style. Switch to Normal

Style and try again. (See page 24)

Unable to download

…Another function was running or an error occurred, so

you could not download.

…The data is invalid, so cannot be downloaded.

…The maximum number of programs has already been

saved or there is not enough memory, so you could not

download the program.

Unable to download

Cancel update

…Another function was running or an error occurred, so

you could not download.

Unable to download

Data exceeds maximum size

…You tried to download the PDF data file exceeding the

maximum size, so could not download it.

Unable to download

Data exceeds maximum size (452)

…You tried to receive data exceeding the maximum size,

so could not receive it.

Unable to edit file name

…You cannot change the file name to the one starting

with a period or containing prohibited characters except

half-pitch alphanumeric characters. Enter the correct

file name and try again. (See page 342)

Unable to input because of exceeding maximum size

…You could not enter the Deco-mail pictogram because

it exceeded the maximum size of the images to be

inserted.

Unable to move

…The i-αppli program is the one that cannot be moved to

the FOMA terminal, so could not be moved from the

microSD card to the FOMA terminal.

Unable to perform AV output

…An error occurred, so the AV output is suspended.

Unable to play because of wrong UIM or license info

…This music file cannot be played back because of the

UIM security function. Insert the UIM you used for

obtaining the Chaku-uta Full® music file, and try again.

If the UIM is the one inserted for obtaining the

Chaku-uta Full® music file, the license information of

the music file in the FOMA terminal is invalid, so cannot

be played back. Perform “Initialize” and try again. (See

page 141)

Unable to retrieve the requested URL (504)

…No response from the server, so you cannot connect.

Unable to search any channels

…No broadcasting station was found that can receive

programs currently in the area.

Error Message (T - U)

520

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Unable to select

…When selecting the end point for “Trim imotion”, you

tried to select the point before the start point or the

same point as the start point. So, the end point could

not be selected. Reselect the start point again, then

proceed. (See page 355)

Unable to send all Ir data

…All the selected files were output-prohibited from the

FOMA terminal, so could not be sent.

Unable to set

…An error occurred, so you could not set.

Unable to set auto-update

…An error occurred, so you could not set “Set

auto-update”.

Unable to set for storage

…There are no unoccupied memory numbers within the

folder, so you cannot set.

Unable to support this card

…The inserted memory card cannot be used on P-07A.

Use P-07A compatible microSD card. (See page 366)

Unable to switch audio data

…There is only one audio, so you cannot switch.

Unable to upgrade

…An error occurred, so you could not upgrade.

Unable to use B address history

Unable to use PushTalk from call logs of Number B

Unable to use PushTalk in B mode

…You cannot make a PushTalk call from Number B/

Address B while using 2in1. Switch to A Mode or Dual

Mode, or make a PushTalk call from Number A/

Address A. (See page 448)

Unable to use this function

…The function cannot be operated with the inserted UIM.

Unsupported contents exist

…The data that the FOMA terminal does not support is

contained.

Updating program

…The program of Music&Video Channel is updating, so

you cannot download or play it back. Wait a while and

try again.

URL address is not valid

URL address is not valid (XXX)

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded.

A three-digit numeral is displayed for (XXX).

Usage is currently restricted

Try again later

…When a Pake-hodai, Pake-hodai full or Pake-hodai

double user communicates a large amount of data

within a certain duration, the connection might be

restricted for a certain duration. Wait a while and try

again.

Using mail folder

Cannot delete

Using mail folder

Cannot download

Using mail folder

Cannot start

…Corresponding software program is running. End the

software program and try again. (See page 292)

Wait for a while to retry

…Currently, it is placed inactive. Wait a while and try

again.

Wrong PIN1 code

…The entered PIN1 code is wrong. Enter the correct one.

(See page 124)

Your HTTP version is not supported (XXX)

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded.

A three-digit numeral is displayed for (XXX).

Error Message (U - Y)

521

Appendix/Troubleshooting

pMake sure that you have received a warranty card provided at purchase. After

checking the contents of the warranty card as well as “Shop name and date of

purchase”, keep the warranty card in a safe place. If you notice that necessary items of

the warranty card are not filled in, immediately contact the shop where you purchased

the FOMA terminal. The term of the warranty is one year from the date of purchase.

pAll or part of this product including the accessories may be modified for improvement

without notice.

pData stored in the Phonebook and others might be changed or lost owing to a

malfunction, repairs, or other mishandling of your FOMA terminal. You are advised to

take a note of Phonebook entries and other files in preparation for such incidents. After

we repair your FOMA terminal, we cannot move, with some exceptions, the information

downloaded by using i-mode or i-αppli to your repaired FOMA terminal because of the

※The FOMA terminal enables you to save Phonebook entries, i-motion files, or data

files used for i-αppli to the microSD card.

※You can use Data Security Service (pay service that is available on a subscription

basis) to save the data files such as Phonebook entries from the FOMA terminal to

the Data Storage Center.

※If you have a personal computer, you can transfer and save the data files from the

Phonebook to your personal computer by using the DOCOMO keitai datalink (see

page 469) via the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option) or FOMA

USB Cable (option).

Warranty and After-sales Services

Warranty ◎When there is a problem with the FOMA terminal

Before asking repairs, check “Troubleshooting” in this manual.

If the problem remains unsolved, contact the “Repairs” counter listed on the back page

of this manual for malfunction and consult them.

◎When repairs are necessitated as a result of consultation:

Bring your FOMA terminal to a repair counter specified by DOCOMO. Note that your

FOMA terminal is accepted for repair during the repair counter’s business hours. Also,

make sure that you will bring the warranty card with you to the counter. Further, note

that you may need to wait for fixing depending on the malfunction state.

■In warranty period

・Your FOMA terminal is repaired charge free in accordance with the terms of

warranty.

・Make sure that you bring the warranty card to the counter for the repair. If you do not

show the warranty card, or when troubles or malfunctions are regarded to be

caused by your mishandling, the repair cost is charged even within the warranty

period.

・The cost for troubles caused by the use of devices and consumables other than

those specified by DOCOMO is charged even within the warranty period.

・For the damages of liquid crystal display, connector, etc. after purchase, the repair

cost is charged.

■Repairs may not be performed in the following cases:

・When exposure to water is found at our repair counter (Example: When the

waterproof sticker reacts)

・When, as a result of inspection at our repair center, corrosion is found due to

exposure to water, dew condensation, or sweat, or when damage or deformation is

found in the circuit board [Repairs might not be carried out when damage to the

connector terminal (earphone/microphone terminal) or LCD, or cracks in the body

are found.]

※Even if repair is feasible, it is not covered by the warranty, so that repair cost is

charged.

■After the warranty period

We will repair your FOMA terminal on request (charges will apply).

■Spare parts availability period

The minimum storage period of the performance spare parts (parts required for

maintaining performance) for the FOMA terminal is basically six years after the closure

of its production. Note, however, that your FOMA terminal might not be repaired

depending on the troubled portions because of shortage of the spare parts. Even after

the storage period, some FOMA terminals can be repaired depending on the troubled

portions. Contact the “Repairs” counter listed on the back page of this manual.

After-sales Services

522

Appendix/Troubleshooting

◎Other points to note

pMake sure not to modify the FOMA terminal or its accessories.

・Catching fire, giving injury, or causing malfunctions may result.

・

For the repair of devices that the modification is applied to, we accept it if you agree

to have the modification reset. Further, we might reject to repair depending on the

conditions of the modification.

The following might be regarded as modifications:

・

To put stickers, etc. onto the liquid crystal display or keys

・

To decorate the FOMA terminal using adhesives

・

To replace the coverings etc. with those of other than DOCOMO genuine products

・Repairs of troubles or malfunctions resulting from the modifications are charged

even within the warranty period.

Do not peel the nameplate off the FOMA terminal.

The nameplate is a certificate for ensuring the technological standard. If someone

intentionally peel off the nameplate or replace it, the contents described in the

nameplate cannot be checked, as we cannot verify the conformity of the product to the

technical standard. Note that we may refuse repair for some malfunctions in this case.

pThe information such as function settings and Total Calls Duration, etc. might be

reset depending on troubles or repairs, or the way you handle the FOMA terminal.

Set the settings again.

pThe parts generating magnetism are used in the following portions of the FOMA

terminal. Note that if you place a magnetism-sensitive object such as a cash card

near the FOMA terminal, the card might become unusable.

Portions: speaker, earpiece

pIf the FOMA terminal gets wet or becomes moist, immediately turn off the power and

remove the battery pack; then visit a repair counter. The FOMA terminal may not be

repaired depending on its condition.

◎Memory dial (Phonebook function) and downloaded information

・It is recommended to take a note of the information you have stored in the FOMA

terminal and keep it in a safe place. We are not responsible for any change in or loss

of information.

・When replacing or repairing your FOMA terminal, the data you created, obtained

from external devices, or downloaded may be changed or lost. We do not take any

responsibility for the loss or change incurred to the data. We may replace your

FOMA terminal with a fungible one instead of repairing, for our convenience sake.

Only at the time of repair, we move the files from your FOMA terminal including the

images and ring melodies downloaded to your FOMA terminal or the files you

created. (We cannot move some files. Also, some files might not be movable

depending on the degree of malfunction.)

※It may take a while to move files, or it might occur that moving files is not possible

depending on the memory size of the files stored in the FOMA terminal.

You can check on your FOMA terminal whether sending/receiving mail

messages, downloading images/melodies, and others are normally

working.

pTo connect to “ｉモード故障診断サイト

(i-mode Fault Diagnosis Site)” [in Japanese only]

i-mode site:

iMenu→お知らせ (News)→サービス・機能

(Services & Functions)→ｉモード (i-mode)

→ｉモード故障診断 (i-mode Fault Diagnosis)

pA packet communication fee for connecting to the i-mode

Fault Diagnosis Site is free. (When you access it from overseas, you are charged the

fee.)

pThe test items differ by model of FOMA terminals. Further the test items might be

changed.

pWhen you check operations of your FOMA terminal according to each test item, read

the cautions on the site thoroughly and then perform the test.

pWhen you connect to the i-mode Fault Diagnosis Site and test on sending mail

messages, the proper information about your FOMA terminal (model name, mail

address, etc.) is automatically sent to the server (i-mode Fault Diagnosis Server). We

never use the sent information for other purposes than for the i-mode fault diagnosis.

pWhen you think your FOMA terminal is in trouble as a result of your check, contact the

“Repairs” counter listed on the back page of this manual.

i-mode Fault Diagnosis Site

Top display Test Menu list

QR code for

accessing the site

523

Appendix/Troubleshooting

This function is to check whether you need to update software programs

in the FOMA terminal by connecting to the network, and if necessary, you

can download some parts of software programs using packet

communication, and can update the software programs.

You can update software programs that are essential for operating the

FOMA terminal to enhance its functionality and operability.

※You are not charged a packet communication fee for updating software

programs.

If you need to update the software programs, the DOCOMO website and

“お客様サポート (User support)” in Japanese iMenu let you know about

it.

“Auto-update”, “Update Now” and “Reserve Update” are available for

updating software programs.

【Auto-update】: Automatically downloads new software programs, and

updates at the time you specified beforehand.

【Update Now】: If you want to, immediately update.

【Reserve Update】: Reserve the date and time for updating software

programs, and they are automatically updated at the

reserved date and time.

pDo not remove the battery pack while updating software programs. You may fail to

update.

pYou can update software programs with the Phonebook entries, images shot by the

camera, or downloaded data retained in the FOMA terminal; however note that data

may not be protected depending on the conditions (such as malfunction, damage, or

drench) your FOMA terminal is placed in. You are advised to backup important data.

Note that some data such as downloaded ones might not be backed up.

Updating Software

■Before Using Software Update

pYou can update software programs even when you set “Access point setting” to a user

designated destination.

pFully charge the battery before updating software programs.

pYou cannot update software programs in the following cases:

・When the FOMA terminal is off ・When date and time are not set

・During a call ・Out of the service area

・During PIN1 code lock ・During Omakase Lock

・During Self Mode ・While using other functions

・When the UIM is not inserted

・While connecting to external devices such as a personal computer

pIt may take time to update (download or rewrite) software programs.

pYou cannot make/receive calls, use communication functions, and use other functions

while updating software programs. (You can receive voice calls, forward calls or

operate Record Message during download.)

pWhen updating, the FOMA terminal is connected to the server (DOCOMO site) using

SSL/TLS communication. You need to validate the SSL/TLS certificate.

(Setting at purchase: Valid See page 217 for how to set.)

pIt is recommended to update software programs when radio wave is strong enough

with the three antennas displayed and while you are not moving.

※If radio wave conditions get worse while downloading software programs, or

download is suspended, move to a place with good radio wave conditions and try

again to update software programs.

pIf you check Software Update with the software programs already updated, the

message “No update is needed Please continue to use as before” is displayed.

pWhen “Receive option setting” is set to “ON” and mail comes in during software

update, the display for notifying you of the arrival of mail may not be displayed after

software update is completed.

pWhen updating software programs, the proper information about your FOMA terminal

(model name or serial number, etc.) is automatically sent to the server

(DOCOMO-managed server for Software Update). We at DOCOMO never use the

sent information for other purposes than for updating software programs.

pIf you fail to update software programs, “Rewrite failed” is displayed and you cannot do

all the operations. In that case, you are kindly requested to come to a repair counter

specified by DOCOMO.

pYou cannot use Software Update overseas.

524

Appendix/Troubleshooting

You can download new software programs automatically, then the

updating is operated at the time you specified beforehand.

When the rewriting state is ready, the “Rewrite notification” icon appears.

Then you can confirm the rewrite time and select whether to change the

rewrite time or rewrite the program immediately.

When a rewrite time comes with the “Rewrite notification” icon

displayed, rewriting is automatically carried out and the “Rewrite

notification” icon is erased.

You cannot change “Set auto-update” when the notification icon of software update is displayed on

the Stand-by display. In that case, select the notification icon, and clear that icon without confirming

whether the software update is required. You are then able to change “Set auto-update”.

1mSet./ServiceOther settingsSoftware update

Enter your Terminal Security CodeSet auto-update

Update Software Programs Automatically

Set Date and Time of Updating

1Select the “Rewrite notification” icon on the Stand-by

display, and select “OK”, “Change time” or “Now

rewrite”.

pThe “Rewrite

notification” icon

notifies you that

rewriting starts at

the set time.

2Select “OK”.

pAfter you select it, the Stand-by display returns, and

then rewriting starts at the set time.

pWhen you select “Change time”, you can set the time

and day of the week for rewriting.

pSee “Update Software Now (Update Now)” on

page 526 for the operation when you select “Now

rewrite”.

pThe “Rewrite notification” icon is cleared when you

check it.

When Update is Needed

Select the

Rewrite

notification

icon.

Rewrite notification icon

525

Appendix/Troubleshooting

If you select “Only notification” of “Set auto-update”, “Update

notification icon” notifies you when software update is necessary.

You can start Software Update by selecting “Update notification icon”, or

from the Menu display.

1Select “Update notification icon” on the Stand-by

display.

pIf you select “No”, the confirmation display appears asking whether to delete the

notification icon.

p“Update notification icon” appears in the following cases:

・When notification is provided by DOCOMO

・When “Update is needed” is displayed in step 3

・When you fail to update software programs during updating in Reserve Update

・When you cancel the reservation for the software update

2Check whether the software programs need to be

updated.

pYou can answer voice calls

during check.

Start Software Update

Start Software Update by Selecting “Update notification icon”

3When updating is not necessary, “No update is needed”

is displayed. Use the FOMA terminal as it is. When

updating is necessary, “Update is needed” is displayed.

You can select either “Now update” or “Reserve”.

1mSet./ServiceOther settingsSoftware update

Enter your TerminalSecurity CodeUpdate

2Go to step 2 of [Start Software Update by Selecting

“Update notification icon”] on page 525.

Software Update

display

※When updating is

not necessary

※The display for when

the software update is

unavailable because of

the server congestion.

(Wait for a while and

then start the software

update again.)

Start Software Update from Menu

526

Appendix/Troubleshooting

1When you select “Now update”, “Start download” is

displayed and downloading starts after a while. (Select

“OK” to start downloading right now.)

pYou can answer voice calls

during download.

pIf you cancel downloading

midway, the data

downloaded up to that point

is deleted.

pOnce downloading starts,

updating proceeds

automatically; you do not

need to select menu items.

2When downloading is completed, rewriting the software

programs starts. (Select “OK” to start rewriting right

now.)

When rewriting is completed, your FOMA terminal

automatically restarts.

pIt may take a while to start rewriting.

pYou cannot even answer calls while rewriting.

※While rewriting the software programs, all key operations are disabled. You

cannot even stop updating.

Also, charging temporarily stops even if the AC adapter (option) is connected.

Update Software Now (Update Now) 3After confirming the update

completion, select “OK”.

pIf you do not select “OK” at the update completion, the

“Rewrite completion” icon indicating the update is

completed appears on the Stand-by display.

It is cleared when you check it.

When downloading takes time or the server is busy, you can set in

advance the date and time for starting the software update by

communicating with the server.

1Select “Reserve” from the Software Update display.

The date and time which can be reserved are displayed.

pThe server’s time table appears for the software update reservation.

When you select “Others”

After communicating with the server, you can select the date and time you want.

The availability of each time zone is displayed on the time selection display as

follows:

○: Available, △: Almost full, ×: Not available

When you select one time zone you want, you can communicate with the server

again to display candidates for reserving time.

Reserve Date and Time for Updating Software (Reserve

Update)

527

Appendix/Troubleshooting

2Confirm the date and time you selected. Select “YES”.

Your FOMA terminal communicates with the server

again and then the reservation is completed.

The display on the right appears and about five seconds later

the software update starts automatically.

Before the reserved time, fully charge the battery pack, place

the FOMA terminal with the Stand-by display shown in a place

within reach of radio wave.

When the reserved time comes

Information

pNote that updating may not start even when the reserved time arrives if you are using

another function.

pThe software update may not be started if an alarm is activated.

pIf you execute “Initialize” on page 141 after completing the reservation, the software

update does not start even when the reserved time arrives.

Make a reservation for the software update again.

Select “Software update” from the setting menu, then enter your

Terminal Security Code and select “Update”; then you can confirm the

reserved time.

You can change or cancel the reserved date and time from the

display for checking reservation. To change, select “Change”.

To cancel, select “Cancel”.

If you select “Cancel” from each display, the display for ending the

operation appears.

Select “YES”; then the software update ends and the Stand-by display returns. To return

to the previous display, select “NO”.

Check, Change, or Cancel the Reserved Date and Time

End Software Update

Information

pIf the battery becomes low during operation, the software rewriting is not done and the

operation ends.

528

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Regarding data and programs downloaded or obtained from sites,

i-mode mail messages or SMS messages to the FOMA terminal, you can

detect data that might cause failure, can delete it, and can stop starting

an application program.

pUse the pattern data for checking. Update the pattern data, because it is upgraded

each time new trouble is found. (See page 528)

pThe scan function is for filtering out the data that causes failure to mobile phones at the

time of browsing websites or receiving mail messages. Note that this function works

only when the pattern data for each failure has been downloaded to your mobile phone

and when the pattern data for each failure is found.

pThe data contained in the pattern data varies depending on the mobile phone model.

Therefore, note that we may stop distributing the pattern data to mobile phones that

have been on the market for three years or more.

If you set “Scan” to “Valid”, data or a program can be automatically

checked when you try to run it.

In addition, if you set “Message scan” to “Valid”, a received SMS

message can be automatically checked when you display it.

1mSet./ServiceLock/SecurityScanning function

Set scanSelect an item.

Scan . . . . . . . . . . . Sets whether to run the scanning function.

Message scan . . . Sets whether to run the scanning function when displaying an

SMS message.

pWhile “Scan” is set to “Invalid”, you cannot set “Message scan”.

Protecting FOMA Terminal from Harmful

Data

First of all, update the pattern data to make it the latest.

Set Scanning Function <Set Scan>

2Valid or InvalidYES

pWhen the scan function is set, an alert is shown by five levels if data that might

cause failure is detected. (See page 529)

1mSet./ServiceLock/SecurityScanning function

UpdateYESYES

pTo cancel during i-mode connection, select “Cancel”.

2OK

pWhen pattern data update is not necessary, “Pattern definitions are up-to-date” is

displayed. Use the pattern data as it is.

Information

pThe scanning is not available for the SMS message which notifies you of incoming

calls for Voice Mail Service.

Update Pattern Data <Update>

Information

pWhen updating the pattern data, the proper information about your FOMA terminal

(model name, serial number, etc.) is automatically sent to the server

(DOCOMO-managed server for the scanning function). We at DOCOMO never use

the sent information for other purposes than for the scanning function.

pSet the date (year/month/date) for the FOMA terminal correctly in advance.

pThe pattern data is not updated in the following cases:

・When the date/time is not set ・During a call ・Out of the service area

・When the UIM is not inserted ・During Lock All

・While another function is working

・When connecting to external devices such as personal computers

・While Self Mode is activated

pIf you cancel downloading midway, the data downloaded up to that point is deleted.

529

Appendix/Troubleshooting

You can set whether to update the pattern data inside your FOMA

terminal when the pattern data is created anew.

1mSet./ServiceLock/SecurityScanning function

Set auto-updateON or OFF

2YESOK

pWhen you select “ON” in step 1, the confirmation display appears telling that your

mobile phone information is sent at auto-update.

pTo cancel during i-mode connection, select “Cancel”.

■About the display for scanned problem elements

A warning display appears when problematic data

is found. Select “Detail” from the warning display to

show the name of the problem element.

pWhen six or more problem elements are found, the sixth and

later problem element names are omitted.

p“Detail” might not appear depending on the detected problem

element.

Update Pattern Data Automatically <Set Auto-update>

Information

pWhen setting auto-update or updating automatically, the proper information about

your FOMA terminal (model name, serial number, etc.) is automatically sent to the

server (DOCOMO-managed server for the scanning function). We at DOCOMO

never use the sent information for other purposes than for the scanning function.

pWhen auto-update is completed, the notification icon of “ ” (Update completed)

appears on the desktop. If it is failed, “ ” (Pattern update failed) appears. Select

“ ” to display the update result.

Displays for Scanning Result

■The displays for scanning result

pThe alert displays for when displaying i-mode mail messages or SMS messages may

differ from the ones above.

1mSet./ServiceLock/SecurityScanning function

Version

Alert level 0 Alert level 1 Alert level 2

OK..... Continues the

operation.

YES ....Stops and ends the

operation.

NO .....Continues the

operation.

OK .... Stops and ends the

operation.

Alert level 3 Alert level 4

YES.....Deletes the data

and ends the

operation.

NO ......Stops and ends the

operation.

OK .... Deletes the data and

ends the operation.

Check Pattern Data Version <Version>

530

Appendix/Troubleshooting

■Handset

Main Specifications

Model P-07A

Dimensions

(when closed)

Height: Approx. 108 mm

Width: Approx. 50 mm

Depth: Approx. 17.5 mm

(at thickest point: Approx. 19.0 mm)

Weight (with the battery pack

attached)

Approx. 125 g

Continuous

standby

time

FOMA

/3G

3G/GSM

setting [3G]

In motion: Approx. 400 hours

3G/GSM

setting

[Auto]

Standstill: Approx. 620 hours

In motion: Approx. 380 hours

GSM 3G/GSM

setting

[Auto]

Standstill: Approx. 260 hours

Continuous

talk time

FOMA/3G Voice call: Approx. 200 minutes

Videophone call: Approx. 110 minutes

GSM Voice call: Approx. 250 minutes

1Seg watching time

Approx. 220 minutes

(when Mobile W-Speed is OFF: Approx. 270 minutes)

(in ECO Mode: Approx. 380 minutes)

Charging time AC adapter: Approx. 120 minutes

DC adapter: Approx. 120 minutes

LCD Type Display: TFT 262,144 colors

Private window: TFT 262,144 colors

Size Display: Approx. 3.1 inches

Private window: Approx. 2.0 inches

Number of pixels Display: 409,920 pixels (480 dots x 854 dots)

Private window: 102,480 pixels

(240 dots x 427 dots)

Image

pickup

device

Type Inside camera: CMOS

Outside camera: CMOS

Size Inside camera: 1/10.0 inches

Outside camera: 1/3.2 inches

※1: Image size: Sub-QCIF (128 x 96), Image quality: Normal, File size: 10 Kbytes

※2: The continuous playback time is the estimated duration that you can play back

using the Stereo Earphone Set 01 (option) with the FOMA terminal closed.

※3: File format: AAC

※4: Shares with still images, i-motion files, melodies, PDF files, Music&Video Channel

programs, Kisekae Tool files, Machi-chara images, ToruCa files, and i-αppli

programs.

■Battery pack

Camera Number of effective

pixels

Inside camera: Approx. 330,000 pixels

Outside camera: Approx. 8,100,000 pixels

Number of recording

pixels (maximum)

Inside camera: Approx. 310,000 pixels

Outside camera: Approx. 8,000,000 pixels

Recording

Number of recordable

still images

※1

Approx. 2,400 max. (default)

Approx. 3,500 max. (when the deletable

pre-installed data files are

deleted)

Number of still

images for

continuous shooting

VGA: 4 QVGA: 5 through 10

QCIF: 5 through 20 Sub-QCIF: 5 through 20

Music

playback

Continuous

playback time※2

SD-Audio file (supports Play Background):

Approx. 6,500 minutes※3

Chaku-uta Full® music file (supports Play

Background): Approx. 6,000 minutes※3

i-motion file (including Chaku-uta® music file):

Approx. 1260 minutes※3

WMA file (supports Play Background):

Approx. 4,800 minutes

Music&Video Channel program (supports Play

Background)

Sound: Approx. 6,000 minutes

Moving picture: Approx. 240 minutes

Memory

capacity

Chaku-uta®Approx. 250 Mbytes※4

Chaku-uta Full®

Name of product Battery Pack P19

Battery type Li-ion (lithium ion) battery

Voltage 3.7 V

Capacity 800 mAh

531

Appendix/Troubleshooting

The number of files that can be saved varies depending on shooting environments.

※The number of files that can be saved to the FOMA terminal and microSD card has

limit.

■The number of files that can be saved to P-07A

pThe values are the number of files you can save after deleting the deletable

pre-installed data files.

Specifications for Still Image Shooting

File format JPEG

Compression format Baseline format

Extension jpg

Title/File name Automatically set according to the date and time the image

was saved and the number of shot frames (when the 1st

frame was shot at 10:00 on November 18, 2009)

Title

“2009/11/18 10:00”

File name

“2009111810000000” (Store in: Phone)

“P1000001” (Store in: microSD)

Maximum file size 2.8 Mbytes

Mail attachment/Output Can be attached to mail or output from the FOMA terminal by

using the microSD card.

Memory capacity Approx. 250 Mbytes (Phone)

Estimate of the number of storable still images

Image quality

Image size

Super fine

(Approx.)

Fine

(Approx.)

Normal

(Approx.)

8M (2448 x 3264) 93 130 163

6M Wide (1836 x 3264) 130 163 217

5M (1944 x 2592) 145 201 260

3M (1536 x 2048) 260 323 367

2M Wide (1080 x 1920) 372 516 640

2M (1200 x 1600) 372 516 640

Stand-by (480 x 854) 1,684 2,285 2,909

VGA (480 x 640) 2,461 2,909 3,500

QVGA (240 x 320) 3,500 3,500 3,500

QCIF (144 x 176) 3,500 3,500 3,500

Sub-QCIF (96 x 128) 3,500 3,500 3,500

■The number of files that can be saved to the microSD card (64 Mbytes)

Image quality

Image size

Super fine

(Approx.)

Fine

(Approx.)

Normal

(Approx.)

8M (2448 x 3264) 22 31 39

6M Wide (1836 x 3264) 31 39 52

5M (1944 x 2592) 35 48 62

3M (1536 x 2048) 62 77 87

2M Wide (1080 x 1920) 90 124 154

2M (1200 x 1600) 90 124 154

Stand-by (480 x 854) 387 552 645

VGA (480 x 640) 552 645 774

QVGA (240 x 320) 1,290 1,290 1,935

QCIF (144 x 176) 1,935 1,935 3,870

Sub-QCIF (96 x 128) 3,870 3,870 3,870

Specifications for Moving Picture Shooting

File format MP4, ASF (When “File size setting” is set to “Long time”.)

Coding system Video: MPEG4 Voice: AMR, G.726

Extension 3gp, asf

Title/File name Automatically set according to the date and time the image

was recorded (when shot at 10:00 on November 18, 2009)

Title

“2009/11/18 10:00”

File name

“200911181000” (Store in: Phone)

“MOL001” (Store in: microSD)

Maximum file size 2 Mbytes (Store in: Phone)

Can be limited to the size which can be attached to i-motion

mail when shooting. (See page 241)

Mail attachment/Output Can be attached to mail or output from the FOMA terminal by

using the microSD card.

Memory capacity Approx. 250 Mbytes (Phone)

532

Appendix/Troubleshooting

The recordable time varies depending on shooting environments. Take reference to the recordable time and memory capacity which appear on the Finder display as well.

■Recordable time to P-07A (See “Voice” for the recordable time of Voice Recorder.)

pThe values are the recordable time after deleting the deletable pre-installed data files.

Estimate of recordable time

Image size File size

setting Movie type set

Recordable time per recording (Approx.) Total recordable time (Approx.)

Image quality Image quality

Super fine Fine Normal Super fine Fine Normal

VGA

(640 x 480)

Mail restriction

(S)

Normal 2 sec 4 sec 8 sec 15 min 31 min 60 min

Video 2 sec 4 sec 8 sec 15 min 31 min 61 min

Voice 305 sec 2,581 min

Mail restriction

(L)

Normal 8 sec 16 sec 30 sec 15 min 31 min 60 min

Video 8 sec 16 sec 30 sec 15 min 31 min 61 min

Voice 20 min 2,581 min

HVGA Wide

(640 x 352)

Mail restriction

(S)

Normal 3 sec 5 sec 10 sec 20 min 40 min 80 min

Video 3 sec 5 sec 10 sec 21 min 41 min 82 min

Voice 305 sec 2,581 min

Mail restriction

(L)

Normal 11 sec 20 sec 40 sec 20 min 40 min 80 min

Video 11 sec 20 sec 40 sec 21 min 41 min 82 min

Voice 20 min 2,581 min

QVGA

(320 x 240)

Mail restriction

(S)

Normal 4 sec 5 sec 15 sec 31 min 40 min 120 min

Video 4 sec 5 sec 15 sec 31 min 41 min 123 min

Voice 305 sec 2,581 min

Mail restriction

(L)

Normal 16 sec 20 sec 59 sec 31 min 40 min 120 min

Video 16 sec 20 sec 60 sec 31 min 41 min 123 min

Voice 20 min 2,581 min

QCIF

(176 x 144)

Mail restriction

(S)

Normal 10 sec 35 sec 69 sec 79 min 291 min 576 min

Video 10 sec 39 sec 78 sec 82 min 328 min 656 min

Voice 305 sec 2,581 min

Mail restriction

(L)

Normal 39 sec 141 sec 279 sec 79 min 291 min 576 min

Video 40 sec 159 sec 318 sec 82 min 328 min 656 min

Voice 20 min 2,581 min

Sub-QCIF

(128 x 96)

Mail restriction

(S)

Normal 19 sec 62 sec 122 sec 154 min 523 min 1,026 min

Video 20 sec 78 sec 156 sec 164 min 656 min 1,313 min

Voice 305 sec 2,581 min

Mail restriction

(L)

Normal 75 sec 254 sec 497 sec 154 min 523 min 1,026 min

Video 80 sec 318 sec 10 min 164 min 656 min 1,313 min

Voice 20 min 2,581 min

533

Appendix/Troubleshooting

■Recordable time to microSD card (64 Mbytes) (See “Voice” for the recordable time of Voice Recorder.)

Image size File size

setting Movie type set

Recordable time per recording (Approx.) Total recordable time (Approx.)

Image quality Image quality

Super fine Fine Normal Super fine Fine Normal

VGA

(640 x 480)

Long time

Normal 227 sec 447 sec 14 min 227 sec 447 sec 14 min

Video 231 sec 462 sec 15 min 231 sec 462 sec 15 min

Voice 180 min 624 min

HVGA Wide

(640 x 352)

Normal 302 sec 577 sec 18 min 302 sec 577 sec 18 min

Video 308 sec 10 min 20 min 308 sec 10 min 20 min

Voice 180 min 624 min

QVGA

(320 x 240)

Normal 447 sec 577 sec 26 min 447 sec 577 sec 26 min

Video 462 sec 10 min 30 min 462 sec 10 min 30 min

Voice 180 min 624 min

QCIF

(176 x 144)

Normal 18 min 60 min 96 min 18 min 60 min 96 min

Video 20 min 80 min 160 min 20 min 80 min 160 min

Voice 180 min 624 min

Sub-QCIF

(128 x 96)

Normal 34 min 96 min 137 min 34 min 96 min 137 min

Video 40 min 160 min 180 min 40 min 160 min 320 min

Voice 180 min 624 min

534

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Number of Savable/Registerable/

Protectable Items in FOMA Terminal

Function

Number of savable/registerable items

Reference

page

Phonebook 1,000※190

1Seg TVlink 50 259

TV timer 100 261

Timer recording 100 262

Schedule Schedule 2,500※2403

Holiday 100※3404

ToDo 100 407

Text memo 20 414

Mail

(total of SMS

messages and

i-mode mail

messages)

Received mail 2,500 max. ※3, ※4, ※5, ※6

<2,500 max. ※4>

162

Sent mail 1,000 max. ※4, ※6, ※7

<1,000 max. ※4>

163

Draft mail※820 max. ※4164

User created folder

(Inbox) 22 168

User created folder

(Outbox) 22 168

Area mail 30 162

Template Deco-mail 100 max. ※3, ※4154

Decome-Anime 100 max. ※3, ※4155

Message Message R 100 max. ※4

<50 max. ※4>

181

Message F 100 max. ※4

<50 max. ※4>

181

Bookmark Bookmark 600 204

Bookmark folder 40 (incl. “Bookmark”) 204

Screen memo

(i-mode

Browser)

Screen memo 300 max. ※4

<150 max. ※4>

205

Screen memo folder 40 (incl. “Screen memo”) 206

※1: Up to 50 Phonebook entries can be stored on the UIM.

※2: Includes i-schedule events.

※3: Includes pre-installed data.

※4: The number of savable, registerable, or protectable items may decrease

depending on the data volume.

※5: Includes mail in the “Chat” folder, “Trash box” folder and the i-αppli mail folder.

※6: In addition, a total of 20 received and sent SMS messages can be saved to the

UIM. (See page 415)

※7: Includes mail in the “Chat” folder and the i-αppli mail folder.

※8: Can save unsent mail you are composing.

※9: Among pre-installed data files, only the Deco-mail pictograms, Deco-mail pictures,

PDF files, Kisekae Tool files, and Machi-chara images are included as the

savable/registerable items.

※10: Still images, i-motion files, melodies, PDF files, music files, Music&Video Channel

programs, Kisekae Tool files, Machi-chara images, ToruCa files, and i-αppli

programs share the number of savable/registerable items and memory space.

Screen memo

(Full Browser)

Screen memo 300 max. ※4

<150 max. ※4>

205

Screen memo folder 40 (incl. “Screen memo”) 206

Still image 3,500 max. ※4, ※9, ※10 340

User created folder 20 379

i-motion file 3,500 max. ※4, ※9, ※10 348

User created folder 19 379

Melody 3,500 max. ※4, ※9, ※10 363

User created folder 20 379

Chara-den 3※3359

PDF file 3,500 max. ※4, ※9, ※10 387

Music&Video

Channel

Downloaded

program 2272

Saved program 10 max. ※4, ※10 272

Kisekae Tool 3,500 max. ※4, ※9, ※10 365

Machi-chara 3,500 max. ※4, ※9, ※10 362

ToruCa 495 max. ※4, ※10 318

User created folder 20 320

i-αppli 100 max. ※4, ※10 290

Mail-linked i-αppli 5 290

Function

Number of savable/registerable items

Reference

page

535

Appendix/Troubleshooting

This model phone P-07A meets the MIC’s* technical regulation for exposure to

radio waves.

The technical regulation established permitted levels of radio frequency

energy, based on standards that were developed by independent scientific

organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies.

The regulation employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific

Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit is 2 watts/kilogram (W/kg)** averaged

over ten grams of tissue. The limit includes a substantial safety margin

designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The

value of the limit is equal to the international guidelines recommended by

ICNIRP***.

All phone models should be confirmed to comply with the regulation, before

they are available for sale to the public. The highest SAR value for this model

phone is 0.918 W/kg.

It was taken by the Telecom Engineering Center (TELEC), a Registered

Certification Agency on the Radio Law. The test for SAR was conducted in

accordance with the MIC testing procedure using standard operating positions

with the phone transmitting at its highest permitted power level in all tested

frequency bands. While there may be differences between the SAR levels of

various phones and at various positions, they all meet the MIC’s technical

regulation. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level,

the actual SAR of the phone during operation can be well below the maximum

value.

For further information about SAR, please see the following websites:

* Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications

** The technical regulation is provided in Article 14-2 of the Ministry Ordinance

Regulating Radio Equipment.

*** International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection

Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) of Mobile

Phone

SAR Certification Information

World Health Organization (WHO): http://www.who.int/peh-emf/

ICNIRP: http://www.icnirp.de/

MIC: http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/ele/body/index.htm

TELEC: http://www.telec.or.jp/ENG/Index_e.htm

NTT DOCOMO: http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/product/

Panasonic Mobile Communications Co., Ltd.: http://panasonic.jp/mobile/

(In Japanese only)

This mobile phone complies with the EU requirements for exposure to radio waves.

Your mobile phone is a radio transceiver, designed and manufactured not to exceed

the SAR* limits** for exposure to radio-frequency (RF) energy, which SAR* value,

when tested for compliance against the standard was 0.831 W/kg.

While there may be differences between the SAR* levels of various phones and at

various positions, they all meet*** the EU requirements for RF exposure.

* The exposure standard for mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as

the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR.

** The SAR limit for mobile phones used by the public is 2.0 watts/kilogram (W/kg)

averaged over ten grams of tissue, recommended by The Council of the European

Union. The limit incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional

protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements.

*** Tests for SAR have been conducted using standard operating positions with the

phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands.

Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR

level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum value. This is

because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only

the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a base

station antenna, the lower the power output.

※The European RTTE approval of this product is limited to the use of the P-07A

handset, Battery Pack and FOMA AC Adapter for Global use (100 to 240 V AC) only.

Other accessories are not part of the approval.

pThis device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that

may cause undesired operation.

pChanges or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer responsible for

compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

European RF Exposure Information

Declaration of Conformity

The product “P-07A” is declared to conform with the essential requirements of

European Union Directive 1999/5/EC Radio and Telecommunications Terminal

Equipment Directive 3.1(a), 3.1(b) and 3.2. The Declaration of Conformity can be

found on http://panasonic.net/pmc/support/index.html.

FCC Notice

536

Appendix/Troubleshooting

THIS MODEL PHONE MEETS THE U.S. GOVERNMENT’S REQUIREMENTS FOR

EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES.

Your wireless phone contains a radio transmitter and receiver. Your phone is designed

and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF)

energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. These

limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy

for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed

by independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of

scientific studies.

The exposure standard for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of measurement

known as the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR). The SAR limit set by the FCC is

1.6 W/kg.* Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by

the FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested

frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the

actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum value. This

is because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the

power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a wireless base

station antenna, the lower the output.

Before a phone model is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to

the FCC that it does not exceed the limit established by the U.S. government-adopted

requirement for safe exposure. The tests are performed in various positions and locations

(for example, at the ear and worn on the body) as required by FCC for each model. The

highest SAR value for this model phone as reported to the FCC when tested for use at the

ear is 0.715 W/kg, and when worn on the body in a holster or carry case, is 0.383 W/kg.

(Body-worn measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available

accessories and FCC requirements). While there may be differences between the SAR

levels of various phones and at various positions, they all meet the U.S. government

requirement.

The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this model phone with all reported

SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR

information on this model phone is on file with the FCC and can be found under the

Display Grant section at http://www.fcc.gov/oet/ea/ after search on FCC ID UCE208014A.

For body worn operation, this phone has been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure

guidelines when used with an accessory designated for this product or when used with an

accessory that contains no metal and that positions the handset a minimum of 1.5 cm

from the body.

* In the United States, the SAR limit for wireless mobile phones used by the public is

1.6 watts/kg (W/kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. SAR values may vary

depending upon national reporting requirements and the network band.

FCC RF Exposure Information

AIRCRAFT

Switch off your wireless device when boarding an aircraft or whenever you are instructed

to do so by airline staff. If your device offers a ‘flight mode’ or similar feature consult

airline staff as to whether it can be used on board.

DRIVING

Full attention should be given to driving at all times and local laws and regulations

restricting the use of wireless devices while driving must be observed.

HOSPITALS

Mobile phones should be switched off wherever you are requested to do so in hospitals,

clinics or health care facilities. These requests are designed to prevent possible

interference with sensitive medical equipment.

PETROL STATIONS

Obey all posted signs with respect to the use of wireless devices or other radio

equipment in locations with flammable material and chemicals. Switch off your wireless

device whenever you are instructed to do so by authorized staff.

INTERFERENCE

Care must be taken when using the phone in close proximity to personal medical

devices, such as pacemakers and hearing aids.

Pacemakers

Pacemaker manufacturers recommend that a minimum separation of 15 cm be

maintained between a mobile phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference

with the pacemaker. To achieve this use the phone on the opposite ear to your

pacemaker and do not carry it in a breast pocket.

Hearing Aids

Some digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such

interference, you may want to consult your hearing aid manufacturer to discuss

alternatives.

For other Medical Devices:

Please consult your physician and the device manufacturer to determine if operation of

your phone may interfere with the operation of your medical device.

This product and its accessories might be covered by the Japan Export

Administration Regulations (“Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Law” and

its related laws). To export this product and its accessories, take the required

measures on your responsibility and at your expenses. For details on the

procedures, contact the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry.

Important Safety Information

Export Administration Regulations

537

Appendix/Troubleshooting

You have no right to copy, modify, or distribute the contents such as text, images, music,

or software programs downloaded from websites on the Internet, or images shot by the

cameras of this product without permission from the copyright holder except for when the

copy or quote is for personal use that is allowed by the copyright law.

Note that it may be prohibited to shoot or record live performances or exhibitions even for

personal use. Make sure that you refrain from shooting portraits of other persons and

distributing such portraits over the Internet without consent, as this violates portrait rights.

p“FOMA”, “mova”, “PushTalk”, “PushTalkPlus”, “i-mode”, “i-αppli”, “i-αppliDX”, “i-motion”,

“Deco-mail”, “Chaku-motion”, “Chara-den”, “ToruCa”, “mopera”, “mopera U”, “WORLD

CALL”, “Dual Network”, “FirstPass”, “visualnet”, “V-live”, “i-Channel”, “DCMX”, “iD”,

“Security Scan”, “i-motion mail”, “i-area”, “Short Mail”, “WORLD WING”, “Public mode”,

“DoPa”, “sigmarion”, “musea”, “IMCS”, “OFFICEED”, “2in1”, “Chokkan Game”,

“docomo PRIME series”, and the logos of “FOMA”, “i-mode”, “i-αppli”, “DCMX”, “iC”,

“iD”, “Music&Video Channel”, and “HIGH-SPEED” are trademarks or registered

trademarks of NTT DOCOMO, INC.

p“Chizu Talk” is a trademark of ZENRIN DataCom CO., LTD.

p“Catch Phone (Call waiting service)” is a registered trademark of Nippon Telegraph and

Telephone Corporation.

pFree Dial logo mark is a registered trademark of NTT Communications Corporation.

pMcAfee® is registered trademarks or trademarks of McAfee, Inc. and/or its affiliates in

the US and/or other countries.

pG-GUIDE, G-GUIDE MOBILE and their logos are registered trademarks in

Japan of U.S. Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc. and/or its affiliates.

pQuickTime is a registered trademark of Apple Inc., in the US and other

countries.

pNAVIDIAL and NAVIDIAL logo mark are trademarks of NTT Communications

Corporation.

pMicrosoft®, Windows®, and Windows Vista® are trademarks or registered trademarks

of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.

Intellectual Property Right

Copyrights and Portrait Rights

Trademarks

pWindows Media® is either a registered trademark or trademark of Microsoft

Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.

JBlend and JBlend-related trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks

of Aplix Corporation in Japan and other countries.

pf is a registered trademark of FeliCa Networks, Inc.

pmicroSDHC logo is a trademark.

p“Multitask” is a registered trademark of NEC Corporation.

pQR code is a registered trademark of Denso Wave Inc.

p使いかたナビ® is a registered trademark of CANNAC, Inc.

p“VIERA®” and “One-push Open™” are trademarks or registered trademarks of

Panasonic Corporation.

pJava and all Java based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered

trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.

pPowered by Mascot Capsule®/Micro3D Edition™

Mascot Capsule® is a trademark of HI CORPORATION.

pOKAO Vision is used for multiple face detection to improve camera AF.

OKAO is a registered trademark or trademark of OMRON Corporation in JAPAN and

other countries.

pNapster is a registered trademark of Napster, LLC. and/or its affiliates in the US and/or

other countries.

pOther company names and product names described in the text are trademarks or

registered trademarks of those companies.

pThis product contains NetFront Browser and NetFront Sync Client of

ACCESS CO., LTD.

ACCESS and NetFront are trademarks or registered trademarks of ACCESS CO.,

LTD. in the United States, Japan and other countries.

pIrFront is a trademark or registered trademark of ACCESS CO., LTD. in Japan and

other countries.

The IrDA Feature Trademark is owned by the Infrared Data Association and used

under license therefrom.

Contains Adobe

Flash

Lite™ and Adobe

Reader

LE technology

by Adobe Systems Incorporated.

Adobe Flash Lite Copyright

2003-2008 Adobe Systems

Adobe Reader LE Copyright

1993-2007 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All rights

reserved.

Adobe, Adobe Reader, Flash, and Flash Lite are either registered trademarks or

trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.

Others

538

Appendix/Troubleshooting

pFeliCa is a contactless IC card technology developed by Sony Corporation.

pFeliCa is a registered trademark of Sony Corporation.

p“CROSS YOU” is a trademark of Sony Corporation.

pGoogle and Google Map for Mobile are trademarks of Google Inc.

pThis product contains software licensed complying with GNU General Public License

(GPL), GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), etc.

For more details, see “readme.txt” in the “GPL・LGPL等について” folder on the

bundled CD-ROM. (“readme.txt” is only available in Japanese version.)

piWnn of OMRON SOFTWARE Co., Ltd. is used for conversion methods for Japanese

language.

p“Text Profiler” is trademark of OMRON Corporation.

pThe Bluetooth® word mark and logos are owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of

such marks by NTT DOCOMO, INC. is under license. Other trademarks and trade

names are those of their respective owners.

pThis product is loaded with Bluetooth™ Stack for Embedded Systems Spec 2.0 by

Toshiba Corp.

pMPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.

pThis product is licensed under the MPEG-4 patent portfolio license, AVC patent

portfolio license and VC-1 patent portfolio license for the personal and non-commercial

use of a consumer to

(i) encode video in compliance with the MPEG-4 Visual Standard, AVC Standard and

VC-1 Standard (“MPEG-4/AVC/VC-1 Video”) and/or

(ii) decode MPEG-4/AVC/VC-1 Video that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a

personal and non-commercial activity and/or was obtained from a licensed video

provider licensed to provide MPEG-4/AVC/VC-1 Video.

No license is granted or implied for any other use.

Additional information may be obtained from MPEG LA, L.L.C.

See http://www.mpegla.com.

Epson Corporation.

The PRINT Image Matching logo is a trademark of Seiko Epson

Corporation.

pThis product is manufactured or sold under license from InterDigital

Technology Corporation.

pThis product uses GestureTek’s technology.

2006-

pThe abbreviations used for respective operating systems (Japanese version) in this

manual are as shown below:

Windows Vista is the abbreviation of Windows Vista® (Home Basic, Home Premium,

Business, Enterprise, and Ultimate).

Windows XP is the abbreviation of Microsoft® Windows® XP Professional operating

system or Microsoft® Windows® XP Home Edition operating system.

Windows 2000 is the abbreviation of Microsoft® Windows® 2000 Professional

operating system.

pThis product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft Corporation

and third parties. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is

prohibited without a license from Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary and

third parties.

pThis product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft Corporation.

Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a

license from Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary.

pContent providers are using the digital rights management technology for Windows

Media contained in this device (“WM-DRM”) to protect the integrity of their content

(“Secure Content”) so that their intellectual property, including copyright, in such

content is not misappropriated. This device uses WM-DRM Software to play Secure

Content (“WM-DRM Software”). If the security of the WM-DRM Software in this device

has been compromised, owners of Secure Content (“Secure Content Owners”) may

request that Microsoft revoke the WM-DRM Software’s right to acquire new licenses to

copy, display and/or play Secure Content. Revocation does not alter the WM-DRM

Software’s ability to play unprotected content. A list of Revoked WM-DRM Software is

sent to your device whenever you download a license for Secure Content from the

Internet or from a PC. Microsoft may, in conjunction with such license, also download

revocation lists onto your device on behalf of Secure Content Owners.

539

Index/Quick Manual

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540

Quick Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550

540

Index/Quick Manual

◆◇◆ A ◆◇◆

αBacklight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306

AC adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Accept dialup devices . . . . . . . . . . . 423

Accept registered

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . .423

Access point setting . . . . . . . . . . . .215

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Action list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74, 361

Activate TV with alarm . . . . . . . . . .262

Activate 1Seg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253

Add desktop icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

Add member (PushTalk). . . . . . . . . .83

Add to a phonebook entry . . . . . . . .94

Add to channel list . . . . . . . . . . . . .255

Add to phonebook (Phone). . . . . 90, 94

Add to phonebook (UIM) . . . . . .90, 94

Additional service . . . . . . . . . . . . . .454

Additional guidance . . . . . . . . . . .454

Address link function. . . . . . . . . . . .212

After-sales services. . . . . . . . . . . . .521

Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400

Alarm setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409

Answer setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

Any key answer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

αPower saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306

Area mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183

Area mail settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184

Arrival call act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445

AT command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .469

Attach bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157

Attach document files . . . . . . . . . . .157

Attach i-motion files. . . . . . . . . . . . .156

Attach melodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156

Attach PDF files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156

Index

How to refer to Index

pThe Index contains the terms and terminologies summarizing the descriptive contents

by sorting in alphabetical order. If you cannot find the term or terminology you want to

know, search for it using a different term or terminology.

<Example: To set the i-αppli Stand-by display using “Software setting” of

i-αppli>

Software setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Change melody/image. . . . . . . . . 294

i-αppli call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Icon info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Location usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Map setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Network set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Program guide key. . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Stand-by net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Stand-by set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Stand-by display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Stand-by set (i-αppli) . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Start! i-Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

iαppli settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

i-αppli stand-by display . . . . . . 111, 309

i-αppli to function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Attach phonebook entries . . . . . . . 156

Attach pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Attach schedule events . . . . . . . . . 156

Attach SD other files . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Attach ToDo items. . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Attach ToruCa files . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Attachment preference . . . . . . . . . 179

Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156, 161

Auto answer setting. . . . . . . . . . . . 418

Auto answer setting (PushTalk) . . . 88

Auto assist setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Auto channel setting . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Auto color label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Auto power on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400

Auto reading ToruCa. . . . . . . . . . . 325

Auto save set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Auto start info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Auto start setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Auto start time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Auto timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Auto voice dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Auto volume (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Auto volume (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Auto-display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Auto-sort (Mail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Auto-sort (ToruCa) . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Auto-sort setting display . . . . . . . . 175

Auto-start attachment . . . . . . . . . . 179

AV output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

AV phone to function. . . . . . . . . . . 211

Available services overseas . . . . . 456

αVibrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

◆◇◆ B ◆◇◆

Back cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Backlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 114

Backup to microSD . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Bar code reader . . . . . . . . . . 245, 293

Bar code reader list . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Battery level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Battery pack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Attaching/removing . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Charging time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Usable time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Bluetooth function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

Bluetooth info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

Bluetooth power off . . . . . . . . . . . . 423

Bluetooth settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

Bookmark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Bookmark (PDF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Add bookmark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

Bookmark folder list. . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Bookmark list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Brightness . . . . 76, 132, 242, 256, 346

Broadcasting storage area . . . . . . 250

◆◇◆ C ◆◇◆

Cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414

Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111, 403

Calendar display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

Call acceptance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Call barring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463

Call/charging indicator. . . . . . . . . . . 23

Call data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

Call forwarding. . . . . . . . . . . . 442, 464

Call rejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 136

Call setting without ID . . . . . . . . . . 138

Call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

Answer an incoming call during

a call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

Continue the current call . . . . . . 441

End a call to answer another call

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441

Index (A - C)

541

Index/Quick Manual

End a call to answer the held call

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441

End a held call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441

Hold a call to make a new call

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441

Callback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 66

Caller ID notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Caller ID request . . . . . . . . . . 444, 464

Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Number of storable still images

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531

Recordable time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532

Specifications for moving picture

shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531

Specifications for still image

shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531

Zoom specification . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Camera menu . . . . . . . . . . . . 234, 237

Caption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Caption position in wide screen . . . 266

Capture screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Category list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

Center host setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Certificate setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Chaku-moji . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Chaku-motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104, 113

Chaku-uta full® music list . . . . . . . . 280

Change action . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 361

Change camera-mode . . . . . . . . . . 241

Change character code . . . . . . . . . 202

Change IC owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Change i-mode password . . . . . . . 196

Change PIN1 code. . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Change PIN2 code. . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Change security code . . . . . . 125, 133

Change size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Change to videophone call. . . . . 53, 66

Change to voice call . . . . . . . . . .53, 66

Channel info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255

Channel list. . . . . . . . . . . 225, 251, 252

Channel list display. . . . . . . . . . . . .252

Channel setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251

Chapter info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275

Character entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428

Bar code reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Candidate display . . . . . . . . . . . .432

Change input mode. . . . . . . . . . .432

Character set time. . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Common phrases . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434

Full pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431

Half pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

Help. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432

Input time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

JUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432

Kuten code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

Learned words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

Own dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

Paste. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434

Pictograms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

Predict. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430

Quote own data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Quote phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

Undo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431

2/NIKO-touch guide . . . . . . . . . .432

Character entry (edit) display . . . . .428

Character input method . . . . . . . . . 428

Mode1 (5-touch) . . . . . . . . . . . . .428

Mode2 (2-touch) . . . . . . . . . . . . .436

Mode3 (NIKO-touch). . . . . . . . . . 436

Character stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Chara-den. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 359

Chara-den display. . . . . . . . . . . . . .360

Chara-den information . . . . . . . . . .360

Chara-den list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360

Chara-den player . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360

Chara-den recording display. . . . . .361

Chara-den setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74

Charge sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107

Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

Charging terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

Chat group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188

Chat group address confirmation

display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188

Chat group list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188

Chat mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185

Chat mail display . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186

Chat member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185

Chat member list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185

Chat setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188

Check box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38, 200

Check IC owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318

Check microSD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375

Check new messages. . . . . . .159, 438

Check new SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191

Check same ToruCa. . . . . . . . . . . .325

Check settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426

Check settings (i-αppli) . . . . . . . . . .306

Check settings (i-mode) . . . . . . . . .215

Check settings (Mail) . . . . . . . . . . .179

Check TV settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . .268

Clear max cost icon . . . . . . . . . . . .414

Client authentication . . . . . . . . . . . .217

CODE 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246

Color label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171

Color mode set . . . . . . . . . . . . .76, 242

Color theme setting. . . . . . . . . . . . .116

Command navigation key . . . . . . . . .25

Common phrase display . . . . . . . . .433

Common phrase folder list . . . . . . .433

Common phrase list . . . . . . . . . . . 433

Common phrases . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

Common replay mode. . . . . . . . . . 243

Connect to Bluetooth device . . . . . 421

Connect to other devices . . . . . . . 468

Connector terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Contents info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Continuous mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Continuous scroll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Continuous shooting . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Cookie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Cookie setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

Copy to microSD

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321, 323, 369, 371

Copy to phone

. . . . . . . . . . . 321, 323, 369, 371, 416

Copy to UIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

Copyrights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229, 537

Correct characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

Count characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

Country/area code. . . . . . . . . . 62, 458

Create Decome-Anime display . . . 152

Create learned word list . . . . . . . . 435

Cut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

◆◇◆ D ◆◇◆

Data box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Data broadcasting. . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Data communication . . . . . . . . . . . 466

Data list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

Data security service. . . . . . . . . . . 139

Data transfer

(OBEX™ communication). . . . . . . 466

Data while editing . . . . . . . . . . 93, 430

DC adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

DCMX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Deco together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Index (C - D)

542

Index/Quick Manual

Deco-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149

Deco-mail pictogram. . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Deco-mail template list . . . . . . . . . .154

Decome-Anime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152

Decome-Anime template list. . . . . .155

Delete attached file. . . . . . . . .157, 173

Delete backup data. . . . . . . . . . . . .374

Delete cookies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216

Delete data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100

Delete from PushTalk phonebook

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87

Description (Bluetooth function) . . .422

Desktop holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Desktop icon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30, 31

Desktop icon list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

Detailed channel list display . . . . . .252

Detailed chat group display . . . . . .188

Detailed data display . . . . . . . . . . .368

Detailed deco-mail template display

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154

Detailed dialed call display . . . . . . . .54

Detailed display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236

Detailed i-schedule display. . . . . . .407

Detailed kisekae tool display . . . . .365

Detailed mail group display. . . . . . .177

Detailed message R/F display . . . .181

Detailed phonebook display . . . . . . .96

Detailed received call display . . . . . .55

Detailed received mail display

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163, 165

Detailed redial display . . . . . . . . . . .54

Detailed schedule display. . . . . . . .405

Detailed screen memo display . . . .206

Detailed sent mail display. . . .163, 166

Detailed ToruCa file display . . . . . .322

Device list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421, 422

Dial from headset

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . .426

Dialed call list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Dialed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Dictionary info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435

Direct selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Disconnection settings

(Bluetooth function). . . . . . . . . . . . .425

Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 28

Display call/receive number . . . . . .121

Display during videophone calls . . . .50

Display for incoming calls . . . . . . . . .66

Display light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266

Display message R/F . . . . . . . . . . .181

Display mode setting. . . . . . . . . . . .197

Display operator name . . . . . . . . . .462

Display phonebook image. . . . . . . .113

Display setting. . . . . . . . . . . . .111, 122

Display size (Camera). . . . . . . . . . .243

Display size (Chara-den) . . . . . . . .360

Display size (i-motion). . . . . . . . . . .353

Display size (Movie) . . . . . . . . . . . .353

Display size (Picture) . . . . . . . . . . .344

Display SMS report . . . . . . . . . . . . .173

Display software info. . . . . . . . . . . .291

Display when dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

Display while dialing/communicating

(PushTalk). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

DOCOMO certificate . . . . . . . . . . . .217

DOCOMO keitai datalink. . . . . . . . .469

Document info. . . . . . . . . . . . .387, 391

Document list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390

Document viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390

Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208

Download dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . .435

Download i-motion . . . . . . . . . . . . .223

Download movie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223

Download remain . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389

DPOF setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392

Draft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164

Draft list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164, 167

DTMF tone off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Dual network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444

◆◇◆ E ◆◇◆

Early warning “Area Mail” . . . . . . . 183

Early warning “Area Mail” settings

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Earphone/microphone. . . . . . . . . . 416

Earphone/microphone with switch

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

Earpiece volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

ECO mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Edit Decome-Anime display . . . . . 152

Edit imotion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Edit imotion display . . . . . . . . . . 354

Edit phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Edit picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Edit picture display . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

End stand-by display. . . . . . . . . . . 310

End stand-by info . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

End Widget appli inf . . . . . . . . . . . 313

English display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

English guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445

Enter URL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Equalizer (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Equalizer (Movie) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Equalizer (MUSIC player) . . . . . . . 286

Equalizer (Music&Video channel)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Equalizer (Video). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Equalizer (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Error messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512

Exchanging history . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Export administration regulations

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536

◆◇◆ F ◆◇◆

Face data reading display . . . 132, 133

Face reader security . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Face reader setting . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Family message board . . . . . . . . . 302

FB permission display . . . . . . . . . . 214

FB usage setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Feel＊Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

FeliCa mark (f mark)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 317, 385

File info . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366, 374, 391

File restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 342

File size setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Finder display . . . . 232, 234, 235, 237

FirstPass center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Fit in screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 240

Flash movie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Flash setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Flash Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Flicker correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Focus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 242

Focus function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Folder info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Folder list (Document file) . . . . . . . 390

Folder list (i-motion). . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Folder list (Melody) . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

Folder list (Movie) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Folder list (PDF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

Folder list (Picture) . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Folder list (SD other files) . . . . . . . 374

Folder list (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

FOMA antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

FOMA communication environment

check application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Font size setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Index (D - F)

543

Index/Quick Manual

Forward ring tone

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

Forward specified calls to specified

destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443

Forward specified calls to voice mail

center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

Forwarding guidance . . . . . . . . . . . 443

Forwarding image . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384

Frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200, 346

Full browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Full browser home setting . . . . . . . 214

Full display setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Fullsong ring tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Function list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472

Function menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

◆◇◆ G ◆◇◆

G guide program list remote control

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298

Google map for mobile. . . . . . . . . . 300

Google mobile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

GPRS network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456

GPS button setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

GPS compatible i-αppli. . . . . . . . . . 329

GPS settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Group member list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Group member selection display . . . 85

Group setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

GSM network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456

Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

◆◇◆ H ◆◇◆

Hands-free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Hands-free with PushTalk . . . . . . . . 88

Hands-free with videophone . . . . . . 77

Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Header/signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Headset microphone setting . . . . . 417

Headset switch to call. . . . . . . . . . . 418

Headset usage setting . . . . . . . . . .108

Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

High sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242

History info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351

Hold tone setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Holding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

Holding (during a call). . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Home URL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214

Hook for horizontal open style . . . . . 23

Horizontal open lever . . . . . . . . . . . .23

Horizontal open menu . . . . . . .36, 118

Horizontal open style . . . . . . . . . . . .24

Host selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

◆◇◆ I ◆◇◆

i-αppli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Automatic start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Power saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294

Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Software info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Start up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294

i-αppli banking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

i-αppli call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307

i-αppli call download setting . . . . . . 309

i-αppli call logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

i-αppli call sound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

iαppli data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

i-αppli mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291

i-αppli program guide . . . . . . . . . . .258

iαppli settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306

i-αppli stand-by display . . . . . . 111, 309

i-αppli to function . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212

i-Avatar maker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

IC card content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

IC card lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

IC lock (power-off) . . . . . . . . . . . . .318

iC transfer service. . . . . . . . . . . . . .316

iC transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .385

Receive all data files . . . . . . . . . .386

Receive one data file. . . . . . . . . .385

Send all data files . . . . . . . . . . . .385

Send one data file . . . . . . . . . . . .385

i-Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225

Icon (Camera). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243

Icon (i-motion). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349

Icon (Movie) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349

Icon (Picture) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341

Icon (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266

Icon (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266

Icon color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

i-concier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226

i-concier display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227

Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

iD appli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299

IDD prefix setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62

Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341

Image display setting . . . . . . . . . . .213

Image quality . . . . . . . . . . . . .116, 241

Image quality (Video) . . . . . . . . . . .266

Image quality (1Seg). . . . . . . . . . . .266

Image size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241

Image stabilizer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242

iMenu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194

iMenu in English . . . . . . . . . . . . .195

i-mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194

i-mode (Chaku-uta full®) folder list

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

i-mode arrival act (PushTalk) . . . . . .88

i-mode button setting . . . . . . . . . . .215

i-mode fault diagnosis site . . . . . . .522

i-mode mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

Compose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Reply with quote . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

i-mode menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

i-mode password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

i-mode settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Common settings. . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Full browser settings . . . . . . . . . 214

i-mode browser settings . . . . . . 213

i-motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 348

imotion info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

i-motion list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

i-motion player. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Inbox folder list . . . . . . . . . . . 162, 164

Inbox list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163, 165

In-call ring tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

In-car hands-free. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Incoming illumination. . . . . . . . . . . 119

Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 156

Info notice setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Information display setting . . . . . . 228

Infrared communication. . . . . . . . . 380

Receive all data files . . . . . . . . . 384

Receive one or multiple data files

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

Send all data files . . . . . . . . . . . 384

Send one or multiple data files

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

Infrared data port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Infrared remote control . . . . . . . . . 384

Initial setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Initialize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Inside camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 230

Intellectual property right. . . . . . . . 537

Index (F - I)

544

Index/Quick Manual

intelligent Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241

Intelligent with secret . . . . . . . . . . .430

International call access code . . . .458

International calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

International dial

(International roaming) . . . . . . . . . .460

International dial assist . . . . . . . . . . .61

International prefix number for the

universal number . . . . . . . . . . . . . .459

International roaming . . . . . . . . . . .456

International videophone call . . . . . .60

i-schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407

i-schedule list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407

ISP connection communication . . .215

iW watch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304

i-Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311

i-Widget display . . . . . . . .33, 311, 312

i-Widget roaming setting . . . . . . . . .312

i-Widget sound effect . . . . . . . . . . .312

◆◇◆ J ◆◇◆

JAN code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245

Japanese display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

J-E/J-C speech translation for P. . .297

◆◇◆ K ◆◇◆

KEITAI TOOL <Dictionary> . . . . . .297

Key guide . . . . . . . . . . . . .76, 202, 256

Key lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134

Keypad dial lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134

Keypad sound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107

Kisekae tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117, 365

Kisekae tool info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366

Kisekae tool list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365

◆◇◆ L ◆◇◆

Last URL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203

LCD AI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

Learned words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435

Light sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 115

Line feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430

Links with AV equipment. . . . . . . . .508

List of characters assigned to keys

(NIKO-touch input method) . . . . . . .498

List of characters assigned to keys

(2-touch input method) . . . . . . . . . .497

List of characters assigned to keys

(5-touch input method) . . . . . . . . . .496

List setting (Mail). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171

Listening (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . . .353

Listening (Movie). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353

Listening (MUSIC player) . . . . . . . .286

Listening (Music&Video channel)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Listening (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267

Listening (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267

Listing (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352

Listing (Kisekae tool). . . . . . . . . . . .366

Listing (Machi-chara) . . . . . . . . . . .362

Listing (Movie). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352

Listing (PDF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388

Listing (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358

Location history. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332

Location request set.. . . . . . . . . . . .334

Lock all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126

Lock off at open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130

Lock setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130

Low battery alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

◆◇◆ M ◆◇◆

Machi-chara . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118, 362

Machi-chara info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362

Machi-chara list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362

Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

Mail auto-receive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158

Mail group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177

Mail group address confirmation

display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Mail group list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Mail list display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Mail menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Mail/message ring time . . . . . . . . . 107

Mail security . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136, 169

Mail settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Mail ticker display . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Mail to function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Main menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 35

i-mode group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

Mail group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

Setting group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

Tool group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

Main specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 530

Main/sub sound (Video) . . . . . . . . 359

Main/sub sound (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . 256

Making a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Making a call (International roaming)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459

Making a PushTalk call . . . . . . . . . . 81

Making a videophone call . . . . . . . . 50

Making a videophone call

(International roaming) . . . . . . . . . 459

Making/receiving a PushTalk group

call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Manner mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 109

Manner mode set . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Map application . . . . . . . . . . . 303, 329

Map/GPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Map/GPS αppli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

Add mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

Marker stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

McDonald’s TOKUSURU KEITAI

application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Media to function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Melody call setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Melody effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Melody info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

Melody list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

Melody playback display . . . . . . . . 363

Melody player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

Menu function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Menu icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Menu icon setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Menu number selection . . . . . . . . . . 36

Message composition display . . . . 146

Message display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Message display settings . . . . . . . . 58

Message entry display. . . . . . . . . . 146

Message R/F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Message R/F list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

microSD card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

File name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

Folder configuration . . . . . . . . . . 376

Inserting/removing . . . . . . . . . . . 367

Using with a personal computer

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

microSD card slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

microSD file display . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

microSD format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

microSD info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

microSD reader/writer . . . . . . . . . . 376

Missed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Missed roaming notice. . . . . . . . . . 463

Mobile Suica setup i-αppli . . . . . . . 301

MOBILE SUIT GUNDAM ONLINE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Mobile W-speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Motion tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Movable contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372

Move to microSD . . . . . . . . . . 372, 373

Move to phone. . . . . . . . . . . . 372, 373

Movie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 348

Index (I - M)

545

Index/Quick Manual

Movie auto play setting . . . . . . . . . 224

Movie in page download setting

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213

Movie list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Movie memo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412

Movie mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Movie player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Movie playing software. . . . . . . . . . 508

Movie type set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Moving picture shoot . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Multi key long press setting . . . . . . 410

Multi number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446

Multiaccess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

Multiaccess combinations . . . . . . . 504

Multitask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

Multitask combinations . . . . . . . . . . 505

Multiwindow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199, 257

Music folder list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Music info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Music list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Music list of a playlist . . . . . . . . . . . 287

MUSIC player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

MUSIC player autostart

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

MUSIC player playback display . . . 280

Music&Video channel. . . . . . . . . . . 270

Music&Video channel display . . . . 272

Music&Video channel playback

display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

My documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

My menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

My picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

◆◇◆ N ◆◇◆

Navigation displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Network search mode . . . . . . . . . . 461

Network security code . . . . . . . . . . 124

Network services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437

Night mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Noise reduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Normal style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

Notice call cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414

Notification icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 71

Notify caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Notify of location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Notify switchable mode. . . . . . . . . . . 78

No. of phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Nuisance call blocking . . . . . . . . . .443

Number of entered characters . . . . 428

Number of protectable items . . . . .534

Number of registerable items . . . . .534

Number of remaining characters

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

Number of savable items . . . . . . . . 534

Numeric keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

◆◇◆ O ◆◇◆

Off timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256

OFFICEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .453

Omakase lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127

On hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

One-push open. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

One-push open button . . . . . . . . . . .23

Operate your certificate . . . . . . . . . 217

Request issue/download. . . . . . . 218

Request revocation . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Operation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197

Operations during manner mode

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 508

Original . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Original animation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Original animation list . . . . . . . . . . .347

Osaifu-Keitai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli . . . 317

Other ID list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163

Outbox folder list. . . . . . . . . . .163, 166

Outbox list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163, 166

Out-of-service-area indication

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 45

Outside camera . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 230

Own dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434

Own number . . . . . . . . . . . .48, 76, 411

Own number display . . . . . . . . .48, 411

◆◇◆ P ◆◇◆

Packet communication . . . . . . . . . .466

Page info on/off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389

Page layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389

Palette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150

Paste. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434

Pause dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

PC layout mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197

PDF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387

PDF file list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387

PDF viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387

Perform remote monitoring . . . . . . . .80

Personal data lock . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

Customize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129

Personal information. . . . . . . . . . . .411

Phone info use setting . . . . . . . . . .213

Phone mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197

Phone/Terminal and UIM ID . . . . . .200

Phone to function . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211

Phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

Phonebook image sending . . . . . . .140

Phonebook list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

Photo light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 76, 240

Photo light setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240

Photo mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234, 241

Pictogram list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .502

Picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343

Picture folder jump . . . . . . . . . . . . .410

Picture info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Picture viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

PIM/IC security mode . . . . . . . . . . 131

PIN1 code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

PIN1 code entry set. . . . . . . . . . . . 125

PIN2 code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Play background

. . . . . . . . . . . 254, 270, 276, 281, 530

Play/erase messages . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Play/erase videophone messages

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Play mode setting (MUSIC player)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Play mode setting

(Music&Video channel) . . . . . . . . . 274

Played history list . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Player menu display . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Playing back record messages . . . . 73

Playlist (i-motion). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Play back playlist. . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Store playlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Playlist (Melody) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

Edit playlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

Play back playlist. . . . . . . . . . . . 363

Playlist (MUSIC player) . . . . . . . . . 287

Create playlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Play back playlist. . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Playlist list (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Playlist list (MUSIC player) . . . . . . 287

PLMN setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462

Point ring tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Pointer/scroll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Portrait rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . 229, 537

Position location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Position memory (i-motion) . . . . . . 350

Position memory . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Position memory (Movie) . . . . . . . 350

Position memory . . . . . . . . 351, 353

Index (M - P)

546

Index/Quick Manual

Position memory (Video) . . . . . . . .357

Position memory . . . . . . . . . . . . .359

Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342

Positioning mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333

Positioning tone/illumination . . . . . .333

Post view display . . . . . .234, 236, 238

Power on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

Power saver mode . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

Prediction conversion at reply. . . . .178

Prefer Chaku-moji. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58

Preferred device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422

Preferred tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306

Prefix setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62

Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263

Priority order

Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265, 402

Answer message . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

Auto-sort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175

Call receiving image . . . . . .112, 113

Incoming illumination . . . . . . . . .119

Nuisance call prevention. . . . . . .143

Ring tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105

Substitute image . . . . . . . . . . .74, 75

Vibrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106

Private menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409

Private menu list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409

Private menu setting . . . . . . . . . . . .409

Private window . . . . . . . . . .23, 33, 114

Professor Layton and pandora’s

box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296

Program folder list . . . . . . . . . . . . .272

Program info

(Music&Video channel). . . . . . . . . .274

Program info (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . .255

Program information (1Seg) . . . . . . 254

Program list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272

Protect (Bluetooth function) . . . . . .422

Protect on (Mail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170

Protect on (MessageR/F) . . . . . . . .182

Protect on (Screen memo) . . . . . . .207

Provide location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330

P-SQUARE INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305

Public mode (Drive mode) . . . . . . . .70

Public mode (Power off) . . . . . . . . . .70

PUK (PIN unblock code) . . . . . . . . .125

Pull down menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200

PushTalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

PushTalk arrival act . . . . . . . . . . . . .88

PushTalk group list . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85

PushTalk phonebook list. . . . . . . . . .85

PushTalkPlus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

◆◇◆ Q ◆◇◆

QR code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245

Quality alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107

Quick manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .550

Quick record message . . . . . . . . . . .72

Quick silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

Quotation marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180

◆◇◆ R ◆◇◆

Radio button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200

Radio waves reception level . . . . . . .28

Rakuoku ☆ application . . . . . . . . . .303

Random display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Read aloud output. . . . . . . . . . . . . .399

Read aloud settings . . . . . . . . . . . .398

Read aloud speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . .399

Read aloud valid setting . . . . . . . . .399

Read aloud volume . . . . . . . . . . . . .399

Read map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329

Reading aloud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398

Reason for no caller ID . . . . . . . . . .138

Receive mail/call at open . . . . . . . .114

Receive option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159

Receive option setting. . . . . . . . . . .159

Receive ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Receive ToruCa display . . . . . . . . 325

Receive ToruCa files. . . . . . . . . . . 319

Received address . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Received address list . . . . . . . . . . 174

Received call list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Receiving a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Receiving a call

(International roaming) . . . . . . . . . 460

Receiving a PushTalk call . . . . . . . . 84

Receiving a videophone call . . . . . . 64

Receiving a videophone call

(International roaming) . . . . . . . . . 460

Receiving display (Mail) . . . . . . . . 179

Reception result display

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 180, 183, 190

Recharge battery display . . . . . . . . 44

Recognition-failed image. . . . . . . . 133

Recommend channel mail. . . . . . . 257

Reconnect signal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Record Chara-den. . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

Record display set. . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Record message list . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Record message setting . . . . . . . . . 71

Record program when call . . . . . . 267

Record still images . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Record video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Record voice memo . . . . . . . . . . . 412

Record when low battery. . . . . . . . 267

Recorded file restriction . . . . . . . . 360

Recording result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Redial list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Refer microSD data. . . . . . . . . . . . 368

Referer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Referer setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Reject unknown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Related devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508

Release Machi-chara. . . . . . . . . . . 118

Releasing PIN lock . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Reload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Reload contents (Video) . . . . . . . . 359

Reload contents (1Seg). . . . . . . . . 255

Remaster (i-motion). . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Remaster (Movie) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Remaster (MUSIC player) . . . . . . . 286

Remaster (Music&Video channel)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Remaster (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Remaster (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . 446, 464

Remote control number. . . . . . . . . 252

Remote monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Remote reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Reserve update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526

Reset channel setting . . . . . . . . . . 267

Reset learned words . . . . . . . . . . . 435

Reset settings . . . . . . . . . . . . 141, 267

Reset storage area . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Reset total cost&duration . . . . . . . 413

Reset TV settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Restore to phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Restrict dialing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Retouch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Ring time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Ring time setting (PushTalk) . . . . . . 88

Ring volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Roaming guidance setting. . . . . . . 464

ROID widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Rotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Index (P - R)

547

Index/Quick Manual

◆◇◆ S ◆◇◆

“S” icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

SAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535

Save image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Save i-motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Save movie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Scanned code result display . . . . . 246

Scanning code display . . . . . . . . . . 245

Scanning function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528

Scanning result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529

Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403

Schedule list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

Screen memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Screen memo folder list . . . . . . . . . 206

Screen memo list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Script setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Scroll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 178

Scroll selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

SD-Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

SD other file list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

SD other files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Search by i-mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Search phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Search phonebook display. . . . . . . . 95

Secret code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Secret data only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Secret mail display . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Secret mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Secure transmission service . . . . . 215

Security codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Security error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Security scan function

(Scanning function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 528

Security settings . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 142

Select area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Select image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 78

Select language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Select map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Select ring tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Select storage. . . . . . . . . 284, 321, 379

Select text area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201

Selecting multiple items . . . . . . . . . . 38

Self mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

Send DTMF tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Send substitute images . . . . . . . . . . 75

Sent address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173

Sent address list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173

Sent messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58

Service numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445

Service selection display . . . . . . . .421

Service settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Services available for the FOMA

terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507

Session number setting

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

Set as ring tone (Chaku-uta full®)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Set as ring tone (Melody) . . . . . . . . 364

Set as stand-by (Camera) . . . . . . .238

Set authentications

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

Set auto-update (Scanning function)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529

Set auto-update (Software update)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524

Set check new messages. . . . . . . . 178

Set display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237, 341

Set iαppli to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Set imotion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351

Set in-call arrival act . . . . . . . . . . . . 446

Set roaming guidance. . . . . . . . . . . 463

Set scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528

Set time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Set to Machi-chara . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Setting when closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Setting when opened . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Setup flow for data communication

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469

Setup flow for data transfer

(OBEX™ communication). . . . . . . .468

Shikkari talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Shoot with frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242

Shot interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243

Shot number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243

Shutter sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242

Side keys guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134

Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179

Simple menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Simple menu function list . . . . . . . .494

Site display for the FirstPass center

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Slideshow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342

Smiley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431

SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189

Compose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189

Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160

Receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190

Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160

Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190

Send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189

SMS center setting . . . . . . . . . . . . .192

SMS composition display . . . . . . . .189

SMS input character . . . . . . . . . . . .192

SMS report request. . . . . . . . . . . . .191

SMS settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191

SMS validity period . . . . . . . . . . . . .191

Software info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294

Software list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291

Software setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293

Change melody/image . . . . . . . .294

i-αppli call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308

Icon info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294

Location usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294

Map setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294

Network set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Program guide key . . . . . . . . . . 294

Stand-by net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Stand-by set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

View phonebook/history . . . . . . 294

View ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Software update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523

Software update display . . . . . . . . 525

Sound setting (Full browser) . . . . . 213

Sound setting (i-mode) . . . . . . . . . 213

Sound setting (PushTalk) . . . . . . . . 88

Sound setting (Video) . . . . . . . . . . 267

Sound setting (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . 267

Speaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Specific absorption rate. . . . . . . . . 535

SSL/TLS certificate setting . . . . . . 217

Stand-by display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Stand-by set (i-αppli) . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Start! i-Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Status icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Status in the area . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462

Sticky. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Still image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Still image list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Still image shoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Stock prices application . . . . . . . . 305

Store in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 386

Store in PushTalk phonebook . . . . . 85

Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Sub-address setting . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Substitute image . . . . . . . . . 74, 75, 77

Substitute image answering . . . . . . 65

Summary view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

Summer time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Super silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Switch audio data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Switch cameras. . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 241

Switch display (Video). . . . . . . . . . 359

Index (S)

548

Index/Quick Manual

Switch display (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . .256

Switch image display positions. . . . .75

Switch TV/data BC (Video). . . . . . .359

Switch TV/data BC (1Seg) . . . . . . .256

Symbol candidate list . . . . . . . . . . .501

Symbol list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .499

◆◇◆ T ◆◇◆

Template. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154

Deco-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154

Decome-Anime . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155

Terminal security code . . . . . . . . . .124

Text box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200

Text memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414

Text memo info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415

Time-out to search

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . .425

Timer lock on at close. . . . . . . . . . .130

Timer recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261

Timer recording list . . . . . . . . . . . . .262

Timetable Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302

Title name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343

ToDo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407

ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318

ToruCa file list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322

ToruCa folder list . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320

ToruCa from dataBC . . . . . . . . . . .325

ToruCa settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325

ToruCa viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320

Total calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413

Total calls duration . . . . . . . . . . . . .413

Trace info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293

Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .537

Trim away . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346

Trim for mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355

Trim for picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355

Trim imotion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509

Tune service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255

TV sound while closed . . . . . . . . . .267

TV timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261

TV timer list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261

TVlink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259

TVlink list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259

Type list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279

◆◇◆ U ◆◇◆

UIM (FOMA card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Insert/remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Security function

(Restriction function) . . . . . . . . . . .39

Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

UIM operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415

UIM setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125

Update (Pattern data) . . . . . . . . . . .528

Update now. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .526

Update ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323

Upload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211

URL history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203

URL history list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203

USB mode setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376

User settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266

Uta-hodai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276

◆◇◆ V ◆◇◆

“V” icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106

Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .529

Vibration setting (PushTalk) . . . . . . .88

Vibrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106

Video. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356

Video info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358

Video list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356

Video player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356

Videophone record message list. . . .73

Videophone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . .76

Videophone while packet . . . . . . . . .78

View blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Viewer display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Visual preference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Voice announce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Voice call auto redial . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Voice dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Voice dial setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Voice headset dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Voice mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438, 464

Voice memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412

Voice memo during a call . . . . . . . 412

Voice recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

Voice recorder recording display

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

Voice recorder saving pre-check

display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

Voice settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

◆◇◆ W ◆◇◆

Wake-up display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521

Web to function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

White balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 242

Widget αppli. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Widget αppli list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Widget αppli operation display . . . 312

Window auto-open setting. . . . . . . 213

WMA file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

WMA list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Work with style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

WORLD CALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

World time watch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

WORLD WING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456

◆◇◆ Y ◆◇◆

Yuttari talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

◆◇◆ Z ◆◇◆

Zoom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 214, 239

Zoom in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388, 391

Zoom out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388, 391

◆◇◆ Numerics ◆◇◆

1Seg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

1Seg antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

2in1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

2in1 setting menu display . . . . . . . 448

2-touch dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

3D sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

3G network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456

3GPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

3G-324M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

3G/GSM setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461

64K data communication. . . . . . . . 466

Index (S - Numerics)

549

Index/Quick Manual

550

Index/Quick Manual

Cut out Quick Manual interleaved into this manual along the cutout line, and then fold it as shown below:

Take Quick Manual “For Overseas Use” with you for using an international roaming service (WORLD WING) overseas.

■How to cut

Cut out Quick Manual along the cutout line. You can cut it out by placing a ruler on the cutout line.

pBe careful not to cut yourself when using scissors.

■How to fold

Fold Quick Manual along the dotted line so that the cover faces upwards as illustrated below.

pPut the first sheet on the second and other sheets in the order, and fold them together.

Quick Manual

How to Use Quick Manual

Cover

①

②

Cover

345

P-07A

Quick Manual

0120-005-250 (toll free)

Service available in English, Portuguese, Chinese, Spanish,

and Korean.

Available from mobile phones and PHSs.

■From DOCOMO mobile phones

(In Japanese only)

(No prefix) 151 (toll free)

Unavailable from land-line phones, etc.

■From land-line phones

(In Japanese only)

0120-800-000 (toll free)

Available from mobile phones and PHSs.

■From DOCOMO mobile phones

(In Japanese only)

(No prefix) 113 (toll free)

Unavailable from land-line phones, etc.

■From land-line phones

(In Japanese only)

0120-800-000 (toll free)

Available from mobile phones and PHSs.

General inquiries <docomo Information Center>

Repairs

★

pPlease confirm the phone number before you dial.

For Applications or Repairs and After-Sales Service, please contact

the above-mentioned information center or the docomo shop etc.

near you on the NTT DOCOMO website or the i-mode site.

NTT DOCOMO website http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/

i-mode site ｉMenuお客様サポート(user support)

ドコモショップ(docomo Shop)

(in Japanese only)

Xo(for at least one second)→Phone

Enter a name.

→Edit a reading.

Group→Select a group.

Phone number→Enter a phone number

→Select an icon. (up to four numbers)

Mail address→Enter a mail address

→Select an icon. (up to three addresses)

Address→Enter a zip code

→Enter a postal address.

Storing in Phonebook (FOMA terminal)

Location information→Select an item.

By position loc.

. . . Measures the current location and store the location information

→

Check the location information

→Oo

From loc. history

. . .Select a piece of location information from Location History

and store it.

Attach from image

. . . Store the location information from an image→Select a folder

→Select an image.

From own number

. . .Store the location information stored in “Own number”

→Enter your Terminal Security Code→Oo

Birthday→Enter a birthday.

Memo→Enter a memo.

Image→Select an item.

Select image . . . . Store a still image in Data Box.

Shoot image . . . . Store a still image shot by the camera.

Memory No.

→Enter a three-digit memory number→l

■Adding Data to the FOMA terminal

Call up the redial item, dialed call record, or

received call record→i→Add to phonebook

→Phone→Add→Select a search method

→Search the Phonebook

→Select a destination Phonebook entry→Oo

→l→YES

Call up the detailed Phonebook display→m

→Select an item to be edited→Edit the contents

→l→YES

Store from Redial, Dialed Calls,

or Received Calls

Edit Phonebook Entries

■Character Entry Mode

abc. . . Alphabets

123. . . Numerals

漢. . . . Kanji/Hiragana

カナ

. . . . Katakana

■Selecting Character Input Method

m→Set./Service→Other settings

→Character input method→Input mode→

→l→Select a priority mode.

Character Entry

Put a check mark for Mode 1 (5-touch)

Put a check mark for Mode 2 (2-touch)

Put a check mark for Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)

■Switching “Uppercase” and “Lowercase”, or

entering “゛” and “゜”

Enter a character→Press a several times.

■Entering “、” and “。”

Press s several times.

■Switching “Alphabet” (abc), “Numerals” (123),

“Kanji/Hiragana” (漢), and “Katakana” (

カナ

)

Press l several times.

■Entering Pictograms

m→Select a pictogram.

■Entering Symbols

s(for at least one second)→Select a symbol.

678

91011

■Line Feed

Press a.

■Entering a Space

i→Pictograms/symbols→Space

■Deleting Characters

Use Mo to move the cursor→r

■Bringing up the Character Entry (Edit) display

m→Stationery→Text memo

→Select <Not recorded>→Press l a few

times to switch to Kanji/Hiragana input mode.

■Entering Hiragana characters <Mode 1>

た→Press 4 once and Vo once.

だ→Press 4 once and a once.

の→Press 5 five times.

か→Press 2 once.

し→Press 3 twice.

■Converting the Characters

Use Co to move the cursor onto “の”→Bo

→Use Mo to highlight “タダの” and press Oo

→Fix the rest of characters in the same way.

Enter “

タダの菓子

” in a Text Memo

■Shooting a Still Image

c or v(for at least one second)

→Oo, 0 or v→Oo, 0 or v

■Continuous Shooting

c or v(for at least one second)→c→c

→Oo, 0 or v

→Select a still image and press c

→Oo, 0 or v

※This is the procedure to select and save one still

image for continuous shooting.

■Shooting a Moving Picture

(for at least one second)

→c

→Oo

v→Oo

Camera

■Auto Channel Setting

m→1Seg→Channel setting

→Auto channel setting→YES→YES

→Enter a title.

■Select Area

m→1Seg→Channel setting→Select area

→Select an area→Select a prefecture→YES

■Channel List

m→1Seg→Channel list→Select a channel list.

■Watching a 1Seg Program

c(for at least one second)

1Seg

■Playback by Music&Video Channel

m→MUSIC→Music&Video Channel

→Select a program.

m→Data box→Music&Video Channel

→Downloaded program or Saved program

→Select a program.

■Playback by MUSIC Player

p(for at least one second)→All tracks

→Select a music file.

Music Playback

■Making a Videophone Call

Enter the other party’s phone number→l

→Press h to end the call after talking.

■Receiving a Videophone Call

The ring tone sounds and the Call/Charging

indicator flickers→d, Oo or m

→Press h to end the call after talking.

If you answer by pressing d or Oo, the camera

image is sent to the other party. If you answer by

pressing m, the substitute image is sent to the

other party.

■Switching to Hands-free

During a call, dialing, or connecting→d

Making and Receiving a Videophone Call

12 13 14

15 16 17

l→l

Select the address field→Select an entering

method→Enter or select an address.

Select the subject field→Enter a subject.

Select the text field→Enter text.

Send a mail message by pressing l

→After sending, press Oo.

i-mode Mail

Compose and Send i-mode Mail

Address field

Subject field

Attachment field

Text field

■Picture/Melody/imotion/ToruCa/PDF/

Phonebook/Schedule/ToDo/Bookmark/

Document/Other

Call up the Message Composition display

→Select the attachment field

→Select a file type to be attached

→Select a folder→Select a file.

Selecting methods differ depending on the file.

Attach Files

“ (pink)” blinks

→The Reception Result display appears

→Select “Mail”

→Select an i-mode mail message to be displayed.

l(for at least one second)

Receive i-mode Mail

Check New Messages

■Replying

Select or call up a mail message to be replied

→i→Reply/forward

→Rep. w/ i-mode mail, Rep. w/ Deco-Anime, or

Reply with quote→Select the text field

→Enter text→l→After sending, press Oo.

■Forwarding

Select or call up a mail message to be

forwarded→i→Reply/forward→Forward

→Select the address field

→Select an entering method

→Enter or select an address→l

→After sending, press Oo.

Other Mail Functions Function List

Menu Function name

Mail

Inbox

Outbox

Draft

Compose message

Create new Decome-Anime

Template

Check new messages

Compose SMS

Check new SMS

Chat mail

Receive option

Mail settings

SMS settings

Area Mail settings

i-mode

iMenu Search

Bookmark

Screen memo

Last URL

i-mode

Enter URL

i-Channel

i-mode settings

Full Browser Home

i-αppli

Software list(phone)

iαppli(microSD)

iαppli call logs

iαppli info

iαppli settings

About iαppli

Set./

Service

Sound

13 Select ring tone

50 Ring volume

30 Keypad sound

64 Melody effect

51 Headset usage setting

68 Mail/Msg. ring time

Charge sound

Display

56 Display setting

70 Backlight

18 19 20

21 22 23

Set./

Service

View blind

86 Color theme setting

Machi-chara

57 Menu icon setting

Horizontal open menu

52 Private menu setting

63 Desktop icon

93 Private window

66 Font

Font size setting

15 Select language

Recv.mail/call at open

Image quality

LCD AI

36 Icons

Illumination

All illum. setting

89 Incoming illumination

Illumination in talk

Missed/unread illum.

Music&Video Ch illum.

Set./

Service

Illum. when closed

Hourly illumination

MUSIC illumination

Bluetooth illumination

IC card illumination

PushTalk illumination

Side key illumination

Check settings

Kisekae

i-concier

Information disp. set.

Lock/Security

Self mode

Lock all

Personal data lock

IC card lock

40 Secret mode

41 Secret data only

Keypad dial lock

Reject unknown

10 Call setting w/o ID

Set./

Service

29 Change security code

UIM setting

Scanning function

Lock setting

Call time/cost

61 Call data

60 Reset total cost&dura.

Notice call cost

CLR max cost icon

Clock

31 Set time

World time watch

Summer time

Auto power ON/OFF

Alarm setting

Incoming call

54 Vibrator

20 Manner mode set

58 Answer setting

Setting when opened

Record display set

Set./

Service

Disp. PH-book image

Disp. call/receive No.

90 Ring time

65 Info notice setting

V.phone while packet

Auto call/answer set.

Melody Call setting

Talk

Volume

18 Setting when closed

Hold tone setting

Shikkari Talk

76 Noise reduction

75 Quality alarm

77 Reconnect signal

PushTalk

Auto answer setting

Ring time setting

Hands-free w/ PushTalk

PushTalk arrival act

Sound setting

Set./

Service

Vibration setting

Videophone

Visual preference

Select image

Hands-free w/ V. phone

Voice call auto redial

Remote monitoring

Notify switchable mode

Network setting

Prefix setting

Int’l roaming

Int’l dial assist

Status in the area

NW services

17 Caller ID notification

Voice mail

Call waiting

Call forwarding

Nuis. call blocking

Caller ID request

2in1 setting

Set./

Service

Multi number

Arrival call act

Set in-call arrival act

Remote control

Dual network

English guidance

Set Roaming guidance

Additional service

Service numbers

OFFICEED

Chaku-moji

Other settings

Work with style

Side keys guard

long press set.

35 Character input method

Battery

84 Pause dial

Sub-address setting

Headset mic. setting

Voice settings

24 25 26

27 28 29

Set./

Service

USB mode setting

Check settings

23 Reset settings

Initialize

Software update

Data box

46 My picture

MUSIC

Music&Video Channel

imotion/Movie

16 Melody

My documents

Kisekae Tool

Machi-chara

Chara-den

1Seg

Document viewer

SD other files

LifeKit

Bar code reader

79 Receive Ir data

microSD

Camera

LifeKit

Bluetooth

Map/GPS

55 Rec. msg/voice memo

Voice recorder

Data Security Service

i-concier —

Phonebook

Add to phonebook

Search phonebook

UIM operation

PushTalk phonebook

24 Dialed/recv. calls

0Own number

Group setting

Restrictions

26 Phonebook settings

No. of phonebook

Stationery

44 Alarm

45 Schedule

95 ToDo

42 Text memo

85 Calculator

Stationery Guide

38 Common phrase/dic.

MUSIC MUSIC Player

Music&Video Channel

1Seg

Activate 1Seg

Program guide

TV timer list

Timer recording list

Recording result

TVlink

Channel list

Channel setting

User settings

Osaifu-

Keitai

IC card content

DCMX

ToruCa

IC card lock set.

Settings

Check IC owner

Change IC owner

Search by i-mode

■Public Mode (Drive Mode)

a(for at least one second)

■Manner Mode

s(for at least one second) ■Activating

m→Set./Service→NW services→Voice mail

→Activate→YES→YES

→Enter a ring time (seconds).

■Deactivating

m→Set./Service→NW services→Voice mail

→Deactivate→YES

■Playing Back Messages

m→Set./Service→NW services→Voice mail

→Play messages

→Play (voice call) or Play (videophone)→YES

→Operate following the voice guidance.

Network Services

Voice Mail Service ■Activating

m→Set./Service→NW services→Call waiting

→Activate→YES

■Deactivating

m→Set./Service→NW services→Call waiting

→Deactivate→YES

■Answering an Incoming Call during a Call

A call comes in during a call→d

Each time you press d, you can switch the

parties you can talk with.

Call Waiting Service

30 31 32

33 34 35

■Activating

m→Set./Service→NW services

→Call forwarding→Activate

→Register fwd number→Enter the phone

number of forwarding destination

→Set ring time→Enter a ring time (seconds)

→Activate→YES

■Deactivating

m→Set./Service→NW services

→Call forwarding→Deactivate→YES

Call Forwarding Service Services Available for the FOMA

Terminal

Available service

Phone number

Directory assistance service

(Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee)

※Listed phone numbers only can be

given.

(No prefix) 104

Telegrams (Telegram charges apply) (No prefix) 115

Time check (Charges apply) (No prefix) 117

Weather forecast (Charges apply) City code of the

desired area＋

177

Emergency calls to police (No prefix) 110

Emergency calls to fire station and

ambulance (No prefix) 119

Emergency calls for accidents at sea (No prefix) 118

Disaster messaging service

(Charges apply) (No prefix) 171

Collect calls

(Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee)

(No prefix) 106

: Battery level (estimate)

: Radio waves reception level (estimate)

: During Self Mode

(pink): Unread i-mode mail or an SMS message

exists.

(yellow): Unread Messages R/F exist

Major Icons

(pink): i-mode mail is held at the i-mode Center.

(yellow): Messages R/F are held at the i-mode

Center.

: i-mode mail is held at the i-mode Center

(While Receive Option Setting is set to “ON”).

: During Lock All

: During Personal Data Lock

: During Keypad Dial Lock

: During Secret Mode or Secret Data Only

: During IC Card Lock

: While Timer Lock ON At Close is set

: During Key Lock

: While Vibrator is set to other than “OFF”

(See page 20)

: While Ring Volume is set to “Silent” or

Mail/Msg. Ring Time is set to “OFF”

: During Manner Mode (See page 27)

: During Public mode (Drive mode)

(See page 27)

: While Side Keys Guard is set to “ON”

(See page 23)

※If you are a member of the DOCOMO Premium Club,

you can use this service as often as you need without

handling charge. If you are not, the service is available

on chargeable basis. (However, you are not charged if

you apply for this service at the same time as applying

for the suspension of the line or during suspension.)

Further, if you have signed up for Keitai Anshin Pack

(Mobile Phone Security Package), you can use

Omakase Lock within the flat-rate fee of Keitai Anshin

Pack (Mobile Phone Security Package).

Setting/Releasing Omakase Lock

0120-524-360

Business hours: 24 hours

＜Phone number：＞

pPlease confirm the phone number before you dial.

Omakase Lock

Other Emergency Calls

345

P-07A

Quick Manual “For Overseas Use”

<docomo Information Center> (available 24 hours a day)

pFrom DOCOMO mobile phones

※

If you use P-07A, you should dial the number +81-3-5366-3114

(to enter “+”, press and hold the “0” key for at least one second).

pFrom land-line phones <Universal number>

※See page 16 and page 20 for international call access codes

for major countries (Table 1) and international prefix numbers

for the universal number (Table 2).

pIf you lose your FOMA terminal or have it stolen,

immediately take the steps necessary for suspending the

use of the FOMA terminal.

Loss or theft of FOMA terminal or

payment of cumulative cost overseas

International call access code

for the country you stay (Table 1)

-81-3-5366-3114*

(toll free)

*You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a

land-line phone, etc.

International prefix number for

the universal number (Table 2) -800-0120-0151*

*You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call

rate for the country you stay.

<Network Technical Operation Center> (available 24 hours a day)

pFrom DOCOMO mobile phones

※

If you use P-07A, you should dial the number +81-3-6718-1414

(to enter “+”, press and hold the “0” key for at least one second).

pFrom land-line phones <Universal number>

※See page 16 and page 20 for international call access codes

for major countries (Table 1) and international prefix numbers

for the universal number (Table 2).

pIf the FOMA terminal you purchased is damaged, bring

your FOMA terminal to a repair counter specified by

DOCOMO after you return to Japan.

Failures encountered overseas

International call access code

for the country you stay (Table 1)

-81-3-6718-1414*

(toll free)

* You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a

land-line phone, etc.

International prefix number for

the universal number (Table 2) -800-5931-8600*

* You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call

rate for the country you stay.

pRefer to the following before you use your FOMA terminal

overseas:

･“Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International Services]”

･“Mobile Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]”

･DOCOMO Global Service website

･PDF file “海外ご利用ガイド (Guide for Overseas Use)”

pre-installed in “My documents” in Data Box

■Setting in Japan

i→English→Options→International Settings

→i-mode services Settings→Select “Yes”

→Enter your i-mode password→Select

■Setting Overseas

i→iMenu Search→English→Options

→International Settings

→i-mode services Settings→Select “Yes”

→Enter your i-mode password→Select

Preparing for Overseas Use

Setting of i-mode

■Setting in Japan

m→Set./Service→NW services

→Remote control→Activate→YES

■Setting Overseas

m→Set./Service→Network setting

→Int’l roaming→Remote control (Int.)→YES

→Operate following the voice guidance.

m→Set./Service→Clock→Set time

→Auto time adjust ON

Remote Control

Set Time

○: Available —: Not available

pThe GPS functions and 64K data communication

are not available overseas.

Communication Systems and

Available Services

Communication Service 3G GSM

GPRS

Voice call ○○○

Videophone call ○——

SMS ○○○

i-mode ○—○

i-mode mail ○—○

i-Channel ○—○

i-concier ○—○

i-Widget ○—○

Packet communication by

connecting with a personal

computer

○—○

m→Set./Service→Network setting

→Int’l roaming→Network search mode

→Select an item.

Auto . . . . . . Automatically re-connects to another carrier. The

setting is completed.

Manual. . . . Connect manually to a carrier on the list.

Network re-search

. . . . . . . . . . When set to “Auto”, automatically switches to an

available carrier. The setting is completed. When

set to “Manual”, displays the list of carriers.

→Select a carrier.

Setting a Search Method of

Telecommunication Carrier

678

91011

m→Set./Service→Network setting

→Int’l roaming→PLMN setting→i

→PLMN list select→Select a carrier→Oo

→Select a network type→l→YES

m→Set./Service→Network setting

→Int’l roaming→Display operator name

→Display ON or Display OFF

Setting a Telecommunication

Carrier to Preferentially Connect to

Displaying a Carrier Name on

the Stand-by Display

The type of network you are using is displayed.

After you return to Japan, the FOMA network is

automatically searched and connected.

pWhen the FOMA network is not connected, set “3G/

GSM setting” to “Auto” and set “Network search

mode” to “Auto”.

Display

Setting after Homecoming

■

Use Phonebook to Make an International Call to Japan

Call up the detailed Phonebook display

→d or Oo→Dial

Press

to make an international videophone call.

■Use “+” to Make an International Call

0(for at least one second)→“Enter numbers

in order of country/area code→area code (city

code)→destination phone number”→d or Oo

Press

to make an international videophone call.

Enter “81” as a country/area code when you make an

international call to Japan.

When the area code (city code) begins with “0”, enter it except

for the “0”. However, include “0” when making a call to some

countries or regions such as Italy.

Making/Receiving a Call

Make a Call to Outside the Country

You Stay (Including Japan)

Enter a destination phone number→d or Oo

Press l to make a videophone call.

■Use Phonebook to Make a Call

Call up the detailed Phonebook display

→d or Oo→“Dial with orig. No.”

When you make a call to a person who is also

internationally roaming, make the call in the same

way as to make international calls to Japan even

if he/she is in the country you stay.

Press d or Oo when a call comes in.

(For videophone call, press d, Oo or m.)

Making a Call to a Person in the

Country You Stay

Make a Call to a Person Staying

Overseas and Using WORLD WING

Receive a Call

To use network services overseas, you need to

set “Remote control” beforehand.

■Set Roaming Guidance

pYou need to set this function in Japan.

m→Set./Service→NW services

→Set Roaming guidance

■Call Barring

pThis setting might not be available depending on

the overseas carrier.

m→Set./Service→Network setting

→Int’l roaming→Call barring

Using Network Services ■Voice Mail (International)

m→Set./Service→Network setting

→Int’l roaming→Voice mail (Int.)

■Call Forwarding (International)

m→Set./Service→Network setting

→Int’l roaming→Call forwarding (Int.)

■Roaming Guidance (International)

m→Set./Service→Network setting

→Int’l roaming→Roaming guidance (Int.)

■Caller ID Request

m→Set./Service→Network setting

→Int’l roaming→Caller ID req. (Int.)

12 13 14

15 16 17

Use the following country/area codes when you make

international calls or when you set Int’l Dial Assist.

Country/Area Codes for Major

Countries

Service area Code

Australia 61

Belgium 32

Brazil 55

Canada 1

China 86

Czech Republic 420

Denmark 45

Finland 358

France 33

Germany 49

Greece 30

Hong Kong 852

Hungary 36

India 91

Indonesia 62

Ireland 353

Italy 39

Luxembourg 352

Macau 853

Malaysia 60

Monaco 377

Netherlands 31

Service area Code

New Zealand 64

Norway 47

Philippines 63

Poland 48

Portugal 351

Russia 7

Singapore 65

South Korea 82

Spain 34

Sweden 46

Switzerland 41

Taiwan 886

Thailand 66

Service area Code

pFor the code for other countries or for details, refer

to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International

Services]” or the DOCOMO Global Service website.

Turkey 90

United Arab Emirates 971

United Kingdom 44

United States of America 1

Vietnam 84

Service area Code International Call Access Codes

for Major Countries (Table 1)

Service area Access code

Australia 0011

Belgium 00

Brazil 0021/0014

Canada 011

China 00

Czech Republic 00

Denmark 00

Finland 00

France 00

Germany 00

Greece 00

Hong Kong 001

Hungary 00

India 00

Indonesia 001

Ireland 00

Italy 00

Luxembourg 00

Macau 00

Malaysia 00

Monaco 00

Netherlands 00

New Zealand 00

Norway 00

Service area Access code

18 19 20

21 22 23

Philippines 00

Poland 00

Portugal 00

Russia 810

Singapore 001

South Korea 001

Spain 00

Sweden 00

Switzerland 00

Taiwan 002

Thailand 001

Turkey 00

United Arab Emirates 00

Service area Access code

United Kingdom 00

United States of America 011

Vietnam 00

Service area Access code International Prefix Numbers for

the Universal Number (Table 2)

Service area International

prefix number

Argentina 00

Australia 0011

Austria 00

Belgium 00

Brazil 0021

Bulgaria 00

Canada 011

China 00

Colombia 009

Denmark 00

Finland 990

France 00

Germany 00

Hong Kong 001

Hungary 00

Ireland 00

Israel 014

Italy 00

Luxembourg 00

Malaysia 00

Netherlands 00

New Zealand 00

Norway 00

Service area International

prefix number

Peru 00

Philippines 00

Portugal 00

Singapore 001

South Africa 09

South Korea 001

Spain 00

Sweden 00

Switzerland 00

Taiwan 00

Thailand 001

United Kingdom 00

United States of America 011

Service area International

prefix number For lost, stolen, and cost settlement, or

malfunction of your FOMA terminal overseas,

refer to “Loss or theft of FOMA terminal or

payment of cumulative cost overseas” on cover

page of Quick Manual “For Overseas Use”, or

“Failures encountered overseas” on page 1.

pYou need to add the “International Call Access

Code (Table 1)” of the country you stay or

“International Prefix Number for the Universal

Number (Table 2)” to the head of each phone

number for inquiries.

pNote that, in many cases, the universal number

may not be used from a mobile phone, public

phone, or hotel phone, etc.

Inquiries

Access the online for checking or changing the content of your subscription, for application of respective services, and

for request of Information materials.

ｉMenu  お客様サポート (User support)  お申込・お手続き (Applications/Procedures)  各種お申込・お手続き

(Respective applications/procedures)

My docomo (http://www.mydocomo.com/)



各種お申込・お手続き (Respective applications/procedures)

• You will need your “network ID” for the access from i-mode.

• No packet communication charges are incurred for the access from i-mode. Accessing

from overseas will incur charges.

• You will need your “docomo ID/password” for the access from a PC.

• If you do not have or you have forgotten your “network ID” or “docomo ID/password”,

contact the docomo Information Center listed on the back page of this manual.

• You may not be able to access the site depending on the content of your subscription.

• You may not be able to access the site due to system maintenance, etc.

From i-mode

Packet communication charges free

From PC

Don’t forget your mobile phone ... or your manners!

■Where use is prohibited

Be sure to turn off the power to your FOMA terminal in airplanes and in hospitals.

※

Persons with electronic medical equipment are in places other than the actual wards.

Make sure you have the power switched off even if you are in a lobby or waiting room.

■

When in crowded places such as packed trains, where you could be near

a person with an implanted cardiac pacemaker or implanted defibrillator

The implanted cardiac pacemaker or implanted defibrillator operation can be

affected by radio emissions from the FOMA terminal.

■While driving

Using the mobile phone in your hand while driving is subject to punishment.

※If you answer a call out of necessity, tell the caller with Hands-free that you will call

him/her back, park your car to somewhere safe, and then dial.

■When in theaters, movie theaters, museums, and similar venues

If you use your FOMA terminal where you are supposed to be quiet, you will

disturb those around you.

■If you use the FOMA terminal in quiet places such as restaurants and

hotel lobbies, keep the volume of your voice and other sounds down.

■Do not block thoroughfares when using the FOMA terminal.

Please be considerate of the privacy of individuals around you when

shooting and sending photos using camera-equipped mobile phones. This manual was produced in such a way as to allow easy recycling. Please recycle

this manual when it is no longer needed.

In the following cases, be certain to turn off the power.

In the following cases, be certain to set Public mode.

Adjust the volume of your voice and ring tone according to where you are.

Respect the privacy.

These functions help you keep your manners in public.

Handy functions are available such as for setting the response

to incoming calls and setting the tones to silent.

●Public mode (Drive mode/Power off) (Page 70)

The guidance that you are currently driving or in a place where you

should refrain from using a mobile phone or the guidance that you

are in a place where you should turn off the power is played back to

the caller. Then the call is disconnected.

●Record Message function (Page 71)

Callers can record a message when you cannot come to the phone.

●Vibrator (Page 106)

When the vibrator is set, it vibrates for incoming calls.

●Manner Mode/Super Silent/Original Manner (Page 108)

In Manner Mode or Super Silent, the keypad sound, ring tone and

other sounds from the FOMA terminal are muted.

In Original Manner, you can set whether or not to activate the Record

Message function, and can change the settings for the vibrator and

ring tone.

※The shutter sound cannot be muted.

Optional services are also available, such as Voice Mail Service

(page 438) and Call Forwarding Service (page 442).

General inquiries

<docomo Information Center> Repairs

0120-005-250 (toll free)

★Service available in English, Portuguese, Chinese, Spanish, and Korean.

★Available from mobile phones and PHSs.

■From DOCOMO mobile phones

(In Japanese only)

(No prefix)113 (toll free)

★Unavailable from land-line phones, etc.

■From land-line phones

(In Japanese only)

0120-800-000 (toll free)

★Available from mobile phones and PHSs.

■From DOCOMO mobile phones

(In Japanese only)

(No prefix)151 (toll free)

★Unavailable from land-line phones, etc.

■From land-line phones

(In Japanese only)

0120-800-000 (toll free)

★Available from mobile phones and PHSs.

●Please confirm the phone number before you dial.

●For Applications or Repairs and After-Sales Service, please contact the above-mentioned information center or the docomo shop etc. near you on the NTT DOCOMO website or the

i-mode site.

NTT DOCOMO website http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/

i-mode site ｉMenu 1 お客様サポート (user support) 1 ドコモショップ (docomo Shop) (In Japanese only)

Loss or theft of FOMA terminal or payment of cumulative cost overseas

<docomo Information Center> (available 24 hours a day)

Failures encountered overseas

<Network Technical Operation Center> (available 24 hours a day)

■From DOCOMO mobile phones

-81-3-5366-3114* (toll free)

* You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a land-line phone, etc.

※If you use P-07A, you should dial the number +81-3-5366-3114

(to enter “+”, press and hold the “0” key for at least one second).

■From DOCOMO mobile phones

-81-3-6718-1414* (toll free)

* You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a land-line phone, etc.

※If you use P-07A, you should dial the number +81-3-6718-1414

(to enter “+”, press and hold the “0” key for at least one second).

■From land-line phones ＜Universal number＞

-800-0120-0151*

* You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call rate for the country you stay.

※See page 458 and page 459 for international call access codes for major countries (Table 1)

and international prefix numbers for the universal number (Table 2).

■From land-line phones ＜Universal number＞

-800-5931-8600*

* You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call rate for the country you stay.

※See page 458 and page 459 for international call access codes for major countries (Table 1)

and international prefix numbers for the universal number (Table 2).

●If you lose your FOMA terminal or have it stolen, immediately take the steps necessary for suspending the use of the FOMA terminal.

●If the FOMA terminal you purchased is damaged, bring your FOMA terminal to a repair counter specified by DOCOMO after returning to Japan.

International call access code for

the country you stay (Table 1)

International call access code for

the country you stay (Table 1)

International prefix number for

the universal number (Table 2)

International prefix number for

the universal number (Table 2)

Don’t forget your mobile phone ... or your manners!

When using your mobile phone in a public place, don’t forget to show common courtesy and consideration for others around you.

To prevent damage to the environment, bring used

battery packs to a docomo service counter, a

docomo agent or a recycle center. This manual is printed using

an ink based on soy bean oil.

April ’09 (1st Edition)

3TR100161AAA

F0309F0-

Sales:

Manufacturer:

’09.4

P-07A INSTRUCTION MANUAL

Panasonic Mobile Communications 208014A UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID User Manual 000 P 07A

Panasonic Mobile Communications Development of Europe Ltd UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID 000 P 07A

Contents

User Manual Part 2

Navigation menu

Namespaces

Views

Navigation

Panasonic Mobile Communications 208014A UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth&#174; and RFID User Manual 000 P 07A

Panasonic Mobile Communications Development of Europe Ltd UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID 000 P 07A

Contents

User Manual Part 2

Navigation menu

Panasonic Mobile Communications 208014A UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID User Manual 000 P 07A